|
|
|
|
Educate-Yourself
The Freedom of Knowledge, The Power of Thought ©
Deeper Insights into the
Illuminati Formula
http://educate-yourself.org/mc/deeperinsightsbook.shtml
Part I
How the control comes about
by Fritz Springmeier
Part II
How help comes about
by Cisco Wheeler
Important Explanation of Contents
A successful treasure hunter of the sea said, "You have
to convince others of what you are looking for, and be
incredibly persistent in looking for it." I, Fritz, could
really identify with what he was saying. I have searched for
truth like a treasure hunter, I have sifted the dusty pages
of documents, like a patient miner panning for gold. How far
& deep are you willing to search for truth? Cisco and I feel
we are accountable to tell you the whole truth as far as we
know it, what you do with that is up to you. This book will
explain many occult ideas and beliefs, many of them never
before publicly revealed. There is an important reason why
these occult ideas and beliefs are introduced, we need to
study our enemy and know how he thinks. The U.S. Army used
indian scouts to track the indians. Gen. MacArthur learned
everything he could about the Japanese so that he could
defeat them. Christ was extremely savvy as to Satan’s
tricks. The Apostle said, "We are not ignorant of Satan’s
devices." Time and time again, this author has seen powerful
Masonic clergyman do their handshakes, their codewords, etc.
in front of the common people and the Christians do not
catch on. On the one hand the Christians want proof of what
is happening, but on the other hand, they are not willing to
learn how to identify what the opposition is doing. Such
doublemindedness has contributed to the churches becoming,
sad-to-say, fronts for the Illuminati. I have included the
Illuminati’s understanding of things and other occult
beliefs, because I have witnessed that knowing these things
can be helpful in defeating the mind-control. If I were
trying to help a refugee who was trying to escape the
Yakuza, I would study the tactics of the Yakuza. If I were
trying to free a witch of JuJuism, then I would learn about
JuJuism. I strongly recommend that readers always stand on
the foundation of the Word of God, and that they use the
Word of God as a refreshing bath to cleanse their minds.
This author has found tapes with scriptures to be an
encouragement.
Some Christians have criticized this author for the
content of the books, because it doesn’t portray the lighter
side of Christianity (whatever that is). It seems some
people only want enough of God to to make them cozy, but not
so much that their sleep would be disturbed. Some have even
gone so far as to claim this author is not a Christian
because the content of the books is so heavy. It is sad that
many Christians do not know their own Scriptures nor where
hope comes from. True hope is given by the Spirit of God,
because hope is the vantage point that the Spirit of God has
for the situation. A therapist may be optimistic about a
victim of mind-control, but the therapist’s optimism only
turns to sincere hope when they become involved personally
with the tragedies of the victim through caring and prayer.
The Biblical hope is not a warm fuzzy that has its head in
the sand pretending that everything is "rosy and peachy".
Quite to the contrary, if we look at the following portion
of scripture, we will see the Word of God portraying trauma
after trauma with a light still at the end of the tunnel!
Such is the power of our hope, that we have hope in spite of
how fierce evil manifests.
Lamentations chapter 1
1 I am the man that hath seen affliction by the rod of
his wrath.
2 He hath led me, and brought me into darkness, but not
into light.
3 Surely against me is he turned; he turneth his hand
against me all the day.
4 My flesh and my skin hath he made old; he hath broken
my bones.
5 He hath builded against me, and compassed me with gall
and travail.
6 He hath set me in dark places, as they that be dead of
old.
7 He hath hedged me about, that I cannot get out: he hath
made my chain heavy.
8 Also when I cry and shout, he shutteth out my prayer.
9 He hath inclosed my ways with hewn stone, he hath made
my paths crooked.
10 He was unto me as a bear lying in wait, and as a lion
in secret places.
11 He hath turned aside my ways, and pulled me in pieces:
he hath made me desolate.
12 He hath bent his bow, and set me as a mark for the
arrow.
13 He hath caused the arrows of his quiver to enter into
my reins.
14 I was a derision to all my people; and their song all
the day.
15 He hath filled me with bitterness, he hath made me
drunken with wormwood.
16 He hath also broken my teeth with gravel stones, he
hath covered me with ashes.
17 And thou hast removed my soul far off from peace: I
forgat prosperity.
18 And I said, My strength and my hope is perished from
the LORD:
19 Remembering mine affliction and my misery, the
wormwood and the gall.
20 My soul hath them still in remembrance, and is bowed
down within me.
21 This I recall to my mind, therefore have I hope.
22 (It is of) Jehovah’s Iovingkindnesss that we are not
consumed, because his compassions fail not.
23 They are new every morning; great is thy faithfulness.
24 The LORD is my portion, saith my soul; therefore will
I hope in Him.
25 The LORD is good unto them that wait for Him, to the
soul that seeketh him.
26 It is good that a man should both hope and quietly
wait for the salvation of the LORD.
We are in a battle for our minds, are we willing to seize
the hope that is before us, or will we resign and say "all
is lost"? Discouragement is not of faith. Do you think
Almighty God is a discouraged person? He is calling people
to serve others, because God knows that you will never find
happiness in selfishness. God is calling people to bind up
the broken shattered multiples and to let their deeper parts
know that they are loved and worthwhile. To adopt an
attitude of defeat before freedom loving men and women have
exhausted all potential remedies for this mind-control is
inexcusable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEDICATION
This book is dedicated to the two million Americans and
counting who have been programmed with Monarch-type
trauma-based mind control. This book is written to destroy
trauma-based mind control before it destroys the human race.
It’s time for this horrendous secret to end. It is also
written as part of God’s end time work to propel people of
faith to the high calling that is prophecied of the Body,
but cannot be attained without men of faith understanding
these things. Humanity’s great prophet said he came to heal
those whose hearts had been broken--literally split and
crushed, and to free those who are captive. That work needs
to go forward. Blood, sweat and tears are associated with
this book. The blood of the innocent victims of this
mind-control cries out in a single unison, along with the
pungent sweat of those who have tried to minister help to
the shattered humanity left by the sadistic programmers, and
the pools of tears shed as this book was written, "How long,
O Lord, holy and true, do you not judge and avenge our blood
on earth?"
HOPE
.... Thou shalt know that I am Lord: For they shall not
be ashamed that wait on Me. Shall the prey be taken from the
mighty, or the lawful captive delivered? But thus saith
Yahweh, even the captives of the mighty shall be taken away,
and the prey of the terrible shall be delivered: for I will
contend with him that contendeth with thee, and I will save
thy children. Isaiah 49:23b-25
WARNING, READ THIS FIRST BEFORE READING THE BOOK.
IF THERE IS ANY CHANCE you the reader have had
mind-control done to you, you must consider the following
book to be DANGEROUS. If you are consulting a therapist for
DID (also known as MPD), it is recommended that you consult
your therapist before reading this book. The complications
that could result for those under mind control learning the
truth--could be fatal. The co-authors take no responsibility
for those who read or misuse this information. The reader’s
mind is like a garden. It may not be time to plant the truth
in your mind. Perhaps you need some weeding or ground
preparation, before the garden of your mind is ready.
Perhaps the weather is too stormy to plant the truth. Pray
to the Lord of the Harvest. The blessings that flow from
planting the information of this book in your mind, will
require the presence of living waters of love. If you do not
have love in your heart, this book is not for you. The
information contained in this book is the biggest news-story
of the 20th century, and still the biggest secret. It will
challenge you, shock you, horrify you and hopefully motivate
you to redouble your efforts to humble yourself and seek
strength from God Almighty.
The programming procedures which are described in this
book are based on research and consultation with
deprogrammers, ex-programmers, therapists, counselors and
pertinent literature. To the best of our knowledge the
statements made in this book are factual, although they may
not reflect the latest or currently accepted methodology
among each and every faction of the New World Order which
carries out Monarch-type programming. This book tends to
devote more emphasis to Illuminati programming, which is the
highest level of programming. For individual application in
understanding a survivor of Monarch programming, therapists
are admonished to use this material with consideration for
the Monarch victim’s personal case and situation. The
authors disclaim any responsibility for therapeutic work
based upon this material.
Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler have co-authored They
Know Not What They Do, An Illustrated Guidebook To Monarch
Mind Control. Both Fritz and Cisco bring years of experience
in dealing with Monarch programming to bear on the writing
of this book. Fritz has researched the Illuminati, while he
has worked with victims of its programming. He has authored
The Top 13 Illuminati Families, and several other books.
INTRODUCTION by Fritz
There are many dangers to the human race, some real and
some imagined. I believe that the trauma-based mind control
which this book exposes is the greatest danger to the human
race. It gives evil men the power to carry out any evil deed
totally undetected. By the time the astute reader finishes
this book, they will be as familiar with how to carry out
trauma-based mind-control as some of the programmers.
Ancient and more recent secrets will no longer be secrets.
Over the years, I have spent thousands of hours studying the
Illuminati, the Intelligence agencies of the world, and the
occult world in general. The centerpiece of these
organizations is the trauma-based mind control that they
carry out. Without the ability to carry out this
sophisticated type of mind-control using MPD, drugs,
hypnosis and electronics and other control methodologies,
these organizations would fail to keep their dark evil deeds
secret. When one of the mind-control programmers of the
Church of Scientology, who has left Scientology, was asked
about MPD, he said, "It’s the name of the game of mind
control." Research into this subject will never be complete.
This book has tried to give a comprehensive view of how the
programming is done. The basic techniques were developed in
German, Scottish, Italian, and English Illuminati families
and have been done for centuries. Some report that some of
the techniques go back to ancient Egypt and ancient Babylon
to the ancient mystery religions. The Nazis are known to
have studied ancient Egyptian texts in their mind control
research. The records and secrets of the generational
Illuminati bloodlines are very-well guarded secrets.
Even when I’ve learned about the location of secret
depositories of some of the Illuminati’s secrets in Europe,
America, and Asia, their records and secrets are too
well-guarded to be examined. The intelligence agencies, such
as MI-6 began investigating these mind-control techniques
early this century, but their records have been routinely
destroyed and tampered with. There are some survivors and
professionals who know that the British used programmed
trauma-based MPD (DID) agents in W.W. I. In Jan., 1987,
Richard Kluft submitted an article to the American Journal
of Clinical Hypnosis about 8 MPD patients who were between
60 and 72 years of age. Traugott Konstantin Oesterreich
(1880-1949), who was professor of philosophy at Tubingen
University, Germany studied MPD and demonic possession and
wrote a classic study of it in 1921 entitled Possession
Demonical & Other, which was translated into english in
1930. His classic work on this subject provides documented
cases which reveal that the basic trauma-based mind-control
was going on in Germany, France & Belgium long before the
20th century. Although he is unable to put together all the
pieces and the clues for what they are, the reader of this
book might enjoy reading the 1930 English translation of his
classic work after they finish this book. Oesterreich’s
research in early 1900s was the type of research that the
Nazi mind-control programmers were very aware of. In 1921,
the Germans such as Oesterreich would describe personality
switches, by the term "somnambuliform [hypnotic states]
possession" or "demonical somnambulism" or what might be
called "Besessenheit von Hypnotismus und bösen Geistern."
The ability to study both the spiritual & psychological
aspects of mind-control phenomena, is often lacking today.
There are exceptions such as Dr. Loreda Fox’s book The
Spiritual Dimensions of MPD. In the 1920s, the Germans also
were aware that the human mind has a variety of
ego-psycho-psysiological states rather than one unified
mind, which they termed "Sub jecklose Psychologie" or the
psychology of having correlated psychological states rather
than the concept of a single ego. The Germans and Italians
under the Nazi and Fascist governments began to do serious
scientific research into trauma-based mind control. Under
the auspices of the Kaiser Wilhelm Medical Institute in
Berlin, Joseph Mengele conducted mind-control research on
thousands of twins, and thousands of other hapless victims.
Himmler supervised genetic research. The Nazi research
records were confiscated by the Allies and are still
classified. A trip can be made from downtown Washington D.C.
on a gray-government van which serves as a shuttle to the
Suitland Annex where the government’s secrets are buried
including research papers captured from the Nazi
Mind-Control research. Most of Mengele’s concentration camp
research is still classified. Much of it dealt with mind
control. A researcher can visit the top floor, but
underground below the top floor are the real secrets. The
real secrets are lying in millions of sheets of classified
documents hidden behind blast proof doors. There they have
vault after vault, and row after row of top-secret files
that only a few privileged persons with security clearances
above COSMIC--such as with a "C3" or "MJ" security clearance
can visit. Everyone with these high security clearances
which I have identified is connected to the Illuminati. Each
underground area at Suitland Annex has its own subset of
secret access words, known only to the initiated. Most of
the OSS records have been destroyed, a few have been left,
the important ones have been misfiled or remade. (This is
according to a reliable British intelligent agent.) Also
according to reliable inside sources the CIA is working
night and day to remake old records, to expunge all the real
dirty secrets from their records. The basement of CIA HQ is
known as "the Pit," In the Pit documents are being shredded
and burned on a round the clock basis. The large remains of
these secrets are sold for landfill. The Illuminati have
developed secrecy to a fine art. They train their people in
the art of secrecy from the time they are born. Most
everything they do, is done orally. They are trained not to
write rituals and other things down. There is very little
paper trail left by the Illuminati.
The creation of slaves with photographic memories
facilitates this secrecy. But this book is not about how
they have managed to keep their trauma-based Monarch
Mind-Control a secret. They have managed only to keep it a
secret to the general public. They have not been able to
completely cover-up the millions of wasted lives that their
programming has ruined. For many years, they were able to
shut-up and quietly discard their programmed multiples by
labelling them Paranoid Schizophrenics. But therapists are
now correctly identifying these people as programmed
multiples and are not only diagnosing them better but giving
them better treatment. After Candy Jones’s husband
deprogrammed her enough that she could participate in
writing a book exposing some of what had been done to her,
the secret was out. (See The Control of Candy Jones
Hypnotism and the CIA by Donald Bain.) Ever since then, the
intelligence agencies and the Illuminati have been carrying
out damage control. Their biggest damage control campaign
has enlisted the power of Hollywood and the controlled
Media. This campaign is known as the False Memory Syndrome
campaign, or as those of us who know the facts like to call
it ""the false memory spin-drome." The headquarters of the
False Memory Spin-drom Foundation is located at 3401 Market
St., Suite 130, Philadelphia, PA 19104. Some of the original
founders were doctors of the University of Pennslyvannia.
The inside story about these early FMS doctors of the
University of Pennslyvannia is that they practiced Satanic
Rituals during their work days. What is unusual about
this--is that generally satanic rituals are performed at
night, but these doctors did their coven work during the
day. I know about these men. Now you can see why these men
started the FMS! They started it to cover their own sins,
because many of them were abusers themselves. In other words
many of the EMS people are abusers of trauma-based
mind-controlled slaves, or the victims of abuse who are in
denial about their own abuse from trauma-based mind-control.
Martin T. Orn (the person credited with founding the FMS)
had ties to the CIA. Two members of the EMS advisory board,
Ralph Underwager, Ph.D. and theologian, along with Hollida
Wakefield, M.A. let the cat out of the bag when they
publicly supported pedophilia (that is adults having sex
with children). Their support of pedophilia came in an
interview with a Dutch magazine Paidika, The Journal of
Paedophilia (Winter, 1993).
Although the False Memory Syndrome Foundation gets upset
at any mention that there might be a conspiracy by the
perpetrators of mind-control, because conspiracies
supposedly don’t and can’t happen, they want us to believe
that all therapists are conspiring together to implant false
memories of abuse into their clients, which could not be
further from the truth. Monarch slaves typically run into a
great deal of denial by their therapists that anything like
this could be happening. The bottom line is that Multiple
Personality Disorder (now refered to as Dissociative
Identity Disorder) is a recognized bona fide diagnosis.
False Memory Syndrome is not a recognized medical or
psychological diagnosis and does not appear in the American
Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical Manual
III-R nor the recently released DSM-IV. Those who followed
Fritz’s writings have learned about the close working
relationship between the Mondavi’s and the Rothschilds (see
his article about the Mondavi/Rothschild Napa Valley
winery). Guess who got the court precedence which gives the
EMS some legal ground to attack therapists? The precidence
was supposedly a wife who went to a doctor who told her she
had syphilis. The wife assumes she got it from her husband
and divorces him. Then she learns she doesn’t have syphilis.
The husband then sues the doctor. Upon this bizarre case
rests the legal precedence for a third party to sue a person
who gives advice, such as family members suing a therapist.
Upon this weak precidence, an abusive father who worked
for Monday in a winery in California successfully destroyed
a legitimate therapist who was trying to save his daughter
who was a programmed Monarch victim. Supposedly the
therapist had implanted false memories of rape in his
daughter, when the record shows that the daughter’s mother
told the therapist the girl had been raped by the father.
When a valid case of SRA and repressed memories went to
trial in Washington state involving a police officer whose
family was MPD, Dr. Richard Ofshe of the False Memory
Spindrom showed up to cause mischief. And mischief he did
work. The case involved the children of a ""Christian""
police officer named Ingram who had satanically ritually
abused his family for years. The daughter won in court, but
Ofshe of the EMS was not above writing a book full of lies
and distortions about the case. Lynn Crook, who was the
abused daughter in the case wrote up a paper exposing what
EMS person Richard Ofshe did to her, The controlled media is
giving full license and great coverage to the EMS people.
Rather than fighting the government for scraps of
declassified documents which have had their secrets marked
out, and which may even be fake documents manufactured by
the CIA, I have decided that there is a much better approach
to expose the Monarch Mind Control to the world. If a person
could never go to Nepal, he can see pictures of it and
believe it exists. If a person can not get into the top
secret records of the CIA and Office of Naval Intelligence
and MI6, they can be given the exact RECIPE for creating a
Monarch slave. I believe that by giving the step by step
recipe, people will see that A. all the ingredients are
available, B. it is possible to combine the ingredients, C.
all it takes is the motive to do it, and that motive is
self-evident. We’ll even provide some of the names and
places as we go along. This book will provide the
step-by-step recipe for making a Monarch Mind-Controlled
slave, It is a trauma-based mind control which programs
multiple personalities using every known technique of
mind-control. Every type of mind-control technique has been
combined into a group package which makes the total package
almost impossible to break. It is this ability to synthesize
all these methods into a group package which is so powerful.
Edward Hunter, author of Brainwashing In Red China,
testified in 1958 before a U.S. Congressional House
Committee on Un-American Activities: "Since man began, he
has tried to influence other men or women to his way of
thinking. There have always been these forms of pressure to
change attitudes. We discovered in the past thirty years, a
technique to influence, by clinical, hospital procedures,
the thinking processes of human beings. Brainwashing is
formed out of a set of different elements ... hunger,
fatigue, tenseness, threats, violence, and in more intense
cases...drugs and hypnotism. No one of these elements alone
can be regarded as brain washing, any more than an apple can
be called apple pie. Other ingredients have to be added, and
a cooking process gone through. So it is with
brainwashing..." Hunter said brainwashing was a Red Chinese
threat. He said that the chinese were the ones using these
tactics. In reality, this mind control was being done in the
U.S. and Hunter was a pawn to help justify the criminal
activities of the programmers should they ever be found out
behind their cover of "National security." The handlers of
mind-controlled slaves carry around a black or grey 3 ring
notebook or a lap top computer with the access codes and
triggers. Some of the programmers and handlers have this all
memorized. The deepest parts, core/gems/executive committee,
false trinity etc. are charted in esoteric language such as
Enochian, Hebrew (which is considered magical), and Druid
symbols. I have never gotten the opportunity to look at one
of these, although a number of the slaves who I’ve talked
with have while they were being programmed. These notebooks
have color-coded graphs showing the arrangement of alters,
the structure of the system, the training of the alters, the
history of the alters and other details. All the primary
tortures carried out on a slave are coded using dates/no.s
so that the memories can be pulled up by the programmers.
There is a standard set of hand signals, gestures, and codes
that allow a handler to work with someone else’s slave, but
the accepted code among the handlers is to leave another
man’s slave alone. As one leading psychiatrist put it,
"Different ideologies use the same methodologies of mind
control."
The Illuminati have secretly put in base programming that
allows them ultimate control over many of the other groups’
slaves. This will be described within this book.
For both the ease of reading and the ease of writing, I
have dispensed with most footnotes. To provide my sources
would double the size of the book, and many of them are
confidential. (In the past, when I have attempted crediting
information, some people have gotten bruised feelings for
having been passed over or for being named. When information
comes in from several sources, it becomes difficult to pass
out credit.) I have made conservative judgement calls about
what material I could use. Most of this information has been
verified by several reliable sources. Confidential
eyewitnesses are often the only source, when there is such a
powerful conspiracy to keep this vast NWO mind control
secret. Paper trails were not left or are not available.
Programmed slaves who have worked for the military as
mind-controlled slaves have witnessed their files expunged
and sanitized. The New World Order in 1981 made training
films for their novice programmers. Monarch slave Cathy
O’Brien was used to make both the film "How to Divide a
Personality" and "How To Create a Sex Slave." Two Huntsville
porn photographers were used to help NASA and the NWO create
these training films. Undoubtedly, other porn training films
exist too. In others words, there is film evidence of the
Monarch Total Mind-control but these porn films are kept in
very secure sites. During the last few years, I have visited
with ex-programmers, I have visited with hundreds of victims
of the Monarch type programming. I have gone to programming
sites, I have visited with therapists who work with the
victims of this mind-control, and I have met several of the
programmers of the CIA/Illuminati face to face in the
adventures of trying to save people from their programming.
I hope that God gives me the strength and the opportunity
to get the information I have learned out to the world in
general. When this information gets out, hopefully it will
help lift some of the secrecy of the Monarch Programming.
The Monarch Programming is a foundation rock of the New
World Order that when pulled up, will reveal the most evil
two-legged bugs and slimy critters. When their rock is
lifted, they will have to scurry to hide. Because the
authors know what the programmers do, they must honestly
record several areas of programming that will be
controversial. The programmers are very much into
demonology. Before therapists close their minds to this
subject, the authors would like to point out, that they
personally know of cases where Monarch slaves whose
Christian personalities & other alters didn’t believe in
demonology were talked into participating in real
deliverance, and the slaves discovered much to their
surprise that work they had unsuccessfully tried to do for
years with their therapist was accomplished in a day or two.
Some prestigious researchers have decided the subconscious
doesn’t exist because they can’t find it--its mysterious. To
the man in the street the concept "subconscious" is as
mysterious as the concept "demon". Both have been the
objects of intense research by U.S./Brit./Ger. Intelligence
groups. In fact, many of the concepts in this book have been
purposely obscurred by the Illuminati’s control over the
media and universities. These obscurred concepts include
M.P.D. (DID), recovered memories, hypnosis, demonic
possession, aliens, mind-control, the subconscious, a
conspiracy to bring in a NWO, truth, etc. The smokescreens
of controversy will continue; but those who love the truth,
if they seek it, will realize the importance of this book.
It’s on public record that MK ULTRA, the mind control
research which CIA director Admiral Stansfield Turner
admitted to in 1977 spent millions of dollars studing
Voodoo, witchcraft, and psychics. On August 3, 1977, at a
Senate hearing the then CIA director Admiral Stansfield
Turner disclosed that the CIA had been conducting mind
control on countless numbers of unsuspecting victims for
years, without their knowledge or consent. These CIA
mind-control operations were carried out with the
participation of a least 185 scientists and at least 80
American institutions, including prisons, pharmaceutical
companies, hospitals, and 44 medical colleges &
universities. Many of America’s most prestigious institutes
of medical research, had cooperated with the CIA. as well as
numerous big name corporations. Casey admitted that day that
the CIA did mind-control consisting of drugs, hypnosis &
electro-shock. A few of the victims of the Monarch Project
were even awarded financial compensation for their misery.
But what was admitted was admitted in the spirit of covering
up the extent of the full truth. The compensation was
actually hush money, because victims were given "gag orders"
by judges not to talk about what had happened to them. It’s
been a disaster for Monarch victims that so many ministers
have ignored those words of their Scripture, "For we are not
ignorant of the devil’s devices." 2 COR 2:11 This book is a
must for those ministers who seriously believe "Having
therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse
ourselves from all filthiness of the flesh and spirit,
perfecting holiness in the fear of God." 2 COR 7:1. In 2 TIM
2: 19-21, believers who "nameth the name of Christ" are
asked to purge themselves of their uncleanliness ( unclean
spirits). There are many top notch Christians in the
churches today who are under mind-control, incl. many of the
Christian leadership. I would like to remind Christian
ministers that Isaiah the great prophet said, "The Lord GOD
hath given me the tongue of the learned that I should know
how to speak a word in season to him that is weary: he
wakeneth morning by morning; he wakeneth mine ear to hear as
the learned." Ignorance is not godliness. Isaiah learned to
speak with the great learned men of his day, just as Paul
the great apostle could speak to the learned men of his
time. One of the character traits of God is that He is
all-knowing. WHO says it is godly to be ignorant? The
prophet Daniel said Yahweh God "reveals the deep and secret
things." (Dan. 2:22a) God’s instruments will do this
revealing. Jesus’ advice to his disciples was in effect to
"Be wise as serpents, and gentle as a lamb". This advice
certainly applies in helping the victims of trauma-based
mind-control. Paul in his letter to the Thessalonians (1
Thes 5:14) says that in effect that different people need
different counseling, but they all need to be treated with
patience. The first step in suggesting a cure is to find out
what happened. That is what this book is about. This book is
about how the Occult Network creates the problem that
therapists and a few ministers try to deal with. But the
keys to open doors to healthy solutions for the victims of
trauma-based total mind control will reveal themselves in
this book for the reader as this book reveals the
nitty-gritty of how the total mind-control happens. Christ
came to free the captives (Isaiah 61:1). Satanic ritual
abuse has a history that is almost as old as history itself.
Good King Hezekiah was a victim as a child of SRA. (2 Chr.
29) who got free. Moses confronted the satanic magic of
Pharoah’s magicians who could create live snakes from
sticks. The Apostle Paul had to deal with Simon Magus, a
leader of what is now known as Satanism. Solomon, one of the
greatest men of faith, backslide and became one of the
greatest satanists of all history. We have "no fellowship
with unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them"
(as per EPH 5:11). While we have no fellowship with evil,
the mind-control programmers are counting on us being so
ignorant of their devices that they can hide their control
devices behind perversion & filth that many people shy away
from. We must be strong enough to face evil and not shy away
from it. The victims of mind-control must look evil in the
face & not look away to gain their freedom. We, who want to
help them, must be courageous & strong enough to do this
too. This book is written for that divine goal "till we all
come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the
Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the
stature of the fulness of Christ." Eph. 4:13 If the body of
Christ is to attain fullness, we need this book to weed out
the hidden terrible cancer that is consuming the body from
within. This book is written for ministers, secular and
Christian therapists, and truth lovers of all kinds. If you
love the truth this book is for you. If you see something
good in the human race so that our species should be
preserved as well as the spotted owl and the sand flea, then
this book is for you. IF YOU LOVE THE TRUTH, this BOOK is
for YOU.
GLOSSARY OF HOW BASIC TERMS ARE USED IN THIS BOOK
For those readers who are not familiar with these basic
terms let us introduce you to the definitions under which
this book uses them.
Alter-Our usage is trying to follow the programmers usage
of this word. A dissociated part of the mind which has a
seperate identity and is given cue codes by the mind-control
programmers to trigger that dissociated part of the mind to
come to the front of the mind. The alter’s identity may be a
gem, rock, a tape recorder, a poodle, a white kitten, a
dove, a horse, or even think of itself as a person or a
demon. It all depends on its programming. An alter is
different from an alter fragment in that the alter fragment
is a dissociated part of the mind which serves only a single
purpose. The programmers will give an alter a history, and
insure that shadow alters will provide a full range of
accessible emotions. Sometimes the distinctions between
alters and alter fragments is vague, but examples from the
two ends of the spectrum are easy to tell apart. We use the
word alter in this book to conform to what the programmers’
charts are encoding as alters. A typical main
Mengele-created grid would be a grid of 13x13 principal
A-coded alters, which is 169 principle alter personalities.
In Illuminati systems, ceremonial "alters will consist of 3
alters placed on a spinning pedistal together into triad
goddesses or gods. That means that an A-coded alter on some
levels is actually 3 alters spinning together, which must be
locked in place to communicate with, and then rotated to
communicate to the other two.
Beta--This is the second Greek letter, and it represents
the sexual models and sexual alters that the Programmers are
creating. The primitive part of the brain is involved in
this type of programming. An early sexual abuse event will
be used to anchor this programming. These sexual slaves will
develop sexual abilities that are far beyond what the public
is aware is even possible. They also receive the worst kind
of abuse far beyond what most people’s imagination can
picture. Beta alters generally see themselves as cats.
Councils (llluminati)--The Illuminati has frequent
meetings. Some of these meetings are organized to appear
"acephalous" and "accidential" in their meetings, when in
reality they are structured and planned. One group, MJ-12
has gone by the following names: the Group, the Special
Study Group, the Wise Men, the Operations Coordinating Board
(OCB), 5412 Committee, 303 Committee, 40 Committee, PI-40
Committee, and Policy Planning Group (PCG). Some of the
formal policy and ritual groups have names that all
Illuminati members who have gotten high enough to learn,
will recognize:
The Council of 3, Council of 5, Council of 7, Council of
9, The Grand Druid Council, The Committee of 300, and the
Committee of 500 (known as Fortune 500). Many of the
meetings are conclaves without formal names. The Grand Druid
Council is not something fictional, but an actual body of
people who formally meet and whose membership, we have been
trying to keep track of. The groups which make decisions to
control this planet are networked together. Each decision
has its own origin and route that it takes.
Delta--This is a Greek letter shaped like a triangle
which symbolizes change in calculus. It has become a
favorite word to use in naming things for the occult elite.
Delta teams are 4 person assassination teams which usually
are secret teams. Delta Forces is an elite unit that
operates under the Joint chiefs of staff that is made up of
highly trained total mind-controlled slaves. Delta models
are slaves whose sole purpose is assassination. Delta alters
are alters within an Illuminati alter system which are
programmed to be assassins. These alters are often some of
the deepest in a system and in a Genie bottle or with
Umbrella programming.
Deliverance ministry-(This book is about HOW the
mind-control is done, it is not a textbook on solutions.)
The use of the term deliverance ministry in this book
connotates any person(s) who via faith in God is able to
pray for divine help in a fashion that a victim is helped
from demonic activity. A deliverance ministry is a natural
outgrowth of a life in harmony and fellowship with Yahweh
God. However, this is not to be confused with Exorcism of
the traditional Catholic or witchcraft nature in which
certain spells and incantations are used in a prescribed
method. "Deliverance" connotates divinely inspired faith,
exorcism involves ritual. A deliverance ministry might
perhaps teach a person about forgiveness, or how they can
renounce an oath, or how to apply Jesus Christ’s atoning
blood to their life. In this fashion, the person finds
deliverance through biblical spiritual principles rather
than the efficacy of some ritual or hocus pocus spell. This
book is in no way meant as a blanket endorsement of every
spiritual warfare tactic. If anything, this book suggests
that ministers learn more about mind-control, as well as
grow stronger in their walk with Almighty God.
Illuminati--The Illuminati are 13 elite bloodlines which
have manuevered themselves into control over this planet.
They lead double lives, one for society and a hidden one
which is based on a gnostic luciferian philosophy which
consists of lots of blood rituals.
Monarch Programming--This was a specific Project carried
out by secret elements of the U.S. government and
intelligence groups. There were, according to someone a few
years ago who had access to the computer(s) which contains
all the names of active monitored human slaves, 40,000
actively monitored Monarch slaves. However, this book uses
the term generically to include all victims who have
suffered this type of trauma-based mind-control. In the same
way, that a brand name like "Hyster" is used to describe all
lifts--when we use the term we use it in its broadest sense.
This is the only way it can be used and technically correct,
because as of this date, the authors have not seen who is on
the active Monarch Program list of slaves.
System-- This term is used in several ways. It is
frequently used to refer to a victim of total mind control
because the victim consists of alters, programming,
implant(s), internal computers, and numerous dissociative
states which function together as a system. The word is also
used in this book to refer to the body’s functional
physiological units, such as the respiratory system. The
word is also infrequently used to denote the established
social-economic-political system controlling the world, also
known insiders as the Network. Other standard meaning may
also occasionally be used for the word.
Multiple Personality (DID)--Multiple personalities or
MPD or Dissociative Identity Disorder is the situation
where different dissociative parts of a single brain view
themselves as separate persons. The DSM-IIIR definition of
MPD is the guideline for determining MPD for this book.
New World Order-- The New World Order is the global
design for a One-World-Government One-World-Dictator and its
constituents. Insiders call themselves the "network" and
"the neighborhood".
Satanic Ritual Abuse (SRA)--This is used to represent all
categories of ritual abuse which would be inspired by the
desire to rob, kill, or destroy something worthwhile in a
person, especially their freedom of thought. Many groups
carrying out SRA do not mention Satan by that name. They may
make Pacts to Baphomet, and call upon Rex Mundi, or Belair,
or Lucifer, or the Father of Light, God, or Kali or even
"Jesus" or "Jesus Christ" (there are demons which call
themselves "Jesus", who are not to be confused with Yeshua
or Yehoshua ben Joseph who is known as Jesus Christ of
Nazareth.) SRA is not a value judgement by the authors
against some group, the victims themselves on some level
know that he or she is being abused.
Switching--This is when one part (fragment) of the mind
takes over from another, or in simple terms, this is when
one alter personality (or alter fragment) takes the body
from the alter which is holding the body. Switching can
occur via the Programmers’ codes for calling up alters, or
by external or internal stimuli that trigger an alter to
come out. Switching will usually cause at least a flicker of
the eyes, and for outside observers, who know the different
personalities, they will observe another personality take
the body.
Pic p_cranial2.jpg
pic p_basic-structure1.jpg
Pic p_records2.jpg
Page 1 ...
INTRODUCTION
In Jan. '96, I bound the first copies of The Illuminati
Formula Used to Create Undetectable Total Mind-Controlled
Slave. Hundreds of people in the United States and other
countries were reading this book, and were expressing their
appreciation and praise for the work. Some also contributed
more details about the Illuminati’s mind-control. It was
also gratifying that the illustrated Guidebook to Monarch
Mind-control, which contains my co-author’s art work done
under programming, was translated and sold this year (’96)
as a paperback in Japan. The word is getting out, and people
with ears to hear are grateful. The original goal was to
write the Vol. 2 book to be about 300 pages long, but it
spilled into 500 pages. At 500 pages, it was brought to a
grinding halt. In this DEEPER INSIGHTS book, I bring you
more profounder mysteries of the Illuminati’s mind-control
abilities. These deeper insights were some items left out of
the Vol. 2 due to space, as well as some things that have
been found out since the Vol.2 book was written. Those who
were intrigued by the Vol. 2, and cut their teeth on the
subject of mind-control via my writings over the past 5
years, will enjoy this further expose of the deeper secrets
of Illuminati mind-control. For instance, scattered in
several sections including Chapter 3 is a great deal about
the base programs which are laid in using controlled LSD
trips in sensory deprivation tanks. Another exciting set of
new revelations are Cisco’s information on the core, and her
revelations giving the chronology of layering in the
mind-control programming. I have also done a great deal of
research into Cranial manipulation (see Chapter 8), which
has been an extremely well-hidden mind-control secret known
only to a few select people worldwide. Another area of
intense research has been to expose the role Disney played
in mind-control. Although other writers have superficially
touched on implants, nanobots, thought-transfer, soul
entrapment and other secret technologies, I decided to
provide many details to expose these new technologies that
are being used in conjunction with the dissociative
programmed multiplicity. Beside learning countless
programming secrets, the reader will take another quantum
leap into understanding what has been going on in this
mixed-up world. If life is a riddle, then this book contains
many answers to the riddle of life. During the summer of
1996, I had the privilege to speak on mind-control to
audiences in 12 major American cities, as well talk on over
50 radio stations. The response was encouraging. People are
beginning to wake up, and are hungry to learn the truth
about how the movers and shakers of this world have
developed sophisticated methods to make children into
undetectable Illuminati robots (from the cradle to the
satanic throne), as well as their extensive abilities to
control the common person’s thinking from the cradle to the
grave. When Christ asked the question, will I find faith
when I return? it was a serious question. We no longer live
in a situation where we can depend upon our mind and our
thoughts actually being our own. Our minds are under a
constant assault and manipulation by those who control
things. No one is exempt. Fortunately, there are still some
rational thinking humans, who can challenge and expose their
plans for total control over the minds of the entire human
race. I, as a minister & researcher, along with the victims
represented by Cisco Wheeler and others, can’t expose this
mind control on our own. We need the help of others. Will
you help us get the message out about the New World
Order’s/the Illuminati’s mind control? Cisco has consulted
with me, and we decided to make two continuations. The
Page 2 ...
continuation of the Illustrated guidebook would be
authored by her, and the continuation of the Vol. 2 book
would be carried out by yours truly, Fritz Springmeier. We
have combined these two continuations into this book called
for short DEEPER INSIGHTS into the Illuminati Mind Control
Formula. This volume is meant to be an extension of the
previous volumes. IF YOU HAVE NOT READ the previous book
entitled Vol. 2 The Illuminati Formula used to create an
Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, THEN you are not
really prepared to understand this material. In my previous
books, I have shown how the intelligence agencies are simply
prostitutes and fronts of the Illuminati. The Illuminati
always "sterilize" their activities, so their actions can’t
be identified in the flurry of secret intelligence
activities. Recently, at one conference on mind-control,
victims of government mind-control were told that their
stories were not welcome because the conference was on
"cult" mind-control. Dear reader, the intelligence agencies
are cults, and not only that, but they have a dark satanic
side to them, which not only brands them as cults, but
"occult cults." Witchcraft and Freemasonry refer to
themselves as "the Craft"; how appropriate it was for Allen
Dulles, DCI-head of the CIA, to entitle his book "The Craft
of Intelligence". How appropriate it was that people within
the CIA referred to their top management as the Knights
Templars. As the Vol. 2 Formula book indicated, the
intelligence agencies which work for the Illuminati have
kept only the minimum of records, and the records they do
keep are out of reach of people like you and I. But that
doesn’t mean that the researcher like myself can’t work
backwards. One of the side effects of the traumas that
create multiple-personalities (DID) is that sadistic or
criminal alters are often formed, and with careful research
the historical record of criminals with multiple
personalities can be traced back into history. The
Illuminati have created trained-multiples for centuries, but
insiders say that programmed DID (MPD) was developed in the
Nazi concentration camps. The worldwide Illuminati planned
the camps with the goal to determine what programs would
work on children, and used the cover story of Nazi racial
hatred to hide the real purpose of the camps--mind-control
experiments which used large numbers of children traumatized
by their separation from their parents.
With today’s sophisticated programming and structuring of
MPD worlds, these evil alters can be controlled better than
in the past, and yet we still have serial killers like Wayne
Cox, and serial rapists like William Stanley Milligan, who
were programmed multiples stalking our streets. Kenneth
Biani, the LA Hillside strangler who killed 9 people was
diagnosed as a multiple, but claimed he had faked the
disorder. Thomas W. Piper in Boston in the 1870s, and Paul
Miskamen, one hundred years later in California, are
examples of multiples who had an alter capable of murder and
another alter who was a good Christian. One of the best
disinformation campaigns of the Illuminati, is to make
people think programmed-multiples are just for espionage,
prostitution and assassination. They have taken over our
pulpits, like the Illuminati programmed multiple Jimmy
Swaggart, and they have taken over our political offices,
like Al Gore, and our universities. Even with the elite’s
secrecy intact via their control of libraries, publishing
houses, and newspapers, the record still shows the traces of
the Illuminati’s history of creating controlled multiple
personalities. The historical record of criminals with
multiple personalities includes the Illuminati coke
multimillionaire Harry K. Thaw. He was one of the elite of
society, who had charming sophisticated front alters, and
sadistic deeper alters. His position prevented him from
being convicted of a murder he committed in public
Page 3 ...
on June 25, 1906. However, another multiple Henry
Spencer, who didn’t have such clout was hanged after killing
Allison Rexroat in 1914. Another multiple William Heirens,
who murdered two women in the ’40’s, had one of his front
alters write in the mirror after a murder, "For heaven’s
sake, catch me before I kill more, I cannot control myself."
He had an alter George who was doing the murders. The story
doesn’t stop with evidence of physical murders, but includes
the vast numbers of spiritual deaths that have resulted from
the spiritual manipulation of the masses via programmed
multiples. Programmed multiples have been great for carrying
out religious deceptions. Many of the great spiritist
mediums were multiples. In the 1920’s, Patience Worth was a
famous name of an author. Patience was an alter of Mrs. John
Curran. As a child Mrs. Curran had played the piano in her
uncle’s Missouri Ozark church when young and then she later
grew up to be a famous medium and writer. A Dr. Charles E.
Cory investigated her multiple-personality disorder. He
discovered that her author alter was much more intelligent
than the front alter who did the housekeeping & normally
held the body. The occult world has manipulated MPD to
manufacture validation for their theories of reincarnation,
spiritism etc. Where once the Word of God was accepted as
truth by society as a whole, now society questions whether
there is such a thing as truth. When it has come to finding
out about mind control from the first level of perpetrators,
the government, there have been a number of manufactured
(bogus), sanitized and original CIA documents released to
the public under the nearly worthless Freedom of Information
act. The Freedom of Information Act has been manipulated to
lead people to think that the public has access to secrets.
A letter of inquiry in 1995 requesting declassified
documents on Mind Control, Monarch, MK Ultra, Artichoke and
Blue Bird got the following response from the CIA, "...as
you might expect, we have already conducted broad-ranging
and exhaustive searches and reviews on every conceivable
aspect of human behavior, including mind control and
brainwashing, and have located and released 11, 336 pages of
material on the general subject of human behavior studies
under MKULTRA. Most of the 11,336 pages of this previously
released material are very limited in scope and consist
primarily of financial records." (quote from a CIA letter of
response in answer to a request for declassified
mind-control information.) Yes, and long-story-short even
those 11,336 pages only got released due to a mistake.
In one CIA document pertaining to mind control released
under the Freedom of Information act, which is a memorandum
dated 20 Oct. 1975 to the Director of Central Intelligence
from the Inspector General Donald F. Chamberlain, the
Inspector General states, "From his investigation of the
project [MKNAOMI], Dr. Stevens has concluded that gaps in
the files are the result of a conscious policy on the part
of those involved to keep very little paper on the project
from its inception in 1952 to its demise in 1970. People
formerly connected with the project interviewed by Dr.
Stevens asserted that the practice of keeping little or no
record of the activity was standard MKNAOMI procedure."
Philip Agee, who wrote an expose of the CIA entitled Inside
The Company: CIA Diary (Toronto, Can.: Bantam Books, 1975),
said that as an employee of the CIA "You get so used to
lying that after a while it’s hard to remember what the
truth is." Philip Agee writes, "The life of a CIA operations
officer ... There is not much time to think about the
results of your actions and, if you try to do it well, the
job of operations officer calls for dedication to the point
of obsession. But it’s a schizophrenic sort of situation.
You have too many secrets, you can’t relax with outsiders.
Sometimes an operative uses several identities at once. If
somebody
Page 4 ...
asks you a simple question, "What did you do over the
weekend?" your mind goes Click! Who does he think I am? What
would the guy he thinks I am be doing over the weekend? You
get so used to lying that after a while it’s hard to
remember what the truth is. When I [Philip] joined the CIA I
signed the secrecy agreement... [now] I may have violated
that agreement. I believe it is worse to stay silent, that
the [security] agreement itself was immoral." [bold added to
quote] On Nov. 15, 1996, DCI Deutsch of the CIA paraded
himself and some politicians before a public meeting in
south L.A. (broadcast on C-Span) and told the people the CIA
would investigate allegations that the CIA had run drugs.
One man asked CIA Director Deutsch, "Everyone knows that the
CIA was running drugs in Vietnam from the Golden Triangle,
and that they have continued doing it to today, and you want
to come here to south L.A. and pretend to us that this
hasn’t happened when everyone knows it did. Are you crazy?"
Deutsch couldn’t help but show a revealing smile. (The above
quoted question was taken from C-Span’s broadcast & is a
closely paraphrased version.) One of my questions to Deutsch
would be, "When a drug addict’s life gets out of control,
he’ll go into denial, and he’ll steal from everyone in his
life, including his own mother, and live a life of lies, and
when an intelligence agency gets out of control, they are
like an addicted person, they stay in total denial and keep
secretly hurting everyone in sight, WHAT can and should the
people do to get an out-of-control intelligence agency to
stop its power addiction? Unfortunately, the problem with
power addiction, addiction to lying & deception, and drug
addiction began centuries before the CIA within the
Illuminati families that started the CIA. The CIA is simply
reflecting the problems of its parent. Their addiction to
lying keeps the common gullible man in public ignorant.
Their total mind-controlled slaves are used extensively for
disinformation campaigns, and are helpful to disseminate
WHITE, GREY, & BLACK propaganda for the New World Order’s
Network. To coordinate their lies requires a special
intelligence group that keeps meticulous records of the
disinformation that has been disseminated, so that they
don’t get mixed up in their lies. It is extremely rare to
get the truth out of the perpetrators, the mind-control
programmers. Recently, on television a movie portrayed a
victim of trauma-based mind control trying to get one of her
programmers, who she’d taken prisoner, to confess to what
he’d done. He defied her, and did all he could to make her
think her memory was her imagination. It was an excellent
portrayal of how hard it is to get the truth out of the
perpetrators. The sadistic programmers have exercised their
power for decades in secrecy. They have understood the
implications of their power for decades. However, the
implications of this undetectable mind-control are
staggering, actually overwhelming and beyond the man in the
street’s ability to comprehend. It means every organization
can be infiltrated ("penetrated" as they say), and used as a
front or controlled. It means nothing is as it appears. It
means that Russia can hate America on the surface, and be
working hand in glove on the secret level. It means every
one of the millions of new immigrants from Russia, China and
Eastern Europe into the U.S. is a potential time bomb. It
means much of what has been blamed on Christians has had its
origin in Satan. Satanic programming has seriously damaged
the reputation of Christians. The programmers are major
players in how the world’s events unfold, while they receive
absolutely no attention. These men are illegitimate rulers
of the world. They have never gained from the common man the
right to rule. Therefore they rule through puppets who owe
their total allegiance to their mind-control masters. They
are rapidly trying to establish legitimacy for themselves,
and plan to
Page 5 ...
culminate their plans to gain legitimacy with the rule of
the AntiChrist, who will rule based on mass-produced myths
and fantasies that the Illuminati will articulate to the
imaginations of millions of slaves worldwide. They have
already begun to market the AntiChrist and his reign to the
world. The campaign for the acceptance of homosexuality is
just one part of this marketing effort. They are also
skillfully justifying their AntiChrist’s rule, by creating
problems that only his superior management abilities and
leadership skills will be able to deal with. The strength of
New World Order and the AntiChrist’s rule is the total and
undetectable mind-control that is being carried out on a
mass scale to little children and people who fit specific
profiles. According to a reliable deprogrammed source:
Adults, who have the following profile are subjected to
mind-control. This profile is:
· alone without a support system of family or friends.
· an I.Q. above 120.
· good hypnotic candidate
· has other attributes worthwhile to exploit
More about this will be discussed in chapter 1, where an
entire overview of how the intelligence agencies take adults
and program them will be given. Adults who are used by the
intelligence agencies for WET OPS or one-time one way
missions are programmed in stages. These stages are
designated levels 1-5. Level 4 is where these slaves begin
to resemble the total mind-controlled slaves of the
Illuminati who have been subjected to mind-control since
they were defenseless babies. The men involved in the
programming of little defenseless children are skilled. They
have been earned their jobs on the basis of a dog-eat-dog
environment. They are ruthless. They operate out a hidden
zone, which I will call the twilight zone of believability.
Anyone who tries to expose what they are doing, must write
about things that are outside of that box of things commonly
believed in. It is as they intentionally gauge what is
believable and then step outside of that zone in which to
operate. These ruthless programmers have egos which think
they are god-men. Somewhere deep in their minds, they
inwardly know they are worms. There is a part of themselves
deep down that knows the truth, but Satan has buried that so
deep, that they cannot face the reality of who they are.
They seek eternal life by stealing the life force of
innocent victims. They know that their father is Satan. They
are victims of Satan. Where does one draw the line between
who is a victim and who is an abuser? There is no line. The
word of God indicates that God has turned many of these men
over to Satan due to their wicked minds. It’s sad to think
that some of these men are dependant on Satan for spiritual
life. Many of the slaves still have a spark of reality and a
spirit that cries for freedom. They have ears to hear the
truth, should it come their way. This book is written for
those who love the truth and love the liberty that Almighty
God has given us to seek and to love the truth for
ourselves. Although only a minority of the people today have
Total Mind-Control, the Illuminati are attempting to confuse
and manipulate everyone. One of their favorite tactics to
scare people with is the ambiguous bogeyman of national
security. They constantly use their spin-doctors to whip up
fear, so that the public will gladly surrender their freedom
to protect "national security". Unfortunately, or
ironically, the very concept of "national security" is being
used as a cover for the Illuminati to steal every last
vestige of freedom left to the American people. American
tax-dollars support secret conferences such as the
classified conference sponsored by Los Alamos on Nov. 16-17,
1993 where the Applied Physics Lab of John Hopkins
University taught our military about "non-lethal" weapons.
The satanist/ ex-Green Beret Dr. John Alexander, now head of
the Los Alamos National Lab, gave one of the opening talks
on 11/16/93. The next day, the military men gave talks on
Page 6 ...
the technology involved in controlling people’s minds
electronically via both implants and energy beamed at them.
Dr. Dave Morgan, of Lockhead Sanders also gave a specific
talk on their "syntel--synthetic voices they place in the
heads of victims with telemetry to auditory implants. You
will read more on their implants in chapter 5. The battle
for the freedom of the human mind must be fought now. The
battle gets increasingly difficult, but we must fight it
whether we win or lose, for the human spirit and the human
mind was not created by God for slavery to Satan and his
AntiChrist. Over and over, the truth of Jesus’ words still
shine forth, "And you shall know the truth and the truth
shall set you free." Let us realize that the man who said
those eternally powerful words also said, "I am the way, the
truth, and the life." For His light shone in darkness, "and
the darkness has not overcome it." If those of us who still
have free minds must die--then let us die for the TRUTH,
that the Truth in Christ Jesus shall live.
The hidden World Order government that increasingly
controls our lives operates through many clandestine
operations and groups. What you see is not what you get. In
order to maintain total secrecy of such a vast scale of
operations, they use millions of mind-controlled slaves
world-wide as well as numerous willing servants who out of
raw terror will not buck the system. On the surface, EPIC is
just another secret military unit. The patch below belongs
to the EPIC unit, a clandestine unit which is doing the real
banking for part of Mexico, much of the U.S. and part of
Canada. This agency (El Paso Intelligence Center--EPIC) is
obviously not a U.S. jurisdictional agency, but operates
under FINCEN (Financial Crimes Enforcement Network- as in
crimes against Big Brother). This unit is stationed at Ft.
Bliss, which contains Army & Air Force units. American
elections are rigged, and there is no longer a government of
the people, for the people and by the people (if there ever
was one). The American people are kept in place because they
think they elected the government that rules them.
Mind-control is pervasive and is being used not just to
create sexual slaves, or banking employees, but to control
society at all levels. Will we continue to allow a shadow
government to rule us? Will we continue to let them tell us
that these things have to be secret in the interest of
"national security", when in reality they are only in the
interest of NATIONAL SLAVERY?
EPIC is also involved with the NAFTA machinations, many
of which were done with the help of mind-controlled slaves.
Within the NAFTA agreement was the U.S./Mexico Border XXI
Framework Document, (based on the La Paz Agreement signed in
‘83) which in effect ends American & Mexican sovereignity
over all land within 52.5 miles of the border. Special
international agencies have been created to regulate the
various environmental and legal needs of the Border XXI
region, as the border is dissolved into a border region. The
U.S./Mex. Border XXI document created the Border Cooperation
Project & the North American Development Bank. The World
Bank will also provide financing, and some funds will come
from Mexico. EPIC is well situated in the approx. geographic
center of this border region.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 7 ...
CHAPTER 1.
SCIENCE NO. 1 - SELECTION &
PREPARATION OF THE VICTIM
The average person who has been spoon-fed what he knows
from the controlled establishment (the establishment’s news,
churches, and schools) is overwhelmed and in denial that
mind-control can be happening. Who would want to carry out
mind-control? One category are those groups who use the
Cabala. Hasidic Judaism, Freemasonry, and Witchcraft are all
based on the Cabala. Llewellyn’s magazine New Worlds of Mind
and Spirit (a prominent witchcraft magazine) in their
June/July ’94 issue state on page 56, "The golem of Prague
is perhaps the most famous example of ‘practical cabala’-
the use of cabala for magical cabala." Golem are
mind-controlled beings. There are several cabalistic and
witchcraft written references that point out that the
creation of mind-controlled zombies (golem) was the highest
goal of the cabala. Albert Pike, perhaps the most important
Freemason of all times, clearly stated as the head of
Freemasons worldwide that Freemasonry is based on the
Cabala. A cabalistic psychiatrist in Psychoanalysis Review,
’44, issue 31, p. 180 wrote, "Victory over the world would
be secured by any man who possessed the Shem...[We shall
control the world (words to this effect)]...when we shall
attain the consciousness of the Shem within us and will
control the power of the Golem to regenerate the world."
[The Golem are energized by the magic Tetragrammaton, which
the Jehovah’s W.s emphasize so much.] In The Worldwide
Weekly, Defense News of 3/20-26/95, the Defense News an
official military paper indicated that the navy was
attempting to produce an "Army of Zombies". The Defense News
stated:
"The research, called Hippocampal Neuron Patterning,
grows live neurons on computer chips, William Tolles, the
recently retired associate director of research at the Naval
Research Lab, said March 15. This technology that alters
neurons could potentially be used on people to create zombie
armies, Lawrence Korb, a senior fellow at the Brookings
Institution, said March 16 .... The research has captured
the attention of the U.S. Intelligence community."
I have taken the space to give you the reader a paper
trail that shows that YES INDEED, there are groups of people
that desire human zombies. So where do they select their
candidates for their zombie creating programs? That’s what
this chapter will deal with. You’ll have to go to some of my
other books to learn how these mind-control groups all
interconnect.
The previous book by this author The Top 13 Illuminati
Bloodlines was intended to help people begin to understand
the major role bloodlines play within the Illuminati. When
this author was on speaking circuit, he ran into a number of
researchers who had researched the New World Order and the
Illuminati for years and not realized the significance of
the bloodlines. In tracking the bloodlines, it became
apparent that the European Illuminati bloodlines were trying
to integrate some of the American Indian bloodlines into
their own bloodlines. Why? They wanted the occult power that
these bloodlines contributed. And it seems that not only do
generational spirits help in many ways, but there are
reasons to believe that the Aborigines of Australia, the
Bushmen of the Kalahari, and some of the American Indian
tribes such as the Cherokee have high paranormal abilities
in addition to their demonic spiritual abilities. Some
believe that the psi-gene was valuable for the survival of
primitive hunter tribes, while tribes who went into
agriculture lost some of the power of the primary and
secondary psi-genes since natural selection would not have
encouraged
Page 8 ...
psi-genes in agricultural based societies. The primary
psi-genes are thought by some to be some genetic coding
which enhances proteins to be better biophysical batteries,
storage units, and other roles. The secondary genetic
psi-coding are thought to be codes for creating richer and
higher-functioning neural pathways, and neural capabilities.
Whether this was true, if the Illuminati believed it was
true, it could account for their penchant for mixing in
American Indian blood with their elite "blue blood."
BREEDING GOOD SUBJECTS for HYPNOSIS-hypnosis as it
relates to selection & preparation of the victim.
Hypnosis and programming work well in the alpha state of
the mind. This is why the child is traumatized even in the
womb, so that it will naturally be in that alpha state even
before birth. The man in the street may think that the
hypnotist looks for weak-willed subjects, however the
mind-control programmers and professional stage hypnotists
say that a "fighter", "a determined forceful personality"
are the types they search for to have a successful hypnotic
session. Weak-willed persons are usually incapable of
seriously concentrating for the successful pursuance of any
idea, and usually are the worst subjects. Intelligence is
often helpful, and (as stated in the first volume) the
ability to be creative is extremely important to the
programmers. An extremely important factor for the subject
of mind-control to have is the "emotional drive to pursue to
its successful completion a given objective." (McGill,
Ormond. Professional Stage Hypnotism. pp. 87-88.) One reason
the programmers like to work with children who were preemies
is that they are fighters. Another reason the programmers
like to work with intelligent children, and not waste time
trying to program lower-than-average intelligent children,
is that they are easier to hypnotize.
This does not mean that only people who appear
intelligent are programmed. During the programming process,
many of the victims are programmed to appear stupid to
others and to themselves. Only the master (and those who
work with him) are to use the full potential of the victim.
The victims’ talents are stolen from them. An intelligent
child, who comes from an intelligent family, and who is
programmed with total mind-control may grow up into
adulthood thinking he or she is of average or below average
intelligence.
GENETICS
Pres. Theodore Roosevelt, who was blood related to both
President Martin Van Buren and to Franklin Delano Roosevelt,
is on record, "Some day we will realize that the prime duty,
the inescapable duty of the good citizens of the right type
is to leave his or her blood behind him in the world; and
that we have no business to permit the perpetuation of
citizens of the wrong type .... The problem cannot be met
unless we give full consideration to the immense influence
of heredity .... I wish very much that the wrong people
could be prevented entirely from breeding; and when the evil
nature of these people is sufficiently flagrant, this should
be done .... The emphasis should be laid on getting
desirable people to breed." Many of the people within the
Illuminati bloodlines have made statements like this, and
have done all they could to leave many secret offspring
behind, because these elite bloodlines have felt they were
the chosen to lead humanity. Your ancient aristocratic
families such as the Cabots, Lodges & Delanos have been in
favor of placing the blame on society’s problems on the "bad
blood" of the common man. They forget all the evils that
have been perpetrated on these common people by the blue
blooded aristocratic families that think they are so
superior. For instance, Illuminati kingpin Harriman’s wife
purchased land at Cold
Page 9 ...
Springs, NY to promote a eugenics program. She said that
being raised around good race horses helped her appreciate
good breeding in man. Eugenics is the philosophy that some
humans are genetically superior to others, & that inferior
genetic races/individuals should be destroyed. The first
eugenics program started in the United States was by John
Humphrey Noyes, the cult leader of communist Oneida
communities. John Humphrey Noyes’ father was a Vermont
Congressman, and his mother was a relative of Rutherford B.
Hayes, the 19th U.S. President. His family was from the
burned out district, from Putney, Vermont. In 1833, Yale
granted him a license to preach. Noyes began creating his
communist communities around 1836, and he dictated all their
major decisions, including their group sex and eugenics
policies. In 1869, John H. Noyes selected 53 women and 38
men to be the only ones in his communities allowed to
produce children. The goal was to perfect the genetics of
the community by only allowing well bred children. This is
believed to be the first eugenics program. All members of
the community were encouraged to have sex with everyone else
& not to form emotional attachments around it. However, they
were not to have procreative sex. The Oneida group can
clearly be tied in with European occult groups that tie in
with the illuminati. The Oneida group used central
committees and social control through mutual criticism to
keep their members in line. Their social control methods
were extremely effective. Years later, Chinese communism
began using these innovations of Noyes’. Charles Guiteau,
who assassinated Pres. Garfield, was a member of Noyes’
Oneida community. He became a member because his father, a
disciple of Noyes, took him there as a boy. Charles stated
that at the Noyes’ community, he came under the influence of
Noyes and "I was unable to get away from that influence ...
A man was just as isolated from the world as if he were
confined in state’s prison or lunatic asylum. I suffered
greatly in mind and body and spirits during incarceration in
that community." He claimed he had never gotten free of the
control that began when he entered the Oneida community. In
1880, he began hanging around the Republican Party’s NY HQ.
This was a very strange thing, because Charles Guiteau had
never had any interest in politics his entire life. He
bought a pistol from a "gentleman", and then shot President
Garfield. Knowing that Illuminati mind-control was already
taking place at this time, certainly makes this
assassination an area for further study. John Noyes had his
groups conducting seances and carrying out initiation rites.
He personally sexually initiated the girl children of his
communities at these rites. In June, 1879, when the
authorities came to arrest him for mass rape of little
girls, he fled to British Canada, where the British
government gave him asylum. After Noyes skipped the country,
the community was incorporated as a joint-stock corporation
called Oneida Ltd., which later burned a large amount of the
personal records and the diaries of the members to keep
their sexual activities forever secret. It’s interesting to
note, that long before 1879, in June, 1847, Noyes’ had
treated a woman Harriet Hall for tuberculosis & dropsy by
holding a seance ritual and sexually sealing the spiritual
cure with intercourse with the woman. After the woman’s
husband reported this, a grand jury indicted Noyes. He
skipped bail and an almost sure conviction by fleeing to New
York. People have wondered how he managed to practice his
odd sexual behaviors for years and never get into trouble
with authorities.
Margaret Sanger, an early feminist, was also an advocate
of eugenics. In their zeal to make her a hero, modern
feminists have neglected to notice this side of her. Sanger
advocated sterilization of the feeble-minded by
Page 10 ...
the government. This all sounded good at the turn of the
century before legitimate research showed that genetics
played only a partial role in how people turned out, and
that environment and choices by individuals also played just
as big of a role in how people turned out. Many of the
people who were sterilized under eugenic laws were realized
to have been victims of pseudo-science and hysteria. The
Great Depression leveled many proud and haughty people down
to the same level as the common people they had sneered down
upon. Rich and poor found themselves in bread lines. The
financial elite and the academic elite were humbled and the
eugenics racial theories in the U.S. largely disappeared.
Finally, H.J. Muller, a famous and respected geneticist,
gave an outstanding and courageous speech to the Eugenics
Society in NY in 1932 where he lambasted the eugenicists for
using false better-breeding theories to rationalize the
criminal behavior of the elite. The Illuminati had suffered
a temporary setback in legitimizing their criminal rule over
humanity. In recent years, the Illuminati’s evil ideas about
superior and inferior blood lines are being given more
credence again. The National Institute of Health funded a
$1.7 million study at the University of Hawaii’s Behavioral
Biology Lab to get solid information on how genetics relates
to intelligence so that "informed decisions" about
population control can be made in the future. Almost every
state has now adopted genetic screening of new-born babies
in the U.S. While the Illuminati may not be able to fully
implement their superior blood theories in society in
general, they have been secretly working feverishly in labs
and in secret rituals around the world to redesign mankind
to their preferences. Many Illum. members are the end result
of carefully monitored genetic engineering. They want to
manufacture the future via control over human genetics. Many
years ago, the first step in the Illuminati genetic program
was the creation of specifications. When these specs, these
criteria, were set as goals, they then worked to realize
them. They have been working at them, and refining the
results as they continue to work toward specific goals. They
have sought the perfect assassin. They have sought the
perfect slave. They have sought the perfect baseball player
and golf player. They have sought the perfect soldier. The
borders between these manufactured Illuminati total
mind-control slaves and an industrial robot are fast
becoming blurred. The end of the human race as we know it,
and civilization as we know it, is rapidly approaching. Via
molecular biology and genetics, humanoids that are vastly
different from normal humans have been created in secret
underground installations. They have been modifying humans
to design para-humans, and then applying mind-control to
them. The Illuminati is not only controlling humanity, but
under their control redesigning it. Lest anyone forget, the
descendants of John Noyes’ Oneida Colony, and the genetic
model wonder children born in Nazi Germany are still around.
According to one source, the Nazi’s produced numerous
offspring of Hitler which were secretly taken to many
countries and then later reassembled in certain special
towns. These children received mind-control as well as being
specially endowed with as many special traits as the Nazi’s
could give them. If this is true, it could have some
significance in the future. Illuminati kingpins are also
able to store their semen via cryogenics for all kinds of
scenarios. Frozen sperm can be used to create a son after
the father had died. Should an Illuminati kingpin want to
impregnate his grand-daughter 10 years after his death, it
would be possible. On the flip side, single women can choose
semen from sperm banks. Another twist that the Illuminati
have taken advantage of is taking the fertilized egg of one
set of parents and implanting it into a brooder slave to
raise the child as a surrogate mother.
Page 11 ...
It should also be mentioned that ex-Illuminati members
have explained how planned births are coincided to have the
child be born on particular special occult dates. (The
Illuminati have a intense lifestyle of secrecy, so most of
their members do not carry the last name of the bloodline
they belong to. Some members are given significant occult
names for their legal name, and others use legal names which
have no significance. Having a legal occult-significant name
is not essential, because the alter system will receive a
secret Illuminati occult name.) The bottom line is that
bloodlines, genetics and genetic engineering is playing a
role in the selection process of who is programmed a certain
way. Also the Illuminati has particular research goals that
have been structured into their 20 year, 30 year and 50 year
plans. Case histories show that a child will receive
education and programming in order to participate in secret
research projects years down the road. Some of today’s
marked children are invariably being quietly educated to
help with future research goals. As might be suspected the
inbreeding within the secret Illuminati bloodlines and their
secret satanic lifestyles take their genetic toll.. How do
the Illuminati get rid of their leftovers, the children
their bloodlines have that aren’t going to amount to a great
deal? In terms of mind-control, the male children that are
the programming leftovers, the ones that are not really fit
to make into politicians, doctors and lawyers, will be made
into stalkers, according to an ex-Illuminati programmer, who
worked in this area of programming, the ratio of men to
women that are programmed for stalking is about 90% to 10%.
Why discuss how the Illuminati makes stalkers? First, many
people doubt that there is a controlled conspiracy by the
Illuminati to control the world, because in their limited
understanding they think that there are too many
uncontrollable people around for the world to be controlled.
They don’t realize that a large share of those crazy people
were intentionally created by the Illuminati. The Illuminati
programmers and handlers during the 40’s through the 60’s,
according to insiders, had specific quotas on how many
people to have go crazy so that the mental institutions
(which were used for programming) could maintain their
government financing. Readers, who have followed this
author’s lectures, have heard him explain how a. the
Illuminati make a decision to "solve" a problem they have
created, then b. get the government and private groups to
study the problem for years so that eventually it looks like
their (secretly preplanned) decision is the best course of
action for the country, and then c. their lackey’s in the
political process implement the decision supposedly for the
"good of the people". After 30 years of good financing for
the mental institutions so they could do their assigned task
of programming hundreds of thousands of people with tasks
for the NWO, the Illuminati then set things up so that the
mental institutions dumped their populations out onto the
streets, where they can carry out the missions they had been
programmed to carry out. They next step was to privatize the
prisons, which are being used for mind-control (not to
mention hard-core porn of women victims in prisons). The
Illuminati’s long range plans for mind-control included that
they would turn over the prisons to people like the
Illuminati’s Order of the Skull & Bone’s Wackenhut Services,
Inc., Coral Gables, FL, (ph. no. 305-666-5656), and the
Illuminati’s GE Government Operations, Cherry Hill, NJ under
James Becker at 609-486-5042. In the 18 page Heritage
Foundation’s study of prison needs entitled "A Guide To
Prison Privatization" (done on May 28, 1988, Wash. D.C.),
the Heritage Foundations gives all the correct Illuminati
answers to the question of privatization of prisons,
including listing the following "corporations that provide
prison services ... Behavioral Systems SW, Inc.,... Eckerd
Family Youth Alternatives, Inc., ... GE Government
Operations, Cherry Hill,
Page 12 ...
NJ.. .Wackenhut." All groups that this author’s research
indicates are Illuminati and involved with mind-control. An
example of several studies that this author has obtained
that were done to show us that privatization of prisons is
the best answer to our problems is The Development, Present
Status, and Future Potential of Correctional Privatization
in America by Charles W. Thomas, Prof. of Criminology & Dir,
of Private Corrections Project; Charles H. Logan, Prof. of
Sociology, Univ. of Conn., & Visiting Fellow, Fed. Bureau of
Prisons. This paper was done May 1991. Our government also
got into the act and the GAO wrote up a govt. report in Feb.
1991 stating that the government could save money by
privatizing prisons. The Illuminati need their people seeded
at all levels of society, at the gutter level as well as in
palaces. This is where the stalkers, their leftover children
used for programming are handy. Many of these stalkers had
secret Illuminati lineages that are hidden via adoption. As
one ex-Illuminati member said, "They are the weak links."
The Illuminati must have dependable people everywhere, even
in the gutter and prisons. Why create stalkers? There are a
long list of reasons. It is somewhat difficult to explain
unless readers are already familiar with the bigger picture.
People, who have sat in on Illuminati meetings where their
20, 30, and 50 year plans were discussed, will explain how
the Illuminati wanted to break down the family structures
and bring violence into the schools. This is Ordo ab chaos.
However, the schools had rules to protect themselves from
dangerous violent activity done by children, so they had to
create violence in the streets, to get violence into the
schools by the backdoor. Stalkers were part of the program
to create violence. Another purpose stalkers serve for the
Illuminati is that they make excellent spies if they get
attached to someone. They will find out everything they can
about that person. Their minds will creatively invent all
kinds of ways to get information about their fixation. How
does the Illuminati program a child to become a stalker?
They have the programming techniques to create a stalker
down to a fine science. In short, it consists of 1. they
bond the child extremely close to its mother or a woman as
it grows up. This creates a side-effect of homosexuality.
The mental mechanics of this side-effect are that the male
has an unmet need for men. The Illuminati will manipulate
this latent homosexuality but not allow its expression. They
want to continue to strengthen the apron strings that attach
the child to the mother image. Meanwhile they utterly
destroy all self-respect and self-image of the child. It is
totally disgraced so that its only identity is its identity
with its mother figure. The child can not stand on its own
two feet without the support of the mother-figure. When the
boy approaches puberty, they are watched very closely by the
Illuminati, be that in a military school or tightly
controlled cult family setting, etc. They do not want the
apron strings to ever be cut. They want them to remain
dependent when they would naturally become independent. They
want to insure that the young boy doesn’t develop a sense of
who they are. The victim of stalker programming will never
emotionally grow out of that age of about 11-13 when boys
would sever the ties to their mother. They stop growing
emotionally at about age 12. This is all carefully crafted
by the Illuminati. These young men never understand
themselves or their programming. They don’t understand the
impulses and uncontrollable drives that hit them. They can’t
get off their programming merry-go-round, because it is
rooted in the first brain, their maternal instincts, the
"reptilian brain" which has no conscience. Their stalking of
their mother figure is a survival instinct that they don’t
understand. They make good spies. They will persist in
tracking and stalking a victim, until they break down the
victim’s walls of privacy by their sheer tenacity,
persistence, and force of will.
Page 13 ...
This is because it is a survival instinct that has been
harnessed by the Illuminati programmer. Because this
programming is laid in at the reptilian first brain level,
these stalkers can be violent without a higher brain
conscience, and their minds will manufacture some
justification to protect this survival need to stalk. The
mind protects itself, so they have a strong denial system.
Every time someone "rejects" them, it triggers their
programming. Because they are driven by their reptilian
first brain (the various brains are explained later in this
book) they only think in the here-and-now, long-term
projects bore them, they don’t have the stick-to-itiveness
needed for many jobs, except their eternal quest for an
identity with the mother-figure they stalk.
TRAINING THE UNBORN CHILD
The Illuminati in its typical schizophrenic way, has not
neglected the opportunities to begin the programming process
in the womb. The scientific research in this area has been
kept quiet, but from an ex-Illuminati programmer it is clear
that they are aware of much more about the unborn child in
the womb and its thinking processes than the public knows
about. I was privileged to read the excellent book The
Secret Life of the Unborn Child by Thomas Veiny, M.D. with
John Kelly. This book is written from a loving Christian
viewpoint and incorporates scientific research about the
thinking of unborn children. Interestingly, Veiny studied
research into the mind of the fetus from researchers at the
Max Plank Institute, Munich, Germany, from the Esalen
Institute, Big Sur, CA., from the Center for Research on
Birth and Human Development, Berkeley, CA which are all
institutions involved in mind-control and mind-control
research. Just one example of the learning abilities of the
unborn child, an autistic child remembered the english her
French speaking mother was around during work while the
child was in the womb. Veiny writes, "The fetus can see,
hear, experience, taste and, on a primitive level, even
learn in utero (that is, in the uterus--before birth). Most
importantly, he can feel--not with an adult’s
sophistication, but feel nonetheless." (p. 12) Research has
clearly showed that the fetus can think and is shaping its
(his or her) personality while in the womb. Maternal
thoughts, feelings, actions, and fears all reach the child
in the womb and affect the child. The maternal bonding with
the child while in the womb is also critical.
Researchers have been unable to pinpoint when a baby in
the womb begins to think, and have a consciousness, but some
theorize that it goes back clear to the beginning of
conception. One study taught fetus babies to kick on the cue
of a vibration. The researchers have determined that the
unborn child hears what is being said around it, and is
beginning to associate its language skills around the voices
it hears. The unborn child hears and reacts differently to
different music played. Soothing words and soothing music
will calm a fetus. One conductor remembered into his adult
years, the cello music that had only been played while he
was an unborn child. According to excellent research, the
start of awareness is clearly evidenced between the 28th and
32nd week. At that point, the brain’s neural circuits are
just as advanced as a newborns. This is why the Illuminati
can get away with causing so many preemie births to enhance
dissociative abilities. From the 32nd week on the child
shows that it carries out REM sleep. It is also interesting
the children, teenagers and adults have widely divergent
sleep patterns but the time spent in REM sleep stays
constant. Researchers have been able to trace memories going
back to the sixth month of pregnancy. In other words, from
the sixth month of pregnancy onward, some of what the unborn
child learns will be remembered. (See pg. 23 of Varny’s The
Secret Life of the Unborn
Page 14 ...
Child.) This is why the Illuminati has made a point of
having the unborn child hear the voices of people who will
play a role in the trauma and programming of the child. The
child may already know the hypnotic voice of one of its cult
programmers at birth. Researchers found that by playing a
tape of a mother’s heartbeat to new-born babies that the
babies felt dramatically more secure, and were much
healthier and did much better. A child who has been trained
to its father’s soothing voice in the womb, has been proven
to remember it and hear it after birth and to respond to it
in a positive way. In fact, the emotionally healthiest
children have been found by researchers to have had their
father’s voice in their life prior to birth. Unborn children
do not like to be poked at. In the eighth week of life, the
unborn child is already using his physical abilities to show
that he dislikes intensely to be poked. One of the early
fetus traumas, that the Illuminati like to carry out is to
poke the fetus with a sharp object to make it dissociative
in the womb. By the fourth month, the unborn baby is making
facial expressions. Four to eight weeks later they are
sensitive to touch, and don’t like to be tickled while in
the womb. Sometimes children are tickled during medical
exams. If cold water is injected into the mother’s stomach,
the baby intensely dislikes it. The child can be overwhelmed
while in the womb with horrible sounds, bad tastes caused by
what the mother eats, being touched in ways that it
dislikes, etc. Rock music drives unborn children crazy.
Programming drugs that cause particular thinking in the
fetus can also be administered. Can one see that the
traumatization to cause MPD can easily start in the womb? In
fact, with many Illuminati babies, they do create womb
splits, and have even started trying to teach Christ to the
child while in the womb, to speed up the process of when
they will purposefully make the child feel rejected by God
and to experience the black communion with Satan. The
foundation of trauma-based total mind-control is fear. A
deep spirit of fear cripples a person spiritually &
emotionally. The foundation of fear can begin to be layered
in while the child is still unborn. The unborn child has
near-sighted seeing. He can detect light shined on his
mother’s stomach. In fact, the fetus’s eyes, which are
living in a dark world, will hurt when light is shined onto
the mom’s stomach. A long-term unresolved personal stress on
the mother will be one of the worst stresses her unborn
child has to deal with. Short term stresses don’t seem to
have the long term side effects that long term stress has.
Short term stresses are soon forgotten by the child.
Somehow, the love that the mother has for the child is
transmitted to the child, and forms a protective shield so
to speak for the child to resist traumas and stresses. When
the mother is ambivalent (even though outwardly happy) or
cool in their emotions, the babies have been proven by
researchers to consistently have more physical and emotional
problems.
If the Illuminati want to create an effeminate gay man,
they can administer progesterone and estrogen to the mother
during her pregnancy, and this will influence the
development of male children to be effeminate. Certain
researchers have been warning about the hormones that are in
our daily food because modern techniques of raising cattle
and producing milk include giving hormones to the animals.
It is also known that the child’s concept of "I" the self
starts in the womb. Those children who have had a secure
womb feeling have been shown to be more confident with their
sexual lives later on in life. While those who were
terrified in the womb had a tendency to have sexual
problems. The traumas that are induced into some of the
babies for programming purposes may have a destabilizing
effect on the sexual stability later on in life, and it may
be that the programmers
Page 15 ....
take advantage of the unsure destabilized feelings that
are a consequence of terror in the womb. Children born from
induced labor have a statistically high relationship to
sexual sadism, and males typically have masochistic
personalities. (See pg. 19 of The Secret Life of the Unborn
Child). Since certain Illuminati children have their birth’s
induced to match certain dates of the year, this is one
contributing factor as to why Illuminati males, born into
bloodlines that have for centuries considered certain
birthdates important, have such a high incidence of sadistic
tendencies. Verny believes that C-section babies, due to
what happens to babies during the birthing process in
contrast to a normal birth, have certain emotional needs
that later as adults are expressed as promiscuous lives.
Women due to their C-section birth, develop a deep seated
desire to be held, and intercourse later becomes the price
they have to pay to satisfy this deepseated need.
COMMON ILLUMINATI WORK WITH TWINS
The Illuminati mask the removal of babies from pregnant
mothers with "alien abduction of fetus" cover stories. When
twins are in the uterus, it is common for the Illuminati to
skillfully take one of them. This is part of why the
disappearance rate for a twin baby is 75%. It is so
prevalent that it has been given the name "the Vanishing
Twin Phenomenon". The Vanishing Twin Phenomenon is well
established by statistics. Establishment doctors generally
claim that one twin has absorbed the other twin. Some
researchers claim that this can not be the real explanation
for any part of the birthing process. Elizabeth Noble in her
book Having Twins, (Houghton Mifflin, 1990) states, "With
increasing use of ultrasound, it has been observed that more
multiples are lost in the uterus than previously
thought--some studies say as high as 80 percent of twin
pregnancies. Considering that there are still 2 in 75 people
born as twins, what a great number of twins would be born if
the disappearance rate were not so high. There are many
cases of two heartbeats being detected only hours before the
delivery, and yet only one baby being born. Many mothers
have been suspicious, but the doctors tell them that the
second heartbeat "was only a mistake." The explanations that
doctors give for disappearing babies who are never born
often do not seem satisfactory. There are different kinds of
twins:
a. There are dizygotic, also called fraternal twins. Two
variations of this is when eggs from two consecutive ovarian
cycles are separately fertilized, or a single egg divides
and each of its halves gets fertilized.
b. There are monozygotic, which are identical, or clones
so to speak of each other. Identical twins are always of the
same sex. They share the same genes, the same fingerprints,
dental characteristics, etc.
c. There are monozygotic mirror twins, which have
identical characteristics on opposite sides of their body.
When one twin disappears, the surviving twin will often
develop psychological problems around the disappearance,
even if the child is never told that they had a twin
disappear. The Illuminati believe that the soul of a dead
twin goes into the live twin. They consider twins which have
two souls very powerful individuals. One doctor, William
Baldwin, has written in his book Spirit Releasement Therapy:
A Technique Manual that he believes that the dead twin
astrally attaches its soul to the surviving twin. Dr. Alice
Rose believes that some eating disorders are the result of a
twin dying in the womb due to competition for food.
To further complicate things, the Illuminati program
their slaves to believe that they have a twin somewhere.
Elvis Presley, a Monarch mind-controlled slave, believed he
had a twin that communicated with him spiritually. In the
Angel Times magazine, (Oct. issue), a childhood friend of
Elvis states that
Page 16 ...
Elvis communicated with beings as a child. These being
had showed Elvis a vision of dancing, and of people "dressed
in white with colors all around." While it is popular to
dismiss the vanishing twin phenomena with superficial
medical explanations, or with alien theories, at least of
some of the phenomena is the result of the Illuminati’ s
massive system of abuse, where they need babies for
sacrifice, experiments and programming.
SELECTION OF ADULT CANDIDATES FOR MIND-CONTROL
There is an ongoing operation within the intelligence
agencies to identify adults who would make good candidates
for mind-control. For this reason, the CIA set up many years
ago chains of weight-loss centers (as well as stop-smoking
centers and stop-drinking centers) that help people with
weight loss, & breaking drinking & smoking addictions. At
these centers, people trained to identify clients with high
levels of suggestibility have been identifying for the
intelligence agencies, (esp. the CIA) potential mind-control
victims. Intelligence assets are located around the country
and even outside of the United States. The perpetrators try
to look for individuals that come through immigration, who
come into county clinics and hospitals, government
hospitals, etc. who have the following initial attributes:
a. they are over 120 I.Q.
b. they are alone without a support team of family and
friends
c. they do well on their first session where hypnosis is
clandestinely perpetrated on the individual
d. they have other attributes that can be exploited to
the advantage of the intelligence groups.
If a person is identified at a weight-reduction center
(which is a CIA front) as having a weight problem that needs
to receive hospital treatment AND they are also highly
suggestible, they will be subjected to mind-control while
hospitalized. According to one source, IF the individual,
who has been a. spotted, b. singled out and c. placed under
hypnosis without their consent, d. looks likes a useful
candidate for mind-control to the psychologists and
intelligence field officers, THEN a file will be started and
they will be placed in a CALL FILE. The initial hypnotic
session may be in a dirty doctor’s office, or in some cases
in emergency rooms. Dirty doctors working in emergency room
settings are careful to work undetected by clean hospital
workers. The hypnotic suggestion is implanted that the
victim return at a particular date to a location where more
detailed work can be done.
U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 1.
A proper candidate, that is one with an I.Q. above 120
and proper hypnotic abilities, will be given a code cue,
that is an alpha-numeric code, or a number or a word code
that identifies them. This is embedded hypnotically. If the
person has no relatives that are important, they will be
instructed and secretly helped to move to a location chosen
by the intelligence agencies. The programmers will cover
their tracks so that what has happened at this level is
deeply embedded in the subconscious mind & can’t be
retrieved.
U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 2.
At this level the person is used operationally at very
easy and unimportant tasks. He is also assigned someone. The
hypnotist programmer is beginning to soften the victim up
and make them more pliable to suggestions. If he
successfully performs these small jobs that have been
hypnotically written into the mind, then he will be given a
RECALL SERVICE NOTICE by the person who is in contact with
the victim. Now the person moves on to level 3, which is a
fully operational level.
U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 3.
When the victim is instructed to come in, they do not
realize what is in store for
Page 17 ...
them. Now their own personality will be re-written
according to what script the programmers want it to have.
The person will be set to carry out his instructions as
needed. The slave will now be given specific trigger codes
to carry out assignments. All field agents of the
intelligence agencies get level 3 control.
GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 4
This level is reserved for candidates who are very
intelligent and very loyal to hypnotic commands. Victims of
this level of mind-control will follow out any command they
are given, whether it be suicidal or harmful. Because these
victims of mind-control are now under total mind-control,
just as many members of the Illuminati grow up under, the
intelligence agencies want to protect their level 4 slaves.
They will be given a new life along with a total new
identity. All the credentials and paperwork that the new
identity needs will be created. The slave has now received a
totally new life, and whatever SCRIPT (agenda) the
intelligence agencies want. The programming that was placed
in up to level 3 is erased in a sense and an entire new life
script is placed in. This is done with the use of drugs,
deception, and other sophisticated mind-control techniques
described in Vol. 2 and this book. Complete areas of memory
are erased at this stage and then a new history is written
into the pre-puberty area of memory. This takes some time,
and is accomplished using a number of techniques our books
have described. The old memory is erased and OVERWRIITEN
with the new history and script. The brain assimilates this
new knowledge as if it's always been there, because it feels
comfortable putting something into a void spot. The
programmers prefer to find a period in the original person’s
life when nothing happened. It is easy to erase a memory
block when nothing significant is in original memory, i.e.
it is basically blank anyway. As a sleeper the level 5 slave
may marry and lead a relatively normal life. One clue that
the person is going to be used on a mission is if he
suddenly leaves his wife & goes somewhere. This may be a
clue that the handlers are positioning the person for a
mission. They may also have nullified the slave’s external
life, so there isn’t the purpose of life to prevent a
suicide mission.
U.S. GOVT. MIND-CONTROL LEVEL 5
This level is reserved for people with an I.Q. of at
least 130. This level will require taking the slave to a
special programming center, where they are taken down to the
comatose level of subconscious awareness to place the
programming in at the deepest levels of the mind. The victim
may be comatose for days or months, and this requires a
catheter in the neck, urinary and digestive tracts to keep
the body properly functioning. Because the person will be
hospitalized for quite a while, a popular cover story is
that they had an automobile accident. Remember, in Vol. 2,
it was discussed how Roseanne Barr (now an actress with
MPD/DID) had as a teenager an "automobile accident" during
which she received significant programming. Many of these
level 5 slaves are placed as sleepers into organizations of
all kinds, where they lead "normal lives." The level 5
triggers activate programs deeply embedded and NESTED into
the memory of a person. A team of programmers work on level
5 slaves. They must make sure that the victim has a support
system so that they do not self-destruct. They may have
psychologists in normal life set up to serve as a support
person for the slave. It was interesting to see that AFTER
learning from people in the know about how memory is erased
and a new identity given, that the show "No Where Man"
portrayed this happening to a black man. Whoever wrote the
scripts for No Where Man had an excellent understanding of
what is going on in mind-control.
TESTING YOUNG CHILDREN TO PLAN THE PROGRAMMING.
In Vol. 2, chap.] it was explained how the programmers
can test the preverbal child
Page 18 ...
to determine & plan how they will program them. EEG’s &
Gittinger’s Tests were discussed. Here is more information.
Researchers have been able to study the personalities of
unborn children and to watch how these personality traits
stay with the children through their lives. In the Vol. 2
book it was explained how the Illuminati has used EEGs to
determine the personalities of pre-verbal children so that
they know what type of programming is best suited for that
personality. Interestingly, on Mon., April 12, ’96, 11 p.m.
after the Vol. 2 book was out on the market, 20/20 did a
show where they showed researchers using EEG electrodes to
monitor childrens’ brainwaves for their happiness potential.
It is known that brain potentials associated with voluntary
movements have been identified, thereby giving big brother
the potential to predict when a person is going to make a
particular movement. The brain is dynamically looking at
patterns and continously generating hypnotheses about its
environment which are then validated or invalidated by
information picked up by the senses. The P300 wave (known as
the P3 wave for short) allows neuroscientists to track
decision making in a brain’s cortex. The P300 wave shows
when the mind’s thought processes have been internally
surprised. In this way, detection of the P300 gives a method
of lie-detection superior to the polygraph. When surprised
the brain creates P300 wave by internal brain
functions--such as what chapt. 4 will call "cognitive demon
processes". Initially, EEGs are taken of child victims, with
an analysis of the different wave forms. Next, will come
tests of VERs (visually evoked responses). This is valuable
for instance, because bright children will show asymmetric
(high amplitude) responses during VERs from the right
hemisphere. Children with low I.Q. show the same evoked
response from both hemispheres. This is just one window on
the mind that the Illuminati programmers have of the
preverbal children. There are other evoked-potential tests
that are being used to determine personality traits too.
Evoked-responses can also be used to show whether the person
is conscious, or how deep they are in a coma. The early
components of the evoked-response, which occur 10-20
milliseconds after a stimulus, are believed to come from the
brain stem and can be used to determine a level of a coma.
Evoked-responses are also used to determine particular
learning disabilities within a child. Right-handed children
will show even prior to birth, an anatomical specialization
that favors language acquisition in the left hemisphere. So
they can even determine what handed-ness the child has very
early on.
Chapter 2
Image2.gif
Baron Guy de Rothschild, of France, has been the leading
light of his bloodline. The Baron is an Illuminati Kingpin
and slave programmer. For those who have bought the cover
story that the Catholic Church is not part of the
Illuminati’s NWO, I would point out that the Baron has
worked with the Pope in programming slaves. This photo was
picked for the trauma chapter because the Baron has a droopy
left eye. Many of the deeper Illuminati alters show droopy
left eyes due to the trauma they have received. The authors
are not aware of what the official explanation for his
droopy left eye would be.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 19 ...
CHAPTER 2.
SCIENCE NO. 2--
THE TRAUMATIZATION
& TORTURE
OF THE VICTIM
The basis for the success of the Monarch mind-control
programming is that different personalities or personality
parts called alters can be created who do not know each
other, but who can take the body at different times. Let’s
review some important points that were mentioned in the
Vol.2 book, ‘The amnesia walls that are built by traumas,
form a protective shield of secrecy that protects the
abusers from being found out, and prevents the front
personalities who hold the body much of the time to know how
their System of alters is being used. The shield of secrecy
allows cult members to live and work around other people and
remain totally undetected. The front alters can be wonderful
Christians, and the deeper alters can be the worst type of
Satanic monster imaginable--a Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde effect."
A great deal is at stake in maintaining the secrecy of
the intelligence agency or the occult group which is
controlling the slave. The success rate of this type of
programming is high but when it fails, the failures are
discarded through death." Each trauma and torture serves a
purpose." To create alters (dissociative parts of the mind)
the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia walls, so
programmers have been spending years trying to outdo each
other in creating the world’s worst traumas that humans can
survive, so they can program people. Readers may at first
wonder why cover this gruesome part of the programming?
There are a number of reasons. People who pretend to be
helpful people--such as some ministers, and some
professional therapists--are unwilling to look at the facts
of what have been done to the victims they claim to want to
help. How can the victim ever come out of denial and face
the issues around their dissociation--IF the people helping
them who didn’t experience these traumas first hand can’t
even face the existence and nature of these traumas? Many
therapists encourage the victim to maintain their amnesia
walls, "let the past be the past". They say, "You can’t
change the past." No matter how appealing this advice
sounds, this advice for victims of trauma-based mind-control
this is defective, idiotic simple advice. This type of
advice only continues the mind-control and the abuse of the
victim. No wonder Christian ministers who are under their
mind-control are used to spout off this type of defective
advice. It is important to cover programming traumas because
it validates the memories of recovering victims, and because
there are standard types of trauma that are used for certain
types of programming. For instance, traumas that desensitize
a person to killing--i.e. traumas where the victim is forced
to kill innocent people--are used to program assassination
alters. The base of the programming is FEAR layered via
trauma. Hopefully, the readers will be inspired and
motivated like this author to try to stop this horrendous
mind-control.
DAILY ABUSE WORKS BEST FOR PROGRAMMING
To insure that the programming and abuse stays hidden
from even the slave, the slave is given daily traumas as a
child to keep them dissociative. The Illuminati’s
programmers get the cooperation of a vast network of abusers
who traumatize the children who are being programmed. One of
the Illuminati’s fronts is the Catholic church, which the
Jesuits manage for the Illuminati. Under the cover of
religious retreats and their religious image, many Catholic
clergymen have been participants in the vast trauma network
actively creating trauma-based mind controlled slaves. The
problem in exposing this is that first the people who are
being traumatized
Page 20 ...
have trust in the clergymen who are doing the traumas.
Second, if the victims or parents of the victims suspect
anything, they usually go to church officials rather than
the police in order to clear up the problem, yet protect the
church. Additionally, in most cases both the corrupt
religious system, working behind the corrupt police and
judicial system manoeuver to protect the abuser and to
further victimize the mind-control victim and anyone coming
to the person’s rescue. The following are but a few examples
of a widespread network of secret abuse, that will not be
uncovered because the system to catch abusers has long ago
been corrupted and infiltrated and controlled by
mind-controlled slaves, as well as by blackmailed or bribed
dirty persons of authority.
· Roger Trott, a Catholic Priest in Delmont, PA convicted
of molesting 12 boys, got a suspended sentence by the judge.
Can you believe such unbelievable leniency?
· Father John Engbers (b. 1922, in Holland), catholic
pastor at Leroy outside of Lafayette, LA. He baby-sat for a
family, in which he sexually molested their children, their
five daughters. He was treated as a member of this family
and the mother, who was of Amer. Indian descent, was very
close ("worshipped"-according to one daughter) to Father
John. She spent long hours alone with him. He would tell his
victims that they were his "puppet, like Pinocchio." He
molested some of the girls almost every day, and had them
under his control enough that they returned even when they
were living at a distance from him. He had what appeared to
be a hypnotic type spell over them. Father John Engbers
molested many children during his years as a Louisiana
priest, until he fled in 1985. He had lots of money to
spend. The Catholic church had known he was molesting
children clear back in 1952, when some parents complained.
The Catholic hierarchy helped him escape back to Holland in
mid-1985, when reports and law suits over how he sexually
molested children came out. The case of Father John Engbers
has all the earmarks of a participant in the daily Monarch
mind-control abuse given to children.
· Dennis Dellamalva, a Pennslyvannia Catholic Priest, who
molested boys, and the judicial system protected him from
prosecution. The judge, a catholic order the records of this
paedophilia priest sealed, and the catholic church which
knew of his deviant behavior continued to give him a
position of authority.
· Michael Peterson, a child molesting priest, who was a
drug addict and a homosexual, was one of the catholic
hierarchy’s main men involved with investigations of
pedophilia, who died of AIDS, and his rich sidekick Stephen
B.C. Johnson II, who administered a catholic facility near
Boston, Mass. Michael Peterson lived a rich lifestyle in
Marsalin, and later Suitland, next to St. Luke and told
people that he was not worried about anyone, because he had
the goods on them to force them to comply. Michael
Peterson’s St. Lukes was used by the Catholic church to
receive many priests that were caught doing paedophilia. In
the first six years, St. Lukes claimed to have cured 55
child molesting priests.
· Monsignor William A. Kraft, (b. Rochester, NY), Knight
of the Holy Sepulcher, was pastor of St. Therese during the
‘60’s, and by 1978 the rich pastor of St. Charles Borromeo,
San Diego. His father was a chief executive with Eastman
Kodak. Kraft’s sexual molestations of children have all the
earmarks of being a Monarch mind-control abuser. He was
protected by the Catholic hierarchy and the system from
prosecution for molestation of children. When children are
being tortured and traumatized by persons who are respected
in society, and when these children see the police and
judges protect these people, do you see why this further
traumatizes them, and convinces them that there is no hope?
Once they lose hope of outside help, their minds are further
propelled to obey the commands of (continue with the picture
below. The text continues under the girl in the left upper
corner. Editor's note)
Page 21
p_little_girl2
Page 22 ...
· ANGER-MANAGEMENT-PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS
The first type of abuse is prenatal. The second series of
abuses occurs from 2 to 4. The third round of programming
abuse, is given to the child around 5 to 6 years of age. One
of the specific programming abuses is teaching the child
slave to redirect their anger away from Papa or Daddy the
slave owner. The Papa Bear, Daddy figure in the slave’s
young life will intentionally provoke the child with teasing
to aggravate the child into rage. Exactly what is done to
provoke rage within the child will vary, but the result is
the same, the child feels rage. The question is then asked,
"Are you angry with daddy?" "Yes!" at that point
electroshock is applied to the head, toes, tips of fingers,
nipples & inside the vagina, or penis by electrodes attached
to the child. The child will be brought to the level of
rage, and then allowed to cool down for 30 minutes. The
child’s alters are then via behavior modification & hypnosis
taught to redirect their anger toward themselves. "WHEN YOU
ARE ANGRY WITH YOUR FATHER, YOU WILL HURT YOURSELF. DO YOU
UNDERSTAND? The message will be played over & over & the
question "Do you understand?" will be played over & over.
The child is shocked until they are compliant. The suicide
programming will be layered in. Part of layering in the
suicide programming, is to create pain in the right ear via
a needle to the ear, with the creation of horrible
disorienting sounds, while pulsing lights drive the brain
into its alpha programming state. At a certain brainwave
state the programming begins with repetitious self-destruct
messages. These messages debase the value of the person to
reinforce the suicidal destruct messages. After the child
has learned that they are to hurt themselves, then they will
learn specifically to cut themselves if they get angry at
Papa or anyone in the Illuminati family they belong to.
After this training, the child will attach subconsciously a
fear of pain to the concept of anger toward its Illuminati
controllers.
· SILENCE PROGRAMMING TRAUMAS to TEACH SILENCE
One way to teach silence is to repeatedly kill persons of
all ages in front of the person being programmed while
telling the mind-control victim that the people who are
being sadistically killed because they talked. However, the
"no-talk" lesson will be repeated and embedded in many
different fashions for Illuminati mind-controlled slaves.
Perhaps a favorite Illuminati method is to expose the victim
to watching dental tortures. The viewing can be reinforced
by subjecting the victim to some dental tortures themselves.
A common dental torture would be to extract the tongue of a
live and conscious victim. Then dental tortures are done to
the victim, and the intense jaw pain of the torture is
linked to tripping the no-talk programming. If the person
talks--their jaw hurts and they may pull up the dissociated
feelings of seeing a person lose their tongue. This then
will be further backed up by training an alter to carry out
Russian Roulette if the system talks, and training numerous
other alters other types of suicide if the system talks. In
other words many back up programs mutually support each
other in overkill. Considering that dental torture is used
for no-talk programming, it was with dismay that this author
discovered that Virtual I-O Co. is now making virtual
reality eye glasses for dental work. Seashells and other
images are linked to the concept of "no-talk" via
programming laid in using methods described elsewhere.
Another "no-talk" program is the "Don’t tel me" telephone
no talk programming.
· TORTURE FOR NO-WRITE
The victim has their right hand bound behind their back
and then is made to walk on their knees like a dog.
· PAY ATTENTION TORTURE
There are a host of these, one example is a needle
inserted up the nostril behind the
Page 23 ...
eyeball.
· A COMPLIANCE TORTURE -- The Black Slave Chair.
The Black Slave was invented by a Syrian doctor who
helped supervise torture, hence its arabic name al-Abd
as-Aswad. The victim is strapped to this metal chair. What
is unique about this chair is its design & its hole so that
a hot skewer can be shoved up the anus. Another device for
programming is a harness used as a suspension device. Yet
another is an electrofied water bed for turning one in an
electric eel." Compliance is also taught by taking an
eyeball out of the victim (later replaced), and by
dislocating an arm at the shoulder. After this the victim
can be wrapped as if in a cacoon within bandages. The
supposed treatment for the dislocation, places the victim in
sensory deprivation, another trauma.
A TRAUMA TO DEVELOP ANIMAL ALTERS
Helpless humans will be displayed to child victim of
mind-control. These helpless humans will be visciously
killed by some animal, a lion, a tiger, a snake, a wild dog
or whatever. The programming lie emphasized at this point is
that it is better to be that particular type of animal than
it is to be human. Then the animal is sacrificed and its
spirit is ritually joined to the child’s alters. Other
programming is added to insure the dehuminization process to
make certain child alters into particular animals. When
finished, the child will contain viscious protector animal
alters within their system. The prior example of a
programming trauma actually pertains to structuring. The
mind-control science of structuring MPD (DID) is discussed
in chapter 7. It may be of significance to stress to the
reader that traumas come in many shapes. The traumas are not
done without some thought. Specific traumas are given for
specific desired outcomes. The power and horror of a trauma
is hard to gauage. It often results in a type of
subconscious adrenlin-rush addiction. The traumas involving
sensory deprivation and betrayals of trust can be just as
devastating as painful tortures. Sad to say, sometimes for
programming purposes all three types may be skillfully
combined into one horrendous experience that overwhelms the
mind.
TRAUMA TO ISOLATE THE VICTIM
A birthday party will be given for the victim. The
birthday cake will contain a bean somewhere. It is announced
that whoever gets the bean will get a surprise. When someone
gets the bean, the mind-control victim finds out that the
surprise is that they must take the life of the child who
has found the bean. This programming trauma is part of a
series of traumas designed to make deeper alters afraid of
accepting any gifts from outsiders. The deeper alters are
programmed that gifts always come with a sacrifice. Gifts
always cost something. Nothing comes free. "SEVER ALL TIES,
HAVE NO FRIENDS" are the programming messages. In reality,
what Satan is doing with this trauma on a spiritual level is
what the British Empire did with small countries. The
British would warn small countries, "you are in danger, we
will protect you. (The Spirit of Fear says, gifts are
dangerous, let me the Spirit of Fear protect you.) When the
British moved into small countries like this, they called
them protectorates, & then they took over. (The Spirit of
Fear, pretending to protect the victim, takes over and the
victim develops a deep-seated free-floating phobias towards
gifts from anyone. What pretends to protect, actually ends
up controlling & enslaving.) As the reader treks through
this book, he or she will encounter places where other
traumas are discussed, such as tortures via implants, &
traumas via rides in amusement parks, & spinning traumas
during the structuring for creating alter families from an
alter. Finally, the waves of fear created by repeated
traumas layer in Spirits of Fear, which form a dark
spiritual foundation.
Page 24
p_clothing2.jpg
p_adrenalchrome2
CHAPTER 3.
SCIENCE NO. 3
The USE OF DRUGS
IN REVIEW
The science of Pharmacology (drugs) has given the
Programmers a vast array of mind-altering and body-altering
drugs. Some of the drugs are not used to directly alter the
mind, but to change the body (make the skin burn), or make
the person vomit, or some other reaction that can be
harnessed to further their nefarious programming goals.
DRUG RESEARCH
One of the sites which has done research/programming into
MPD and drug action on the brain has been Bethesda, MD where
Dr. Irwin J. Kopin was Chief of the Laboratory of Clinical
Science, at the National Institute of Mental Health. He was
active in research into how drugs can affect the mind.
CLASSIFYING MIND-DRUGS
When this author studied differential equations, and
higher mathematical it became clear that everything can be
reduced to a mathematical explanation. Sometimes a
mathematical notation is easier and clearer, than other
explanations. This author suggests that drugs that affect
the mind could be classified on three scales:
Scale X: the wakefulness or arousal scale, which runs
from a coma, to asleep, to alert, to hyperalert
Scale Y: the attitude, or affect scale, that is one's
manner of feelings, responses etc., running on a scale from
suicidal and depressed to euphoric, blissful and elated.
Scale Z: the integration of reality scale, which runs
from confusion, delusions, and psychotic thoughts to
integrated, clear, lucid thinking.
Many (if not all) of the drugs that were listed in Vol. 2
and this chapter can be plotted along one of these scales,
and sometimes 2 or 3 of these scales, which means an x,y, z
axis configuration can be used to compare such drugs. In
terms of naturally occurring brain substances which are
manufactured synthetically and injected according to the
programmers’ needs, it could be stated that the original
purpose of the substance can be malevolently tampered with.
p_mind-drugs.jpg
ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS FOR PROGRAMMING
The distribution into the brain of a drug is dependent
upon many factors. Under microscopic-level inspection, one
discovers a person’s brain is physically constructed to
allow certain molecules to enter into the brain in certain
complex ways. Just because a substance is put into the blood
doesn’t mean it gets into brain tissue. Researchers have
discovered such drug properties such as lipid solubility,
the ionization, its tissue-protein bonding abilities, and
its molecular size all play a role in how well drugs get
into the brain. Further, the Cerebrospinal Fluid (CSF) which
will be discussed indepth in Chapter 8 can play a role in
drug absorption. Several studies during the 1960’s showed
that the removal of drugs or substances from the CSF, can
reduce the effective concentration of a drug in the
extracellular spaces which make up perhaps 12% of the
brain’s volume. These physical factors are not the only
factors involved.
Page 26 ...
Researchers have repeatedly discovered that different
people respond to mind-changing drugs in many different
ways--including two different people having opposite
responses to the same drug. There have been a number of
studies about this phenomena, including: (SarwerFoner,
1957), (Henninger, et. al., 1965), (Rickels & Downing,
1966), (McNair et al., 1966). Over the years, it has been
discovered that a person’s mental abilities, expectations,
prior drug experience, age, sex, race, personality traits,
and personality types can all potentially influence how a
mind-altering drug will effect a person. For instance, a
sedative drug administered to an extroverted confident
athlete caused the athlete to feel anxiety and
disorientation. In contrast, an introverted nervous
intellectual felt calmness when the same drug was
administered. Particle size of the drug and the rate of
dissolution will help determine the rate at which a drug is
absorbed (and eliminated) into the body. For instance, when
colloidal silver has been produced by a process that yields
small particles, it will cleanse the body, while larger
particles of colloidal silver will kill a person. Different
companies and different preparations of the same drug may
have different outcomes upon the body. The persistence of a
drug in the body is calculated by programmers using
half-lives of a drug. This means that at one half-life, one
half of a drug is left in the body. At two half lives,
one-half of one-half is left or (1/4). At three half-lives
there will be 1/8 left of original drug. In other words, the
rate of elimination decreases with time. When heroin is
processed into morphine, its characteristics change. The
heroin takes affect quicker, but doesn’t last as long as
morphine. This is because of enzyme mechanisms in the liver
and how they react to the morphine in contrast to the
heroin. Different drugs react differently with the complex
enzyme mechanisms of the liver. Phenobarbital amazingly
increases the enzyme content of the endoplasmic reticulum
with habitual use of the drug. Phenobarbital will then
enhance a particular type of toxicity. Low doses do not hurt
the body, but there is a threshold where damage from
phenobarbital will begin occurring to the liver and kidneys.
This is a sampling of why it is important that the
Illuminati use extremely skilled medical personnel in the
application of programming drugs. The programmers are far
more skilled than most legitimate therapists in
understanding how much of what drug to give to which alter
personality. The mental makeup of an alter will influence
how that alter will respond to drugs. Some deeper alters can
resist drug influence due to training. Some deeper alters
are so fine-tuned that they only need small doses. With
their superior knowledge of how a System of Multiple
Personalities has been created within a victim’s mind, the
programmers have a distinct edge over deprogrammers in how
to administer drugs. On top of that the programmers, place
in all types of programming to prevent anyone but the
programmers (or approved people) from administering drugs.
An example of how strong the mind can be over drugs--is when
the programmers "SET THE STAGE", "PRESENT THE SCRIPT’ and
then use Seconal to obtain deeply embedded programming
commands. Setting the stage is a programming term for
talking to the victim in such a way that the mind is
receptive for what the programmer wants the victim’s mind to
do. Presenting the script is the actual set of commands that
the programmer gives to the victim. For instance, the
programmer functioning as a hypnotist tells the victim that
a powerful sedative will be given but that part of the mind
will be strong enough to overcome the sedative effect of
seconal. The victim is instructed "WHEN YOU HEAR THE WORD
[trigger power code word, for instance: ZEBRA COME
FORTH]...YOU WILL RESPOND TO WHAT I AM SAYING." The seconal
is given and the person is placed in an isolation
Page 27 ...
chamber. A good programmer skilled in hypnotism can
actually get a victim’s mind to respond under the influence
of seconal in an isolation chamber. Then the programmer will
lay in deeply embedded commands while the person is in a
sleep deeper than a twilight sleep. When the human body
receives several different kinds of drugs, sometimes drugs
compete with each other during the excretion/elimination
phase. This may create a buildup or a retention of one of
the drugs. As discussed in Vol. 2, the programmers don’t
like to use combinations of several drugs because it
complicates things. There is still a great deal of unknowns
concerning adverse drug reactions. Some people do not show
an allergic response to a drug until it is administered
several times. Because of the potential for allergic
reactions or side effects, the Programmers are helped
because the programming centers, according to ex-programmers
are extremely well stocked with different drugs, & the
Programmer can if need be shift to an alternative
programming drug. Most slaves are programmed to stay away
from the use of drugs, except those drugs that the
programmer/handler approves. By reducing the use of drugs of
all kinds, the problem of adverse drug reactions, and other
complications is reduced for the programmers. Some people
who are health freaks who stay away from drugs are actually
carrying out a front program for their programmers.
MORE PROGRAMMING DRUGS (these were not listed in the
Vol.2 Formula book)
Acetophenzine aka Tindal--(this anti-psychotic has been
used on multiples, it mutes anxiety, suspiciousness and
delusions. it would fall more into the control category of
uses rather than for actual programming.)
Amines--(this is a general term for many types of the
brain’s own chemicals used to produce moods, and feelings)
Damiana--(aka Mex. Witching Herb, the extract is used w/
other herbs during progamming for a relaxed pleasure state.)
»An example is Damiana-Biack Kava
Kava-Valerian-Skullcap-Wild Lettuce Opium, which makes a
"it’s-nothing-but-a-dream" state.
Chloral hydrate--(which is a hypnotic put in pill form
such as chioral betaine, Beta-Chlor, and given with
something like a glass of milk. About 500 mg. of Chloral
hydrate are given for a hypnotic for an adult.)
Cyciohexamide--(produces retroactive amnesia)
Cylert--a type of speed
Datura aka Jimsonweed, or thorn apple--(sometlmes used to
help a child conjure up their personal spirit.)
Iminodibenzyis-- (used for sedation)
Lettuce Opium--(tradition Hopi shaman trance drug)
Mandrake--(from the Mandragora plant, an ancient occult
drug, a traditionai witchcraft drug for causing people to
sleep)
Methaqualone--(a rapid hypnotic drug that produces a
dissociative high, it can be used to put someone into a
coma)
Pemoline-magnesium hydroxide (aka PMH, helps enhance
conditioned avoidance training by acting as a stimulant, is
helpful for repetitive learning situations by a general
alerting effect on the mind)
Phenothiazines--(used to raise the threshold of
electrical stimulation tolerance, to tranquilize or induce
sleep)
Rowan--traditional sleeping/death herb of witches; May
Day is also called Rowan Tree Witch Day.
Seconal, aka Seconal Sodium or Secobarbital Sodium--(a
popular programming drug to stabilize programming, to set in
deep programming into the base of the mind such as dates and
codes, and to block out memory of missions by slaves, see
various paragraphs below for more explanations. Used in 10,
20, 30, 50, 100 mg. increments. A tubal pregnancy/birth can
be hid in a woman by 300-400 mg., while surgery on an adult
man may require 500 mg.)
Tetradoxyn (made from the Puffer Blowfish, used by
Voudoun, & others to create a zombie state)
In our discussion of drugs used in programming, this
chapter will expand upon the previous book by discussing the
application of drugs to:
a. to stabilize the programming after torture b. hiding
the codes
c. building in deeply embedded structures and beliefs,
and the creation of false identities
b. to influence the memory by drugs c. to stimulate
instinctual behaviors
d. to create moods and attitudes by synthetically
manufacturing and injecting the brain’s own natural amines.
STABILIZING THE PROGRAMMING
The total mind-control of the Illuminati is called
"trauma-based mind-control" because repeated traumas are
inflicted upon the victim is a very systematic calculated
inhumane way. The tortures and stress are all parts of a
programming package. After a particular harsh session of
programming the victim’s mind will be in a high state of
terror, shock, dissociativeness and splintering. The
victim’s
Page 28 ...
mind can’t take much more, and the potential of having
uncontrolled splintering of the victim’s mind and thereby
having the destruction of the mind and programming threatens
the programmers’ control. The programmer wants the mind and
body to rest so that the programming can set in, without
destabilizing events occurring. For instance, after severe
water torture (drowning) the programmer will want the
programming (hypnotic script) to set in, and he will give
seconal (aka seconal sodium or secobarbital sodium) to
induce a deep sleep. Sleep occurs within 10 to 15 minutes.
Sometimes a victim's heart has been pushed to its limits
during a trauma and they must shut the body down to let the
victim rest. Seconal is a drug of choice for this. Seconal
is administered in hospitals or programming sites where
trained personnel know how to give the drug. Dirty
psychiatrists, who understand the relationship between drugs
and human behavior and who are either programmers themselves
or assistants to programmers often are the ones who give the
victims drugs like seconal.
EXTENSIVE RESEARCH DONE TO INFLUENCE HUMAN MEMORY BY
DRUGS
The complete list of researchers who have studied the
effect drugs have on memory would require a massive book.
However, we will just mention a few that pertain to this
book briefly. One of the places the effect of drugs on
memory was researched was at the Univ. of California at
Irvine, CA. Another was at institutions in the Boston, Mass.
area such as the Massachusetts General Hosp., in Boston. Dr.
Talland in Boston tested the effects of PMH on human memory.
He discovered PMH could help people relearn material that
had been partially forgotten. The Illuminati programmer
Cameron (aka Dr. White) also tried out various approaches
including the administration of RNA and RNA- synthesis
stimulants. John C. Lilly, who admits being a member of an
Esoteric Mystery School, was a government researcher on the
use of LSD to program people. He did part of his work on LSD
programming at the Maryland Psychiatric Research Center
under admitted government financing. His book Programming
and Metaprogramming in the Human Biocomputer (NY: Julian
Press, 1967, & revised format 1972) is an excellent paper
trail of how the Illuminati has used LSD to program total
mind-controlled slaves. Originally, the book was given out
only to a few select people. The book attempts to hide what
it talks about behind a long intro, long sentences, big
words and arcane psychological terms, but it does spell out
how they do the mind-control programming with LSD. A section
later in this chapter will lay out for the reader how they
do this.
ONE TYPE OF EXPERIENCE OF VICTIM HYPNOTIC DRUG A
MIND-CONTROL
The drugged victim feels like he is looking through a
keyhole and the hypnotic voice of the programmer is the key
hole. The world may be very shadowy and drawn in on itself.
The mind has its attention on the hypnotist/programmer.
The BASIC PHASES of MEMORY
The human memory process can be basically broken down
into 3 phases, the registration phase, the retention phase
and the retrieval phase. Great amount of research has gone
into how to use drugs to manipulate each of those phases.
Great amount of research also went into how to measure
people’s abilities to a. learn, b. remember, c. and to do
non-learned behavior such as arm-hand steadiness and visual
time reaction.
WHAT the MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMERS USE to MANIPULATE
memory.
Scopolamine was found to impair short-term memory. It was
discovered that retrograde
Page 29 ...
amnesia could be created by electroshock several hours
after the brain had learned something. This lesson caused
the Illuminati and those working in mind control with them
to use cattle prods and stun guns.
If a person performed something they were to forget they
can be stunned or given scopolamine to deaden their memory.
A quick anesthetic applied immediately after something has
been done might also impair the retention of what had
happened. Yet another way is seconal, which will be
discussed soon. Low doses of analeptic drugs given about 10
to 20 min. before training were found to help learning.
Analeptic drugs include bemegride, diazadamantanol,
pentylenete-trazol, picotoxin, and strychnine. It was
discovered that strychnine helps enhance classical
conditioning. It can be administered either before or after
the learning has taken place. It is believed that memory
storage is enhanced by strychnine and strychnine sulfate.
Strychnine was also found to help protect the mind’s memory
against the effect of electroshock. Abusers out on the
street have been turning to GHB and Rohypnol to decrease
inhibitions and to cause memory loss in their victims.
Rohypnol (which sells for up to $10 a tablet) is dependable
but more expensive than the GHB. A number of women who have
been raped by adding these drugs to their alcoholic drinks
at the Club Boca, Palm Beach, FL made the paper after they
were drugged and raped after partying at the club. (The Palm
Beach Post, Mar., 1996 pp. 1B, 10B.) GHB (Gamma Hydroxy
Butyrate) is a compound essential to the body. It acts
similar to a neurotransmitter. It helps release the Human
Growth Hormone and removes inhibitions around intimacy, as
well as some other beneficial effects. GHB crosses the
blood-brain barrier and metabolizes into GABA. GHB’s high
degree of safety was proved over 25 years of research, and
was basically an established fact before the FDA and the
media demonized GHB. Several sources seem to indicate that
the FDA banned GHB --not because it has dangerous side
effects, which it doesn’t have inspite of the established
media’s disinformation campaign with half truths--but
because it is not patented by the drug companies and would
cut into their profits.
GHB also has a great aphrodisia effect. It reduces
inhibitions to have sex, but because the woman clitoris is
more sensitive it interferes with female orgasms. However,
when the women do achieve it, it is longer and more intense,
according to GHB researchers. (This author got much
information on GHB from the Centurion Aging Research Lab.)
GHB is described here because it is a drug that is known by
the type of people who use sexual slaves and other people,
and its use and misuse pertain to mind control. Like so many
things involved with mind-control, GHB and many other items
could be put to positive uses if used in the proper way.
Sometimes the programmers use drugs rather than ECS
(Electroconvulsive shock) to destroy the memory in slaves
after they have done some mission for the Illuminati, the
Syndicates, or Cult they belong to. The decision to use
drugs rather than ECS is largely personal tastes. The very
sadistic programmers enjoy using ECS, while the less
sadistic ones often use the drugs, which in some instances
actually perform better, but are not as violent to the
victim of mind control. Retroactive amnesia can be caused by
an intracerebral or a subcutaneous (under the skin) shot of
Acetoxycycloheximide, cyclohexamide, or puromyxcin. A more
sophisticated technique incorporates the drug seconal (aka
Seconal sodium), the victim’s dissociativeness (the MPD),
and hypnosis. Seconal is a strong sedative that puts people
into sleep. The programmers have considered it "wonderful".
The victim’s mind is conditioned hypnotically to be able to
remember the drugged-seconal state. Then the hypnotic
command is given that if anything about a particular mission
is remembered, the
Page 30 ...
person will immediately trigger (pull-up to the front of
the mind) the seconal memory. This is why many therapists
discover their clients getting sleepy when they get close to
certain thoughts, or when they try to do therapeutic work.
HIDING THE CODES
Chapter 4 provides some of the programming codes, some of
which are standard and some of which are unique to a
particular slave. Seconal was the standard drug used during
the 1950’s and 1960’s to hide the programming codes in the
mind’s memory. The procedure is to give a small child under
50 lbs. perhaps 10 mg. of seconal. The programmer has
already "SET THE STAGE" and presented the script. After the
child goes into its deep sleep, the programmer pulls the
child’s mind awake hypnotically (actually to be technically
correct, the programmer pulls up those alters/parts of the
mind that the programmer wants to work with). The child may
awake on an satanic altar or other programming setting. The
child is then programmed. After the programming, which may
include satanic rituals, the child slave is given 20 mg.
more of seconal and allowed to go into a sleep again. A
cover program (a cover story--that is a false code will be
planted hypnotically in front of the real code. "IF YOU
SHOULD REMEMBER THIS..." If a slave starts to remember any
code, in spite of the hypnotic commands not to, and all the
threats and alters trained to protect the codes, etc. then
the programming to sleep kicks in. Also remember that the
codes are placed in when the victim is groggy, so to pull up
the memory will cause the slave to abreact the
drugged-state. Not all the alters are drugged. In setting
the stage, the programmer orders some alters to back off
from feeling or associating the experience. They are
hypnotically commanded not to experience the drug’s effects,
or to only experience it in a partial manner. This can be
done with small amounts of seconal. Larger amounts of
seconal will override the mind’s ability to block the drug’s
effects. The programming experience where the codes are put
in, will likely be remembered by the slave as something
similar to the following, a sleepy blurry picture of a
nurse, then a doctor and a table, and then an IV, then the
memory fades, and the slave gets sleepy thinking about it.
It should be pointed out that the mind has strong natural
abilities to dissociate painful memories. Not only must the
victim try to retrieve memories by fighting the mind’s
natural dissociative abilities, the victim must fight the
hypnotic suggestions, the irrationality of conflicting ideas
due to the false cover memories laid in, the DRUG memories
attached to induce sleep if the victim remembers, the memory
shattering from the shock of the stun guns, and the fear of
countless other threats internal and external if the memory
is recovered. It is no surprise that most victims of this
horrendously abusive mind-control have front alters who are
totally unaware of the mind-control and abuse.
PROGRAMMING WITH LSD-25 (Lysergic Acid Diethylamide)
The Programmers use controlled and manipulated LSD trips
for mind-control purposes when layering in the programming
for the Illuminati slaves. The victim’s mind is trained and
mentally prepared before actually being subjected to the
drug. The programmers understand how the mind unleashes its
fears, including its fear of LSD itself, while under the
drug, so that small doses are given at first and then
increased. This is so the victim of mind-control can learn
to face and manage the effects of the drug.
When the Illuminati want to set the foundations for a
system, they will use LSD in a sensory deprivation tank on a
child to program in such things as: the hell-pit (a dungeon
in a castle), the images of evil guardians, worlds & stars &
galaxies which contain alters, the outer space in a system,
and the protective program where the mind
Page 31 ...
spreads out like molecules and loses the ability to
think. The sensory deprivation tank will be set at 920 to
950 F. isothermal skin, saltwater suspension, zero light,
near zero-sound levels. The victim will be naked without
contact with the side of the tank and in remote isolation
for several hours. Electrodes can be hooked up to shock the
victim if they move to prevent the victim from wanting to
move. Victims usually are conditioned to like the sensory
deprivation tank before they are programmed inside it with
LSD. After having listened to two ex-programmers describe
LSD sensory deprivation programming, this author was amazed
to discover that the LSD programmer John Lilly had actually
written a book about how to do the programming! (John Lilly
was also into witchcraft & aliens.) The government wasn’t
quite as thrilled with his book as I was, they withdrew
research funds from him in 1968 when only a few copies of
his book came out. And now finally almost twenty years
later, the human LSD programming that John Lilly described
is finally being put into its larger context--that of
trauma-based total mind-control. On page 126-127, Lilly
explains that implanted programs in the child can be placed
in below the level of the mind’s awareness, but which will
affect their entire outlook on life, and which will control
their thinking and behavior far into adulthood. The programs
can even be done to control the most basic functions of
life. Lilly says that the programming possible with the use
of LSD is "...not achievable outside the use of LSD-25. This
amount of control can be said to resemble other ways of
achieving control and visual projection but in actual
intensity I know of no other way to achieve it. Hypnosis is
a possible exception." (Programming and Metaprogramming in
the Human Biocomputer, p. 20) On page 19, Lilly states that
LSD can be used to change an experience to have a negative
or a positive charge on it. Sometimes people who work with
the mind refer to negative experiences as "negative charges
on an experience", and good experiences as "experiences with
a positive charge". Apparently, according to Lilly, the
brain can switch chemical charges on an experience and shift
its attitude from viewing as either positive or negative. In
fact, this very thing is done during Illuminati programming.
For instance, it may be done if a memory surfaces that the
programmer doesn’t want the alter being programmed to
understand. This last paragraph is interesting when one
realizes that under LSD the subconscious mind is allowed to
release its thinking into the conscious. If a person has
been traumatized, the subconscious mind under LSD will
release the trauma memories and flood the person with
horrible thoughts. So before one can get to the
transcendental wonderful creative thoughts, a person has to
deal with this garbage. The sub-conscious erupts like molten
magma. Before the child is given the LSD, the child is going
to have to be mentally prepped. Just as Seconal could only
be used after the hypnotist programmer had SET THE STAGE, so
also with the LSD. The LSD programmer if he is experienced
will have an idea how the victim will react to the drug.
Each person reacts in his or her own way, but there are
patterns of reaction. The programmer will hypnotically warn
the victim, YOU’RE NOT TO FEAR such and such thought. They
may tell the victim that it is just their imagination, when
it is repressed memories of trauma surfacing. The programmer
will let one alter carry the true feelings (such as fear) of
the surfacing traumas, and another to carry the story line
being programmed in with LSD. The programmer may have to
calm the victim down while they are in the tank. The
Illuminati use hypnosis in conjunction with the LSD
programming trips. They also use some other mind-control
items too. Further, LSD is not the only programming
hallucinogenic that they have used for some of
Page 32 ...
this type of programming, they have tried Peyote, but LSD
seems to be the drug of choice. On page 20, Lilly describes
the use of mirrors along with LSD to create visually
projected images. The Illuminati programmer will play a
movie, a script over and over so that it is constantly in
the forefront of the victim’s mind. Then the stage is set
and the script (such as TAKE WHAT YOU SEE INTO THE MIRROR)
is hypnotically given. The victim goes under LSD and in
about 15 minutes reaches their LSD high. Most people can be
talked to by the programmer during the programming, and the
programmer can get some feedback from what is happening in
the victim’s mind. The victim will be placed in front of a
mirror. Then the victim will project the image that was
repeatedly shown him or her (say for instance, Alice In
Wonderland, or Tinkerbell, or Mickey Mouse) onto their own
image in the mirror. A special state of consciousness is
induced where the person’s perception is altered and they
see the projected image as their own reflection. While
watching the projected image on the mirror, the mind under
LD will also project its own feelings and facial features
into the mirror. If the victim is angry, happy, in pain,
admiring themselves, etc. then projected image (for
instance, Mickey Mouse) will also been seen this way. Using
this type of programming, the programmers can create
twinning parts. That is if two people are to be twinned,
parts that see themselves as the other person are created
using the LSD mirror programming. Ceremonies and demons will
also be added to strengthen the twinning, and this may be
done to a 13 year old teenager within the Illuminati. These
projections can be maintained and worked with for about
30-40 min. during the drug’s high. After this length of time
fatigue sets in and the person must rest before being
brought to another high. A clean slate alter can be prepared
by the script and then will actually believe that it saw
itself as the projected image. By the time, the session is
through the clean slate alter believes it is Alice in
Wonderland or whatever character the programmer(s) wants it
to be. During the trauma of an LSD programming trip, the
mind may see flickering images, melting, mosaics and other
things. These distortions can form a cover memory if the
programmers wants them too. During the sensory deprivation
tank experience under LSD, the victim can be asked to open
their eyes, or close them. If asked to form a mental screen,
the victim under LSD will see a blank screen differently if
their eyes are open as compared to closed. If the victim is
allowed to look while in a dark tank out into the darkness
under LSD, they will visualize themselves as merging with
the infinite universe and not even having a body. This
memory is used to build in the outer space of a system. On
page 32, Lilly describes the type of programming used to
create an Infinity, a Rubicon, or Outer Space within a
system. He says, "The self is still centered at one place
but its boundaries have disappeared and it moves out in all
directions and extends to fill the limits of the universe as
far as one knows them. A person taking LSD may experience,
whether being programmed or not, that they are in touch with
all the stars of the universe.
LSD distortions in reality can also be used to protect
the programming. If the mind gets too close to remembering
something, then the mind triggers automatically a memory of
its molecules expanding into the universe and losing their
ability to think. This is simply a controlled LSD memory.
When external stimuli is ceased, the brain takes over the
spaces that were formerly occupied in the thinking process
by external reality, and replaces it with feelings and
thoughts from the internal mind. Lilly states on pg. 24 that
when programming people under LSD, "The blank
Page 33 ...
screen is the most difficult one to work with but is the
least ‘driving’ of the group. The blank screen interferes
least with one’s creative efforts;..." In other words, if
the victim is closed off to external stimuli, the mind can
focus all its energy into free associative creativity. Once
the victim is in isolation, religious music can cause the
brain to free associate religious visions, cartoon voices
can cause the brain to free associate the cartoon figures,
etc. The Illuminati/Intelligence agencies must wait 3 to 6
months between LSD programming sessions. If they do it more
often, they run the risk of hooking the person’s mind on the
drug state. Then the person will lose interest in reality,
and simply try to escape reality into the LSD world as a
drug addict. From recollections from ex-programmers and
victims, its clear that as the child victim is traumatized
during the [SD sensory deprivation (including being shocked)
experiences it goes through a sequence or chronology of
changes which are noted in detail by the programmers.
Certain splits occur at certain points in time which will be
used for special tasks. For instance, at a particular
extreme moment the victim may go into a "nothingness state"
which is between life and death, where the mind quits
perceiving that it has a body. This is not an out-of-body
experience, it is a nothingness experience due to an extreme
near-death experience. This clean slate can be used for the
Cabalistic programming of the Ain Soph Aur. The Ain Soph Aur
is the cosmic egg from which the universe supposedly began,
ain = vacuum, soph limitless, and aur = limitless light. For
Satanists they interpret this to the light at the top of the
pyramid, Lucifer. Alters created in such a fashion may be
placed in a succession of realms. If true Caballism is
followed this will consist of 4 realms (worlds) of 10 clean
slates. These four worlds are Atziluth = boundless world of
divine names, Briah the Archangelic World of Creations
Yetzirah = the Hierarchal World of Formations Assiah = the
Elemental World of Substances
The child victim in the sensory deprivation tank is not
allowed to move without being shocked. Gradually the will of
the victim is broken by the total control the programmer
maintains over the child in the tank. But the will of the
child continues to be broken until the will of the child to
live is broken. At this point, when the mind has given up
the will to live, the programmer (or assistant programmer)
will tell the child in the tank, "If you create such and
such types of persons and such and such no. of them (perhaps
10 or 20 are asked for) then you can come out and we’ll stop
hurting you. Give me a signal that you’ve done your job and
I’ll stop hurting you when the job is done. Move a finger or
blink your eyes three times if you’ve done your job."
Blinking three times generally feels the safest for the
child, and is generally the limit of what the mind and body
can muster to save themselves. The alters, which are made
when the mind & body have lost the will to live, are the
dissociated parts that will be made into suicide alters.
Their breathing is very shallow, they are in pain in the
tank. When these parts take the body, they still function in
that state. Years later, if the adult body has these suicide
alters take the body, there is a good chance they will
commit suicide, if not simply die from the shallow
breathing. Lilly states on page 31, "One experiences [under
LSD programming] an immediate internal reality which is
postulated by the self. It is apparent to me that one’s own
assumptions about this experience generates the whole
experience. The experienced affects, the apparent appearance
of other persons, the appearance of other beings not human,
one’s own past phantasies, one’s own self-analysis, each can
be programmed to happen in interaction with those parts of
one’s self beyond one’s conscious awareness."
While the victim is in the sensory
Page 34 ...
deprivation tank, the programmer can ask the victim to
create guard alters within the castle images they create.
These are equivalent to the imagery that is done in
witchcraft. These image alters are not the same as a
trauma-created dissociative alter. The following are the
type of beliefs that can be programmed into a person in the
sensory deprivation tank under LSD no matter what their
prior beliefs (this is substantiated by Lilly, pages 4 1-49
and ex-programmers).
a. The person could successfully park the body and leave
the body somewhere, astral project and explore new
universes. The victim can be brought during an LSD trip to
this thinking and experience the astral projection from
around 20 mm. to 2 hours.
b. The victim can be made to feel as if they are a tiny
mote, a tiny dot, a single microflash of energy in their own
view of time, a mere particle. Time can become infinity and
the victim a mere microflash. The victim during this
experience seeks a god who is a great being to control him.
This is used in the Illuminati alien programming to program
in the evil and good aliens, or evil or good gods. The gods
or the aliens on such a programming trip will not be so
strange that the victim as a mote can’t understand their
purposes and activities. In other words, the aliens on
programming trips like this turn out humanoid. The victim
experiences being nurtured by these beings or the god(s)
that he sees. The victim may perceive these aliens on the
trip experimenting with us. One UFO researcher and author
about the aliens has used his LSD trips to research aliens.
Sad to report, this researcher is a programmed multiple. It
is easy to see how the mind could think that it was learning
about aliens, because this is a common easy-to-create LSD
programming script. Again in summary, this second set of
beliefs is that the person is a mere mote, a small flash in
infinite time. When an alter of a slave thinks or goes
internally where it shouldn’t, this programming is attached
to the mind so that the victim loses sight of who they are
and feels very insignificant and only a dot.
c. The next program that LSD naturally lends itself to,
is that the victim is only part of a vast computer, only
part of a vast mind. For some reason, the LSD is able to hit
a part of the mind that regulates the perception of
free-will. In this type of programming, the victim under LSD
is convinced that he or she has no free will and must
participate each second with some larger mind or computer.
d. Personalities that have been seen externally by the
victim will be incorporated within the person’s internal
world.
e. LSD changes the victim’s perception of time, and can
be used to go back or forward in time in the mind. Under
guidance, the programmer can manipulate this ability to
build into the mind false memories and images.
f. If "white noise", that is random background noise is
placed into an isolation tank trauma, the programmers have
found that under LSD the brain tries to make sense of the
random sounds and projects the voice of God into the random
noise as a method to turn chaos into something
comprehendible. With the right dose, and under the right
conditions, the programmers can get the voice of "God" to
say about anything they want. Because the sense of hearing
in the sensory deprivation tank is not feeding the mind
anything, the human brain under LSD can easily substitute in
the voice of God.
g. For girls, who have been determined to have
personalities with low sexual appetites, the sexual desires
of certain alter personalities can be manipulated during an
LSD trip by having these alters hold the body and the body
go through exaggerated pelvic movements and other
experiences. This is an example of the type of training that
Gittinger (see Vol. 2) discovered was necessary in order to
change thinking patterns within a person--in this case with
the MPD (DID), some alters can be radically changed from the
original personality.
Page 35 ...
The overall effect of such LSD programming on anyone,
whether child or adult, is that the mind at a deep level
begins to doubt its ability to grasp the real from the
imaginary. Therapists sometimes wonder why alters are not
more anxious to determine reality. Part of this may be the
side-effect at a profound level of the brain beginning to
doubt its abilities to separate reality from fiction. If the
LSD trips were not controlled by the programmers, insanity
could result for the victim. Further, the LSD trips pose a
danger that they could clutter the internal world of the
victim and splinter their mind uncontrollably. This is why
the trips must be carefully guided, controlled and
monitored.
CHEMICALLY TRIGGERING NATURAL INSTINCTUAL DRIVES
The brain when a child is born is like a computer which
is ready to go, and just needs the software loaded on. In
other words, the brain is already a functioning complicated
programmed piece of hardware, it is not a blank sheet. The
mind is preprogrammed to carry out important instinctual
functions, such as drinking water, eating food and sleeping.
Likewise, the adult mother instinctively has maternal
instincts. Selectively applied chemical or electrical
stimulations to the brain will elicit the instinctual
behaviors that are pre-programmed into the brain. A
microinjection of a soluble sex steroid into the
anteromedial hypothalamus would likely trigger the maternal
instinct in a person. The various instinctual behaviors that
are triggered by microchemical injections or small select
electrical shocks will last for up to an hour. (A.E. Fisher
was one of the principal researchers in this line of
research during the 50’s and 60’s.) For instance, A.E.
Fisher and E. Vaughan, discovered that the male instinct for
sex could be stimulated by a small shock to a specific part
of the brain. (See "Male sexual behavior induced by
intracranial electrical stimulation", Science magazine,
1962, 137, pp. 758-760.) Steroids are one of the chemicals
that are used as well as selective minute electrical shocks
to trigger instinctual behaviors. Reliable responses can be
obtained from a victim, if the correct chemical is placed at
a place in the brain where the chemical will cause the brain
to send an electrical signal to trigger an instinctual
behavior. A searching reaction can be created so that a
person or animal searches for something in his surroundings
by electrical stimulation of the hippocampus. Eating can be
reliably induced electronically or by drugs. Perfusate taken
from ventricles or neural tissue of a person who was starved
before death, and placed into the lateral hypothalamic area
will cause the person to eat whether they are hungry or
full.
SEXUAL STIMULATION-PROGRAMMING
The users of slaves need some of the parts to be
nymphomaniacs. In order to program this type of behavior,
the programmers not only use the reversal effect when pain
becomes pleasure (see Vol. 2), but they also use hormones
and drugs to make certain parts nymphomaniacs. If they were
not artificially stimulated they could not endure the
over-use they are subjected to at times.
THEIR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE (SYNTHESIZE) BRAIN CHEMICALS
TO MAKE MIND-CONTROL DRUGS
Part of the ability to do mind-control has to do with
their ability to synthesize the actual specific chemicals
that the brain produces to alter itself. When the brain
wants to relax, or excite itself it uses certain compounds.
A large number of the brain’s chemicals have been cataloged
and can be reproduced in the lab. The messages the brain
sends have to jump from one neuron to another via
transmitters. The rate that the brain releases these
transmitters can be both directly and indirectly changed by
drugs. In other words, one can tailor make moods and
emotions in the brain chemically.
Page 36 ...
The term "Amines" (which are compounds that have a
nitrogen atom that can accept a proton) came to have a
specific meaning for brain researchers. The transmitters
between neurons in the brain are Amines such as dopamine,
epinephrine, histamine, norepinephrine, octopamine,
serotonin, and tyramine. The principle method to synthesize
these transmitter amines is "decarboxylation of the parent
amino acid." In other words, the chemist takes Tyrosine and
applies Tyrosine Hydroxylase (an enzyme) and produces Dopa
another similar compound; and then the enzyme Dopa
Decarboxylase is applied and from that the similar Dopamine
amine is created. Then Dopamine-Beta-oxidase (another
enzyme) is applied in the final step of the three enzyme
steps to create Norepinephrine. Both Dopamine and
Norepinephrine are neural transmitters. If norepinephrine is
diminished in the brain, sedation occurs.
Alpha-methyl-p-tyrosine (as well as other compounds) was
found to be one of the things that would prevent the brain
from creating (synthesizing for itself) norepinephrine.
Serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine) is created in a fashion
similar to dopamine, in that tryptophan is taken and acted
upon by the enzyme Tryptophan hydroxylase to get
5-hydroxytryptophan, and then a decarboxylase converts this
compound to serotonin. To reverse things, and prevent the
brain from having serotonin, they can prevent selective
parts of the brain from creating it with p-chlorphenylalanine.
ADRENALCHROME (Adrenal Chromaffin)
This naturally occurring yellowish brown drug was not
mentioned in the Vol. 2 book, although it was mentioned in
this author’s newsletters in ’93 and May ’95 The drug is
obtained by sacrificing a terrified person, perhaps by
plunging the athame into them, and then taking a hypodermic
needle and extracting the adrenalchrome from the base of the
neck in the pineal gland. A sacrificed person only yields
about 10 c.c. so the drug is not only very secret on the
black market but very expensive. A Scientific American
article by Carmichael and Winkler is the best thing that I
have discovered on the adrenalchrome. The Max Planck
Institute in Germany did research into Adrenalchrome. Dirty
law-enforcement officials and others have worked to keep the
existence of adrenalchrome a secret. It is not known if
Adrenalchrome has ever been used for programming, but it is
a popular secret drug of the elite Illuminati kingpins. For
many years, they were not able to synthetically produce the
drug, and had to rely on human sacrifices as their source.
It is possible that in the last year or so, that some method
to synthesize the drug may have been found. Chromaffin cells
secrete adrenaline, noradrenaline and other substances into
the bloodstream which exert a great deal of control over
tissue, and organs.
HERBS
Another place that programmed DID Satanic Ritual
Survivors may encounter herbs is the use of herbal charms to
enhance magic spells.
OILS
The Illuminati have also used oils for their powerful
properties. Recently, a doctor who was trained by the
Freemasons has been helping people discover the powerful
properties of these oils. Christians also have been
rediscovering the powerful healing powers in pure Fennel,
Frankincense, Juniper, Lavender, Peppermint, Pane and other
cold pressed Oils and combinations of oils.
Summary of Major Point.
The guided LSD trips in the sensory deprivation tanks are
crucial for laying in the foundational programming. Readers
will learn more about guided LSD trips & programming drugs
throughout this book.
Page 37 ...
Page 37 ...
CHAPTER 4.
SCIENCE NO. 4 - HYPNOSIS
HYPNOSIS & the OCCULT
From the Egyptian Sleep Temples to ancient shamans, the
occult world has been putting hypnosis (including
self-hypnosis) to work for centuries, even millennia. During
the 18th and 19th century, the Masonic lodges put hypnotism
to use. In 1882 Jean-Martin Charcot, considered the world’s
greatest neurologist at the time, gave hypnotism
respectability by publishing his own studies, which included
recovering A. trauma memories blocked by amnesia, and B.
memories presumed permanently lost by organic amnesia. At
that time, a group of french medical doctors located at
Nancy just a 100 kilometers southeast of the
Mothers-of-Darkness castle, had a school of hypnosis that
influenced doctors all over the world including Freud. These
french doctors had caught on to the power of suggestion to
the subconscious.
In the 1780’s, Marquis de Puysegur was putting people
into deep hypnotic trances and then commanding them to
forget the hypnotic session. James Esdaile in his book
Mesmerism in India & its Practical Application in Surgery
and Medicine. (pub. Longman, Brown, Green, Longmans, 1846)
pp. xxiii-xxiv, describes and lists hundreds of surgeries
(some quite serious) which he did in India using hypnosis as
his anesthesia. He found his patients could heal quickly and
experienced no pain under hypnosis. In modern medical
history, every type of surgery has been successfully carried
out without drugs and "without pain" by using hypnosis. In
the VoL 2 book, it was brought out that perceptive
researchers have figured out that the pain under hypnosis is
placed by the mind into a dissociated piece of the mind,
which is essentially what MPD (DID) is all about. Tests have
shown that hypnosis to reduce pain does not work by the
brain releasing endorphins (see Hilgard, 1975 & Spiegel and
Leonard, 1986). The mind simply diverts the pain into a
"mental floppy disk" that it doesn’t look at. In the early
1880’s, occult researcher Edmund Gurney found he could give
post-hypnotic commands that would be successfully carried
out in the future. What amazed him was that subjects would
fulfill commands exactly as commanded at a particular time
on a particular day without even looking at the clock.
Various european doctors, too numerous to mention,
discovered in the 1880’s that they could cure various
diseases via hypnosis. The cure rate was not 100%, but
significant enough to make hypnosis an option in some
treatments.
This author (Fritz) has reported that programmed
multiples are able to increase the temperature of one body
part, or one side of their body. Cisco, the co-author of
this book, when she hits certain programs, turns ice-cold on
the right of her body and burns on the left side. It was
with great interest then when this author located the 1920
work of hypnotist J.A. Hadfield who published his work in
Lancet, 2:
pp. 68-69, under the title "The influence of suggestion
on body temperature."Using hypnosis, Hadfield could get a
subject to drop his temperature in one hand to 680 while the
other hand stayed at 94º. Here is the paper trail to what
they have been doing to programmed multiples for half a
century. Today, the occult world uses sophisticated hypnotic
techniques as one of their programming tools to create
mind-controlled slaves. The slave’s mind is structured into
a robotic-computer controlled by a master. Parts (alters) of
the slave will learn how to trance (self-hypnosis) on cue.
The better conditioned a subject is to hypnosis, the easier
they fall into trance. The victims of mind-control are all
very conditioned for
Page 38 ...
hypnosis, even though their programmers then hide that
under post-hypnotic suggestions that no-one else is to be
allowed to hypnotize the slave. The ancient saying is that a
picture is worth a thousand words. In conveying suggestions
to the subconscious mind, the occult world of black magic
and the programmers are very aware of the power that picture
images convey. The good programmer will be able to utilize
images to give him tremendous leverage in hypnotic
techniques. An alter which needs to create something in the
mind can be prepped with images, and can be asked to borrow
images, such as borrow such and such quality from this
person or animal. The child alter who becomes a Lion after
eating a dead lion’s parts can imagine the qualities (speed,
agility, fierceness) of the lion easily. The image of the
lion is worth a thousand words to the hypnotic programmer.
If the programmer wants an alter that is trained in karate
to be agile, quick and fierce, they don’t mind dehumanizing
that alter to become a lion or tiger. One element of why
this is done is the power of the image for hypnotic
commands. The deeper Illuminati alters will be highly
skilled in self-hypnosis & the ability to change at will
into various states of consciousness. This is part of their
witchcraft training in order to practice witchcraft.
UNDERSTANDING THE BASICS ABOUT HYPNOSIS
The Programmer is attempting to produce suggestions that
the unconscious mind will accept. If the subconscious mind
accepts the programmer’s suggestions then the suggestion
becomes reality to the victim, just as if the victim had
experienced it as reality over a period of time. The
programmer, if he is good, will be able to get the subjects
imagination involved. He will also build rapport with his
victim. For instance, the master might hypnotically stroke
the forehead of kitten sexual alters before giving them
their code to go back into the mind. The good
handler/programmer is not simply working off of fear, but he
wants to have the trust and cooperation of the victim. This
is similar to how Hitler was both feared and trusted by the
German masses. In fact, hypnosis was an element in Hitler’s
control of the masses. Nazi propaganda films showing Hitler
and other Nazi leaders giving directives always have the
Hitler Youth’s actions slightly speeded up so that
subconsciously the viewer is taught obedience to their
commands.
The programmer will not tell the slave something is
hypnotically happening until it has already happened. He
will use the art of timing his words at the correct time, of
using repetition, of combining several mutually supporting
suggestions, and of having total confidence in his words to
add strength to his hypnotic commands. Muscular rigidity and
deep breathing are one way to increase suggestibility within
the victim being programmed via hypnosis. The programmer
will also use other hypnotic tricks, such using his own body
language to suggest something, and to use what is called a
"voice roll". When the programmer moves his voice into a
monotonous patterned style he is using the roll voice. Words
are delivered at the rate of 45 to 60 beats a minute. To
empower the suggestions, the programming hypnotist uses the
victim’s five senses. The victim visualizes something using
his five senses, such as the imagery of the holy spirit
(done in mockery of God) and then breathes this imagery in.
For instance, the victim breathes in the message of the
programming and roots it deep deep down into the oak tree.
(In VoL 2, it was explained that the oak tree is the
structure that the programs are attached to.)
THE POWER OF HYPNOSIS
During the hypnotic trance, the human mind is at the
pinnacle of its ability to quickly learn. What might take
years to learn and
Page 39 ...
weighing the evidence, will be accepted quickly by the
victim’s subconscious. The mind strings together a series of
"cognitive mental demons?? that is a series of mental
processes--similar to how a computer programmer writes a
program. These strings have been called K-lines. Much of
what the mind does is simply activations of various K-lines
(a habitual ways of doing things), so that the mind can
focus its limited conscious thinking. The mind also takes
micronemes (such things as a particular aroma, or a
particular intonation for which it has no word, but for
which it has a series of sensory clues) and builds these
into K-lines too. Once a K-line works, the mind in order to
prevent itself from making reckless changes, gives priority
to those K-lines. Under hypnosis, the mind willingly allows
the hypnotist to change K-lines without the normal
unconscious conservative restraints. Under behavior
modification techniques, abnormal K-lines (that is K-lines
that wouldn’t normally develop) can be forced into the mind.
A hypnotic suggestion given to normal subjects lasts
about a week, so reinforcement is helpful. The programming
suggestions are layered in using methods far more powerful
than mere hypnosis, and are locked up in dissociated
subconscious states, so that these programming scripts which
are layered in are almost impossible for the victim to be
aware of to challenge them. The emotions of women have been
found to slightly detract from the hypnotic trance, while
male victims take the hypnotic words in an unemotional
matter-of-fact way. The male victims will simply accept the
programming and directly comply. That is one reason why the
suicide programs that are layered into the men are so
deadly. The female victims of programming may emotionally
play the suicide out and survive; the male slaves when they
trigger suicide programs, comply with the programming in an
unemotional direct way. How deep is the slave’s trance?
There are tests for trance depths, but from what this author
can ascertain, sometimes it can be difficult to determine
exactly where the mind is at. If a memory is laid in at a
particular trance level, the slave may be able to avoid an
abreaction later on by going above or below the memory’s
trance level. A deep level, where for instance, the person
can’t move a body part due to hypnotic suggestion, would be
called the "cataleptic stage" or level.
UNDERSTANDING THE DEEPER MECHANICS of HYPNOSIS
Let us suppose for the sake of discussion that as you are
reading this, it is supper time. You are hungry. You’ve
starved yourself all day, and even though you are on a
strict diet, you are trying to think of a good restaurant to
go to. Now let’s see, as your mind scans the different
possibilities, it thinks of some that are close, some that
are quick. some that have lots of easy parking and others
that have good looking waitresses. Mechanically, your
thought processes went like this:
a. Particular sensations and chemicals cause the mind to
feel what it mentally describes as a pang of hunger. This is
perceived as an important need.
b. The mind has a process that we can call an Intention
System that creates specific intention messages that are
sent throughout the brain. It stores these Intentions
temporarily. If an intention is not freshly created and
restacked at the top of the clutter of intentions in the
intention store, then it gets buried underneath the "mind
cluttered desk of things to do" and forgotten. In our
example, the mind is searching its memory banks for options
on how to satisfy its hunger.
c. The mind must decide upon one particular course of
action. The mind quits focusing on other matters, and
concentrates upon deciding which course of action to take.
The mind has now activated all kinds of what some
researchers call "demons". Because we are not talking about
spiritual demons, but rather we are referring to units of
cognitive processes--
Page 40 ...
which are very similar to UNIX computer demons--we will
refer to these demons by the name "cognitive demon
processes." Some of these cognitive demon processes are
action demons and some are word demons, and some are
recognition demons. Recognition Cognitive Demon Processes go
running through the mind, "shouting" the wishes of the
Intention store. A number of lower level cognitive demon
processes wake up and make themselves known if they identify
with what the recognition demon is shouting about. Many may
think they match the request, but other demon processes
check them out to see how close they match. Now the checkers
come up with a list of cognitive demon processes who are
concerned with eating at restaurants, who have woken up and
are all scrambling for attention. Cognitive demon processes
establish themselves in families, and develop relationships
that are automatic. (Cognitive Demons do not die, but some
go to sleep and others can get somewhat rusty in their
relationships.) The "demons" that respond to the shouting of
our recognition demon go through a series of "interviews"
with a hierarchy of other demon processes, and soon the
messenger demon can rush back to the Intention Store with
the name of the choices available. All this happens
extremely quick. If the mind did not set up a series of
automatic cognitive demon processes that become habits,
(called K-lines) it would find itself involved in the
conscious relearning of trivial matters that would make it
impossible to get much accomplished. Every skill would have
to be constantly relearned. A person might easily end up
spending all day dressing. As long as the mind remains in a
static environment, where habits work, it’s great. But life
is such a changing environment, that our entrenched habits
can cause the mind to pull up a cognitive demonic process
out of habit, when it is neither wanted nor appropriate.
Emotions and needs (which are tied to our emotions) will
trigger the mind to search out cognitive demon processes.
For instance, if our emotional need for someone we are
looking for is great, let’s say a wife waiting for a long
expected war-husband, it may send a need down the brain for
the cognitive demons that are attached to the identification
of the long-awaited person, and the mind triggers itself to
see his face in the crowd at the busy railway station before
its owner arrives. Cognitive Demon Processes live in close
proximity to other demons, and when one gets excited, others
in the area do too, although their excitement may be much
less. If a cognitive demon is being used a great deal, it
will be on its toes, but little used demons can go to sleep,
and somehow need to be hollowed at very loud to wake up. The
Intention System after a while will set itself on autopilot
for certain mental functions, which frees the conscious mind
for other problems. The conscious mind can only focus on a
small amount of material--it is like a computer which has
limited memory. It is constantly in a state of redeployment,
and the Intentions system has only a small sway over how the
Attention part of the mind decides to focus. The Attention
part constantly asks itself, which tasks can be relegated to
habit. Then when the Intention system sends out cognitive
search demons, they do not have to involve the conscious
mind, because everything that is habitual is set up like a
script, with families of "cognitive demon processes" already
knowing the roles/relationships they are to play. (Again,
Behavior modification is used to strengthen the
relationships of demonic processes, and to make some well
used and awake, so that certain behaviors become habits.)
When our minds meditate or go into a hypnotic trance, what
is occurring is that our conscious mind is delegating its
limited computing memory for the focus of its attention upon
one object. What happens to the cognitive demon processes
that would normally take instructions from the conscious
mind? During meditation
Page 41 ...
the untrained cognitive demon processes bubble up to the
top of the conscious mind. However, the opposite happens
during hypnosis. During hypnosis, the mind has made the
decision (for whatever reasons) to accept control statements
from the hypnotist. The mind has surrendered or at least
temporarily or partially abdicated his or her position as
the master of his or her Intention System. Some of this
power is given away. The hypnotist now has access and
control over many or all the cognitive demonic processes,
including some that the person would not normally activate.
Cognitive demon processes that are asleep or deeply buried
can be accessed by the hypnotist, in a much quicker direct
way than the Intention System would. By suggesting that the
subject has a cat on his lap, the hypnotist is actually
causing the recognition cognitive demon processes to wake up
and act out their jobs to such an extent that the subject
sees a cat. By suggesting that the subject’s body stiffen,
the hypnotist has gained control over those cognitive action
demons that cause the body to stiffen. Age-regression brings
up demons that are associated with the subject’s childhood.
Although it is unpopular to admit publicly that the
hypnotist has power over the subject, a close look at the
process of how hypnosis works at the neuronal "cognitive
demon process" level shows that the hypnotist has indeed
been given power. In fact, the hypnotist has been given
power to activate cognitive units of demon processes that
the mind itself would allow to remain inactive or asleep.
The mind would not normally use its ability to activate
them. Today, it is politically incorrect to admit that the
hypnotist has power to make an individual do what they
wouldn’t normally want to do, but unfortunately hypnosis
does give this power.
PROGRAMMING AIDS
Because the programmers control the slave’s life to such
a high degree they can add other elements that move the
brain into programmable states. Fasting along with a high
sugar intake will make the brain more suggestive. (The
military also used this in basic training. This was done to
this author at West Point during Beast Barracks, where
during the first two weeks he ate all-total enough food for
one regular meal; however, New Cadets were allowed to go to
chapel and eat all the brownies, cookies and kool-aid they
wanted.) Physical discomforts and the chanting of rituals in
witchcraft ceremonies are also ways to move the mind into
programming states. Lights, sounds (for instance repetitive
beats such as with any rock music), and smells are all used
to encourage the brain to go into a programmable state. In
the chapter on electronics, it discusses how the functions
of the mind-body such as breathing and the heartbeat can be
regulated by external stimuli ---that is lights and sounds
which are electronically produced. If the repetitive beat is
ranged between 45 to 72 beats per minute, many people will
go into a programmable state with their eyes open. This is
because this beat is close to the beat of the heart in a
relaxed state. Some secret Illum. programming centers have
areas that are constructed for the greatest hypnotic sound
and lighting effect. The child/ or adult victim is cut off
from the world at these programming centers. The victims’
freedom to walk outside into normal life depends upon their
cooperation with the programmer(s). Lullaby music is used as
a cue for some alters of slaves to induce trance when their
systems are older because the child alters still respond to
the cue. Anything can be a cue, but it appears the
programmers often pick cues that are naturally reinforced by
the mind. The lullaby or carousel music is a good cue,
because the lullaby is taking advantage of the natural
desire of the brain to retreat from reality to the nostalgia
of childhood fun. The retreat of the mind to childhood
naturally evokes the helplessness and dependence that a
child feels. The programmers are powerful
Page 42 ...
enough to place in cues that don’t need natural
reinforcement, but from observation it is apparent that they
will often skillfully strengthen the hypnotic power by the
choice of a cue which carries its own natural reinforcement.
One supporting element in programming is that the programmer
sets himself up as "god the creator" of the victim, or an
alien of a far-advanced race. In hypnotism, this fulfills
the need that all hypnotic subjects must have faith and
trust in their hypnotist. Hypnosis is subjective in nature.
If the programmer is the creator of the alter being
programmed, and the alter is additionally under a hypnotic
drug that makes it willing to obey, it is easy to see how
the victim lets go of all inhibitions, because "god" or this
"superior alien" knows what is best. The better and stronger
the relationship between the victim and his master
programmer, the better the hypnotic commands work. If the
slave sees the master as a religious guru prophet (or a
great doctor) it enhances his willingness to accept hypnotic
commands. Bear in mind that the slave is conditioned to love
their master without reservation. Yes, the benevolent
dictator has historically received the devotion of the
masses, (and many of the Illuminati programmers are actually
simply egotistical sadists).
USING HOLOGRAMS as an ACCESS AID
The Illuminati is now even resorting to creating talking
hologram images to access their slaves with their hypnotic
cues.
KEEPING THE MIND IN ALPHA STATE
The entire alter system of a Monarch slave has their
sleep patterns controlled. Many alters are programmed not to
get real sleep. They actually sleep in a hypnotic
alpha-state sleep, or what may be called trance sleep.
Hypnotists (and brain researchers) will tell you that true
sleep and a hypnotic sleep are not the same thing for the
brain. Some alters (but not many) must stay awake 24 hours a
day internally and carefully watch all that happens in the
system of alters. Someone has to take the body and
sleep--but whichever alters are set up to do it, they are
hypnotically commanded to only sleep about three hours to
insure that the mind stays in an alpha state easy to
program. Because alters which do not hold the body "rest"
mentally in a sense--when they take the body they are fresh.
The mind dissociates when it is given unpleasant things to
hear which it doesn’t want to hear. The electronic implants
that send voices to victims are used to create dissociation
within the slaves, plus certain implants and devices send
specific electro-magnetic wave patterns to the mind to put
the slave’s mind into the alpha state. See chapter six for
more on the mind-control implants.
PREPARING THE BRAIN
The programmer places the victim in an acute state of
anxiety and guilt. The tension reduces the power of the
judgement part of the mind. One of the tortures for slaves
is to keep them from going to the bathroom and relieving
themselves. This is part of the hypnotic programming
package. The anxiety that this creates increases the power
of the programming in the brain, because the anxiety causes
slight malfunctions with the brain’s judgment abilities.
Mental and physical fatigue are also sought in the victim.
For instance, water deprivation is common. (This was also
done to the author at West Point, where one of this author’s
classmates was hospitalized for dehydration during Beast
Barracks.) Offensive language also helps drive the mind into
tension and encourages it into an alpha state.
EARLY TRAINING FOR SLAVES
The children who are being programmed are taught 4
IMPORTANT HYPNOTIC ABILITIES. These four abilities are a.
relaxation, b. visualization, c. concentration, and d.
projection, which work in handling the slave along with the
alpha state.
Page 43 ...
Relaxation and visualization go hand in hand each
enhancing each other. When given a good pleasant image to
visualize, the victim relaxes, which leads to the hypnotic
concentration, which then produces good projection.
Initially, the child victim is given drugs that induce
euphoria and deep relaxation. They are then taught to work
toward that drug euphoria by going to it mentally. They
develop the ability to go into that euphoria mentally as a
trained behavior. Many of the children will have their
training in visualization and concentration reinforced when
they go to public schools, many of which are now involved in
the programming process. To teach the child concentration
and visualization, the child is given an apple and trained
to visualize it. The first time, the child will be given
drugs which will enhance the experience and perception
greatly to around 100 times the perception without the
drugs. There is no pain involved in this early programming
at around the age of 3 or 4. After the child has gone
through the visualization of the apple in the drugged state
he or she will work toward the mental ability to visualize
it intensely without the drugs. The visualization script
used with the apple (in both the drugged and undrugged
exercises) will vary slightly from programmer to programmer,
yet will be close to the following:
"VISUALIZE AN APPLE. HOLD IT IN YOUR HANDS; TURN IT
AROUND; FEEL IT. FEEL THE SHAPE, THE SIZE, THE WEIGHT, THE
TEXTURE. NOTICE THE COLOR, THE REFLECTION OF LIGHT ON ITS
SKIN. BRING IT TO YOUR NOSE AND SMELL IT. BITE INTO IT,
TASTE IT; HEAR THE CRUNCH AS YOUR TEETH SINK IN. EAT THE
APPLE; FEEL IT SLIDE DOWN YOUR THROAT. SEE IT GROW SMALLER.
WHEN YOU HAVE EATEN IT DOWN TO THE CORE, LET IT DISAPPEAR."
By the way, an apple training incident very similar to
this (which is given by the Illuminati to child slaves from
the ages 2 to 4), strangely turned up occurring in a setting
that the author, who never was a slave nor never in the
occult, found himself in when this author was a 4-H
counselor at a 4-H camp as a 16 year old. The first thing
all the counselors were given was an apple exercise so that
we could appreciate each camper for what he or she was. The
person who led the exercise was a psychologist. Where had he
learned it? The apple visualization must be done to a
standard of excellence by the child victim. The victim’s
life depends upon learning to visualize vividly, so that the
internal structures (internal mental images) it builds
within the mind will stay strong and firm. The programmers
want the child to have good visualization so they will work
with the child to have the most successful experience. For
instance, the child will be offered a variety of apples to
look at, yellow, green, red etc. The child can choose the
apple that it likes so that its visualization exercises will
be the most successful. The entire imagery of an internal
system will be built upon the foundation of the child’s
ability to visualize an apple. The child will be taken
through a succession of exercises where the child learns to
visualize the apple in greater and greater detail using all
the senses. Eventually, the child is able to visualize his
or her apple to the point that the child can dissect or chop
the apple up in any way and reconstruct it mentally. The
internal seeds of the apple can be seen brilliantly by the
child. Upon this ability to visualize, the programmer will
then teach the child that the apple can become anything the
child wants, a river, a couch, a book etc. The five seeds of
the apple will be turned into 5 castles. This is why
essentially all Illuminati Mind-controlled slaves have 5
major castles in their system of programming. One approach
by therapists has been to cast out/remove the castles.
However, the castle imagery is based upon the apple seeds
Page 44 ...
which is based on the apple. The real thing to deal with
for therapists is the apple. If the castle is returned to
its original image of being an apple seed, and the rest of
the apple-and its tree imagery dealt with, then some
progress can be made. Unfortunately, not being aware of the
original imagery, the therapists have been frustrating
themselves with the superficial imagery rather than the
foundational imagery.
Another script for teaching the young 2 to 4 year old
slaves simple visualization is to have the child close his
or her eyes and imagine that they are looking at a white
wall or blank screen. Then they practice visualizing simple
geometric shapes, and then visualize the screen in different
colors, and then finally visualize the objects changing
colors.
MAGICAL TRAINING ON THE STARLIGHT LEVEL
The Illuminati begin training the child victim to work at
the starlight level. This is called magical training. The
child’s abilities to relax, visualize, concentrate and
project are then harnessed in the alpha state by "MAGICKAL
TRAINING" which opens up the STARLIGHT CONSCIOUSNESS.
Starlight consciousness is the other way of knowing that
which belongs to the right hemisphere, and it allows the
victim to make contact with the "DIVINE WITHIN". The Divine
within the victim is actually the generational spirits,
which are placed in during the Moon Child ceremonies
described in detail in Vol. 2.
The generational spirits are laid in to help build the
programming and to guard it. However, as in so much
spiritual work, the victim’s (technically speaking, the
alter’s) will & thoughts work hand in hand with the spirits.
The child must learn to visualize and participate in the
mental building of the internal worlds, structures, etc.
However, the demons will be strategically placed to protect
the structures once the programming is built into the mind.
(For more understanding of this see Cisco’ s section on
"Programming, foundational, destruction of’.)
FINETUNING
The child victim’s mind is FINETUNED. This means that the
child can function excellently at visualization, relaxation,
concentration, projection, while in the alpha state and can
work with their subconscious mind. The mental work done in
the subconscious can not be retrieved easily. Only through
outside assistance or special training can most people
access what is done at the starlight level of the mind. The
programmers are using the child’s abilities with its 5 acute
senses to develop the 6th sense (which is its ability to
work in the Starlight consciousness, which includes such
mental activity such as psychic abilities--which will be
discussed in other locations in this book.) Enhancing the
mind so that it can work in the subconscious area called the
starlight consciousness is referred to by many insiders as
astral.
THE MONARCH PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR OVER THE RAINBOW
One of the most important concepts of the programmers is
having slaves "go over the rainbow." Although in recent
years other methods have been substituted for this, there
are many hundreds of thousands of slaves for whom "going
over the rainbow" is part of their programming. What is the
script for programming this?
The PROGRAMMING SCRIPT FOR GOING OVER THE RAINBOW
(Three dots in this script do not indicate missing parts,
but rather pauses. In other words, pauses are indicated by
three dots.)
INDUCTION TRAINING SCRIPT
"BREATHE DEEP --- YOU ARE FLOATING DOWN ... DOWN ... ON A
BEAUTIFUL RED CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS RED -- AS YOU GO
DRIFTING AND FLOATING .... ROCKING GENTLY ... DEEPER ... AND
Page 45 ...
DEEPER ... DOWN ... [this repeated, one time, for each
color of cloud-orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet
clouds.] "LAND VERY GENTLY ... VERY SOFTLY ... IN THE CENTER
OF A ROUND, BLACK PEARL. SEE IT GLOWING, SOFTLY, GENTLY ...
NOW TURN AND FACE THE EAST ... AND THEN THE SOUTH ... AND
THEN THE WEST ... AND THEN THE NORTH OPEN ALL OF YOUR INNER
SENSES." [The rainbow gives the much abused victim of
mind-control and trauma, a safe mental place to travel to;
and this serves as a "home base" for the mind to return to
when things get difficult. If the programming begins to be
destroyed and a deeper alter experiences real life--its
coping mechanism to face the harsher realities of life will
be a knee-jerk reaction to go to safety over the rainbow.]
BRINGING THE SLAVE OUT OF TRANCE (Switching to the FRONT
PERSONALITIES after programming)
After the slave has been switched to deeper personalities
who are in trance in order to have the slave a. be
programmed b. be programmed & carry out a mission, c. go to
a ritual, then it is important that the programmer takes
time to get the slave to emerge slowly and gently from their
altered state. The induction process is reversed. The
repetition of trances will reinforce the depth of the trance
state, and keep the undetectable slavery operating smoothly:
"IN THE PEARL, PREPARE TO AWAKEN. WHEN YOU AWAKE, YOU
WILL FEEL REFRESHED, ALERT, RENEWED, AND FILLED WITH ENERGY.
YOU WILL REMEMBER ALL THAT YOU HAVE EXPERIENCED. NOW TURN
AND FACE THE EAST ... THEN THE SOUTH ... THEN THE WEST ...
THEN THE NORTH. [this helps the slave orient themselves
internally]
TAKE A DEEP BREATH ... INHALE ... EXHALE ...
"YOU ARE FLOATING UP ... UP ... ON A BEAUTIFUL VIOLET
CLOUD, AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS VIOLET AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY
UPWARD ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL BLUE
CLOUD ... UP ... UP ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS BLUE AND
YOU ARE BEGINNING TO AWAKEN GENTLY AND YOU DRIFT GENTLY UP
... ON A BEAUTIFUL GREEN CLOUD ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS
GREEN ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP ... UP ... "ON A
BEAUTIFUL YELLOW CLOUD ... GETTING MORE AND MORE AWAKE ...
AND YOUR WHOLE BODY IS YELLOW ... AS YOU DRIFT GENTLY ... UP
... UP ...
"ON A BEAUTIFUL ORANGE CLOUD ... FILLED WITH ENERGY AND
VITALITY ... YOUR WHOLE BODY IS ORANGE ... AS YOU FLOAT UP
GENTLY ... "ON A BEAUTIFUL RED
CLOUD ... ALMOST FULLY AWAKE NOW ... AND YOUR WHOLE BODY
IS RED AS YOU FLOAT GENTLY ...
"STAY ON THE RAINBOW ... [at this point the script for
the slave’s programming or mission or ritual will be placed
into the mind].
After the programming session, the mission, or the ritual
the handler/or programmer finishes...
"LEAVING THE MEMORY IN THE BLACK PEARL AND CLOSING AND
SEALING THE BLACK PEARL. YOU WILL REMEMBER ONLY THOSE
DETAILS THAT I TELL YOU TO REMEMBER. AND IN A MOMENT YOU
WILL COUNT TO TEN AND GO BACK INTO YOUR
Page 46 ...
SPACE, AND RED 2001-A [whatever the code is for the
alter] WILL RETURN."
DEEP TRANCE PROGRAMMING
If we rate trance depths on a scale of 1 to 13, then the
deep trance that is being described here is 7-10. At this
7-10 depth, the person must be constantly watched. The
victim is turned on his side so that the victim will
continue to breathe. If the person monitoring has doubts
whether the slave is alive, the programming staff will poke
the lungs and neck. The person’s breathing will be
encouraged by the programmer breathing along with the person
being programmed as he says "BREATHE ... BREATHE ...
BREATHE". This is important because at this level the slave
is so tranced their body can forget to breathe.
COLOR PROGRAMMING
While we are still on the subject of the rainbow and its
colors, and before we continue onto other parts of the
hypnotic programming process, let’s deal with color
programming. When Illuminati slaves are being programmed as
little children, they usually will get music and color
programming. Most readers are like this author, in that they
are not interested in learning magic. However, because this
author (Fritz Springmeier) was interested in helping victims
understand what’s been done to them, it was important to
dive into trying to understand the thinking of the occult
world in regards to colors. If I write that the occult world
views yellow as a healing color, and blue as a relaxing
color, and purple (violet) as a spiritually enlightened
color, that is not because I want to teach that as a
doctrine, but so that therapists can begin to understand the
hidden mannerisms & thought patterns of these powerful
generational occult families, who believe in such odd
practices as child sacrifice. In the 1940’s, as the
Illuminati were applying scientific investigation to their
ancient skills in mind-control, a number of researchers
investigated color psychology. Cecil Stokes’ color research
on the influence of colors on the mind led to the Auratone
films, which were used to treat the "mentally ill". Walt
Disney Studios produced one of the best occult attempts to
free associate color, light and music in their movie
Fantasia, especially Fantasia’s opening selection of
Stokowski’s adaption of Bach’s "Toccata and Fugue in D
minor". Walt Disney also used selections of music from the
Satanist composer Igor Stravinsky in Fantasia. Igor
Stravinsky is an anarchy-espousing satanist. Fantasia was a
long labor of occult devotion for Walt Disney and his
studios. It took many years to create the film, and when it
was finished, it was used as a programming foundation for
alter systems. (Chapter 5 will have more on Disney. Chapter
5 will also give a very detailed script for HOW Fantasia has
been used as the primary foundation programming tool.)
Disney’s Dick Tracy movie is also a classic example of how
color is employed in a movie which is used covertly for
mind-control programming.
The five primary areas of occult thinking that were
investigated by this author in terms of color programming
were 1. witchcraft books such as Raymond Buckland’s
Practical Color Magick, 2. an extensive study of several New
Age Groups such as the I AM Movement, and Church Universal &
Triumphant (CUT) using hundreds of documents that
ex-insiders of these groups provided, 3. masonic &
rosicrucian sources, such as Manly P. Hall’s book The Secret
Teachings of All Ages, and 4. Metaphysical books in general
such as the excellent The Rainbow Book being a collection of
essays & illustrations devoted to Rainbows in particular &
Spectral Sequences in general focusing on the meaning of
color (physical & metaphysically) from Ancient to Modem
Times. The Rainbow Book was done by the Fine Arts Museums of
San Francisco in assoc. with Shambhala of
Page 47 ...
Berkeley & London, 1975. And finally, the last primary
source -but not least- was interviews with an ex-programmer.
What did I find out? After lots of weeding, I have some
siftings from these sources to share. In Buckland’s
Practical Color Magick, we learn about a type of Voodoo
called Poppet dolls. These dolls are made according to the
color that is appropriate for the person’s problem. For
instance, they make a green poppet doll if the person needs
help with finances. The name of the person is written on the
doll according to the color that corresponds to their
astrological birthdate. For instance, Leo is orange, and
Pisces is Indigo. Those who need success are advised by
Buckland to make a "Color Treasure Map" which is simply a
collage of the things they want, making sure that the
pictures are bright colors. This is another example of color
magic. Buckland provides a Color-Number Code as follows:
1 = Red; 2 = Orange; 3= Yellow; 4 = Green; 5=Blue;
6=Indigo; 7=Violet; 8=Rose; 9 = Gold
The letters of the alphabet then are corresponded to
these 9 numbers and by adding up the numbers in someone’s
name (numerology), Buckland tells us we can get the name’s
Color from such a process.
What did I learn of value from Buckland? some tips on how
occultists assign colors to numbers and objects. For the
average person these witchcraft teachings are simply trite
imaginations. Even so, the fact remains for those of us
confronting Occult mind-control, colors are important to
total-mind-control programmers of the Illuminati. Colors are
important to their world-view. A programmer who knew color
magic would likely use color magic in their programming,
programming scripts and codes. Now, both you and I know some
more about how to second guess the programmer’s mind. (By
the way, Color programming was dealt with in a major way in
Vol. 2, but the tips in this chapter may also be useful.)
THE ASSOCIATION OF COLORFUL SIGHTS, SOUNDS, RHYTHM &
DANCE.
Dance has been associated with color from ancient times,
to greek and medieval courts up to modern times with the use
of colored floodlights. Keys in music have been associated
with colors by many famous musicians. Beethoven referred to
B minor as the black key. Schubert compared E minor to a
"girl robed in white with a rose-red bow on her breast".
Rimsley-Korsakov interpreted the keys of C, D, A, F, & F#
major as white, yellow, rosy, green, and grayish-green.
Handel had his own idea of how the keys related to the
colors. The brighter hues of a color have been associated by
some with the major scale, and the more subdued hues of a
color with the minor. Goethe stated that a painting of
powerful effect was like a piece of music with a sharp key,
while a painting with a muted effect was like music in a
flat key.
Certain colors have been associated with violin music. In
Wassily Kandinsky’s book The Art of Spiritual Harmony, we
learn a great deal about color and music. The following
comes from Kandinsky’s observations, and may relate to
Mengele’s programming. The ringing notes of a violin have
been associated with a cool red. The largo of an old violin
is associated with orange. The placid middle tones of the
violin are associated with absolute green. A dark blue is
like a cello. White is like the pauses in music that
temporarily break the melody. Black represents "the final
pauses, after which any continuation of melody see the dawn
of another world."
The Rainbow Book is definitely the most comprehensive
book this author has seen on the significance of color both
physically and metaphysically. An interesting chart is given
on page 125, which examines the relationship of the
frequencies of electromagnetic waves in the visible light
spectrum with an octave of music just above middle C. In
order to make the
Page 48 ...
comparison (which is charted below) the light frequencies
which are 1012 are written without the powers of ten and
taken down 40 to match the note octaves. This gives us a
chart which we will arrange by:
COLOR/ORIG. FREK - 40 // OCTAVE FREK/NOTE
Using this arrangement we get:
Very dark red/391 .3 = 392/G NOTE darkish red/418 =
415/G# note
Orangish red/445 440/A note light orange/464 = 466/A #
note yellow green/495 = 494/B note green/ 523 = 523/ C note
Bluish green/555 = 553/ C# note Indigo/573-600 = 587/D
note
Indigo violet-light violet/618-627 = D# note
Dark violet/655-673 = 659/E note
Very dark violet/682 = 698/F note
Although there is no single one-to-one correspondence
between music and color, because there are different
patterns to consider and the role of association is such a
complex issue, there are several things that naturally
suggest themselves: an increase in pitch does seem to
suggest an increase in brightness. An increase in brightness
also is suggested by an increase in tempo. Colors also fit
the mood of a piece of music. A mass of color can suggest
the musical ground. Musical intervals have also been related
by the ancients to the orbits of the planets. This began
with the spherical theory of the cosmos by Pythagoras, where
the different astrological bodies made different sounds.
Another correspondence with merit is to associate colors
with "properties", & then associate with music intervals,
then assoc. with related cords, and related planets, and
then associate with other things. For instance, Orange would
be associated with the Sun, Energy, Glory, and Power. In
turn, it would be associated with Re (pronounced "Ray" in
music, the whole tone, D). Its related cord would be minor,
and its related planet would be the Sun "Apollo." Violet
would be death, separation, advanced spirituality. It would
be associated with Ti ("Tee") in music, the Maj. 7th, B, and
its related planet would be the moon "Diana". There is no
way all the different associations can be reviewed here. The
chinese have had a number of music-color association
schemes, as well as the Hindis, the Tibetans, and others. Is
this section on color going somewhere with these
associations? Yes, Joseph Mengele, the original Dr. Green
(the name Green got passed on to a least one of his
proteges), played the violin and piano while doing the color
programming to slaves. He was the original master at
associating both a tone or chord with a particular color or
color scheme. He loved using Fantasia for programming.
LIGHT & COLOR
According to Hilton Hotema’s book Ancient Sun God
(Mokelumne Hill, CA: Health Research, 1956), light & fire
are associated with Sun worship. "Pyra" is Greek for fire,
and "Midos" means measure. Pyramid is a combination of the
greek words pyra and midos, which together meant
"light-measures". In other words, the pyramid was the
eternal ascending flame, the spark returning to its maker.
The eternal flame of Prometheus is a recurrent theme within
all the modern revolutions (which by the way were all
created secretly by the occult hierarchy). The Tower of
Babel most likely followed the pattern which the ancient
babylonian cylinders say was used by the Babylonians in
building their temples. Each level was dedicated to one of
the 7 planets, and was built in that color. In other words
the Tower of Babel looked like a rainbow. The lowest was to
Saturn and was black. The next was to Jupiter and was
orange. The next was to Mars and was red. The fourth was the
sun and was yellow. The fifth was Venus and was green. The
sixth was Mercury and was blue, and the top or seventh level
would be white.
Page 49 ...
A good example of color programming and a New Age group
which is involved with Illuminati/govemment mind-control is
Church Universal & Triumphant. In the Covert Action
Information Bulletin, No. 30, Summer, 1988, Church Universal
& Triumphant was exposed as a conduit of CIA funds. Another
clue as to how CUT connects in is that Elizabeth Clare
Prophet, CUT’s prophetess, speaks in Masonic emples. E.C.
Prophet claims she is Marie Antoinette. (One of the first
Illuminati programs that this author ran into when working
with programmed multiples was Marie Antoinette programming.)
Another obvious CIA asset (who is not part of CUT) has been
directing implant victims to go to CUT and solve their
implant problem by seeking the "I AM force" within them.
(The I AM is a system programmed into slaves.) Initiates
into CUT have received a letter, "Keeper of the Flame: the
need for harmony and love between all the master’s servants
united in a common effort cannot be overemphasized. Working
and serving together, we form a mandala of light through
which the masters of the Great White Brotherhood will awaken
humanity." (Quote from a letter by CUT Chairman of the
Outreach Committee Michael Veys to CUT’s Fraternity of the
Keepers of the Flame, c. 1980.) Elizabeth Claire Prophet’s
"Fraternity of Keepers of the Flame" as she calls her
initiates learn such things as astrology, crystals, white
magic, color magic, Hinduism (reincarnation, karma,
meditation, chakra points), how to decree, how to dress (for
instance what color to where at what time), and how to
become divine at Summit University.
Elizabeth Clare Prophet (that’s the name she wanted)
established Summit University, and CUT’s headquarters in
Colorado Springs, a house in Santa Barbara, and an
underground fortress for the end times in a valley in
Montana. Details about Elizabeth Clare Prophet and her
organization are hard to come by. If a person gets serious
about being part of her organization, they are expected to
make a once in a life-time gift of everything they have to
the CUT and its head Elizabeth Clare Prophet. (Sources:
Notes, Summit University Student and Confidential
Interview.) After that they are expected to tithe
(one-tenth). Church Universal and Triumphant Tenets,
Colorado Springs, CO: 1975, p.12 under Art. XII Law of the
Tithe. In return, they are initiated into what I call "the
supreme Grand Flattery", "You shall become an enlightened
God." One of the programming tricks by the Mind-control
programmers is to have some of the alters, incl. front
alters believe that they are divine gods. Although members
are told they are divine, when people on E.C. Prophet’s
staff got revelations from the Ascended Masters that she
channels, she threatened to expel them if they talked about
their revelations. E.C. Prophet does not want any one else
to prophecy in her organization. CUT makes their
mind-controlled slaves think that they are too smart and
intuitive to ever be deceived. In this way, they use New Age
ideas and the person’s pride to blind them to the fact the
person is a mind-controlled slave who is fooled much of the
time. When students are invited onto staff it is a
commitment. They are told, "Your life will never be your own
again, but was it ever your own?" They have already been
taught "Ascension Keys". Elizabeth Clare Prophet tells her
students that to Ascend to Godhead is their birthright, the
divine right of every person. (see Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X,
No. 23, June 4, 1967, The Summit Lighthouse, p. 41 -"...has
robbed men of the birthright of their Ascension...") This
matches what the Illuminati teach their people. See also
Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. X, No. 19, (May 7, 1967), The Summit
Lighthouse, p. 24 - "The Divine Right is the Immortal
Plan...Inherent pattern of unique Christ manifestation..."
In the Ascension Dossier of Serapis Bey
Page 50 ...
initiates are told "The capacity of the externalized self
must be given in toto." Also-"You must abandon your past to
God." In Lanello’s Message(a channeled message), 4/20/73 the
students are told, "You do not have to wait for the carnal
mind to evolve, for the carnal mind will never evolve. It
must be put off and cast into the Flame." (See Lanello
4/20/73 in the Pearls of Wisdom, Vol. 16, #32, 8/12/1973.)
After emptying themselves of all their past and of what
they knew, the initiates are then restructured by CUT. In
Serapis, Ascension Class they are told, "The Ascension Flame
is the Flame of Mother."
SPECIAL COLORS
It can’t be overemphasized that Green is the highest
color in Satanism--it is Satan’s color. It is not by
accident that green has been used in uniforms, although the
decision also was dictated by its advantage in camouflage.
In the Omega computer programming a CODE GREEN for many
victims means "self-destruct", the ultimate sacrifice for
one’s satanic programming. Interviews with witches, as well
as a person in witchcraft who the Masons tried to recruit,
and an ex-member of CUT, and an ex-member of similar New Age
group called the I AM movement reveals that they all wear
special colors of clothes on certain days. Due to the large
influx of new converts, it has been difficult for CUT to
keep up the teachings on wearing different colored clothing
during different times of the day, and for different days.
Newer converts may be unaware of this teaching. The colors
of purple and white are especially esteemed. The magical
properties that Masons & New Agers believe are intrinsic to
purple is why the 33rd degree has written books using
purple, and several New Agers have published books on purple
paper. The programmers also manipulate such things so that
child alters believe that color "magic" has accomplished
things.
HEALING BY CORRECT VIBRATIONS & RAYS
Masonic Sources match CUT teachings-
· "The second method of healing was by vibration. The
inharmonies of the bodies were neutralized by chanting
spells and intoning the sacred names or by playing upon
musical instruments and singing. Sometimes articles of
various colors were exposed to the sight of the sick, for
the ancients recognized, at least in part, the principle of
color therapeutics, now in the process of rediscovery."
Masonic Hermetic Qabbalistic & Rosicrucian Symbolical
Philosophy, p. CXI
· "50. "The force of the obligation is therefore in the
obligation and not in the reason. As a matter of fact, the
real reason is scientific to the last analysis; scientific
to a degree beyond the penetration, up to the present time,
of the ‘radiant matter’ of the Roentgen Ray of Modern
Science. The Word concerns the science of rhythmic
vibrations, and is the key to the equilibrium of all forces
and to the harmony of Eternal Nature." Ancient Mystic
Oriental Masonry, p.48.
USING HYPNOSIS TO HEAL THE SLAVE AFTER ABUSE.
Sometimes the handlers "TRADE DOWN" the symptoms that
result from abuse so that the slave will heal quicker,
others attempt to remove the symptoms immediately. For
burns, the hypnotist can suggest cooling. For other
injuries, suggestions for warmth are applied. For bleeding
suggestions for stopping blood flow are used.
REINFORCING THE PROGRAMMING WITH A DECOGNITION PROCESS
The programmer has gotten the results that he wants via
drugs, torture, hypnosis, and deception. Now he must build
in back-ups to insure the programming holds up.
The decognition process has 3 steps.
Page 51 ...
Step 1 is to program the slave to get inadequate sleep,
eat poorly, and work hard. It is called REDUCTION OF
ALERTNESS.
Step 2 is to create confusion in the mind via programmed
confusion using a series of alters. The person may go into
revolving from one alter to another, or may have alters
coming and going with conflicting messages so that the
person remains in a PROGRAMMED CONFUSED STATE. In military
"training" conflicting orders would be rapidly issued to
confuse the mind.
Step 3 is to cause the mind to have something simple to
focus on so that it goes into a FLAT STATE. In the military,
this author became aware that the beat of the drum and
marching would shift the mind to a flat state. For centuries
the military have known that they could shut off the
critical thinking of the mind and put their soldiers into a
flat, non-thinking state by training them to the beat of the
drum and the sound of marching feet. Now you know why those
British Red-coats marched so non-thinking into the barrels
of American guns in battles such as New Orleans and Bunker
Hill. The mind feels good to shift into this simple flat
state. The brain quits thinking and withdraws into a state
that it quits thinking except for what the controllers want
it to think. This is why marching has been so important in
military training. Chanting and singing will also move the
mind into this flat state, which is why the French Foreign
Legion requires its men -to sing sing sing. When this author
lived in the Indian subcontinent, I saw Hindu holy men who
had meditated in a flat alpha state so long their brains no
longer functioned in anything but a flat state. This
non-thinking flat state is believed by Hindus to be nirvana,
but God didn’t give us minds to throw away and waste, but to
use. He gave us independent thoughts so that we could show
our love for Him by choosing to love Him. God didn’t want
brainwashed followers, which is what some of the churches
think God is calling for. The programmers can induce a mood
or state of mind hypnotically which will make retrieval of
something learned dependent upon going into that particular
mood or state.
And THE BEAT GOES ON...
It is clear that some of the psychologists have NOT got
wind that the mind-control is being exposed. The American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis had a recent article (10/1996,
p. 105-114) promoting the use of the Wizard of Oz metaphor
in hypnosis with "treatment-resistent" children. For a
therapist/hypnotist to hypnotically use Wizard of Oz
material on child victims of mind-control will get a
response from them! The authors of the article say that they
use the authoritarian approach to hypnosis (p. 107) for
"treatment-resistent" children. The Wizard of Oz metaphor is
given on page 108 of the article, which boils down to: the
Straw Man, Tin Man, Lion, Dorothy and Toto were surprised at
their success- and that they already had brains, a heart, &
courage.
HYPNOTIC CODES, CUES AND TRIGGERS
This chapter will provide some more of the hypnotic
codes, cues, triggers or whatever one wants to call these
words, noises, and sensory inputs that manipulate these poor
victims turned into Monarch robots. The reader is encouraged
to refer to Vol. 2 for the principle list of codes. Other
chapters will explain about the structures these codes go
to, and also the spiritual dimensions of these codes and
structures. Another way to see things is to recognize that
the programmers have created "power words" to which they
have attached memory and programming. If a de-programmer
observes closely the word usage of the victim, you will
begin to spot power words of the abuser, for instance,
"follow the yellow brick road". Unfortunately, people who
are not initiated into the arcane world of handshakes,
Page 52 ...
grips, codes, signals and cues allow the appearance of
these things to be interpreted from their own frame of
reference. Usually, because these events are not perceived
as being significant, outsiders forget them immediately and
therefore remain oblivious to some of the most overt clues.
Once the reader is aware of the types of programming themes
used: the Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland, and Star Wars
and Star Trek, etc., he will begin to realize our entire
American culture has been transformed into one big
mind-control programming center during the second half of
the twentieth century! Unfortunately for the victim,
apparently harmless little things, for instance, the arrival
of flowers to their hospital bedside, a dead bird on their
doorstep, or the words "NEW BEGINNINGS" and "NEW LIFE" may
signify programming commands. One Illuminati slave in this
area has started a large church called NEW BEGINNINGS. The
name was not by accident. A cipher is when symbols are used
to represent letters. One can use letter frequencies to
break ciphers. There are charts for letter frequencies for
the chief languages. Likewise, there are frequencies to
codewords. The Illuminati’s intelligence agencies have
programmed thousands upon thousands of slaves. There are
only so many code words to pick from and some of these code
words are favorites. In the previous book many of their
favorite code words were listed, but words starting with
A’s, B’s, T’s, U’s, V’s, ‘W’s, X’s, and Y’s, were not given
and will be now. (A plus sign indicates other words are
attached to the root word.) From the co-author Fritz
Springmeier’s experience, the following is a continuation of
favorite code words that have been used to program slaves
with:
AARON, ABBY, ABIGAIL, ABLE, ABNER, ABRAHAM, ACACIA. ACE,
ADAM, ADELPHI, AGATE, AIR +, ALABASTER, ALADIN, ALBERT, ALFA
or ALPHA. ALICE, ALLEY CAT, ALLIGATOR, AMOS, AMY, ANGEL,
ANNA, ANTHONY, APACHE, APOLLO, APOSTLE, APPLE +, ARCHER,
ARGUS, ARK, ARROW, ASK +, ASTER, ATHANTIS, ATLAS, AUDREY,
AURORA. AUTUMN +, AZTEC, B +, BABE, BABY, BACK ROOM, BACK
BONE, BAD, BAKER, BALD, BAMBI, BANANA, BANJO, BANKNOTE,
BARBARA. BARK, BARON, BEACH +, BEAST, BECKY, BEE HIVE,
BEETHOVEN, BELSHAZZER, BERMUDA, BERTHA, BETA, BETSY, BETTY,
BEULAH, BEWITCH, BICYCLE, BIG BROTHER, BINGO, BIRD DOG,
BIRTHDAY, BLACK, BLACK +, BLACK
SHEEP, BLACK WIDOW, BLANCA, BLONDIE, BLOODHOUND, BLOODY
+, BLUE +, BOA. BOB CAT, BOMBAY, BONANZA. BOODLE, BORAX,
BOXCAR, BRASS +, BRIDGET, BROOMSTICK, BUCCANEER, BUICK,
BULL, BULLDOG, BULLFROG, BUMBLEBEE, BUNNY, BUTTERCUP,
BUZZARD, BYRON, T-BIRD, TADPOLE, TALISMAN, TAN, TANGO,
TANYA, TARA, TARZAN, TEACUP, TEARDROP, TEEPEE, TERRIER,
TERRY, TESTAMENT, THOR, THREE SISTERS, THUNDER, THUNDERBOLT,
THUNDERCLAP, THUNDERFLASH, THUNDERSTORM, TIAMET, TIGER,
TILLIE, TITAN, TOM CAT, TONI or TONY, TOPAZE, TOPSOIL,
TORNADO, TOTENKOPF, TRINITY, TURTLE, UGLY, ULYSSES,
UMBRELLA, UNCLE +, UNDERDOG, UNICORN, UNIFORM, URSULA,
VAGABOND, VAMPIRE, VANCOUVER, VARSITY, VELVET, VENUS,
VERONICA, VICKY, VICTOR, VIKING, VIOLA, VIOLET, VIPER,
VIRGINIA VOODOO, VULCAN, VULTURE, WAGON WHEEL, WALDORF,
WALLFLOWER, WANDA. WARRIOR, WASP, WATCHDOG, WEASEL,
WHISKEY, WHITE +, WIDOW, WILD CAT, WILLOW, WINNIE, WINTER +,
WIZARD, WOLF,
WOLF +, WYOMING, X-FORCE, X-RAY, XYZ, YANKEE, YANKEE
DOODLE, YELLOW, YOGI, & YO YO.
Page 53 ...
The intelligence organizations prefer to code a single
project with a single word, and an ongoing operation with
two words. A nickname of something will consist of two
words. The reader needs to bear several things in mind.
First, the programmers generally have intelligent, well
sounding codes, that do form patterns. For instance, a
woman’s name from the Bible will be used as a code, with
subparts or subcodes having other female names from the
Bible. Deeper Illuminati parts will have goddess & god
names, and king & queen names for cult alters. These are the
names the handler or cult uses--NOT their access codes. The
codes for slaves follow patterns. There are standard and
unique codes. During the 1940’s through the 1960’s there
were only perhaps a dozen American master programmers
travelling around. (After that the number of programmers
appears to get quite large.) The master programmers would
lay in the foundational programs and codes. They developed
the scripts. The codes and systems used from system to
system do follow patterns. The child’s creativity & their
purpose in life would contribute to the uniqueness of the
programming. Each child visualizes differently and the
programmer works with the child’s mind. The master
Illuminati programmer would allow the handler--the "Daddy"
figure in life to have the day-to-day ownership. The Daddy
figure, often the actual pedophile father of the child
victim, would be allowed to put in his own codes in the
sexual part of the system. Some Daddy figures used their own
songs, their own poetry and their own interests in this area
of the coding. In other words, most of the system’s codes
will reflect the master programmer (such as Dr. Mengele),
and the sexual part of the system will reflect the "Daddy"
figure’s programming. The standard method for many of the
memory and alter codes is to use a combination of the date
of the child’s birth along with the date of the trauma for
part of the code. A color will then be attached to this, to
produce a color-alpha-numeric code combination. These are
placed into the internal computers. The standard computer
codes were given in Vol. 2. They can be used to temporarily
stop programming to give a victim some respite and a chance
to regroup. The programmers did not especially care if the
front part of a system is discovered and although they hide
the anarchy (coven level) witchcraft alters, they don’t hide
them like they do the hierarchy alters. The coven alters
have simplistic codes. The hierarchy alters which are placed
in another area of the system and much deeper, receive a
great deal of cabalistic codes and mathematical codes. You
will not find the mathematical codes in the front part of a
system. The internal programming alters have the power to
change codes if they need to protect the programming. They
will have to hypnotically work with alters when they trance
out at night. In other words, most of their programming of
front alters will be done when a system lies down for
"sleep"--more accurately described as lies down "for
trance." If the internal alters change many codes, in their
efforts to protect the system, they will even make it
difficult for the handler/programmer to get into the system.
The science of Ciphers developed rotors that require lines
to line up. Some simple schemes using this principle appear
in some Monarch systems. This is part of the science of
structuring. Intelligence codes often come from the Bible or
popular fiction books. The deeper codes are occult words,
often in foreign languages such as Arabic, which is an
important language in the upper occult world. Slaves will be
given COVER NAMES for ops, and often males receive female
names and vice versa. The patterns used in programming
slaves will represent the world view of the programmer. If
the interests of the
Page 54 ...
programmer are known, that will be a major clue to the
codes they like to install. For this reason, it would be
worthwhile to review the access clearance codes that are
used for external security of some agencies, because these
same types of clearance codes may be found in
mind-controlled slaves. A BIGOT list is a list of names of
those who have clearance to a particular set of information.
Within a slave there would be numerous BIGOT lists, because
persons (personalities) are compartmentalized somewhat like
the CIA and the Puzzle Palace (NSA). Agency Codes for
clearances include B, C3, K, L, M, N, 0, T, COSMIC, MAJIC
(MJ), SI, SCI, and Staff D. (As this author has only
examined these secret societies from the outside, some
insiders may know of other clearances. In other words, it
would be foolish to think that this clearance code list is
comprehensive, but it has hit upon the major clearances.)
The exercise in judging whether a person can have access to
compartmentalized information is called ADJUDICATION. A
group of persons (agents) working under one handler is
called a NET. The FBI which also uses mind-controlled slaves
likes to call its groups NETS. FUNNY NAME is intelligence
slang for a pseudonym. GRANNY is a CIA asset used in the US
which is not under their direct funding. The American
military-intelligence groups publish a periodical called
JANAP 299 which lists the cover names (code names) for many
of the ongoing projects, groups, or installations. There are
other code books too. C can stand for Controller or Control,
which means the person(s) handling a mind-controlled slave.
A person, who is neither a controller, nor a slave, nor
asset, but who consciously advances the desires of the
controller is called a TRUSTED CONTACT. Sexual slaves would
not be expected to respond to such a term, but a middle
level slave/agent of an intelligence agency might be
familiar with this type of intelligence jargon. The BIRD was
a name for Fort Holabird, MD where intelligence operatives
were trained as well as subjected to mind-control. DIA used
the code name EMERALD for drug-trafficking. Boy, does this
code word have a double meaning. Since the DIA, which is
playing both sides, also is involved with drug smuggling &
using Monarch slaves heavily coded with EMERALD type coding.
Very shortly, we will provide more of the Monarch hypnotic
cues (codes) for the multitude of functions that a Monarch’s
mind must carry out. These cues are reinforced as a
conditioned response by the programmer. In other words the
response becomes so well trained that it becomes automatic.
The type of programming which is placed in a slave varies.
Remember, for intelligence operations the slave will have to
have BONA FIDES, which are codes to allow two people to
meet. All slaves are given CONTROL SIGNS which allow them to
indicate via a code that they are in trouble. A RECOGNITION
signal allows two people to make contact. For instance, the
handler might fly his distinctive sounding plane over a
slave’s house in a pre-arranged signal. It might also be a
particular colored scarf, and a particular set of phrases. A
GO-AWAY code is a prearranged signal that means it is unwise
to make contact. The go-away signal may be simply placing
one’s hands in one’s pocket or turning the porch lights off.
A "GO TO GROUND" signal means to go into hiding. A BLACK
ENVELOPE, which is in actuality a black-colored envelope,
has been used by intelligence to hold the real name of an
agent being used. In the case of multiples, a chief of a
station might have a BLACK ENVELOPE with the actual name of
a mind-controlled agent being used in his field of
operations. A MAYDAY BOOK exists for Illuminati and
Intelligence slaves which allows them to call if they are
about to be arrested. A telephone number is left open for
just this
Page 55 ...
purpose. Also common universal Illuminati codes can be
used by the slave to get set free from police and judges.
BACKSTOPPING is an intelligence term for setting up proof to
support the cover stories the intelligence agencies give
their agents and assets. Some of the programmed multiples
they use, need BACKSTOPPING. Within the Jehovah’s Witnesses,
especially their headquarters, the Illuminati uses Enochian
language to program with. With Druidic branches Druidic
symbols are used. With the Jewish groups, Hebrew is used.
Other languages are also used. An Illuminati System can
easily have 6 different languages used as programming codes.
The foreign language codes will be for small parts of a
system only. Special artificial languages are also employed,
as well as sign language. The Illuminati employs signs which
they teach some of their slaves with pick-up sticks. This
system of secret symbols is a series of crosses and
horizontal & vertical marks. These marks can be drawn on
anything, and consist of up to 7 lines. They are believed to
be used in regards to ritual dates/ceremonies. These secret
signs resemble similar secret symbols used by the Romany
tribe of Gypsies. The masters of mind-controlled slaves also
use a technique where one signal or code will carry several
messages simultaneously. This is called MULTIPLEXING. We are
all aware of the phenomena of how the brain can selectively
hear. The brain can select certain sounds to pay attention
to, such as when a person is in a noisy room listening to
someone, or a football player is trying to hear the
quarterback’s calls, likewise certain alters hear certain
codes/cues/triggers while others don’t. The internal
programmers and reporting alters may internally hypnotically
make telephone noises that are fake, so that host alters
loose the ability to discern what is real and not real, so
that they don’t pay close attention to access calls. This
ability of the brain is manipulated in MULTIPLEXING.
MONARCH MIND-CONTROL CODES
contents:
A. ALPHA (basic) ... p. 55
B. BETA (sexual) ... 56
C. CHI (return to cult) ... 56
D. DELTA (assassination) ... 56
E. EPSILON (animal alters) ... 57
F. OMEGA (internal computers) ... 57
G. GAMMA (demonology) ... 57
H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS ... 57
I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times) ... 58
J. OMICRON ... 58
K. TWINNING (teams) ... 58
L. THETA (psychic warfare) ... 58
M. RHYMES, SONGS, TONES, etc ... 59
N. ZETA (snuff films) ... 60
0. Sample codes ... 61
P. Catholic programming ... 62
Q. MENSA programming ... 62
R. HAND SIGNALS ... 62
S. Scriptures in programming ... 63
U. Alien Programming ... 63
A. ALPHA (basic)
· Basic Commands. (These basic commands are also found
used in many slaves, although there will be exceptions to
everything.) Many of the basic structures/codes will be put
in using a sensory deprivation tank and LSD. For the most
foundational levels of a system, the programmers may use the
Hebrew letters associated with the attributes of God and the
angel names. This can also be worked into English, as there
is a cabalistic equivalent in the letters B through K for
the Hebrew letters associated with God’s names used in magic
to conjure angels. In the basic Alpha structuring,
Illuminati slaves will have stars as power sources, and the
ditty Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star will pertain to this
programming. The Hansel & Gretal story is used for obedience
programming.
Page 56 ...
Another story line that is used in programming is the
Cassandra and Apollo myth. Common access triggers are "HELLO
PRINCESS’, 3 knocks, flashes of light, tones, and sequences
of blank phone calls.
If the slave leaves their answering machine on, a
recording may be left "IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A PHONE
CALL PLEASE HANG UP & TRY YOUR 911" accompanied by a
beep-beep-beep. This activates a program within the slave to
call a prearranged phone number for further instructions.
B. BETA (sexual)
· SEXUAL ALTERS---most of the following codes are for
deep sexual alters. In Illuminati Systems these are called
Beta alters, in CIA systems they create Beta models whose
primary function is to provide sex, usually perverted sex
and S&M for the perverts who run our secret government and
visible government. BETA models are those who are primary
job is sexual, such as service as a Presidential Model (sex
slave for a President). These System models may be numbered
BETA 1, BETA 2...BETA 601, etc. Sexual programming for
espionage and seduction, such as is done at Disneyland, may
well involve the use of hundreds of dolls, such as
Wonderwoman, Genie, Barbie type dolls. The names/codes would
tie in with these dolls.
TIME CLOCK programming is placed in to cover the time
that the sexual alters were on a mission, so that they can
switch back to the - front and nothing be remembered.
Colors attached to sequences of numbers have been used
for some of the Beta programming. For other sexual
operatives, the intelligence agencies trigger them via
specific sequences of chess moves.
Betty Boop programming is used sexually. Betty Boop was a
1930’s cartoon character who was an attractive "vivacious
vamp". She was described in one cartoon as the "kitty from
Kansas City." She had cartoons about Gigolos, Bimbos, Little
Red Riding Hood, Mother Goose rhymes which were used as
programming themes. Plays on words such as "CHESS-NUT" were
used in the cartoons.
C. CHI (return to cult)
Chi programming uses a lot of idiosyncratic phrases, and
little ditties. Some of the nursery rhymes listed in the
song section will be Chi programming. Some of the Chi
programming has been listed in the Alpha programming section
of Vol. 2.
p_solemetric.jpg
The number of hang-up calls may serve as a code, incl.
when the hang-up calls happen.
D. DELTA (assassination)
· Delta alters --are activated to kill by the following
three things: seeing specific clothing, items held in a
persons hand, and particular words. Since these items would
specific for a particular murder there is no particular
specifics that can be given.
Page 57 ...
It is thought by some people that the following TV ad may
have been used to trigger Hinkley when it was time for
Hinkley to attack President Ronald Reagan.
p_hero.jpg
One man who was programmed as an Delta-type assassin by
the NSA in the NJ region, was programmed to be activated for
assassination mission via the David Letterman program,
Clinton’s speeches such as his speech touching on the
baseball strike with "little kid" wording, and by several
movie stars (Arnold Schwartzenegger, Slyvester Stallone,
etc.). I Dream of Jeannie programming is used for
assassination, as well as at the CIA’s Farm the song Old
McDonald’s Farm is used with programming done to CIA
assassins. Distinctive jewelry & clothes. Emerald ear rings
used as a signal to others that a message was being carried.
Emeralds mean drugs, rubies mean prostitution, diamonds
(rhinestones) presidential model work. Red, White & Blue
worn sometimes by presidential models.
E. EPSILON (animal alters)
F. OMEGA (internal computers)
The Omega programming works along with an Executive
Control Board (or Grand Druid Council) and Internal
programmers. The Executive Control Board is associated with
both numbers of the clock, and precious gems and metals such
as "9 O’CLOCK GOLD".
For G. Gamma programming see Cisco’s section on
"Programming, Foundations’s
H. HYPNOTIC INDUCTIONS
NICRO NECTRUM NECTO--take one back to one’s "true time
period". When the child victim is hypnotically inducted by
counting numbers during programming by a Doctor and a
Mother-of-Darkness, these two will reassuring they child
that things are O.K. and sweet talking to the child as it is
inducted.
Page 58 ...
I. JANUS-ALEX CALL BACKS (end-times)
END-TIME ACTIVATION CODES
Most slaves have end-time programming. The programming to
activate a slave’s end-time programming often runs pages
upon pages of coded messages. A number of Monarch slaves
have been de-programmed enough that they began accessing and
spewing out pages and pages of these activation codes. In
the end times, there appears to be a great deal of color
coding for operations. Many of the people who are taking
part in the end times events are not American. For instance,
the different lists of people to round up are categorized by
color. The Red list in America are anti-NWO opposition
leaders to be executed approx. 2 weeks before martial law.
The blue list are anti-NWO order people who will be
programmed or killed in the process. The yellow list is
people to be rounded up for reeducation camps after martial
law. Other countries apparently have different color codes.
The red & blue lists have been distributed, & are
periodically updated. The blue routes have already been
marked by blue patches of color to guide those transporting
prisoners when martial law is declared in the U.S. Within
Monarch slaves, some of them apparently have an internal
crystal/and or rocks that are programmed to explode at a
certain point in time--thus releasing the victim’s end time
programming. The internal crystal (mental image) contains at
least the four basic colors, red, green, blue, purple. One
sample of part of end time programming was given in the
previous Vol. 2 book. Still another example is as follows:
BB 243-ABCD-XXZ² (blue ray)
CC-458 ABCD-42T (red ray)
CD-379 ABCD-H1² (yellow ray)
CE-211 -ABCD-JKL (green ray)
CF-531-ABCD-ZZU (purple ray)
TMFT.47 ZONES 7-12
17876747270 OCEAN SIDE
PORT 18,22,34,41 CONTACT
YELLOW RAY SHOVE 79230 A2
TO RIGHT SIDE DAGGER HANGS
LOW ON PART SIDE FISH
SCHOOL CLOSED ROOM 37-56
RAILS EXIT END
17876747270 COL. BLACK PATCH
TO MALL 76747270 THIEF
AZT FMT BZT CET
11,4,6,9,32,101, 70
YELLOW FLAGS AT HALF MAST
YELLOW DOG ON RUN
BLUE FISH AT HOME
[This program is related to a slave contacting
other slaves in some end time operation.]
A team leader will have a down line of around 4
people--which are coded red ray, yellow ray, green ray, blue
ray. When the activation code hits a slave team leader
during the end times, they will in turn activate their
people, who in turn will have people who are team leaders
and have a down line. At least two false callback alarms
will be sounded (tested) before the real one.
J.>> Omicron programming—relates to programming of slaves
for the Combination (between Intelligence- the Mafia and
Government.)
K. TWINNING (teams)
L. THETA (Psychic warfare)
The following is only speculatory, but worth taking note
of. This author believes that some of the Theta models got
chess programming. Within the system of Enochian magic is
the magical system of Enochian Chess. The Golden Dawn has
been identified as one of the groups carrying out mind-
Page 59 ...
control. Some Golden Dawn leaders have recently put out a
reference book Enochian Chess of the Golden Dawn by Chris
Zalewski (St. Paul: Llewellyn Pub, 1994). Enochian chess is
played with four players, on a chess board that is divided
up into four squares, one for each of the magical
watchtowers of air, water, earth, and fire. It has only been
since 1992 that researchers within the Golden Dawn
(specifically the New Zealand branch which is called the
Emerald of the Sea) reinvented a set of rules to play
enochian chess. The moves for Enochian chess may have been
used in recent years as a programming script. Since only a
few people have mastered the game, and since the game is
more than a game, it is magic, it would stand to reason that
the temptation would be there to use it as a programming
script if the programmer knew the game.
M. SONGS & NURSERY RHYMES
· What follow is a list of Nursery Rhymes Used As
Triggers, & Songs which have Monarch programming meanings &,
such as access parts, or soliciting a behavior or thinking.
NURSERY RHYMES
The Illuminati create imaginary worlds for many of the
deeper alters to live in. They keep these alters living in
such unreality and nonsense that deeper alters have a
difficult time separating their subjective programmed
reality from the objective reality of the outside world,
which doesn’t understand them. Nursery rhymes function well
for programming in messages. Often these nursery rhymes are
distorted slightly to serve their programming purpose. Some
of the programming distortions and uses of these nursery
rhymes are provided below. Major corporations and
advertising groups working for the Network place nursery
rhymes into their television ads. These nursery rhymes are
constructed in the ad to activate on certain slaves which
usually are sleepers. Some were given in Vol. 2, here are
some additional nursery rhymes beyond those listed in Vol.
2:
A Tisket A Tasket
Baa, Baa, Black Sheep (used for money laundering scripts,
and drug money, drug carrying scripts)
Bye, Baby Bunting (used with actual rituals where the
slave child is placed within a skin, cocoon programming with
a butterfly coming forth etc.)
Diddle, Diddle Dumpling
Ding, Dong Bell (Dr. Mengele liked to use this--message:
don’t disturb the mouse that runs the internal system
clock.)
Fa Fe Fi Fo Fum (Movement within the system’s bean
sprouts in the system, and also a death threat.)
Farmer in the Dell, The (Used by the CIA for a serious
program)
Georgy Porgy
Gingerbread Man
Hey! Diddle Diddle! (used for astral projection
programming)
Hot-Cross Buns!
Humpty Dumpty (used for shattering the mind programming)
I’m a Gold Lock (used to instill cover programming to
hide the truth)
I Love Little Pussy (kitten programming)
Jack, Be Nimble
Jack and Jill
Jack Sprat (possibly cannibalism programming)
Little 80-Beep (come home to Papa programming)
London Bridge (This was used at the Presideo and other
sites for learning the chants, and the spells. At the
Presideo it was used with barber pole programming. They all
fall into a stupor at the end.)
North Wind, The
Queen of Hearts, The (swearing an obedience oath
programming)
Rub-a-Dub-Dub (refers to the 3 internal programmers)
Page 60 ...
There was an Owl
Three Blind Mice
Three Little Kittens
It should be pointed out that the mind-control
programmers have long ago discovered the power of a rhyme in
the mind. Rhymes have a hypnotic quality to them. An example
of how rhyming was used by internal programming alters to
reprogram an alter wanting free is given in Daniel M.
Traver’s book (Phd dissertation) Dissociative Disorders and
Mind Control. Wichita, KS: Daniel Traver, 1996, p. 52,
"What the hell man/ you can’t stand! a winter worse yet/
you’ll cry and you’ll die/ as we place the mind-set/ you
won’t know what to do now/ you’ll hear every rhyme/ and
you’re cravings will be as an addict in crime...." This
rhymed program would accomplish its goal of wearing down the
alter and bringing that alter into line.
SONGS
Yankee Doodle (used for sexual obedience programming
"mind the step" and the word "girls" was changed to "boys"
to make "and with the boys be handy". "Yankee Doodle keep it
up" was ref ramed to mean "slave yank yankee doodle (the
penis) sexually up." MTV is blatantly using programming
rock-and-roll songs. Aleister Crowley is featured in some of
these. Maiden (a satanic rock and roll band) blatantly
places the words "POWER SLAVE" on one of their CD covers
along with snakes and an enlightening pyramid. Anton LaVey
has had an MTV song video shown, where he sings in detail
how he is going to make the listener into a sex-slave, etc.
etc. Some of this is blatantly mind-control in the open, it
is so open it is dismissed by many of the public.
TONES & CORDS
In the Vol. 2 book, it was written about how telephone
tones are used for codes. These type of codes tie in with
the computer and the lower levels, such as the dungeon. You
will find that access to items has been encoded by using the
telephone tones to spell them backwards. For instance, if we
were to take castle, find the numbers that correspond to
C=1, A=1, S=8, etc. on the telephone, and then put those
tones out backward. But to make this code unbreakable the
programmers will add something like some piano
cords--something that can still be played out via the tones.
To make it further unbreakable the programmers will have a
code (such as a combination of cards) assigned to that level
which also must be toned in. An example of this in its
totality would be 14 tones + 3 cords to open up a person’s
dungeon (hell pit the lowest level). In other words, such an
access would take the programmer from a distance about 11/2
mm. to open up the dungeon, whatever time he needed to work
in it and 1 1/2 mm. to close it down. A 5 mm. phone call
might be sufficient. This gives the programmers the ability
to internationally use telephone tones to access deeper
items within the victim’s mind. And as standard practice the
reversal of the code closes down that part of the mind, and
gets the programmer out.
RINGS, CREDIT CARDS, TOKENS etc.
A ring with a snake swallowing its tail called Ouraboros
signifies rank in the Illuminati. Rings, credit cards,
business cards, tokens and keys are all used as codes,
triggers and signals. For instance, one slave had an old
distinctive skeleton key. In another instance, a slave was
given a token from a particular business as a BONA FIDE. In
another instance, the BONA FIDE was a programmer’s business
card from his notional job. In another instance, a
particular credit card would get the user into particular
parts of the slave’s system.
Page 61 ...
Zeta is the sixth letter, and it’s ancient meaning was a
sacrifice. (These codes are not known by the author.)
O. SAMPLE CODES FOR ALTERS.
As an example of the type of code names (called
operational cryptonyms) used for an intelligence asset one
intelligence asset had the following cryptonyms: AECHALK,
ARINIKA, CHICKADEE, HERO, IRONBARK, RUPEE, & YOGA.
Monarch I.D. code reviewed:
These codes are purely a representative model-not any
particular real system. The overall system code at times
consists of [birthdate + programming site codes + birth
order + number of gener- ations family was in the
Illuminati.] For our hypothetical system Mary we have the
hypothetical overall system code of: 6-13- 51- 14 - 02 - 12.
In order to give the codes for a hypothetical alter system
we will have to explain some things as we go. The
Programmers have for each slave both medical programming
files, and a grey or black binder with the programmed
access, trigger, codes & cues, & structure. A typical
Illuminati system will be a cube (although spheres and
pyramids are also used). The principle alters will be the
"a" alters. A typical section of alters will consist of a 13
x 13 grid of alters. These are alters who live in a world
together and must function together. A 13 x 13 section will
have 13 families of "a" through "in" alters. The "a" alters
will be the primary alters that the Programmers will
interact with. The Programmer may call up an "a" alter and
ask it to go get the "c" alter in its family, rather than
directly asking for it. This initial page of alter codes
will be the primary or "a" alters. If we are dealing with a
13 x 13 x 13 cube of alters, then the initial page has 13
"a" alters of each section. Each of these alters will have
an access code which will often include the following
components: AN ASSIGNED COLOR + AN ALPHA NUMERIC CODE + A
PERSONALIZED MAGICAL NAME. This will equal 1/3 their access
code. These code words must be repeated three times to pull
the alter up. However, if an alter is trained well, and
hears his master’s voice, an alpha-numeric code can pull the
alter up. For many of the alters, the reversal of their
access code puts them back to sleep. This is an important
point, because some alters would be dangerous to leave in
control of the body. The "a" alters are regular alters. Many
of them have been hypnotically age advanced to see
themselves as teenagers or adults. Sometimes "b" and "c"
alters are also aged. The "d" through "in" alters are
generally left as they were split and most of them are
infantile, with little concept of how old they are. The
little ones will be the ones who often remember the
programming very well, and know things about the system. The
top alters will also sometimes receive personal names from
their handler. This is in addition to all their codes. If
the alter is responsive to its master, the personal name
might pull the alter up too. Do all of the alters get
charted? There are several groups of alters which get
charted separate from the rest or don’t get charted at all.
Because of the competition and distrust between the
different programmers, they often place in secret back doors
into the person’s mind that only they know about. Worlds of
secret alters loyal and devoted to the programmer may be
built into the system and not appear on the regular charts.
The core, and some of the primal splits from the core will
not appear on the regular grids. They will be placed on a
separate sheet, and their codes will be in some magical
language. The Illuminati
Page 62 ...
commonly employs 20 magical languages, and Hebrew, Latin
and Greek are also often used for charting the core and its
primal splits. Enochian is a good example of a magical
language used by the Illuminati. Some alters will be created
solely by the slave in order to cope with life. Hour glass
alters have entire sentence access codes. Deaf & blind
alters need their access code signed on their hands by
moving their fingers up and down, etc. End time alters may
have access codes that may entail reading an entire page.
Reporting alters are often small children, that are hidden
in each section, and may require slaps to the face or jabs
with a needle to pull them up. Spinner kittens will be
accessed via their mama cat, who acts like a Madam in a "cat
house". The codes for this was given in the Beta section
codes of Vol.2.
Telephone tones are frequently used to be able to key in
(that is access or trigger) parts of the computer program
matrix. Dominoes also are used for the computer programming.
The dominoes are put in so that the programmers can get a
domino effect, if they want to set off a series of programs.
Dominoes and flashing sequences of lights were used to train
the child to automatically respond to a certain pattern of
dots.
P. Catholic Programming (by Jesuits etc.)
KEYS TO THE KINGDOM = world domination by mind control
In the 1940’s, the Jesuit branch of the Illuminati placed
tatoos onto their mind-controlled slaves. These tatoos
consisted of the sacred heart with a rose & a dagger, & were
generally placed upon the left hand. The Jesuits have
discontinued the practice of tattooing their slaves. Now all
types of people are using this sacred heart tatoo.
The Rite to Remain Silent is a programming trauma which
is a satanic refersal of the Catholic Mass. The VOW OF
SILENCE is a keep quiet program activated by "THE WALLS HAVE
EARS & THE PLANTS HAVE EYES SO YOUR SILENCE IS TANTAMOUNT TO
SUCCESS." It is explained to the victim that the sea shells
& the plants have the ability to hear, and that a sensitive
occultist (programmer) can psychically pick up what the
plants and sea shells hear. "MAINTAIN IT" --is a command to
maintain the Vow of Silence. "MAINTAIN IT & LISTEN."-- a
command to keep silent & listen to a command.
"ENTER INTER INNER DIMENSION TWO" is a standard Jesuit
infinity program (2 is a sacred voodoo no.) Pontifax is a
demon &/or alter placed in Jesuit systems.
BABY BREATH, BLACK ROSE, and WHITE ROSE are
codes/triggers that are all used in Jesuit mind control. The
Baby Breath and the black rose relate to programming having
to do with death. The WHITE ROSE is a trigger to cue a
person to release programming. The black rose is also used
by the Mafia. The black rose was also used by George Bush,
drug kingpin for the Illuminati, on his no. 1 helicopter for
the upholstery pattern.
When the Catholic Priests do the handsignal genuflection
across their chest, this has the second meaning which is a
programming meaning of north, south, east and west.
Q. Mensa Programming (by MENSA)
The MENSA codes are sequences of numbers.
R. HAND SIGNALS
Masons and monastic orders who program are very keen on
hand signals. A very skilled handler can do morse code with
winks and eye rolls.
Rotating the hands around each other and then gesturing
with the hands toward the person with both hands means--"did
you get the signal?"
Page 63 ...
Sign of distress. Arms raised over the head with palms
forward. Then lowing the arms to a bent position with the
hands at head level, and then lowing the hand to chin level,
and then dropping them to the side.
Drawing the right hand across the throat with the thumb
of the hand pointing to the throat. (used in connection with
oaths, such as fidelity to death.)
· Sign of faith. Hand on the heart.
· Sign of plucking out the heart.
· Sign of Reverence.
· Sign of Satan made over solar plexus.
· Sign of touching the crown of the head.
· Sign of two hands pointing to the solar plexus.
· Sign of Preservation. Consists of placing one hand over
the heart, and raising the other to form a right angle at
the elbow, with the hand pointing to heaven.
The movie "Dune" showed male & female Ilium, hierarchy
hand greetings, as well as showing signet rings, which are
indeed often worn on pinky fingers. (The movie also shows
the Karat goddess, how a man becomes a Grand Master by
learning control of the demons, astral projection through
the spheres which are conquered by the Grand Master, &
control of the int. weather, etc.)
S. SCRIPTURES USED IN PROGRAMMING (cont. from Vol. 2.
chap. 10)
· 1 KGS 7:21 --talks about 2 pillars on the outside of
the Temple. The pillars of Joachin and Boaz are important to
Freemasonry and are built in the slaves mind at an
intermediate level. Joachin is a white pillar
of light associated with fire. It is easy to see how this
association could be built by certain traumas. Boaz is the
shadowy pillar of darkness and is also associated with
water. A dark water torture would make
this association. The two pillars represent the two sides
of the Illuminati’s "the Force". Between them is the door to
the Illuminati’s House of God.
· 1 KGS 10:18--description of Solomon’s Temple used to
build the imagery and the lion guards to the internal Temple
programmed into victims.
· 23rd Psalm--used as a cue to signal a ritual time.
· Song of Solomon--Used in the ritual of the Great Rite,
a ritual pertaining to the Middle Earth, where the High
Priest & Priestess join in sexual union as the God & Goddess
creating fertility for the land.
· Ezekiel chap. 1 and chapter 12 are being used for
endtime callback codes.
T. ALIEN PROGRAMMING
· Blue beams of light are used as a hypnotic induction
for slaves who are given the cover story of being abducted
by aliens.
· The All-Seeing Eye is used to represent the planet
Sirius. Sirius is important to the Hermetic magicians, and
some of the programmers are deeply into hermetic magic.
Satan is said to come from Draco or Sirius, esp. the dog
star Canis major. Masonic programming may well have the
"blazing star" portrayed in the programming as a pentagram,
with the name Sirius. Sirius may represent the Master, the
creator of the system in some systems where the programmer
is steeped in Masonic philosophy. A sickle may be involved
with the Garden of Eden story for some victims of this type
of programming, because supposedly the Golden Age ended with
a sickle splitting heaven from earth. The ability of the
handlers signals to the slave in so many mediums makes it
difficult to communication and accessing, to send different
prevent communication and accessing.
Page 64
Program Codes During 1972-1976 for Dr. Green
One mind-controlled slave, using her photographic memory,
managed to sneak into the programming files of her
programmer, who went by the code name Dr. Green. Her
information was included in the book U.S. Government Mind
Control Experiments On Children which was compiled by Jon
Rappoport and presented before a congressional committee &
put on public record. The co-authors recognize some of the
programs. In the late 60’s and early 70’s, all the
programming was revamped. The best programs were identified
and then used. The continual revamping, editing and
modernizing of programs has continued to strengthen the
mind-control. The recovering victim’s name is Chris De
Nicola, b. 7/62. She worked full-time at Disneyland for 7
years (from ’83-’90). Her father Donald Richard Ebner worked
with her major programmer who was Dr. Green. She received
standard Illuminati trauma-based mind-control. In 1970, she
received Radiation Experiments on her neck, throat, & chest.
In 1972, the experiments concentrated on her chest, and in
1975 the radiation tests concentrated on her uterus. She was
programmed in Kansas City Univ., Tucson, AZ, & in the desert
in AZ. During her programming, the assistants were careless
and she was able to sneak into the Programmer’s office and
look at the files with her photographic memory. She was
caught twice in the files, and tortured, but simply used her
ability to nest memories to their disadvantage. Chris was
such a poor programming subject, so much so that finally the
programmer tried to trigger her suicide programs to
activate, but they failed and she managed to survive.
Suicide alters repeatedly tried to kill her body, and they
came very close to killing her. On 3 occasions she had to
have her stomach pumped, and one occasion when the
paramedics found her she’d stopped breathing. She has
survived her suicide programming countless times, praise the
Lord, and provided what she saw with her photographic
memory. The following codes were remembered by Chris without
the aid of hypnosis. Cisco and this author recognize some of
these programs. What Chris saw were the files. Each program
(script) is given a name and then its file has a standard
access code assigned to it. Chris saw the standard access
codes. The standard method for coding a program is to use
the DAY OF BIRTH CODE, THEN THE DAY OF THE TRAUMA that puts
in the program into the slave’s mind, and then the STANDARD
ACCESS CODE. Evidently, Chris got into the file with level D
programs, which means she was looking at programs 4 levels
deep. Comments about the programs are this author’s and
reflect his understanding, and may be subject to correction.
[Spellings are exactly as program names were spelled.]
Program Name Standard Code
Relevance D-1000
Kick-It-Back D-1010
Cross Fire D-1011
Sophis. Electromagnetic Fields D-1012
(D-1012 makes the slave think they have an electrical
field on them. In order to cover their electrical field
tests, that they actually do place on slaves, they have the
ability to confuse the slave, and prevent detection by
activating a programmed abreaction that makes the field seem
real, when it doesn’t exist. This prevents detection.)
Gorilla Warfare D-1013
Retreat D-1 014
Nautical Science D-1015
River Runs Deep D-1016 (D-1016 is a powerful program
which tells the slave that there is no escape, because the
programming runs deep through every fiber of the person.)
Educated Mentality D-1017 (D-1017 is a program to allow
the slave to look intelligent when needed.)
Glass House D-1018
Corporate Extrapulation D-1019
Closing In D-1 020
Frog Man D-2000
Catastrophic Indifferences D-2020
Quality Control D-2030
Protocol Virus D-2040
Operation 2000 D-2050 (This relates to Project 2000,
which is end time programming.)
Pro-Life-Go D-2060
Conspiracy Action D-2070
Verified Suggestion D-2080
Finish Line Protocol D-2080
Fraternity Leads D-2090
Rotten Egg D-3000
Kaiser Confrontation D-3010
Co-Op Protocol D-4701
Forensic Criterion D-4702
Mediator Response D-4703
Mentor Divisible D-4704
Biopsy Synchroization D-4705 [This is a very harsh
program.]
OSH-AMP-RIE D-5000
D.O.A. D-6000
Laser Documentation D-7000
Freak Out [just what it sounds like] D-7010
-[From here on I will select specific programs, and will
not review the
entire list of programs that she saw the files for.]
Foolish Games D-7060
Periodic Mind Lapse [a forget code] D-7080
Creepy Crawlers D-8040
Shock Permanence [to shock oneself] D-9000
One-For-All D-95452
[punish all for 1 alter’s misbehavior]
Counter-Transference DIA-5001
Border-Line-Schizophrenic DIA-5009
[If the slave misbehaves, they can be triggered to act
schizophrenic
& get themselves incarcerated into a mental hospital for
prgrmmg.]
Lens-Reverse-Angle DIA-5011
Canary-Sings DIA-5015
[reporting alters tattle-tale or an alter sings a
script.]
Suicidal Mission [just as it sounds] DIA-5017
Mission Completed [go to "sleep" prgm] DIA-5018
Train-Wreck-Perception DIA-5021
Starvation Tactics [starvation prgm] DIA-5022
Bare-Metric Pressure Process DIA-5023
Fundamental Theology [rel. cover prgm] DIA-5025
Project 2000 412-2000
[This is end-time programming. The word project followed
by a number usually refers to the date the project must be
completed. Standard methodology for coding then would be
that on 4/12/2000
this end-time programming must be completed.] -codes not
remembered for these programs which she saw in files-
Candy [candyland programming]
False Memory Syndrome [even in c. 1973 they were setting
up the False Memory Syndrome campaign to take down their
opposition.]
Forced Brain Wave Activity
Frenzied State [just as it sounds]
Call-Of-Wild [survival techniques]
Hocus Pocus [magic programming]
Mass [cath. mass programming]
Phoe-net-ical Difficulties [obvious]
Self Mutilation [obvious]
Van-der-built [related to Vanderbilts III. family]
Warped-Speed-9 [Star Trek programming]
-(Her med. file no.s of radiation lab experiments are
given chptr. 8)-
p_levels.jpg
A programmed multiple can work at several different
levels of participation.
The Illuminati.
This is the secret hierarchy level. It is secret by
virtue of almost all (if not all) its members being
programmed multiples from elite powerful bloodlines- This is
hardcore generational Satanism that believes in a Gnostic
Lucifer/an doctrine, hence, they may be called your elite
Luciferians.
The Network.
This level of activity is secret by virtue of its secret
ties. It includes the anarchy level of the Illuminati, the
various criminal syndicates, the music industry, the various
fraternities, new age institutions and people in power all
over the globe. It is held together by fear, blackmail, and
common bonds of lust and greed. The network includes
atheists, self-made satanists, opportunists, and many
mind-control slaves. It is far more cohesive and controlled
than meets the eye. It is very eclectic. It doesn’t matter
at this level what you believe, what matters is whose
control are you under. This is the hidden seamy power side
of the World System.
The establishment, the System.
This level is open for the common people to participate
in. This level remains stably operating in their control
because of secret election fraud across the board in U.S.
elections, extensive blackmail, extensive control of the
masses through the establishment media (TV, radio,
newspapers), interlocking corporations and government
agencies that control the economic life, and many mass
mind-control techniques that these groups use. Most people
are unaware of how powerful the establishment is. As long as
they drift in its current, they will never see the control.
It is only when one tries to swim upstream against the
current that you find out how powerful the establishment is.
The Illuminati sets up controlled opposition to the System,
such as the Hip pie movement, militant environmentalists,
Hell’s Mgels, Neo-nazis, John Birch Society, the Communist
Party, etc. Controlled opposition gives people a chance to
vent their anger without threatening their control. It also
gives them dialectic conflicts which they can control to
their advantage.
Page 65 ...
CHAPTER 5
SCIENCE NO. 5 - THE SKILL
OF
LYING, THE ART OF DECEIT
The Illuminati have refined the art of deception far
beyond what the common man has imagined. The very life &
liberty of humanity requires the unmasking of their
deceptions. That is what this book is about. Honesty is a
necessary ingredient for any society to function
successfully. Deception has become a national pastime,
starting with our business and political leaders and
cascading down to the grass roots. The deceptions of the
Illuminati's mind-control may be hidden, but in their wake
they are leaving tidal waves of distrust that are destroying
America. While the CIA pretend to have our nations best
interest at heart, anyone who has seriously studied the
consequences of deception on a society will tell you that
deception will seriously damage any society until it
collapses. Lies seriously damage a community, because trust
and honesty are essential to communication and productivity.
Trust in some form is a foundation upon which humans build
relationships. When trust is shattered human institutions
collapse. If a person distrusts the words of another person,
he will have difficulty also trusting that the person will
treat him fairly, have his best interests at heart, and
refrain from harming him. With such fears, an atmosphere of
death is created that will eventually work to destroy or
wear down the cooperation that people need. The millions of
victims of total mind-control are stripped of all trust, and
they quietly spread their fears and distrust on a
subconscious level throughout society. One problem about
lies is that one lie will call for another and then another.
It's hard to keep lies single. They seem to want to breed
more of their kind to protect themselves. Soon the liar
becomes a victim of his own lies, trapped in a dishonest web
that demands lots of energy to protect his false fronts.
This is the sad fate that the intelligence agencies have
painted themselves into. They must maintain groups that
oversee their double-agents' lies to insure that the lies
that they have disseminated don't contradict themselves.
Finally, they have put out so much disinformation, they lose
track of reality themselves. Far from saving this nation,
the intelligence agencies have spread the cancer of
deception into all walks of life, so that this cancer is
contaminating and killing anything of value in the United
States. The soon-to-come death of this nation's sovereignty,
as well as the destruction of this nation's morals are the
results of this cancer. People who have attended high level
Illuminati meetings were instructed in how the Illuminati
plan to bring in the NWO AntiChrist reign by making
everything appear as if it has happened naturally. The
Illuminati have decided to camouflage their actions with the
creation of normalcy to avert any suspicions. An example of
something which appears to have happened naturally is the
O.J. Simpson case, which was planned based on previous
murder scenarios which had been successfully covered up.
O.J. Simpson was a CIA mind-controlled slave, and the entire
Simpson case was concocted as an elaborate effort to cause
racial tensions. The Mishpucka, the CIA, the Mob and the
Illuminati have all had their dirty hands involved in the
entire affair. The entire affair reeks of manipulation and
planning. It is not the goal of this paragraph to go into
the case, but just to drop a couple details. Joey Ippolito,
Jr. is both CIA & Mob. Ippolito at one time lived in
Hallendale, FL, a mob housing subdivision which was
protected by a police force run by the mob. He has helped
run drugs and wet ops for "the Combination" which
interconnects with
Page 66 ...
the Illuminati. O.J. Simpson's friend Cowlings worked for
Joey Ippolito, as well as O.J. Simpson. Simpson distributed
cocaine for Joey Ippolito & the Combination. Simpson's
lawyer also is tied to the Illuminati, the CIA, and the mob.
One of his lawyers on TV said the trial reeked of government
corruption. Nicole Simpson lived next door to Carl Colby
(former CIA director Bill Colbys son). Colby's wife and kids
have been subjected to mind-control. Colby's wife testified
in O.J. Simpson's trial, but was addressed as "Miss Boe"
rather than by her name. O.J. Simpson's mother worked for a
California State Mental Hospital in San Francisco for 30
years. Many State Mental Hospital workers have children who
have been programmed. When one of the jurors in Simpson's
case, Tracy Hampton, had her mind-control programming go
haywire, she began staring for long periods at a blank TV
and hearing voices. She had to be dismissed. During the
Simpson trial, Judge Ito gave Joe McGinniss the best
front-row seat that a journalist could have. Joe McGinniss
was the coverup author who wrote a book covering up about
the McDonald-Fort Bragg Drug Smuggling Case. The
McDonald-Fort Bragg Drug Smuggling Case involved the
Illuminati drug smuggling operation within the U.S. military
during the Vietnam War. On and on the stink goes. The
manipulation of history by those in power has been
well-covered over. An example of how mind-control and its
role in manipulation of events has been covered up by the
perpetrators is an article written in the Journal of the
American Medical Association (JAMA) in the Sept. 11, 1967,
Vol. 201, No. 11 issue. The article, which was submitted to
the magazine from three CIA doctors (Mark, Sweet, and
Ervin), claims that riots are caused by brain disease. While
the article is correct in the subpoint that only a small
percentage of underprivileged urban dwellers participate in
many of the riots, the article's thesis is obviously a slide
to prevent people from catching on that the small number of
deviants who create riots might be under mind-control or
might have some other motivation beyond simply being
brain-diseased. Any deception, whether it is an exaggeration
or an understatement of the NWO's capabilities is considered
a useful deception for the Illuminati's double-agents to
spread. The german battleship the Bismarck was sunk due to a
little lie sent to Germany by a double-agent which
underestimated the range of British radar. The Germans,
thinking they were out of British radar range, made some bad
decisions that cost them the battleship.
DECEPTION DIMINISHES POWER
Knowledge is power, and lies diminish the knowledge of
deceived dupes, and therefore diminishes the power of the
deceived. Deception obscures the alternatives that people
have. It also clouds up various objectives people would work
toward. Some people give up certain objectives due to their
mis-perceptions that the objective is undesirable or
unattainable.
PROGRAMMING DECEPTIONS
In the programming, colors and directions are used. Be
prepared to find out. that sometime programmers use their
creative imaginations such as using the color "octarine," or
the direction "TURNWISE" or perhaps "WIDDERSHINS". During
the most fundament programming which is done via LSD trips
in sensory deprivation tank to lay in foundations of the
Alpha, Beta, Delta, Ome and Theta programs, each programming
memory will be given a code. Where one popular programming
deception takes place that the programmer knows ahead of
time h to sequence his memory codes so that instance, the
fifth memory is coded as trip, and strenuous methods are
used to cover up the memories of the first four trips. The
victim’s s mind will be told to forget the first
Page 67 ...
four trips. The memory codes are deceptively designed to
fool the deprogrammer and the victim alike. Part of the
reason the programmer does this, is that they know that IF a
therapist should stumble onto these first memories, the
backup programming to protect these memories is so severe
that the therapist will shatter the victim’s mind. Backup
programs such as Atom bombs and vegetable programming are
locked into place to protect the fundamental programs.
BE WISE AS SERPENTS
The Holy Spirit moved an apostle to write, "We are not
ignorant of Satan’s devices." Christ warned his disciples to
"be wise as serpents and harmless as doves." The Israelites
sent out spies before entering the promised land. Within the
text of The Art of War by Sun-Tzu (a book studied today by
men in intelligence), he discusses "hidden provocation
agents" in Book 13. Sun-Tzu was born in 534 B.C. and lived
most likely until after the year 453 B.C. In 500 B.C., some
men were farmers, and some were agent provocateurs. Today,
both occupations still exist. The modern American farmer is
vastly superior to the ancient farmer of 500 B.C., so how
does the modern agent provocateur compare? He is vastly
superior also. It appears the Word of God is accurate, for
it warns that God’s people will be destroyed for lack of
knowledge. The difficulty in obtaining honest information in
today’s Big Brother world is aptly described by an
intelligence asset over the Internet, "If you are lucky and
work hard, you will find some of the truth. If you are lucky
and work REALLY hard, you might find the WHOLE truth...as
someone wants you to know it. If you are PHENOMENALLY lucky
and really work your tail off, you might even go on to find
the REAL truth. But no outsiders...and in fact, very few
insiders ever ... EVER ... learn the WHOLE REAL truth." This
book & our two previous books on mind-control) are the
result of extremely hard work and numerous miracles of God,
and what non-Christians would call lots of luck". The story
behind the books is amazing. This book’s two authors have
had to ,,swim upstream" for years in search for the real
truth. One thing is very clear to this author, during the
last seven years of exposing the NWO almost every person who
is believed to be a leader against the NWO has tried to
impede the work this author has been doing. People need to
be aware that the New World Order created their own
opposition long before some of us began sincerely trying to
expose it. This author’s informed opinion is that
essentially all (about 98% of the people leading the
opposition to the NWO are double agents), and no less than
50% of the therapists are double-agents. In this state, this
author knows as a fact that 50% of the licensed therapists
working with programmed DID patients are programmed DID
(MPD) slaves themselves. Recently, one of the therapists in
this area, who the False Memory "Spin"-drome & the
Illuminati took down, was a therapist who had also been on a
local T.V. talk show revealing that she was a multiple & a
SRA victim.
DISINFORMATION TO MAKE THEIR DOUBLE-AGENTS LOOK GOOD
"A Force" was MI-6’s group that carried out deception.
They would have their double agents pass out CHICKEN FEED
(which is what they call classified information that can be
thrown out to the public) to establish their double-agents’
credentials (BONA FIDES) as agents against the British.
Today, there are numerous anti-NWO people who are actually
double agents. They are distributing chicken feed to make
people think they are legitimate. By the way, it is
interesting to note for those who realize how important
carousels are to programming that MI-6 (HO in Vauxhall
Cross, Eng., with a training ctr. at Ft. Monckton, near
Gosport, so. Eng.) is nicknamed (actually its cryptonym)
,,Carousel" by its daughter organization Mossad (officially
aka Central Intelligence Collection Agency). An example of a
double-agent who is popular among Christians is an
Illuminati witch named Gretchen Passantino, who tours around
to Christian conferences belittling the idea of
mind-control. Dr. Loreda Fox reports in The Spiritual and
Clinical Dimensions of MPD that 74% of women abused by SRA
come from "Christian
Page 68 ...
homes." The Christian churches are heavily infiltrated.
SLEEPER AGENTS
In the Vol. 2 book a number of references were made to
sleeper agents. The idea of placing someone somewhere in
society and letting them lead a normal life for years
without ever being used is designed to provide a legitimate
smokescreen about what they are all about. Mind-controlled
slaves make excellent sleepers. The concept of making
sleeper agents in not a secret. The CIA has publicly
admitted that they tried to discover long-range sleeper
agents in the Los Niñios children of Republican Spain who
were the descendants of communist spaniards who returned to
Spain in the 1950’s. They also have admitted to having tried
to weed out long range sleepers in the Trebizond Greeks who
lived near the USSR in Turkey and returned in the 1950’s to
Greece. As the CIA and KGB mirror-imaged each other in their
manufactured Hegelian Dialectic mock dual (which was very
real for the "little" person) you can well imagine that the
CIA sent sleeper agents against the KGB.
NAMES of TYPES of DISINFORMATION AGENTS
The intelligence agencies have their own lingo for the
types of disinformation agents they send against everyone
else. So far, we have named only double & sleeper agents.
Here are some of their disinformation agents:
AGENT OF INFLUENCE--These agents can be unwitting, under
mind-control, or ideologically motivated to use their
positions of influence to sway the minds of others. Examples
of Agents of Influence are anchor men on T.V., journalists,
labor leaders, TV commentators, academics quoted by the
media, & some politicians.
CONFUSION AGENT--An agent whose job is to produce
confusion by disseminating confounding information.
CONTRACT AGENT--These are the rogue agents, such as the
mob, who the CIA get to do particular jobs on contract.
Their connections can be denied.
DEEP COVER AGENT--A sleeper agent (often a programmed
multiple or person with mind-control programming) who has
been a long term sleeper agent.
DISINFORMATION AGENT--This is a highly placed agent who
passes disinformation to other governments.
NOTIONAL AGENT--A fictitious non-existent "agent" which
is created with a real-looking identity to mislead.
PROVOCATION AGENT--An agent sent in to provoke &
destabilize the target group to do foolish things.
SPOON-FEEDER AGENT--Someone who dribbles out legitimate
information, this is often done to build up a person's
credentials (bona fides). Lots of the people who are
pretending to expose the NWO are spoon-feeder agents who
provide a little new information, tons of already known
secrets, and sprinkle in a measure of disinformation for
added fun. Generally spoon-feeders increase their percentage
of disinformation once they gain respectability. There are
very few people really exposing anything of consequence
about the NWO. This author has endured the loss of several
of the really legitimate whistle blowers who were friends
being assassinated since he began writing exposes.
What this means is that agents for groups that do
mind-control may: have been sleepers for many years and look
very legitimately innocent, they may give good correct
information to our side, they may say all the right things
and try to get us motivated to do more than we would want,
they may talk about other friends who are giving them
information who do not even exist. It takes discernment to
spot people who are not on our side. Unfortunately, such
discernment seems to be fundamentally lacking within the
public at large. For instance, I have seen people choose
obvious NWO agents over this author as a source of
"information" (which is in reality disinformation). Most
people have bought so much disinformation during their
lifetime, perhaps it’s unrealistic to expect them to purge
out all the junk they’ve accepted. Just as people in the
world need to toss out their worldly thinking, people in the
church need to
Page 69 ...
toss out all the indoctrination they’ve gotten from the
numerous kinds of harlot churches. At the moment, the system
is set up so that the perpetrators of the mind-control are
in control of the credentialing process, so that they can
provide their stooges/and agents with the best credentials.
As the reader can see, the roots of power behind the
mind-control go deep.
TRICKING SUSPECTS
One trick (or variations of it) that has been used with
suspects is to arrest them, place the suspect in a situation
where the police are in two groups--one group looks like
police, the other group looks like the group the suspect has
come from. After the suspect arrives, the group pretending
to be arrested group members, overpowers the police
contingent and escapes to another setting where another
police group pretending to be even more of the suspect’s
group ask him who he is and to explain his credentials.
Letting his guard down, the original suspect explains what
he is all about, thereby giving them the information they
needed in the first place. Variations of this script can be
run. English intelligence calls this basic script
CACKLEBLADDER because chicken blood is used on the police
actors that are overpowered to make them look injured.
THE NAMES OF DECEPTION TRICKS
FOUR FACES refers to pretexts used by agents to get
interviews. DANGLE is the craft word for luring a victim
into a provocation. A dangle operation would be an operation
to provoke a group or individual into a particular action.
This was done with Elohim City and many other groups that
the NWO is trying to set up as patsies.
STANDARD DECEPTION DEVICES
Agents use BLEEP-BOXES to tap telephones and in other
instances to make free-of-cost telephone calls. A CABMAN is
a device to remotely activate a telephone with a radio beam.
It can be used without entering the building where the
telephone is located.
MASKS
The use of masks in the occult world is ancient. For
centuries, the gypsies have used them for their hypnotic
powers. Special healing masks for their people are kept
secret and never shown to the public. Masks have a shock
value & fascination value. Gypsy and other occult groups
have special rituals to create the masks, including using
hair clippings from the person who will wear the mask. Gypsy
healing masks are destroyed after the patient gets well.
Illuminati programming masks may or may not be destroyed
after their use. The Illuminati’s mask-making abilities
(according to deprogrammed victims of their mind-control)
are very high quality. Sometimes the programmers simply wear
halloween cartoon character masks that anyone can obtain, to
fulfill their role in the programming script that they are
involved in during the time.
COVERS
Some beginners who have just started into studying the
World Order question why the Illuminati would use legitimate
religious covers. Why would the Illuminati want to create a
slave who is an evangelist? Why? Because those new converts
will go to some establishment church where other programmed
multiples in leadership positions will demand obedience (and
then support those demands by quoting scriptures that make
them seem like they are God’ss authority over that new
convert). Because the evangelist or missionary and the
bishop or pastor are controlled puppets, the convert will
never get the full truth, just enough truth to keep him
working hard for their organization. Even though the convert
"got God in my life", the Illuminati never lose control over
him. The Christians have as much vested interest in
preventing the exposure of the Illuminati programmed
multiples who are big name Christian ministers running
Page 70 ...
Christendom, as the Illuminati has. Imagine what would
happen if the world found out that most of Christianity was
run by the human-sacrificing, slave-making Illuminati? This
is one of the sad effects of the infiltration. Perhaps the
subject of covers can be explained from another angle. The
reader knows that the elite like monopolies. They play
monopoly for real--for us it’s oniy a board game! To
establish a monopoly, you find a good product that everyone
wants or needs, and then you eliminate all the competition
by either destroying them, or owning the competition
yourself. In the U.S., the Illuminati can’t have a
one-religion monopoly. In Russia, they had communism with
Marx, and Lenin as the Father God and Gon the son figure.
Communism had a monopoly on worship. In the U.S., they have
established a monopoly by controlling all the various
religious groups. (This author wrote an 800 page heavily
documented book Be Wise As Serpents to show the details of
how this is done.) It’s not a matter of what they teach,
it’s a matter of control, so that the elite have a monopoly.
And when you, as a mover & shaker in the world, control all
these various religions via money, blackmail, & programmed
multiples under your leadership, etc. which religion would
you pick to emphasize the most? You will pick the one that
sells the best, i.e. the best product. And which brand of
Christianity will sell the best? The televised charismatic
brand will sell the best. Covers that slaves use to explain
what they do in life are almost always "legitimate". A
missionary, a military officer, a salesperson, etc. will
usually actually do their cover job most of the time. Their
cover is their occupation, their service as a
mind-controlled slave is almost an unwitting avocation.
Organizations are used as covers. The Illuminati use
military, social, intelligence, education, banking and other
organizations as covers. (See my Be Wise As Serpents book
for many of these.) Moriah’s front organizations, such as
the CIA, in turn use other organizations. Here is just a
sampling of CIA fronts, to show the variety of fronts used:
· Asia Foundation was an academic organization created by
the CIA.
· Castle Bank & Trust Co. has been a bank in the
Caribbean that is a CIA front.
· Forum World Features has been a front created for CIA
propaganda purposes and based in London, UK.
· Geschicter Foundation for Medical Research (as well as
the Josiah Macy Foundation) was used as an intelligence
front to launder money used for mind-control.
· Air-Sea Forwarders, Inc. was the legal corporation name
of a CIA front in North Hollywood, CA. The company was
involved in moving freight. In the last few years, this
corporation sued E-Systems, the company which builds the CIA
and the NWO’s electronic systems such as their
communications satellites. In court, the company proved that
it was a CIA front, in spite of CIA denials. As this chapter
provides information about some of the Illuminati/
intelligence connections to Hollywood, bear in mind that
this CIA front was proven in court to be a CIA front in
Hollywood. A feat that rarely occurs
ONE OF THE GREATEST DECEPTIONS OF ALL TIME: DISNEY
**********************************************************
INTRODUCTION
For years, I have heard many Americans say that something
is terribly wrong in this country & that things are "going
to pot", and yet Americans can’t put their finger on what
exactly is wrong. When I first began to receive reports from
victims of Illuminati mind-control about Disney’s
involvement in their mind-control, I kept an open ear, but I
wanted some tangible proof. After investigating for myself,
there is now no doubt in my mind that Disney (the man, the
movies & the entertainment parks)
Page 71 ...
has been a major contributor to the demise of America,
while maintaining a very well constructed front of
wholesomeness. In this chapter, you will learn why Disney is
one of the best deceptions of the Illuminati. This author
has read a good portion of what is available to the public
concerning Disney. This exposé is undoubtedly the deepest on
Disney that has ever been done. Perhaps part of my
motivation is that I’ve tired of Christians talking and
acting like Disney stands for sainthood. Christians, who
should have known better, are some of the ones who have
swallowed "hook, line and sinker" the enormous deception
that entails Disney. They feed their children a steady diet
of occultism and witchcraft because they have been
programmed to think of Disney as wholesomeness and
everything that is good about America. Many writers over the
years have tried to expose Disney, most have been stopped
before they could get their books published. The few authors
who have managed have faced vicious attacks on their
character & integrity, and have faced enormous struggles
against public relations campaigns paid for by the Disneys.
The Disney’s power, and the power behind them, has
frightened most people away from challenging them. But
someone needs to speak on behalf of the victims. Whether
anyone listens or not, the victims will know that somebody
cared enough to stand up & write the truth. Disney has not
only left mind-control victims in its wake, but they have
harassed land-owners, stolen employee idea’s and left all
kinds of hurting victims in their path. Disney has risen to
become the unquestionable largest media-entertainment
conglomerate in the world, & was ranked company no. 48 in
the top 500 companies by Forbes 500.
Observations about HOW THE ILLUMINATI LIKE TO HIDE BEHIND
PERFECT FRONTS.
There are numerous Illuminati homes, restaurants,
wineries and other institutions that are today carrying out
the same type of strict standards upon their employees that
Walt Disney Studios maintained. While Hollywood was immersed
in moral filth from the start, Walt Disney Studios had
strict standards. In the 1930’s, Disney had a dress code
that required men in ties, and women in sober-colored
skirts. If a man looked lecherously at a woman at Walt
Disney Studios he risked being instantly fired. Walt was a
shining example of the strictest legalism. Even during the
’50's, if an employee were caught saying anything considered
a cussword such as "hell" they were instantly fired no
matter who they were. Walt would not allow his male
employees to have any facial hair, even though he himself
sported a mustache. He never allowed employees to have
alcohol at the studios, (which might not be a noteworthy
standard except that Walt himself drank heavy amounts of
alcohol in his private office at work for decades).
Initially, Walt was very reluctant to have his young
artists, who were being trained by Don Graham, draw live
nude models, but reluctantly gave approval. Again the motive
was not to serve God, but to make sure the Disney reputation
remained untarnished. With the power of the establishment
media behind Disney, Walt had nothing to worry about, news
about the nude drawing classes and their detailed drawings
never reached the light of day. Behind such strict fronts of
legalistic morals, cleanliness & soberness, you will often
find lots of guilt and high level satanic ritual. For
instance, Hitler (who was by the way also a failed artist &
who liked mechanical things more than people) obsessively
washed his hands many times a day (out of guilt), and so did
Walt Disney. Walt obsessively washed his hands several times
an hour, every hour. Walt liked animals & his trains more
than people. This author has seen some alters who were
forced to take another human’s life, and when they relived
the memory, the alters then tried
Page 72 ...
to physically wash the blood guilt off of their hands.
Another example is that over the years this author has
discovered that many of the exclusive restaurants that are
meticulous in every detail are tied in with the mind-control
and criminal activities of the elite. Dirty money is keeping
the places looking sparkling clean. Walt Disney worked very
hard at maintaining a great image for himself and his
company. An example of this, is how he exploded in rage and
wrote an angry memo when a Disney character was placed in a
beer ad. (Memo mentioned in Thomas, Bob. Walt Disney An
American Original. Hyperion, 1994, p. 7.) He had a personal
image builder, Joe Reddy, who worked full time to build
Walt’s image. Joe Reddy was a cigar-smoking irishman who
loved the catholic college Notre Dame’s football team. He
also was a publicity agent for Shirley Temple. But the
Disney deception entails far more than Joe Reddy’s decades
of image making, and Walt’s own abilities to create good
images of himself. Just as with Billy Graham (see Vol. 2
about Billy Graham), the entire Illuminati threw their
weight behind promoting Walt Disney. Ronald Reagan and Walt
Disney were good friends and both cut from the same die in
many ways. Both men were high ranking Freemasons, both came
from socialist backgrounds (Ronald’s mother was Eleanor
Roosevelt’s best friend, & Walt’s Dad was a socialist
leader), both were paid FBI informants, and both were
involved heavily in the abuse of mind-controlled slaves.
Walt always generously supported Reagan’s political
campaigns, and in turn Reagan did political favors for Walt
as Gov. of California. For instance, Disney’s Mineral King
mountain resort needed an access route through the Sequoia
Nat. Park at a time when there was lots of congressional
pressure to preserve the last stands of redwoods. Gov.
Reagan got his friend Disney his road through the park.
Reagan served as the emcee for the opening day of Disneyland
on July 17, 1990. He returned with Illuminati TV host Art
Linkletter for the 35th anniversary. Ronald Reagan & Art
Linkletter both pumped Disney publicly. Another slave abuser
that spent time with Disney was Bob Hope, who would spend
time on the golf course with Walt. On the opening day’s
telecast, cameras showed Sammy Davis, Jr. (a member of the
Church of Satan) and Frank Sinatra (a mind-control slave
handler) driving the pint-sized Disney ears at the Autopia
ride. When Disney celebrated its fifty yr-anniversary with a
two hour special on May 20, 1991, the program included
people like occultist Bill Campbell and was named "Best of
Disney, 50 Years of Magic." For the silver anniversary of
Disney World in Oct. ’96, the Clinton’s were invited to help
open 15 months of celebrations. The theme of the anniversary
celebrations was "Remember the Magic". A Boy’s & Girl’s Club
sang ‘When you wish upon a star’ (a popular programming
song). Hillary Rodham Clinton (herself an Illuminati Grand
Dame and a mind-control programmer) shared with the audience
that she and Bill "first brought daughter Chelsea to the
Magic Kingdom when she was four." Roy E. Disney, nephew of
Walt, told the public that Disney World "is the story of men
and women who took hold of a dream and never let go." There
is a double meaning to that. Many victims of trauma-based
mind-control have taken hold of the illusions that were
programmed into their mind secretly at Disney, and never let
go. Among the visitors to Disneyland have been all the
American Presidents from Eisenhower to Clinton, over a dozen
kings & queens, as well as Emperor Akihito of Japan, Anwar
Sadat, and Robert Kennedy (who rode the Matterhorn with
astronaut John Glenn.) Both Denmark’s & Belgium’s kings who
are in the Illuminati visited, as well as the dictators of
Indonesia, the Shah of Iran and Ceausescu of Romania. (As a
side-note Roy E. Disney was forewarned by Arab leader that
the Shah was to be deposed.) Organizations that have been
actively
Page 73 ...
Page 88 ...
friends and worked to prevent hostile takeovers of Disney
in 1984. Gold is in charge of Shamrock Holdings, Inc.
(Chapter 5 page 2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The battle between the two Disney factions
In 1953, the two brothers and their respective sides of
the family split when Walt created RETHAW corporation. The
two sides have fought ever since. When Walt Disney created
RETLAW (his name Walter spelled backwards), this alienated
his brother Roy O. & Roy’s side of the family. Without going
into all the details, what RETLAW did was cut Roy O.’s side
out of the money that was to be made. But Roy’s side didn’t
stand by and idly let their share of the pie be lost, they
fought back and held their own. Their big break came when
Michael Milken and his band of junk bond artists carried out
a "greenmail" on the Disney Corp. Only a few insiders know
how greenmail works. It is a legal form of blackmail. Milken
would work with his friends Saul Steinberg, Sir James
Goldsmith, and Carl Icahn. Milken would provide them the
financial clout, to make them look financially capable of
financially purchasing a corporation that they had selected
as a target. According to insiders, Milken got 40% of the
upside of any "greenmail" that went right. The targeted
corporation would learn that someone like Saul Steinberg was
going to buy them out. In order to prevent the buyout, and
to keep their jobs, the officers of the targeted corporation
would get frantic, and either do suicidal refinancings, or
buy the stock of the potential acquirer for much greater
prices than the Milken group paid for them. The "greenmail"
artists would then take their loot and go on their way. The
stockholders of the targeted company are the real losers of
"greenmail", because the management of the corporation in
order to finance their protection spends the stockholder’s
money, takes on new debts, and deprives the stockholders of
some profit-making potential of their shares. Michael
Milken’s group made feints to take over a large number of
corporations, including Walt Disney, Phillips Petroleum and
Avco. Saul Steinberg made what looked like the beginnings of
a sincere hostile takeover of Walt Disney through Reliance.
At one point Reliance became Disney’s largest stockholder.
Steinberg filed an amended 13D saying he intended to acquire
25% of the corporation. The CEO of Walt Disney, was Walt
Disney’s son-in-law Ron Miller. Saul Steinberg is a dear
business partner with London’s Jacob de Rothschild.
Originally, Ron Miller (Stanford Univ. grad.) and Ray Watson
(a Bohemian Grove mmbr from Stanford Unive.) of Walt
Disney’s management brought in the Bass brothers to help
them deal with Saul Steinberg’s takeover and to buy and
develop land (esp. in Florida). Ray Watson was Ron Miller’s
key right hand man to run things. The Bass brothers are
mafia. Disney acquired the Bass Brother’s Arvida, and
brought the Bass brothers into Disney’s management. The
Basses sold their stake in Texaco back to the oil co. & then
used this money to bolster Disney. Sid Bass & Chuck Cobb
(chief exec. Arvida) worked out a deal with Disney. Arvida
(sold to Disney for $200 mil.) would profit from developing
Disney land in FL & Disney would profit from the new
financial strength that getting Arvida would provide. Arvida
owned oil fields, theme parks, and had helped create planned
communities. For Ron Miller, on the one side was the
Illuminati and the other side of things was the mafia. He
didn’t trust either, but Steinberg’s takeover could
eliminate Disney’s management and both he (and Roy E.
Disney) wanted to save Disney from a takeover by Steinberg.
At first, Roy E. wrote a letter to Ron Miller & the other
board members stating his concerns about the acquisition of
Arvida For Disney management, at least the Bass brothers
would let Walt Disney continue to make their family movies.
After the Bass brothers joined the Disney management (and
became one of Disney’s major stockholders), they soon joined
sides with Roy E. in a
Page 89 ...
management fallout over whether Disney should buy Gibson
Greeting Card Company. With enough votes on the board, they
sent Ron Miller packing. With Ron Miller, and those
management men aligned with Walt’s side of the family gone,
then CEO Michael Eisner, Frank Wells, Rich Frank, and
Jeffrey Katzenberg and some others made the modern Walt
Disney Corporation. Disney’s Touchtone studio which was
mentioned above in connection to the movie Alive was created
in 1984 by Walt Disney’s son-in-law Ronald L. Miller. Ron
Miller’s management style was lackluster. The new management
has really gone gang busters. Although Walt’s side of the
family is out of the management end of Disney, they still
receive financial rewards from various Disney enterprises.
The Bass brothers acquired more land for Disney in Florida.
But under their tutelage, Disney now has a management team
that is skilled in land grabbing techniques. The Bass
fortune began with Perry Bass, who created a company called
Bass Enterprises. In 1969, Perry retired and turned things
over to his eldest son, Sid Richardson Bass. Sid has three
younger brothers Ed, Robert and Lee. The Basses owned 27% in
Prime Computer, as well as sizable real estate and oil
holdings. The Bass brothers founded a local prep school in
Ft. Worth, TX. Their HQs in Ft. Worth is full of modern art.
The Bass brothers were very clever in their deal with
Disney. In exchange for their $14 investment in Arvida, they
had gotten (over a period of time) $950 million dollars
worth of Disney stock. In 1985, they liquidated Bass
Brothers Enterprises and divided the assets between the four
brothers. Sid Bass was able to shift his interests from
finances to culture and high society. One of the Bass
brothers is involved with wineries in Napa Valley. The Bass
Brother’s financial strategist was Alfred Checchi, now of
Beverly Hills, who has been a supporter of Mishpucka member
Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.). Roy is involved in
criminal activities, and several people investigating him
have been bluntly warned that if they continue, they will
see their children murdered. Napa Valley’s Illuminati
activity also connects in with CIA activities as well. The
Napa Valley Illuminati families all have CIA connections.
For instance, British millionaire Kenneth Armitage, who had
to flee from England to avoid arrest on numerous charges of
theft, deception and false accounting, had some of his good
friends in the Napa Valley, such as Dr. John Duff, Johnny
Beck, & others. Armitage has since mysteriously died in
prison in England. Armitage had intelligence connections
which tie in with twilight world of the criminal activities
of the numerous intelligence acronym monsters. Also his
company was authorized to provide people with Central
American government documents. There is more-- much more to
sordid affairs which swirl around Roy Disney. Napa Valley,
where many members of the Disney family live, has the
Illuminati’s Opus One temple owned by Rothschilds, as well
as two roads lined with meticulously kept wineries owned by
Illuminati kingpins and connected via secret underground
tunnels. To top off this incredible collection of Illuminati
wineries (Rothschild’s, Mondavi’s, Rutherford’s, Christian
Brother’s, Sattui’s etc), on the north end of a series of
wineries on highway 29 lays the CIA’s medieval-looking
Culinary Institute of America Greystone (at 2555 Main St.,
St. Helena, CA 94574), where numerous people have suffered
torture. The Greystone Culinary Institute of America
recently had the person who runs their campus store
mentioned in House & Garden, Sept. ‘96.
F. WHAT DO WE KNOW ABOUT THE DISNEY FAMILY IN GENERAL?
Several members of the Disney family came to England with
William the Conqueror. They were not known as Disney then,
but because they came from the French Norman town of Isigny,
they took the name d ‘Isigny,
Page 90 ...
and anglicized it into Disney. Walt had two daughters,
Diane Marie (bn. 12/18/33) and Sharon Mae. Diane made some
revealing comments when she said, he didn’t spoil us. Like a
lot of adolescent girls, I was crazy about horses, and I got
quite good at riding. I yearned for my own horse, but Dad
wouldn’t buy one. And we didn’t have a lot of clothes and
other things." For being one of the richest men in the
nation, Walt can’t be accused of having spoiled his
children. He was also famous for his ten cent tips at
restaurants, which became the talk of the town. Sharon Mae
was adopted and arrived at the Disney home 12/31/36. (She
died in ’93.) The adoption was kept very secret. The
newspapers around the country announced that Lillian had
given birth to Sharon, and the Disney family kept up this
lie for years. The reason given for Sharon’s adoption was
that Diane needed a playmate. For years, Walt Disney didn’t
care much for Sharon and seldom acted like he even knew her
name. Walt had wanted a son, but his wife wanted to adopt a
girl, so it was a beautiful girl that Lillian picked out to
be a companion for her first daughter. When Sharon was
kindergarten age, Walt would take her to the carousels in
Griffith Park on Sunday afternoons. Sharon was sent to
private schools. She went to Westlake School for Girls, and
later was shipped off to Switzerland to a girls’ boarding
school. She had soft blond locks and was attractive. In June
of 1948, Walt took Sharon, who was then an attractive 12 yr.
old to Alaska with him for about 2 months. For most of this
trip Walt and Sharon were alone together. For a father, who
had ignored Sharon for years, now Walt was totally obsessed
with Sharon. He bathed Sharon every night, combed her hair,
washed her underwear, and carefully dressed her each night
from head to toe before taking her to nice restaurants. He
even followed her when she sleep walked. Why was Sharon a
dissociative person? That summer in Alaska, Walt and his
personal pilot took a trip in August to Mt. McKinley, AK.
Both were drinking scotch whiskey and they barely missed
hitting a mountain, and almost ran out of fuel before
finding a runway. Sharon first married a presbyterian Robert
Borgfeldt Brown. Later, Sharon went on to marry William
Lund. Years later, Walt’s wife Lilly even prevented a
biographer from revealing that Sharon was adopted. Sharon
died relatively young. It is important to look at the Disney
family rather than just Walt Disney in trying to understand
the Disney phenomena. For instance in 1958, the Wall Street
Journal mentioned that Lillian B. Disney was beneficial
owner of over 10% of common Disney stock. Lillian, Walt’s
widow, quietly purchased property in Napa Valley and moved
there in the late 60’s. She bought the property through
Walt’s Retlaw Enterprises and the Lillian Disney Trust.
Lillian and her 2 daughters ran Retlaw for years. Diane
Miller, her daughter, also bought land and moved to the Napa
area. The Lillian Disney Trust bought the Silverado
Vineyards, which Diane & her husband manage as ,,gentlemen
growers" as they call it. This side of the Disney family is
shunned by the Illuminati insiders in the Napa Valley, as
well as by the Roy O. side of the family. Although very
private, there are occasional moments of publicity from
Diane Disney Miller, when she donated wine for a fund raiser
for the Planned Parenthood Shasta Diablo held at the estate
Niebaum-Coppola, owned by director/producer Francis Ford
Coppola. Francis F. Coppola comes from an old mafia family.
He owns a big winery & directed Disney’s Caption EO film.
Locals in the Napa area do not trust any of the Disneys,
especially the Roy O. side of the family. There are other
Disney’s who tie in with the occult world. Wesley Ernest
Disney,
Page 91 ...
a 32° Mason & Shriner, who was a U.S. Congressman, a
state official & lawyer in Kansas who had a brother Richard
Lester Disney-- who is a Rhodes Scholar and a Mason too.
Wesley Ernest Disney, by the way began as a lawyer in
Muskogee County (a Satanic controlled county), and was a
Christian Scientist. He lived in Tulsa, a powerful city of
the Illuminati hierarchy. Doris Miles Disney has been a
writer of occult fiction, such as The Magic Grandfather the
Chandler Policy (1972) and Trick or Treat (1972) as well as
many other occult novels.
G. A HISTORY OF DISNEY
"The story of Disney’s silent film career is not so much
a struggle for artistic expression as it is a fight for
commercial stability." During the 1920’s, Walt stayed safely
within the confines of comic animation as defined by others,
such as the producers of Felix the Cat, Koko the Clown, and
Krazy Kat. In other words, when many of the ideas were
coming from just himself, Disney’s movies were not any
better than others. In the 1930’s, Disney got some of the
best talent available and he began to settle for only the
best results from that talent. With the mob, and the
Illuminati behind him, and driven by an indebtedness to
them, Disney began to achieve outstanding results in
animation. Between 1924 and 1927, Walt Disney made a series
of 56 silent Alice Comedies which used three different girls
(6-year-old Virginia Davis, Margie Gay and Lois Hardwick) to
act as Alice who romps around in a makebelief cartoon world.
These cartoons combined live action and animation. By the
time the series was done, Walt Disney wanted to try working
solely with animation. Margaret Winkler in NY (who married
Charles Mintz) distributed Walt Disney’s Alice Comedies.
From the beginning, children were the center of everything
Walt did. The occult world that backed Walt, as well as Walt
himself, believed that if they could bring out "the child"
(that part of a person called "the child" by various
psychologists), then they could appeal to the curiosity and
feelings of the "child" part of adults. If it worked with
adults, they could do the same with the child part in
children. They knew even in the 20’s & ’30’s what had to be
accomplished in the secret Great Plan for a New World Order.
The Illuminati Great Plan called for family life to be
destroyed, for children to rebel against their parents, and
for the world to become more violent. Children needed to
immerse in images of violence so that a violent society
could be created. For instance, the 1925 film Alice Stage
Struck shows little girl Alice strapped to a log leading to
a buzz saw. They also wanted to make occultism--witchcraft
the common belief of the American people. The Illuminati
felt they could bring in witchcraft if they appealed to the
curiosity of the child in every adult. For instance, the
Donald Duck cartoon Corn Chips (1951) shows Donald harassing
Chip and Dale who then get back at him by stealing a box of
popcorn and spreading it all over the front yard. Now what
does a cartoon like this teach kids? It teaches that
stealing to repay a grudge is O.K. and that doing pranks is
funny. In Disney’s 1920 films, he shows kids cutting school,
shoplifting and playing hookey. He shows Alice running away
from responsibility to have adventure. He shows prisoners
escaping and hobos escaping work. His films are expression
of misbehavior being successful. What does this teach
children? In the 1951 cartoon, Get Rich Quick Goofy wins
money at poker and his initially angry wife who doesn’t like
gambling forgives him when she sees how much he’s won. Goofy
indicates that they can have a spending spree by telling his
wife, "Easy come, easy go!" The gambling spirit is a very
powerful spirit that the Illuminati want to instill in this
nation. How can a cartoon that promotes gambling be
wholesome for children? Lt. Col. Dave Grossman is a military
expert on how to condition people so that they
Page 92 ...
will kill. He writes in his superb book On Killing
(Boston, MS: Little Brown & Co., 1996) that the same process
that the government has used to condition soldiers to kill,
is being used by the entertainment industry. The only major
difference is that in the military, men are taught to kill
only on command, while our children are being taught to kill
whenever they want to via TV’s "entertainment." Grossman
states on page 308, that the conditioning to kill begins
with cartoons. "It begins innocently with cartoons and then
goes on to the countless acts of violence depicted on TV as
the child grows up... .Then the parents, through neglect or
conscious decision, begin to permit the child to watch
movies rated R due to vivid depictions of knives penetrating
and protruding from bodies, long shots of blood spurting
from severed limbs, and bullets ripping into bodies and
exploding out the back in showers of blood and brains."
While children see horrible deaths on T.V., they learn to
associate this suffering with entertainment, pleasure and
their favorite soft drink, their favorite candybar, and
close intimate contact with their date. (See On Killing, p.
302) Disney has the appearance of Wholesomeness; this
appearance is quite deceptive. A close study of Disney
cartoons will reveal lots of violence that could not be
depicted if the violence was actually real life & not
animation. It’s the wholesome front which is one of the
deceptions that makes Disney cartoons & films so dangerous.
Yes, the image of Disney has been that its cartoons are
wholesome. No wonder Illuminati mind-control programmers
have laughed at how naive the American public is toward
Disney. The Disney Gargoyles cartoons are a television
series that is pure demonology. The story line is that a
race of demons protects New York City. One of the Gargoyles
is even named Demona. The Illuminati programmers are amazed
at how stupid the masses of people are, and how easily
deceived. How the Disney movies are used as programming
scripts is very involved so only one detailed example is
given at the end of this chapter. The Illuminati and Mafia
knew that Walt had the ability to get the job done that the
Great Plans called for. (Source: confidential interview.)
They knew they had the "carrots and the sticks" to get him
to cooperate. There is no doubt that Walt was a hard worker
who in turn expected high standards from his employees. One
co-worker of Walt wrote, "Walt made a simple statement, that
you can lick them with ‘product’ if you make your product
good enough, they cannot deny it.. . .In Walt’s estimation,
everything that was done had to be executed with a great
deal of thought and finesse." Neelands, Barbara, compiler.
About Ben Sharpsteen, article by David R. Smith (2nd
Impress.) Calistoga, CA: A Sharpsteen Museum Reprint, pg.
2-3. One big turn in Walt’s outlook toward quality came in
April, 1927 when the head of Universal Studios wrote a
scathing report on the quality of Disney studio work. It
forced Walt to realize that up to then he had been slipshod
and sloppy. He resolved to never take the easy way, but to
work with dedication toward making his drawings come to life
with character and interesting situations. In 1922, Walt
made a film Cinderella. This is not to be confused with the
later animated film also of the same title released in 1950.
The 1950 feature was re-released numerous times. The Alice
cartoons were made with a 6- year-old girl playing Alice.
The first six Alice comedies had extensive live-action
beginnings, and then went into cartoon. A few of the 1920’s
Alice silent cartoon titles include:
Alice’s Wonderland (1923)
Alice Hunting in Africa (1924)
Alice’s Spooky Adventure (1924)
Alice Plays Cupid (1925)
Alice Cans the Cannibals (1925)
Alice Rattled by Rats (1925)
Alice Chops the Suey (1925)
Alice Charms the Fish (1926)
Alice the Whaler (1927)
Alice the Beach Nut (1927)
Page 93 ...
After the Alice Series, Disney began a fully animated
series called Oswald the Lucky Rabbit. Here we see the
occult concept of luck (who hasn’t heard of a lucky Rabbit’s
foot?) being subtly promoted. Disney cartoon may entertain,
but they also indoctrinate while they entertain. In 1926,
Walt Disney signed an agreement with Mintz and Film Booking
Offices (EBO). Film Booking Offices were Illuminati
kingpin/mob boss Joseph Kennedy’s company. For at least the
next years, Disney worked under the control (auspices) of
Illuminati kingpin Kennedy. All of the Disney pictures were
registered by R-C Pictures Corp., one of the parent
companies of Kennedy’s FBO. Joseph Kennedy also controlled
the RKO studio which worked together with the other big
studios to insure that no small studio would develop as a
competitor. By 1937, all the big studios--20th Cent.,
Paramount, MGM, Warner Bros., Cohn’s Columbia Pictures and
Kennedy’s RKO were allowing the mob to skim money from them.
Kennedy’s RKO gave Walt a guarantee in 1937 that they’d
distribute Snow White sight unseen. Walt Disney had their
films distributed by Kennedy’s RKO from 1936 to 1956.
Another little known detail is that in 1926, Leon
Schlesinger (future producer at Warner Bros.) subcontracted
animation jobs to Disney. One of these was Universal’s The
Silent Flyer. In 1928, Steamboat Willie debuted. This was an
animated cartoon with a soundtrack starring a mouse later
named Mickey Mouse. It had taken lots of hard work and
determination on Walt’s part, but it was the first cartoon
with a sound track and it was successful. In 1929, the
cartoon The Haunted House came out. The story is, Mickey
Mouse is forced by a storm into a house full of ghosts who
force him to contribute to their spooky musicale. In 1930,
Harry Cohn, one of the most ruthless and unsavory characters
controlling a studio bailed Walt Disney out of Walt’s
trouble with con-artist Pat Powers who was stealing Disney’s
money. Harry Cohn was a former NY pool hustler and gambler
who was brought in by Chicago investors to front their
investments in Columbia Pictures, and run their studio. He
wore a sapphire ring that the Chicago mafiaman Johnny
Roselli gave him. Roselli later became a rogue asset of the
CIA, and testified before Congress (the Church Committee on
Assassinations in ‘74) about a CIA contract which was handed
him. Roselli worked for the Mafia Council of 9, which incl.
Anthony Accardo and Sam Giancana. Harry Cohn was said by
some to be the most hated man in Hollywood. His money gave
him "the power of an emperor". His money got him the best
female flesh available which he used for his pleasure. He
always seemed to arrive from Las Vegas with rolls of new
greenbacks, which had close associates wondering where all
the money came from that he always got when he made trips to
Las Vegas. In 1931, Walt went into a long suicidal
depression that lasted into 1932. In the summer of 1932, he
took a vacation to try and recover from his nervous
breakdown. By 1932, Ingersoll had marketed its first edition
of Mickey Mouse watches. Disney products have served as a
model of consumerism for the world. Disney watches have been
made continuously since 1932 or ’33. In 1932, eighty major
U.S. corporations (such as General Foods, RCA & National
Dairy) began to market Disney products. Ed Sullivan began
regularly running stories that bragged about Disney’s work.
Freemason Dr. Rufus B. von Kleinsmid, pres. of the Univ. of
So. Cal., gave Disney an award from Parents magazine for
Walt’s "work with children". In 1932, several artists who
had worked for William Randolph Hearst came to work for
Disney. In 1932, Roy switched Disney from Columbia to United
Artists. United Artists agreed to front Disney $15,000 for
each
Page 94 ...
cartoon. In the 1930’s, the Illuminati’ Bank of America
financed Walt Disney. Years before, the Bank of America had
been quietly created from Bank of Italy which was controlled
by the same oligarchy that has run the Knights of Malta and
renaissance Venice. The Bank of Italy was a powerful bank in
Hollywood’s first years. It’s representatives A.P. and
Atillo Giannini financed Walt during the 1920’s with petty
cash to keep him going, but not enough to get him out of
financial bondage. Joe Rosenberg of Bank of America was
sympathetic to Walt. Joe Rosenberg, a jewish banker, came to
all of Disney’s board meetings, sat beside Walt, and would
advise Walt on what direction Disney Studios should take.
Joe wasn’t a board member, but his advice got high priority.
Bank of America also bankrolled other Illuminati projects
and organizations. Bank of America had one of their branch
offices on Disneyland’s Main St. from ’55 until ‘93. They
were open on holidays and Sundays for Disneyland. Bank of
America is slated to be perhaps the only bank to survive the
economic crash, when the Illuminati kingpins will allow
their own banks to crash. Bank of America executive S. Clark
Beise (who is a Scottish Rite Freemason) has been a member
of Disney’s board of directors from ‘65 to ’75. One of the
biggest depositors in Bank of America is Roy E. Disney.
Other Disney execs like Rich Frank have also used Bank of
America as their bank of choice. The Bank of America
bankrolled the Disney animation Snow White. Walt managed to
sell Joseph Rosenberg on the idea, at a time when old time
Hollywood people were advising Rosenberg that Snow White
could only be a failure. When Snow White was successful,
Walt announced a monster party for all Disney workers at
Lake Norconian, near Palm Springs, southeast of San
Bernandino, CA where the cost of everything the Disney
workers wanted to order--food or drink or whatever, would be
taken care of by the Disney’s. Under the full moon, the
Disney male and female workers, finally free of the tight
rules at the studios, had what amounted to a Roman orgy and
a large nude skinny-dip at the lake. Almost all of the
Disney workers participated in the orgy and Disney had only
two options, 1. fire them all or 2. ignore that the party
took place. Walt choose the later option, and after that
no-one ever dared mention the party in his presence. In
1937, Walt and Roy took a trip to Europe where Walt dined
with the British Royal family, & met privately with H.G.
Wells, the masonic prophet! planner of what Wells & other
masons called "the New World Order". In Paris, the League of
Nations (the forerunner to the U.N.) gave him an award.
After the success of Snow White, Disney chose Pinocchio to
follow it. Many have asked why Pinocchio was chosen by Walt.
If you look at the script, the puppetmaker’s wife is taken
out of the original script, and there is an emphasis on the
little wooden puppet visualizing becoming a flesh & blood
son to the man who had created him. Here we have a boy with
no soul, who is told if he works hard he will be given one.
(Does this sound familiar to readers of VoL 2?) The script
was definitely changed to have a storyline far more useful
to mind-control programming. For those who think Walt simply
recreated fairy tales on the screen, if one examines the
changes that are made from the original storylines, they are
changed to make them more useful for mind-control. Both Snow
White and Pinocchio have occult type "deaths and
resurrections". After W.W. II, Joseph Rosenberg persuaded
A.P. Giannini, his boss, to bankroll Disney again. Although
Walt was financed by the Mishpucka (Jewish Mafia), he didn’t
like the idea. Richard Rosenberg, a later Pres. of Bank of
America, is also Mishpucka. Richard Rosenberg (his mother
was a Cohen) was also in charge of Northrop Corp. and Marin
Ecumenical Housing Assn. (Other examples of Mishpucka
executives are R. Goldstein, v.p. of
Page 95 ...
Procter & Gamble, and Marvin Koslow, v.p. of Bristol
Meyers Co.) In the 1930’s, the elite promoted Disney’s new
cartoons. In 1935, Walt Disney received the French Legion of
Honor for his Mickey Mouse cartoons. Also in 1935, the Queen
of England (who readers of my previous articles will realize
is Illuminati, involved in drug trade, and is involved with
the leadership of Freemasonry) and the Duchess of York (also
Illuminati) selected Mickey Mouse chinaware as gifts for 600
children. This was after Walt spent time with her in 1934.
The League of Nations (the pre-W.W. II equivalent of the
U.N.) took the time to vote its approval of Mickey Mouse.
(Finch, Christopher. The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey
Mouse to the Magic Kingdom . NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc.,
1975, p. 53.) There is no doubt that Walt Disney had talent.
There is also no doubt from the record that powerful people
wanted to promote him. No doubt his 320 Masonic membership
and his DeMolay activities helped boost his support, and
also helped Walt’s bent toward the occult. Let’s digress
just to let people in on Freemasonry’s involvement with
acting and motion pictures. The famous 233 Club was a
masonic chapter for actors who were Freemasons. Examples of
actors who were Freemasons include John Aasen, Gene Autry,
Monte Blue and Humphrey Bogart, Douglas McClean, John Wayne.
Then there is T.V. DJ Dick Clark. Examples of Motion picture
executives who were Freemasons incl. Ellis G. Arnall (Pres.
of the Soc. of Ind. Motion Picture Producers), Will H. Hays
(Czar of motion pictures 1922-45, and Pres. Motion Picture
Produces & Distributors of Amer. Inc.), Benj. B. Kahane
(v.p. & dir. Assoc. of Motion Picture Producers, Inc.), Carl
Laemmle (Pres. Univ. Pictures Corp til ’36), Frank E. Mullen
( man. dept of info. RCA, VP NBC ‘39-’46, exec. VP NBC
‘46-’48), David Sarnoff (Chrm. of Bd. Radio Corp. of Amer. &
,,father" of American television), Jack M. Warner (v.p. of
Warner Bros.) and the President & dir. of Universal Pictures
since 1952. The Freemasons have made much of Walt Disney’s
membership in their membership sales pitches. Because the 2
Disney brothers’ chief contributions to the production of
Disney films were the finances and occassionally the ideas
used in a film, it is rather misrepresentative of things
that Walt Disney got all the credit for the success and
quality of the Disney cartoons. He was showered with 700
awards and honors from important people, including 30
oscars, and the Presidential Medal of Freedom (in ’64). Walt
Disney’s great animators never got the credit they deserved,
but no one should forget that Walt was the driving force
that inspired and guided his workers. In 1934, Walt Disney
made a cartoon about a goddess of the Mystery Religions
named Persephone. In the cartoon entitled The Goddess of
Spring, the goddess Persephone is captured by Satan as his
bride and sent to the underworld, with the agreement she
could return to earth six months of each year. The
Illuminati have rituals around Persephone. On Dec. 21, 1937,
Disney premiered the first full-length color cartoon movie
"Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs." This cartoon had taken
$1.4 in depression-time money and three years to make. Over
750 artists worked on the film. Walt Disney had gotten the
idea from a silent movie of Snow White which he saw as a boy
in 1917. The movie has an important occult theme to it, and
has been used for occult mind-control programming. When the
1940’s got started, Disney was in financial difficulties. At
this point, Nelson Rockefeller hired his cartoon
capabilities to make cartoons for South America, with the
idea that South Americans would remain loyal to the American
capitalist hegemony, rather than shift to rising ideologies
of fascism/nazism, if they saw Walt Disney cartoons. In Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil on 8/24/42, Disney did its world premiere
of Saludo Amigos, a 42 minute feature about Latin America.
Goofy becomes a gaucho, a parrot
Page 96 ...
teaches Donald Duck to dance the samba, as well as Disney
art showing various landscapes of Brazil in the film.
However, the film The Three Caballeros, if it was meant to
encourage South American loyalty to American capitalism,
completely failed. The Three Caballeros showed a sexually
lecherous Donald Duck who in bad taste tries to make it with
latin women. The mysticism was also seen as bogus. Although
the latin Americans hated the film, the establishment
media’s Look magazine praised it. Another reason that
Rockefeller sent Walt to South America was to get him out of
the way so that the government could settle the strike by
Disney workers. Nelson Rockefeller was the government’s
Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs, a good position
considering how much of South America the Rockefeller’s
controlled. Rockefeller told Disney that Disney couldn’t
beat the strikers, but that while Walt was in South America,
FDR would see to it that the strike got settled. When Disney
returned he submitted to the powers that were, and accepted
the unions and the mafia’s control. Another change for Walt
Disney was that in 1940, he and Roy turned Disney into a
"public corporation" and initially sold 755,000 shares of
common stock. The Illuminati Boston firm of Kidder, Peabody
& Co. were the underwriters of the studio’s public
stock-offerings. By 1940, the Disney Studio at Burbank had
become a miniature city with 1,000 men & women employees and
20 buildings on a 51 acre tract of land. After the U.S.
joined W.W. II, Disney Productions were made a part of the
American military establishment. The very next day after
Pearl Harbor, the military moved onto the Disney Studio,
which leads this author to suspect that Disney was already
part of the power establishment prior to the war breaking
out. Disney made military movies/cartoons that taught the
different branches of the military many things. They made
propaganda movies for the allies. One series of films was
"Why we fight." Disney made movies for the IRS to get people
to pay their taxes. Some of the Disney films were top,
secret, and concerned secret military weapons or secret
psychological tactics of the Americans. For instance, one
military film was "Army Psycho Therapy" which taught army
men how to instill fear, and about the basics of fear.
Another army film was "Prostitution & the War". Another
showed a carrier pigeon evading the Germans. In 1940, Disney
came out with 2 full length animated cartoons, Pinocchio and
Fantasia, both of which were soon used for Illuminati
mind-control programming. Fantasia contains Schubert’s
sacred Catholic music Ave Maria, which was used in a
concluding segment side to side with the profane Night on
Bald Mountain song, as well as six other classical pieces of
orchestra music. As a feature cartoon it was a flop, but as
a programming tool it was fantastic. Fantasia receives a
comprehensive explanation of how it is used for mind-control
programming at the end of this chapter. Because an
explanation of the use of a Disney film for mind-control is
complex, this explanation is placed at the end of the
chapter so that it won’t interrupt the flow of this
chapter’s information. The Pinocchio film has been redone
and released 9 times over the years. Some of the next full
length animated films to come out were: The Three Caballeros
(1945) The Adventures of Ichabod & Mr. Toad (‘49) Cinderella
(1950) Treasure Island (1950) Alice In Wonderland (1951) The
Story of Robin Hood & His Merrie Men (1952) Peter Pan (1953)
20,000 Leagues Under the Sea (1954) Sleeping Beauty (1959)
Very soon after the production of all of these movies, the
Illuminati and their intelligence agencies used them for
Illuminati
Page 97 ...
total mind-control programming. To see their misuse as
programming scripts one has to understand how the fantasy
worlds of a programmed multiple are created and how the
movie scripts are adapted to be programming scripts. Vol. 2
gave quite a few examples of how Alice In Wonderland and the
Wizard of Oz scripts were used for programming scripts. When
Disney had his animal-nature documentaries, he edited and
used narration to give the animals human like
characteristics--something he’d already been doing with
animation. Disney played an important part in the
Illuminati’s plan to elevate animals and dehumanize humans.
One of the biggest Illuminati kingpins, and leader (Grand
Master) of the Prieure de Sion was frenchman Claude Debussy
(bn.1862). Claude Debussy, a Merovingian, was Nautonnier
(Navigator-helmsman) of the Prieure de Sion from 1885-1918.
(See the document Dossiers secrets, planche no. 4, Ordre de
Sion, written about in Holy Blood, Holy Grail.) In 1891,
when some secret coded parchments (Merovingian documents)
were found by a french clergyman Sauniere, he was directed
by church officials to visit with Emile Hoffet, an occult
acquaintance of Debussy. Debussy was close friends with many
of the top french occultists of his time. He is known to
have been a close friend to both the notorious satanists
Jules Bois and MacGregor Mathers. Mathers started the Order
of the Golden Dawn. Debussy was also a friend of the
infamous Papus (aka Dr. Gerard Encausse) and W.B. Yeats.
Papus was one of the men who during his lifetime was part of
the interlocking occult directorate of occult groups. Claude
Debussy put some works of the previous P.d.S. Grand Master
Victor Hugo to music. Debussy and his other powerful occult
friends were influential with Monsieur Philippe, whose
Russian occult circle influenced the Russian Czars and
Czarinas before Rasputin came around. Debussy travelled to
Russia and Rome. Some of Debussy’s works became operas.
Interestingly, Walt Disney was extremely anxious to make a
cartoon using Debussy’s Clair de Lane. The work was done,
but it was never shown to the public. Disney never found a
place to use it. It was originally done with animation with
flying cranes for the occult extravaganza Fantasia, but when
the Fantasia ended up too long, Clair de Lane was cut and
shelved. It was again planned for the film Make Mine Music,
but then Blue Bayou was substituted in. Walt used the Le
Sacre du Printemps (the Rite of Spring) music for Fantasia.
This piece of music was written AS a pagan ritual where a
virgin sacrifices herself by dancing to death. Disney’s
mobster Gunther Lessing had threatened Stravinsky if
permission weren’t given for Disney to use the piece of
music, it would be used anyway. Dr. Julian Huxley got
involved in the production of Fantasia. Aldous and Julian
Huxley are well known by conspiracy researchers for their
roles in the World Order. In the 1940’s and 1950’s, the
Illuminati began using Disney’s Alice In Wonderland and the
Wizard of Oz films as programming bases for their total
mind-controlled slaves. Alice in Wonderland had been done
many years earlier by the Britisher William Cameron Menzies
(who also did Freemason H.G. Wells’ masonic forecast of the
New World Order entitled "Things to Come" in 1936, and the
film Invaders From Mars.). In 1944, Illuminati Kingpin
William Randolph Hearst (with some minor help from others)
funded the Motion Picture Alliance, and Walt Disney became a
co-founder and its first Vice-President. In the early
1950’s, Walt turned his attention from animated cartoons to
other projects, such as True-Life-Adventures, television
shows, and the creation of Disneyland. Seal Island was his
first true life adventure which was released to the general
public on May 4, 1949, and soon won Walt Disney an Oscar.
Alfred and Elma Milotte had shot the film on some Alaskan
Islands named
Page 98 ...
Pribilof Islands. James Algar had put the movie together.
In 1952, Walter spelled his named backwards to create the
name of another corporation ,,Retlaw". Roy and his family
saw the move as an attempt to cut them out of the financial
picture. In 1954, Walt Disney and ABC made a agreement. ABC
would directly invest half a million US dollars as well as
guarantee $4.5 million in loans for the construction of
Disneyland. This made ABC 1/3 owner of Disneyland. In
return, Walt Disney agreed to produce a regular television
series for ABC. Remember too that ABC’s president Leonard
Goldenstein was a good friend of Ronald Reagan. On July 13,
1955, Walt and Lillian were attempting to celebrate their
30th wedding anniversary at a park and restaurant. Walt got
too drunk to speak into the microphone, so he blew
noisemakers into it, while Lillian rushed to pull him out of
view. In 1961, Disney bought out the ABC investment (also
labelled Paramount) for $7.5 million with cash and notes,
and to bring this all up to date, later on July 31, 1995,
Disney merged with Capital Cities/ABC, with Disney in
nominal control. Actually Capital Cities has long been a CIA
front company, so the merger placed Disney squarely within
the CIA ranks, although it had been in bed with them for the
CIA’s entire history. The Illuminati-controlled corporations
of Coca-Cola and the drug firm Johnson and Johnson became
sponsors for Disney’s early TV shows. On 7/3/57, the Wall
St. Journal announced that Atlas Corp. got 26% interest in
Walt Disney Productions. Walt Disney worked quietly with
some consultants on the concepts behind Disneyland. His
brother and nephew tried to prevent the project from
happening. Later they requested that Walt sign over
Disneyland, Inc. to Walt Disney Productions, which Walt did.
Walt kept 17.25 % of Disneyland holdings and Walt Disney
Productions got the rest. Walt Disney Productions then
shared their portion with others. The man who helped Walt
finance Disneyland was the executive vice-pres. of ABC
Kintner. Walt Disney got the Illuminati’s Stanford Research
Institute to determine what would be the best site for
Disneyland. A retired Navy admiral Joe Fowler was in charge
of constructing both Disneyland and Walt Disney World. How
do admirals fit into the power structure? Admirals are
briefed each day, and are given information concerning the
secret power structure. Most men who are at that military
level are Illuminati or at least well controlled by the
system. Within the last few years there has been an intense
effort to weed out any admirals who are not loyal to the
Illuminati. Morgan-Evans, who lives in Malibu, and who may
be of the famous Morgan clan, was the one who created the
spectacular landscapes for Disneyland, Walt Disney World,
and EPCOT in FL. According to CIA informants opposed to the
NWO, CIA contractors were brought in to build the
underground tunnels under Disneyworld in 1977. These
contractors were sworn to secrecy, but were only informed on
a need to know basis why the CIA was involved with an
amusement park. To work on the secret tunnel project took an
"Above Top Secret" clearance. A major programming center was
constructed under Lake Holden. (Many of the lakes in Florida
are named Lake So-and-so, rather than So-and-so Lake.) The
tunnel system was built for programming trauma-based total
mind-controlled slaves. It was built of concrete with steel
reinforcement. Lake Holden lies just to the northwest side
of the Orlando International Airport and just south of
Interstate 4. (It is close to Range 29E on quad maps.) It is
only (as the crow flies) about 12 miles from Disneyworld. In
spite of Draconian measures of secrecy, numerous lawsuits
(Fed. & State) were filed over the
Page 99 ...
years by victims trying to expose the Disneyworld
programming tunnels, so that finally the programming center
was dismantled, cleaned up and a ,,maintenance" tunnel level
and a ,,casting" tunnel level were opened to the public.
During its heyday, the programmers (military & intelligence
men) had exotic offices underground with unusual programming
equipment. It doesn’t take any imagination to realize that
if Disney carried mind-control programming above and below
ground, that they would need tight security forces to
protect their secrets. Indeed, such is the case. Disney
amusement parks have been granted draconian powers wherever
they have been built! The Disney parks have also employed
armies of spies dressed like tourists to spy on Disney’s
employees! If amusement park workers did anything slightly
out of place, they were (and still are) reported by the
spies in the camp, and they often have lost their jobs. For
instance, one ex-worker, who had 10 years with Disney, was
caught discussing his divorce with another worker. Since
divorce doesn’t fit the wholesome image that Disney wants,
when the spy dressed as a tourist reported his conversation,
he lost his job. Many workers have tried to tell their
personal horror stories of Disney’s draconian rules and
their draconian private police force, but most of the time
Disney has had the power to suppress and intimidate away any
bad publicity. An exception to that is the recent Nov. 4,
‘96 Napa Valley Register article on page 2D entitled,
"Critics of Disneyland Say Security Abusive Inside Magic
Kingdom." UCLA law professor David Sklansky commented about
Disney’s police, "One of the major problems we have is
nobody really knows what they are doing- how often they
stop, interrogate or search people. They are not subject to
the same sort of regulatory controls." It’s almost
superfluous to tell readers that Disney’s amusement park
with it’s theme areas such as Fantasyland, Tomorrowland and
Adventureland were a great success. Everyone worldwide was
curious to visit this entertainment mecca to participate in
something that had a clean, wholesome image to it. The
entire world system pulled together to insure that
Disneyland got the image and publicity that the top 13
Illuminati families and the various syndicates wanted it to
have. For 40 years they’ve done this. When something that
everyone thinks is clean and wholesome is not attacked by
the world system, that should raise eyebrows among thinking
people. Home schooling, learning to read phonetically and
other wholesome activities for children have been viciously
attacked and ridiculed by the established media. Why has
Disney gone untouched? Disney Studios for years strove to
have a very clean image. Workers had dress codes, and any
activity on the part of employees that wasn’t morally
conservative was grounds for instant dismissal. Of course,
the exceptions were well covered up, such as an employee who
used hypnosis to get quite a few of the females employees to
undress until nude. John L. Hulteng, author of The
Messenger’s Motives (Englewood Cliff, NJ: Prentice-Hall,
1976, p. 213) informs us, "As communication researchers have
emphasized, the greatest impact the media have on the
formation or change of public opinion is in terms of
impressions built up over a long period." [bold added] The
wholesomeness of Disney is an image that has been built over
a long period of time. Disney’s occult themes of world
citizenship, witchcraft, humanism and idolatry have also
been long running impressions that have been craftively
perpetrated upon this nation, so long that they began prior
to this author’s --& probably the reader’s-- birth. People
don’t associate movie’s like Consenting Adults with Disney,
or The Corpse Had a Familiar Face with Disney. In fact as
previously mentioned, when Disney wanted to put out more
"adult" films, they did a slight of hand and created the
label Touchstone films
Page 100 ...
so that people wouldn’t associate movies like Splash
(which showed what looked like bared breasts) with Disney
Productions. Another label, Hollywood Pictures, was created
by Disney to help distribute Touchstone films. At first the
personnel of these companies was simply Disney’s staff, but
as time went on, they got their own production personnel. On
Oct. 27, 1954, Walt Disney’s Wonderful World of Color
debuted on television. The TV show celebrated Disney’s movie
triumphs. The words Wonderful World of Color are not ill
chosen. According to an Illuminati mind-control programmer,
when Disney worked on his cartoons, and amusement parks,
colors --special colors and color combinations--were
specifically chosen for mind-control programming purposes.
Wonderful World of Color under various names such as
Disneyland aired for 22 years over the television networks.
In 1955, Walt Disney made his cartoon character Mickey Mouse
real by creating a fan club--the Mickey Mouse Club, which
aired five days a week usually just as children came home
from school. Twenty-four children called mouseketeers would
help Mickey, and they would dance and sing and do skits. The
Mickey Mouse Club adored the unique, cute little beanie
Mickey Mouse caps with their big ears mounted to each side
of the beanie. In the 1950’s, most kid viewers of the show
wanted their own "Mouse Ears" and to become a Mouseketeer,
especially children who were receiving Mickey Mouse scripts
in their total mind-control programming. Disney used his
Mouseketeers to play all the roles in an Oz movie Rainbow
Road to Oz, which was never shown to the public. Adults
today (both men & women) who received Mickey Mouse
programming during the 50’s through 70’s can still be seen
with Mickey Mouse clocks, watches, lampshades, knick-knacks,
tee shirts, etc. Years later the kids who watched can still
remember "Spin and Marty" and the Mickey Mouse theme song.
The image that everything was perfect including Mickey was
portrayed by the Club’s T.V. program. Still somehow the
American people began to use the word "Mickey Mouse" as a
synonym for a silly, pretend way of doing things. It became
common for people to say, "He mickey-moused it together." to
mean he did a poor job putting it together. On Jan. 30,
1957, Walt Disney had a television show aired entitled "All
About Magic" where a Magic Mirror explains about magic. The
Magic Mirror also contains a "Bibbidi-bibbidi-Boo" sequence.
In 1959, Disney bought 8 small submarines from Todd
Shipyards for $2, 150.000. When ABC wouldn’t let Walt make a
TV series out of a storyline where a magic ring changes a
boy into a dog (a mind-control programming theme)--because
ABC didn’t think the public could swallow the story
line--Walt quit ABC for NBC. Walt then made a scaled down
version of this occult storyline entitled The Shaggy Dog.
Early in the 1960’s, Walt and his brother Roy went secretly
looking for an area on the east coast to build another
Disney Park. Walt the younger of the two, died in 1966, and
Roy finished the project. Beginning in 1964, 30,000 acres
were secretly purchased at $200 an acre in the Orlando, FL
area just west of NASA’s Cape Kennedy. Using phoney names
and paying cash, Disney buyers bought the land and swore the
sellers to secrecy. The Magic Kingdom has been multiplying.
In 1971, Walt Disney World was opened to the public. Bob
Hope and others participated in a Disney special on Oct. 29,
1971 "Grand opening of Walt Disney World". From the time of
its opening until Oct. 12, 1995, Disney World calculated 1/2
billion people visited DisneyWorld. This amusement park is
in Orlando, FL on over 27,400 acres and includes the EPCOT
Center (now also called simply Epcot). The EPCOT center was
another dream of Walt Disney’s (albeit more than slightly
modified from Walt’s original EPCOT ideas.)
Page 101 ...
EPCOT originally stood for Experimental Prototype
Community of Tomorrow. It was to be an extension of the
massive mind-control being carried out at Disney World. The
original EPCOT city designed by Walt was to carry on its
commerce (traffic) via underground roads and tunnels like
the Disney Theme parks. After Walt Disney died, his
successors changed the proposed experimental city into
another theme park simply called Epcot. It is not unusual to
see crowds of over 48,000 people descend on Walt Disney
World and the EPCOT center in a single day. Some visitors
arrive via a monorail. Visitors can buy 5-Day World Hopper
passes which allow them to bounce around with admission to
all the sites for a seven day period. In other words, some
families stay for a week at Disneyworld. Hardcore visitors
can get Annual Passports which provide unlimited use of Walt
Disneyworld for an entire year. In reality, many visitors to
Disneyworld begin the day enthusiastic and after a day of
hot sun and waiting in long lines with large crowds for
imitations of reality, the tourists are zombie-like and
looking forward to getting back to their hotels. Many people
have felt the rides were not nearly what they expected. Some
of the rides are better than others, and some typically get
comments like, "It was stupid." Some of the spooky events
like Snow White’s Adventures, or the oversized heads of the
Disney characters walking around can leave the little
preschool children terrified and dazed for the rest of the
day. In contrast, older children, who normally rarely show
patience at home may show how much they want to go on a
particular Disney ride, by waiting an hour and a half in the
hot sun for a ride. Alien Encounter is a Walt Disneyland
feature that invites tourists in for a "demonstration of
interplanetary teleportation." When the "demonstration" as
planned "breaks down" an ,,alien" with asocial traits
appears among the audience and terrorizes the audience. A
cute creature is hideously fried, deformed, and then vomited
into space screaming. Here are some comments from visitors
to this Walt Disneyland attraction:
· "Alien Encounter ...is one of those rides I can say
I’ve seen and that I have no intention of ever doing again.
In fact, parents who take children under the age of six
should be brought up on child abuse." Woman, from MI
· "Alien Encounter was the WORST experience for my
10-year-old (and almost every child in there). It starts out
cute enough during the preshow, but the actual show is a
disaster for children. My daughter screamed and cried in
terror throughout it. I thought the Disney warnings were
vague and inaccurate. When we left, there wasn’t one child
with dry eyes (even sturdy looking 12-year-old boys were
crying.). I think an age requirement of 13 or 14 is more
appropriate. I talked to a few adults and we even agreed
that the special effects were extremely unpleasant even for
us. This show is not a Disney family experience--its
ATROCIOUS!!" A mother from Phillipsburg, NJ.
· "We did go to Alien Encounter...The preshow is
deceiving. It kind of lulls you into thinking "this isn’t so
bad." When the main part came up, I admit the experience
gave me the absolute heebie-jeebies. . .I am never doing
that presentation again--it was way too intense for me, and
I’m now 27 years of age!--from a family in Laurel, MD
Michael Eisner, the President of Walt Disney Co., initially
rejected Alien Encounter for not being scary enough when it
was being considered as an addition to Disneyworld. One
wonders what he would have liked! Snow White’s Adventures,
which was an attraction at Disneyland, was one of what the
Disney people called "dark rides". After a while a sign
appeared with a witch warning people that the attraction was
scary. Later in 1983, they renamed it Snow White’s Scary
Adventures. It might be interesting to point out that when
the original Snow White and Seven Dwaffs film came out, that
England
Page 102 ...
forbid the film to be seen by any child under 16 unless
accompanied by an adult because of the scary content of the
movie. How far we have come since then. Schools in the
Florida and California areas also make field trips to the
Magic Kingdom that are arranged with Disney. EPCOT receives
tens of thousands of children this way during March,
September and October. High schools use the Magic Kingdom
for proms or senior nights, and some couples use the
facilities of the Magic Kingdom for weddings. Modem Bride
ranked Orlando as the number-one honeymoon destination in
the world. Group discussions of people who took honeymoons
to DisneyWorld have had a consensus that the hype is not as
great as the reality. Some weddings are done with cartoon
characters. Disney offers "fairy-tale" wedding packages. A
great deal for two mind-controlled slaves. They can
reinforce their programming while getting married. The
Disney fairy-tale wedding typically has its ceremony on a
pavilion on an island in the Seven Seas Lagoon with the
Cinderella Castle as a backdrop. The fairy-tale wedding can
then be followed with a Fantasy reception with a choice of
themes such as Beauty & the Beast or Aladdin. The fantasy
programming can continue as the bride is delivered to a
"Cinderella’s Ball" by an actual glass carriage drawn by six
white Disney ponies. A costumed fairy-godmother &
stepsisters are also at the ball. Desert is served in a
white chocolate slipper.
One of the after-dark shows is IllumiNations which
consists of music, fireworks, erupting fountains, special
lighting, and laser technology done at the World Showcase
Lagoon. EPCOT has a show Cranium Command at the Wonders of
Life in the Future World section where guests sit in a
theater that functions as a command control room for a boy’s
brain. In 1980, Disney came out with the box office flop The
Devil & Max Devlin. In 1984, Roy E. Disney brought in
Michael Milken, of junk bond fame to help Disney out
financially. In 1985, Disney bought MGM’s rights to Leo the
Lion logo and began using the MGM Wizard of Oz material.
Later a remake of Alice In Wonderland came out in the modern
motif of Honey I Shrank the Kids. In the 1990’s, Illuminati
controlled companies continued their promotion of Disney.
For instance, the Nestle family’s Nestle company promotes
Disney movies on their chocolate bars. The Nestle family is
exposed in this author’s booklet Illuminati Control Over
Foods and Grains, p. 4 as one of the elite Black Nobility
families. In 1996, Walt Disney World created an actual
residential town named Celebration on its property. This
self-contained community has 20,000 and a school, a theater,
a fiber optic information network linking business, as well
as other features.
SOME DISNEY people of interest.
Over the years, the close associates of the Disneys’ is
very revealing. The public can get a feel for Disney’s
attitude toward Illuminati bloodlines in the Disney movie
The Happiest Millionaire which is about Anthony J. Drexel
Biddle and Angie Duke. Readers of this author’s previous
writings will recognize the Biddle and Duke names. In fact,
the movie was based loosely on a book written by Cordelia
Drexel Biddle about the Biddles.
X Atensio. His first name was Xavier, but was nicknamed
and called X. He worked on the haunted mansion of Disneyland
with WED enterprises. He joined Disney in 1938, and was an
assistant animator of Fantasia.
Warren Beatty. (b. 1937 in VA) This actor is from the
Illuminati Beatty family and starred in Disney’s Dick Tracy.
The Dick Tracy film uses color in a special way, and this
ties in with the color programming of the mind-
Page 103 ...
control. Some total mind-controlled slaves have
programming based on Disney’s Dick Tracy movie for them to
track down and kill "targets" (people). Warren’s sister is
the famous (or infamous) Shirley Maclaine. Shirley
"MacClaine" is not what she appears. Her father was a
professor who was a CIA asset. She was used by the CIA as a
sex slave. She became popular with the studios because she
went to bed with the correct people. Her talents were used
to get her as an intelligence slave into places that an
obvious intelligence agent couldn’t go. She was married to a
man in the NSA for nearly 20 years. Her adopted name
Maclaine (reportedly her mother’s maiden name) is a pun on
McLain,, VA where the CIA programmed her. She was used by
the CIA in an operation in Australia, where the CIA used her
as a sex slave to compromise Andrew Peacock, an Australian
MP,, so that they could establish the Nugen-Hand bank for
their dirty money laundering etc. She is friends with
satanist Stephen Nance who has provided her with some of her
teachings. Lowell McGovern writes her material. The CIA has
programmed many of their New Age slaves to adore Shirley
MacLaine. An example of this is Christa Tilton, one of their
mind-controlled slaves, who revealed in an interview how she
considered herself a born-again Christian who had spent most
of her life in Oklahoma, but had mysteriously been drawn to
Shirley MacLaine. During her life she has gotten repeated
"psychic urgings"--that is strong urges to do things and go
places, which she doesn’t understand where these urgings
came from. After hypnosis, Christa drew pictures of the
doctor who programmed her. Christa has had a federal agent
monitor her constantly. Her husband has seen this agent, who
has shown up on her door step and made calls to her. She
names the agent John Wallis (most likely a cover name). This
agent has a complete knowledge of her life, and government
agents have taken photos of her during her supposedly "alien
abduction" experiences. Christa is just one of hundreds of
victims who have been programmed to adore Shirley MacLaine.
(Christa is mentioned here because she is one case that this
author is familiar with.) Warren Beatty, who peppers his
speech with four-letter words was a student at the Stella
Adler Theater Studio in NYC.
Black, Shirley Temple. Shirley Temple Black sat on the
Disney board of directors (74-75). Her films were used for
some of the early 40’s and ‘50’s programming and teaching
slaves body movements/dance. She married someone in an elite
Network family from San Francisco named Charles A. Black.
Charles A. Black was a Lt. Col. in the Pentagon who lived at
Bethesda, MD. Was Shirley an early example of brain-stem
scarring to get geniuses? Shirley’s brother appears to have
developed "Multiple Sclerosis" from brain stem-scarring. It
was Shirley Temple who co-founded the International
Federation of Multiple Sclerosis Societies, and was a member
of its exec. committee. Shirley represented the U.S. at the
UN General Assembly in 1969, belongs to the Sierra Club, and
has been decorated with the Cross of Malta. Shirley has
shown clues that she may be an Illuminati mind-controlled
child protege.
Stephen Bollenbach. Bollenbach was part of Walt Disney
management, and was a key figure who helped engineer
Disney’s $19 billion buyout of the CIA’s Capital Cities/ABC,
as well as sell the idea to Eisner. He is the CEO of the
Network’s Hilton Hotels Corp. He recently has been involved
with trying to buy ITT, in order to put together the world’s
largest hotel-casino combination. Bollenbach has an
extensive background with the gaming-gambling industry. When
the Justice Dept. began looking into the merger of Disney
with Cap. Cities/ABC, Bollenbach resigned his Disney
position. Some people feel his resignation was needed for
Disney to get the Justice Dept. to approve the merger,
because his past was vulnerable to be exposed.
Page 104 ...
Warren Buffett. A major stockholder in Walt Disney. He
also owns 40% of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. which also owns
lots of shares of Disney stock. According to S.F. Examiner,
Buffett himself owns 24 million shares of Disney. Warren
Buffett is part of the Ak-Sar-Ben fraternity and Monarch
slave abusers who were exposed in the Nebraska Saving & Loan
scandal. He is perhaps the second richest man in the nation,
and too powerful for anyone to touch. In the kingpin vs.
kingpin battles, some people close to the inside see Buffett
as a good guy. Readers need to study the Lincoln Savings &
Loan scandal and the scandals connection to programmed child
slaves at Boy’s Town to get more information on this Disney
stockholder. Robert G. Hagstrom, Jr., who is the portfolio
manager of the mutual fund Focus Trust, which has shares in
Walt Disney, wrote the book The Warren Buffett Way. Hagstrom
has a chapter on Disney in his The Warren Buffett Way. He
quotes Buffett as extremely enthusiastic about Disney’s
merger with Capital Cities/ABC. Because of his enthusiasm
Buffett says, ,,The odds are extremely high that we will
have a very large amount of Disney stock."
Salvador Dali--This strange surrealist spanish artist was
a friend of Walt Disney. After Salvador was kicked out of
Spain for Franco’s belief that he was a communist, he came
to America, and worked with Disney Studios in 1946.
Salvador, an eccentric who had no particular work habits,
described himself, "The only difference between me and a
madman is that I’m not a madman."
The Tommy Dorsey Band--This band has had a number of men
in it who are Mind-control slave abusers associated with the
Network. Frank Sinatra, a sexual slave user, got his big
break with this band. This band performed at Disneyland in
1984 at the Plaza Gardens. Tommy Dorsey was part of the
Network’s in-crowd. When he was on a USO Tour with Bob Hope,
he stabbed actor Joe Hall and threw him out of a window. Joe
had to have 32 stitches. But Joe didn’t get justice, the
judge dismissed his case against Tommy.
Michael Dammann Eisner, Chairman at Disney is a CIA asset
and connected to the mob. Some insiders believe he is
connected to elements of the CIA & mob that are anti-NWO.
Even so, these anti-NWO factions also employ mind-control.
Eisner ignored a threat by Red China to boycott Disney
products if he made a movie about the nation Tibet that
China controls with draconian force. The U.N., the Commerce
Dept. and the State Dept. all tried unsuccessfully to get
him to back down on the film. A paper trail connecting
Michael Eisner and Walt Disney Co. to mind control is their
support of the Boys & Girls Club of Napa Valley, which is
used for a supply of children for pedophilia and
mind-control. The Boy’s & Girls Club is used to supply
caddies for the Silverado Country Club, where these children
are also used as mind-controlled slaves for the sexual
perversions of the elite. Notice that Napa’s Silverado
Country Club invites in celebrities (such as CIA asset Pat
Boone, Joe DiMaggio ex-husband of sex slave Marilyn Monroe,
Engelbert Humberdinck a slave handler, Digger Phelps Notre
Dame’s coach who uses slaves, and Jack Vale nti CEO of
Motion Picture Assoc. & Bohemian Grover) for a golf
tournament which is billed as a ,,benefit for the Boys &
Girls Club". The benefit for child slaves is they get to
caddie & sexually service elite perverts. Michael (bn. March
7, ‘42 in NY) came from old American money of a family that
has been rich merchants and lawyers. Michael grew up in
luxurious Park Ave. as well as his family’s "country place"
in Bedford Hills near Mt. Kisco, NY. He went to an elite
private school Allen-Stevenson, which is famous for its
children’s orchestra. At the age of 14, he then went to
Lawrenceville School, which is a prep-school for Princeton,
whose tuition in ’56 was $3,000. Eisner’s class incl. NY’s
governor’s son, and other sons of powerful men, such as the
Page 105 ...
son of Saudi Prince Turqi al-Faisal. The school is a prep
school for the establishment’s entertainment industry.
Students are only allowed to see their parents on major
holidays. Eisner was in the Periweg Club, the school’s drama
society. His poor scholastic performance meant that he had
to go to a small liberal arts college, rather than Princeton
or Harvard such as was family tradition. For instance, his
grandfather had attended Phillips Exerter Academy and
Harvard. His grandfather has serve in many govt. commissions
and belonged to the Harvard Club, the American Club in
London as well as some yacht clubs. Between his junior &
senior year in high school, Eisner was a page at NBC’s HQ in
the Rockefeller Center. In 1966, he landed a job in the
programming department of ABC. He had an influential
position. Eisner had one good break for deciding TV
programming. He was 21 when the target audience was 21 years
old, and when he was 35, the target age of the film industry
was then 35. He has been described as having "supernatural
enthusiasm" coupled to a lifetime quest for untested ideas.
Rich H. Frank, was Executive Vice-President with Walt
Disney until his sudden resignation about a year before this
was written. He worked side by side with Katzenberg and left
after Katzenberg resigned in a dispute with Disney’s
chairman Eisner. Rich Frank was President of Walt Disney’s
TV-Media Division. He acquired the estate of
VanHoffenwiggen, when VanHoffenwiggen fled the country and
vanished when Lendvest began to be exposed. VanHoffenwiggen
was a major figure involved with Lendvest Mortgage Inc., a
drug-laundering operation and drug smuggling operation
operating out of Napa Valley. It was also the fastest
growing real estate mortgage company in northern California
until its drug smuggling began to be exposed. Lendvest did
some tricks ala Nugen Hand Bank. Millions of dollars of
investors and creditors have disappeared leaving lots of
hurting people, and the mortgage company filed for
protection from creditors in U.S. Bankruptcy court, and is
still in operation. International financier Edmond Safra’s
private bank, the Republic National Bank of NY, launders
money from the Medellin drug cartel. Safra’s bank sent
Lendvest lots of crisp new $100 bills. The Safras are tied
in with the Rothschilds. (The Safras are reportedly recent
property owners in St. Helena near Napa (through Good Wine
Co. which is the Spring Mountain Wineries), near where
Lendvest was HQed. Edmond’s nephew, Jacob Safra, has a
partnership in Napa Valley’s Good Wine Co. The Rothschild’s
Citicorp gave Republic National Bank the transaction ability
to issue international (world) bearer bonds ("bank notes")
The Luxembourg/Belgium branch of Bank Nacional de Paris
issued a bearer bond that was connected the Lendvest drug
running operation. In Britain, a U.S. citizen Mike Spire ran
the British operation of Lendvest and InVest. LandVest’s
parent was InVest which has operated in the U.K., Switz.,
Saudi Arabia & Paraguay. Long story made short, Lendvest has
been an international CIA-Mafia drug running operation, with
Illuminati overtones and connections to it. With all this in
mind, it is strange, that Walt Disney’s President of its
TV-Media Division, Rich Frank, bought the palatial mansion
of John O. Van Hoffenwiggen after Van Hoffenwiggen
disappeared from the country when indictments and arrests
began to be made of people connected to Lendvest. According
to insiders, Rich Frank is also one of a number of Napa
Valley people involved in illegal labelling of wines. Rich
Frank was a key figure in Disney’s programming venture with
three regional Bell Telephone companies (Ameritech, Bell
South, & SBC Commun.) coming together. Bell Telephone wanted
to get into cable TV. Michael Ovitz formed a rival group of
3 other Bell Telephone co.s. Calvin Robinson, who tied in
with Land Vest, worked with Boyce, who in turn worked for
TRW Co., in Redondo Beach, CA. Boyce was sentenced
Page 106 ...
to 40 years for selling US surveillance secrets to the
soviets.
Daniel Hillis, the co-founder of a supercomputer producer
Thinking Machines from MIT, is in charge of the Walt Disney
Imagineering unit. Hillis helped Disney develop a
virtual-reality ride at Disneyland based on the Aladdin
cartoon.
Jeffrey Katzenberg, has been the chairman of Disney’s
movie studio, is an aggressive worker, a model Type A
person. ,,Ask 50 people to describe Jeffrey Katzenberg, and
most will say tenacious. ‘If Jeffrey were any more
aggressive, he’d be in jail." says the producer Dan
Melnick." ( Harmetz, Aljean, "Who Makes Disney Run?", NY
Times. Feb. 7, ‘88, p. 29.) Katzenberg is the father of
twins, which people joke was typical of his efficiency.
Katzenberg supervised the production of Star Trek. Most of
his movies have been box office successes. In the ‘70’s,
Katzenberg worked for NY Mayor John Lindsay.
Sanford Martin Litvack. Sanford is the Executive Vice
Pres. of Disney and in charge of "Human Resources" for the
corporation. He is a jewish lawyer who was educated at the
Jesuits’ Georgetown Univer. He is on the bd of dir, of Bet
Tzedek.
Vincent Price. Price has been one of the major
influential occultists who has provided the world with many
occult horror books and scripts. He worked for Disney some,
and was the voice for Ratigan in The Great Mouse Detective.
Vincent Price’s good friend John Hay Whitney is an
Illuminati kingpin and vice-pres. of the Pilgrim Society and
was raised into the Illuminati through the Yale Scroll & Key
fraternity. His friend Whitney likes horror movies.
The Osmond Brothers. Merrill Osmond’s boys were
"discovered" at Disneyland when they were visiting the site
in 1962. The Disney people on Main St. just "happened" to
recognize the talent of the five boys and signed them up
soon for their first professional singing contract. The
Osmond Boys did some television appearances for Disneyland
such as Meet Me at Disneyland, and Disneyland after Dark.
(Considering the mind-control programming done to these
Osmund children, these TV shows were a cruel joke.) Of the
singing Osmond kids, Donny is the next to the youngest, and
his sister Marie is the youngest. Both Donny and his sister
Marie are programmed multiples who are slaves, who have been
subjected to a lot of abuse. They have good front alters.
Their father has made millions from drugs, porn and white
slavery and is part of the Mormon Illuminati front. The
Mormon front of the Illuminati has gotten a lot of good
publicity off of the Osmonds. They sang for Andy Williams
whose french wife was once arraigned on murder charges.
Later they sang for the satanic Network’s Lawrence Welk
show. Swedish accented Lawrence Welk has been part of the
Network. Marie Osmond has grown up, and she has adopted 3 of
her 5 children in spite of her busy singing schedule which
includes approx. 200 singing shows a year at places like
Mafia controlled Atlantic City. In terms of occult families,
adopted children are often programmed children, so this is a
clue that her children have been programmed too.
Michael Ovitz. Ovitz was the no. 2 man at Walt Disney for
a while until near the end of ’96. Michael Ovitz was a high
school classmate in VanNuys, CA with Michael Milken (later
the junk-bond wizard), & there are many of the same people
connected to both men. When Michael Ovitz’s National
Mercantile Bancorp (a saving & loan) began getting into the
quicksand of several lawsuits & scandals, attorney Robert
Strauss represented him. Illuminati member Robert Strauss
has been a lawyer connected with drug running & the mafia.
He was also an FBI agent from ’41 to ’45 with Hoover. He is
admitted to the Wash.
Page 107 ...
D.C. bar. Pres. Bush appointed him U.S. Ambassador to
Russia. He has been on the board of dir, of the Illuminati’s
PepsiCo, Archer-Daniels-Midland (ADM), and General
Instruments (which have been exposed in other writings by
this author.) He was also a board member of the
Illuminati-mafia run MCA. Strauss is seen in Wash. D.C. as a
behind the scenes power broker. Strauss represented Michael
Milken associate Ronald 0. Perelman, Chrmn. of Revlon, who
made a $600 mil. killing off of the 1st Gibraltar S&L.
Strauss represented MCA, which the Bronfmans took over in
1995. The book Knoedelsder, William. Stiffed-The True Story
of MCA, The Music Business, and the Mafia. NY: HarperCollins
Pub., 1993, does an good job of connecting MCA to the mob,
the Network, and Iran Contra. See especially page 442. Time
magazine 2/24/97 carried a page long story about Michael
Ovitz being out of a job. In the article, they reported that
he was spending time on his new yacht The Illusion, visiting
Joe Silver’s estate in So. Carolina, visiting his property
in Aspen, CO, and eating lunch with investment adviser
Richard Salomon of Spears, Benzak, Salomon & Farrell. Gordon
Crawford of the Capital Group is quoted in the article
praising Ovitz, and saying he would invest in an Ovitz
venture. Ovitz is believed to be mafia by people in a place
to know. He has also been known to threaten people using
mafia terms, for instance, Vanity Fair (12/’96, p. 272)
reports Ovitz threatening Bernie Brillstein, a producer,
with his "foot solders". The San Francisco Chronicle (Fri.,
1/26/’96, p. D20) quotes the latest issue of Columbia
Journalism Review about an incident where a reporter Anita
Busch who was investigating Ovitz got violently sick from
the MSG in her food as she interviewed him. To top off it
all off, Ovitz followed up her story which questioned his
actions, by sending her a gift wrapped package of MSG with a
one-word note: "Enjoy.". Michael Ovitz has had the clout to
deal with Illuminati kingpin Edgar Bronfman head to head. He
requested & got Bronfman to keep his dad employed, which was
dutifully done. Edgar Bronfman Jr. had seriously considered
having Ovitz head Seagram’s MCA/Universal conglomerate.
Frank G. Wells. Frank was the President & the Chief
Operating Officer of The Walt Disney Co. Wells was also on
Disney’s board of directors. He was a Rhodes Scholar, and a
lawyer in 1955. Those who have read previous books (such as
Vol. 1) by this author know how the Rhodes Scholars fit into
things & are part of the Illuminati. He worked closely with
Eisner & Katzenberg. Frank died in a helicopter crash in the
spring of 1994 while heli-skiing in Nevada. His surviving
sister is Molly Wells Chappellet who runs around in
Illuminati circles. Molly Wells Chappellet has been featured
several times in Betty Knight Scripp’s magazine Appellation.
Betty Knight Scripp was married to a Bohemian Grove member.
Betty has been good friends with: the late Pamela Harriman
(who was a recent U.S. ambassador to France & connected to
the Rothschilds), as well as good friends with Her Imperial
Highness the Grand Duchess of Vladmir of Russia, who owns
the Chateau Margaux in Bordeaux. Betty Scripps personally
monitors with care what is put into her incredible magazine
Appellation. She has a column "Who’s Who in the Wine
Country" where the Chappellets have appeared in print
numerous times.
Nearly all of Disney’s 1920 movies had a black cat in
them. Many had occult slants to the scripts. The occult
slant never departed from Disney themes.
Some of DISNEY’S blatantly OCCULT MOVIES.
Aladdin. A wisecracking allpowerful genie is shown.
Bednobs & Broomsticks (1971) A witch finds a magic
formula from a lion king. The magic formula raises a ghostly
army of armor in a museum which stops a band of German
commandos.
page 108 ...
Beyond Witch Mountain (1982) A pair of twins leave
Witch’s Mountain and have to use their special occult powers
to outwit a character named Deranian.
The Black Cauldron (1985), A Horned King uses his magic
to fight a clairvoyant pig and the pig’s keeper. This
animation cost $25 million, but was a box office failure.
Bride of Boogedy (1987) An evil spirit visits the Davis
family and puts the father under a spell. Directed by Oz
Scott.
Child of Glass (1978) A glass doll must be found to set a
ghost free in a haunted house.
The Gnome-Mobi1e (1967). A multimillionaire and his
grandchildren encounter gnomes. In the end the
multimillionaire deeds the forest to the gnomes for
eternity.
Halloween Hall of Fame (1977). Jack-o-lanterns come to
life.
Halloween Treat (1982). Cartoons about Halloween. This
was followed the next year with a film Haunted Halloween
which talked about the origins of Halloween.
Misadventures of Merlin Jones (1964) A genius tries to
help other students. He tries to also use hypnotism & ESP
which backfire on him.
Richest Cat in the World (1986) A wealthy man leaves his
fortune to his cat, who the relatives later discover can
talk.
H. DISNEY & its MOB connections
When this author spoke to the co-author’s deeper
Illuminati alters about Disney, their reaction was that
Disney had been described to them when they were in the
Illuminati as "a syndicate within a syndicate." They said
that while in the Illuminati, they were aware that
Disneyland had their own government, their own rules and
their own police force. They were a crime syndicate within a
syndicate. What these Illuminati alters casually mentioned,
was verified by this author the hard way through research.
One Disneyland Security Supervisor said, "There is no
Constitution at Disneyland. We have our own laws." Once,
when Walt Disney got miffed at a Hollywood policeman, Walt
said, "I’ll have your badge." If Disney guards decide to,
they will get very rough physically with people, and assault
them in any fashion they see fit. The people they detain are
often thrown into tiny cells at Disneyland where they are
kept without benefit of a phone call, without benefit of a
toilet or water. The judicial system turns a blind eye to
whatever Disney police do. Many people pay Disney to get
their children out of a Disney cell, and never get due
process of any law. This type of treatment has gone on for
decades, and is almost a daily occurrence at Disneyland. The
Anaheim Police force is very chummy with the Disney private
police force. Also at one point, the Burbank Chief of Police
was the brother-in-law to Disney’s Chief of Security.
Recently, when a couple filed a wrongful death suit against
the Magic Kingdom of Disney in Florida, the state of Florida
surprisingly has appeared to have backed off from their
traditional behavior of protecting Disney’s sovereignty. An
article on the suit said, ""there is evidence of some
nervousness with Disney’s relative autonomy."" (San
Francisco Chronicle, article "Mickey’s Dark Side" Oct. 1,
’96, p. C6) An attorney in the case said, "Disney World’s
security people aren’t just cops, they are bad ones. I don’t
think there is any corporation that has ever had the
perceived power that Disney has." Richard Foglesong, a
professor of
Page 109 ...
politics at Rollins College in Winter Park stated,
"Because Disney World controls so much of its corporate and
municipal universe, it can’t help but act in a heavy-handed
manner in order to ferociously protect its self-interest.
They have immunity from state and local land use law. They
can build a nuclear plant, distribute alcohol. They have
powers local communities don’t have. Do they abuse it? In my
opinion, yes." In line with Disney’s previous dictatorial
policies on their properties, Disney’s new city called
Celebration will not have any elected government. Since the
city is unincorporated (a neat Disney trick) the mayor is
appointed by Disney. Several Disney "quasi-government’"
bodies control citizens of the city. For instance, the
Celebration Residential Owners Association, which
participates in binding all residents to a Declaration of
Covenants, a legal binder of rules that residents must live
by. Of course the Declaration of Covenants was written by
Disney. These rules include such nit picky things as, no
more than two people can sleep in the same bedroom, no
pickup trucks can be parked in front of homes, and if Disney
officials don’t like your cat or dog they can forcibly
remove the animal from your home. Disney Corp. has
perpetrated numerous deceptions on the residents, incl.
shoddy work on their homes, and operating their ""public""
school with Disney cronies. Still, the residents that have
moved into Celebration are glowing with praise for the town
in spite of the fact that the city is totally run by Big
Brother Disney Corp. Of course those who don’t love it, soon
leave. So much for the American tradition of
self-government.
Some MOB HISTORY.
Traditionally, the mob crime bosses have had a yearly
summit. In 1928, they had their yearly conclave at
Cleveland. In 1929, they had their secret yearly conclave at
Atlantic City. In 1931, they held their secret annual
conclave at Wappingers Falls, NY. At the Wappingers Falls
meeting, attended by about 300 overlords and soldiers, the
heads of the family clans discussed their crime family
agendas. They decided where the first national Mafia
convention was to be held. Once the Mafia was able to hold
their yearly private national meetings, they were able to
coordinate their activities, as well as decide such things
as:
a. the direction of national & internal operations, and
long range plans
b. the promotion of new bosses
c. decisions on turf & rank, commodities & cash
d. hashing out alliances or disputes with the Mishpucka,
Triads, FBI, Illuminati, etc. and working with others in a
concerted manner. The mafia clans would then leave the
annual summit meetings and follow through in their area of
operations, until they would meet the next year, review
their successes & failures, get new assignments, and decide
upon new short & long term goals. In 1927, the Mishpucka
worked with Mafia to highjack a bootleg shipment of whiskey
travelling from Ireland to Boston for the Kennedy Illuminati
family. Most of Kennedy’s guards were killed in the
shootout, and J.P. Kennedy had the widows of the guards
besieging him for financial assistance. Billy Graham’s good
friend Mafia Chief Joseph Bonanno was one of the chiefs who
attended the yearly conclaves. He also met with J.F. Kennedy
in the Winter of 1959. John Kennedy was known to have said
that mobster Sam Giancana worked for his Kennedy family. The
mob/Illuminati alliances and infighting are too complex to
deal with in this book, but both groups had to put plans
into action to deal with the repeal of Prohibition, which
would end their lucrative bootlegging. The short term plan
for the Mafia was to control the film industry in Hollywood,
and to penetrate the unions better. The long term plans
called for sending their next few generations of children
off to the top schools and getting them into legitimate
respectable corporate positions. By learning the ins and
Page 110 ...
outs of honest, legal operations, they could then mix in
the illegal operations with their legal ones & look legal.
They planned to extend their power base into politics, the
Harvard-Stanford business schools, as well as the finest
corporate board rooms. They intended (and have succeeded) in
getting some of their offspring to produce/direct
T.V./films. They would have an increasing presence within
the Bohemian Grove membership, as well as some of the other
great social & business clubs. Their plan to take over the
film industry hinged on their union control over unions and
theaters. The Chicago mob controlled the International
Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees Union. The mob
controlled the projectionist’s union, and if the film makers
had the theaters where their movies were shown shut down,
what good would it be to make movies? The film makers and
the mafia both had power & money. Rather than fight a
protracted war, they made a deal. The major studios would
give about $50,000 a year to the mafia, and the small ones
$25,000, to be allowed to function. Other agreements were
also reached. Mob henchmen Willie Bioff and George E. Browne
were mob lieutenants who orchestrated the mob’s "Hollywood
takeover". Time Magazine, Nov. 1, 1943, wrote,
"In the witness chair in Manhattan’s Federal Court sat
bland, wily Willie Bioft (pronounced Buy-off), blackmailer,
panderer, labor leader, and now star witness against eight
ex-pals, who are charged with shaking down $1 million from
the movie industry...Question: Was it true that Bioft once
had a five-year plan for taking over 20% of Hollywood’s
profits-and eventually 50% interest In the studios
themselves? Bioff (wistfully): "If we’d lasted that long, we
would have. Question: "Did you ever say you were boss of
Hollywood and could make producers do whatever you wanted?"
Bioff: "Yes-and I could make them dance to my tune."
Although Bioff rolled over on his pals and ended up getting
car bombed, that didn’t stop the mob/Mishpucka infiltration
& control of Hollywood. (Bioff had tried to save his public
image by helping Walt Disney settle his labor dispute with
the mob-led unions, but Walt wisely relected his offer of
help, and made sure he didn’t offend the Chicago mob leaders
who were disgruntled with Bioff.) Hundreds of millions of
dollars were poured by the Mafia & Mishpucka into real
estate in southern California, by using legitimate local
businessmen to launder the money. Hollywood was declared a
"free zone" where all the Mafia/Mishpucka families could
operate without a fear of a turf war."
Let us backtrack slightly to 1930. Columbia distributed
Disney cartoons from 1930 until 1932, when Disney switched
to United Artists, because Columbia wasn’t bothering to pay
Disney the money they owed. In 1930, Cohn, Pres. of Columbia
Pictures, got Disney off the financial hook with Powers by
intimidating Powers with some street toughs carrying a legal
suit. If Disney wasn’t indebted to the mafia before, he was
at that point. Biographers have been puzzled why Disney went
into such a traumatic depression after Henry Cohn "helped"
him. Tough guy Henry Cohn made sure Walt knew who was boss.
His attitude was that Walt should be happy to be paid at all
by him for the cartoons Walt supplied Columbia. After this,
Walt would lock himself in his room and weep uncontrollably
for hours. He was impossible for anyone to get along with.
He was unable to focus on anything, and would stare for long
periods out the window. Biographers blame Walt’s behavior on
the fact that his wife was pregnant. They also blame it on
his friend Iwerks defection to another company. Frankly,
Walt had treated Iwerk like a dog, and deep down must have
known why Iwerk left such an abusive relationship. To claim
that he wept for hours day after day because he realized he
might become a father is too much to swallow. When Walt was
asked years later about why he was so depressed he said it
was the stress of the financial situation. Walt said, ,,I
had a nervous breakdown ... Costs were going up; each new
picture we finished cost more to make than we had figured it
would earn when we first began to plan it...I cracked up."
Page111 ...
This author submits to the reader that part of his
breakdown may have indeed been the financial stress from
having come under the heel of the mafia. They had all the
means to make or break him, and he had no choice but to
surrender to their overwhelming power to blackmail & destroy
him OR to get out of the business. What this did was place
Walt in a position where his two strongest traits had to
clash--his overwhelming obsession to be his own boss, and
his creative obsession to create animation which was wrapped
up with his ego & his deep phobias and psychological needs.
His mind couldn’t give up its independence nor its
creativity without great mental anguish, and therefore Walt
was very saddened, knowing that he would have to admit
defeat, and buckle under the heels of the big boys. Just
when he needed emotional support his wife was going to have
a child, and his best animator left. Walt had abandoned
Iwerks years before, and Walt’s wife had wanted a child for
some time. Iwerk’s departure and his arriving child do not
in themselves account for the long intense nervous breakdown
that Walt experienced. Biographers point out that Walt was
very reluctant to have children, and that he was impotent
with women including his wife much of the time. His
impotency to carry out normal sex may help explain his
secret sexual habits. Walt’s masonic brother Carl Laemmle
offered Walt a good deal to help him recover from Henry
Cohn’s abusive control of Walt, but Carl wanted the
copyright to Mickey Mouse in return for the help, and Walt
wouldn’t part with Mickey Mouse. Instead, Walt signed a
contract offered by Joseph Schenck of UA (United Artists),
who was one of the Mafia’s illegal drug kingpins. In 1935,
the mob’s illegal drug dealer Joseph Schenck went on to
found 20th Century, Inc. which later merged with Fox in ‘38
to form Twentieth Century-Fox, whose board of directors
would include two Illuminati kingpins William Randolph
Hearst and Malcolm MacIntyre. Joseph Schenck’s brother
Nicholas Schenck and Marcus Loew merged Metro Pictures and
Goldwyn Pictures and named Louis B. Mayer as its head.
Meanwhile over the years, MCA, headed up by Illuminati
Kingpin Lew Wasserman gained a monopoly over the American
film industry with the secret backroom deals that they made
with Ronald Reagan’s Screen Actor’s Guild and Petrillo’s
American Fed, of Musicians. (By the way, Lew Wasserman would
try to revive Reagan’s acting career in the early ‘60’s.
Frank Sinatra and Walt Disney were both friends of Ronald
Reagan, and all three believed in mind-control.) Ronald
Reagan and Petrillo in turn worked with the Mafia’s NCS
Council of 9 (which incl. Anthony Accardo and Sam Giancana),
which at one point divided the U.S. into 24 mob territories.
After J. Schenck went to jail (very briefly), he was
replaced as Pres. of 20th-Cent. Fox by Spyros Skouras.
Before his arrest, while Schenck was still in charge of
20th-Cent. Fox, he made numerous offers to Disney for Disney
to incorporate his studio as a subdivision of 20th-Cent.
Fox. Disney worked for a few years with them distributing
his films, but he would not let go of trying to be
independent. The FBI and American Intelligence turned to the
mob to help them as the U.S. entered WW II. Perhaps Walt’s
mob connection added impetus for his recruitment. Walt went
to a number of American Nazi meetings prior to Pearl Harbor.
This author believes from knowing Walt’s personality that
Walt may have been on assignment, rather than a Nazi
sympathizer. Still, why does one of Disney’s pre-Pearl
harbor cartoons display a swastika? Disney’s Epcot Resorts
is close to the mob’s Atlantic City Board Walk with its
nightclubs. The resort was designed by Robert A.M. Stern.
(This author doesn’t know about Robert Stern, but there are
programmed multiples and Illuminati members within the Stern
family.) At Walt Disney World, the nightclub
page 112 ...
there was named "Cage", and then later ’8 TRAX". Comedy
Warehouse, which is a nightclub at Pleasure Island in Walt
Disney World opened on May 1, 1989 and has used slave
comedians as well having people who are mind-control
abusers. On Feb. 11, 1987, Walt Disney Co. was
reincorporated in Delaware. Delaware is the only state that
allows total corporate secrecy. No one can find out who
really is running a Delaware corporation, and many other
secrets can be hidden under Delaware’s corporation laws.
Capital Group has considerable shares in Disney, as well as
29% of the shares of the Robert Mondavi winery at 7801 St.
Helena Hwy, Oakville, CA. Wellington Group and Mellon bank
also have shares. Behind Capital Group are mob controlled
groups like Debartolo Reality Corp. and La Quinta Inns (a
Bass bro. operation.) Sam Bronfman operates Sterling &
Monterey Vineyards. There are countless people walking
around that have felt the ruthless, impersonal, controlling,
money-grabbing side of the Disney Corp. Also, there are a
number of journalists who have experienced first hand the
secrecy and paranoia that the Disney corporation has. Most
journalists are not used to the secrecy that pervades
Disney. Because Disney has shaped the myths of America for
several generations, the public takes more concern over who
is running Disney, than they would other institutions.
Because most of America believe in the image that the
Illuminati have built for Disney, they are rooting for it to
succeed.
How the Disney Executives have figured out how to steal
land all across the U.S.
Over the years Walt Disney has developed several very
sneaky reliable techniques to acquire land. They acquire
land through their executives and large stockholders and
family members of the execs and stockholders. After all the
deals are made in an area, and when everything is in place
over a period of time, these people then turn their land
over to Disney. Disney works with government officials and
local bankers to line up special deals so they can succeed
in their plans. After everything is lined up, the
corporation announces their plans and goes forward. This
methodology has been used repeatedly, for instance the
American History Theme Park in the Manassas Civil War
battlefield area of Virginia for which Disney has acquired
1,800 acres and has access to at least 1,200 more. In Nov.
‘94, after a new Virginia governor was elected, the Virginia
"Disney’s America" project was announced, and Virginia voted
almost instantly for the money for transportation and
infrastructure improvements to the area so that Disney’s
theme park would be viable. Disney set up 3 banks in Napa,
CA. Their banks made loans to old families in the valley.
The trusts and the wills for these families were made up by
Stanford Univ. grads. These people set on the boards of
these banks or connect with the boards of these banks. They
charge large fees, and know every trick in the book to rob
people of their estates and their living trusts. The
Stanford grads, who connect in with intelligence agencies &
the mob use certain code words when they set up their
businesses, such as RESOURCE, EVERGREEN and PACIFIC. There
are a number of scared landholders who are being intimidated
to sell their land in the Napa Valley region.
DISNEY and the GOVERNMENT
Just prior to W.W. II, the FBI recruited Walt Disney. His
job was to spy on Hollywood or anything else that looked
suspicious. Documents obtained from the Freedom of
Information Act, in spite of heavy censoring, clearly show
that Walt Disney became a paid Special Correspondent asset
of the FBI. He reported to FBI agent E.E. Conroy. In 1954,
Walt was promoted to Special Agent in Charge (SAC) which
means others reported to him.
Page 113 ...
After "leaving" the CIA, ex-DCI (ex-head) of the CIA
William Hedgcock Webster became a lawyer for the Wash. D.C.
based firm of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley and McCloy. In 1993,
when news broke about Walt Disney’s FBI membership, ex-CIA
head Webster worked with the Disney family to cover up to
the public that Walt Disney was an FBI agent. Webster went
on TV and had interviews to spread the fabrication that Walt
was not connected to the FBI. Why? One of the countless
items that Disney was involved in was the investigation into
the disappearance/rape of a six-year old child Rose Marie
Riddle on 1/12/61. According to documents gotten from the
Freedom of Information Act, W.G. Simon was the FBI agent who
met with SAC Walt Disney in L.A. about the case. W.G. Simon
has been one of those people who has been publicly lying by
claiming that Walt Disney never was an FBI agent. The paper
trail proves otherwise. Why is it so important to the FBI
and CIA to cover up that Walt was an FBI agent? Walt also
worked for the CIA, even though documentation of that is not
available. This author theorizes that the reason the FBI and
CIA are so touchy about letting people know that Walt worked
for the government is that the Network knows how the FBI and
CIA worked together to procure children for mind-control
programming purposes. Because Disney and Disneyland played
such as enormous role in Mind-control, Disney’s connection
to them, although on the sufface a seemingly minor fact, is
in reality a minor fact setting on top of an enormous
ghastly secret. When W.W. II started, the government
incorporated the Disney studios into the war machine. The
military paid Disney $80,000 for 20 training cartoon, which
cost Disney $72,000 to make. Disney studios also made some
secret films for the military. Mickey Mouse and Goofy
cartoons were slanted to have war themes, for instance, the
Goofy cartoon of 1941 "The Art of Self Defense" and "How to
be a Sailor" in 1944. Perhaps in honor of the contribution
Disney had made to the war effort, "Mickey Mouse" was the
password of the Allies for millions of men on the big D-Day
invasion on June 6,1944. Walt Disney produced a cartoon
showing Donald Duck paying his taxes faithfully. The film
was entitled The New Spirit. It was very successful in
getting Americans to comply with the IRS. In 1946, Disney
made a film for the public schools for sex education
entitled The Story of Menstruation. For the United Nations,
Walt Disney created "It’s a Small World" attraction for
UNICEF for the ‘64-65 World’s Fair. This attraction was
moved to the theme parks & has been a major feature for
mind-control. After learning of the enormous amount of
mind-control programming going on during after hours in
secret tunnels at Disney as well as in the public
facilities, it makes more sense why the Russian Premier
Nikita Khrushchev would be denied a visit to Disneyland by
the U.S. government "due to security considerations" when he
was visiting the U.S. in Sept. 1959. Khrushchev obviously
had his own security working in tandem with American
security and the intelligence people for whatever reason(s)
didn’t want the complication of these Russians going to a
major programming site. Some powerful military men have been
connected to Disney films. Two former commanding officers of
the USS Alabama nuclear sub were technical advisors for the
Disney film Crimson Tide. Walt Disney was tied to the U.S.
government, and recent disclosures show that he was tied to
the FBI. Walt used his FBI connection to destroy the life of
Art Babbitt, who had led the strike against Disney in 1940.
Babbitt found that everything he attempted in life after the
strike was ruined by some hidden power. Was Walt part of
naval intelligence attached to the FBI? Was he part of the
FBI
Page 114 ...
that is involved with child procurement and mind-control?
In the 1950’s the Illuminati began organizing covens on the
West coast and began solidifying their power. (This comes
from several independent sources.) Likewise, it’s clear that
Disney didn’t have the clout in 1953 with local governments,
that it does today. Walt Disney was unsuccessful when he
tried to get permission from the city of Los Angeles and the
Burbank City Council for the construction of Disneyland
(called Disneylandia at that time), in the Burbank area. One
Burbank councilman told Walt, "We don’t want the carny
atmosphere in Burbank."" Inconsistently, within a few years
they gave permission to Universal to build an amusement park
in Burbank, which opened in 1964. Disney then ask the
Stanford Research Institute to locate a spot for
Disneylandia (Disneyland), which they found at Anaheim. In
recent years, Disney decided they wanted to build another
amusement park (called California Adventure) across from
Disneyland. In order to do so, the Interstate highway will
have to have changes, and the Anaheim city council needed to
approve the large 55 acre expansion. In contrast to the
Burbank City Council in 1953, Anaheim’s City Council was
enthusiastic about the expansion in spite of lots of local
opposition. The locals complained at council meetings to the
City Council that the city had no business going hundreds of
millions of dollars into debt to help a corporate giant.
(Anaheim will issue $400 million in bonds.) Locals also
raised concerns that the public school system in Anaheim is
stressed to the breaking point where they are considering
going to half days, and that Disney Corporation should give
as much consideration for the school children of Anaheim as
they do to their Amusement park. Disneyland’s Pres. Paul
Pressler bragged about Disney’s new California Adventure
amusement park, "Disney’s California Adventure is really a
celebration of the fun, the beauty, the people and the
accomplishments of this magical state. We really have set
out to try to capture a bit of what the California dream is
all about." (Sounds like the dream is to be wealthy and
control people. The elite would rather give us BREAD &
CIRCUS than an education.) The Dragnet films were done in
part at the Disney studios. In an Office Memo from the
66-new LA SAC FBI agent to Hoover (12/16/54), which was
obtained via the Freedom of Information Act, the typed memo
states, ,,Mr. Disney has volunteered representatives of this
office complete access to the facilities of Disneyland for
use in connection with official matters..." Historically, we
now know that Disney’s use for "official matters" included
mind-control.
J. DISNEY & MIND CONTROL
Once the reader is familiar with the programming scripts,
the reader merely needs to watch the Disney "Adventures in
Wonderland" that come on TV in the morning to see Disney
mind-control at work. Within a few minutes one morning, this
author had seen a white rabbit create "a world in your mind"
(the quote is what the show said!) with a ring, watched
Alice go through the mirrors, watched a White Rabbit [the
programmer] read a book to a little girl, and the TV
listener be told by the show "The White Rabbit is our only
hope!" The deeper alters of Illuminati slaves who are
programmed for espionage, for spying & blackmail, &
seduction & assassination, are given programming to live in
a fantasy world. They never touch base with reality. Much of
this type of programming has gone on at Disneyland.
Disneyland visitors are taken in a boat where dolls sing an
around-the-world theme song "It’s a small small world".
These doll world parts of the amusement parks are used for
programming assassination & espionage alters. The song &
dolls play important roles in these alter’s mind-control
programming. Some slaves at around age 19,
Page 115 ...
have this type of programming tested to make sure it is
solidly in place. The song ,,It’s a Small World" was
composed by the Sherman brothers for Disney originally as a
theme song for a ride at the ’63-’65 NY World’s Fair. The
Sherman brothers were talent that Disney discovered. They
were born in NYC, and both graduated from Beverly Hills High
School. They wrote Disney songs for at least 29 films.
Mind-controlled slaves, who repeatedly bump into each other,
but don’t know why, will be found saying, "It’s a small,
small world." Both rituals & programming go on at Disney
amusement parks during both the day & night. Steven
Rockefeller and Walt Disney travelled and spent time
together with Dr. Hadley Cantril, an establishment expert on
human behavior. (See There Was Once A Time of Islands,
Illusions & Rockefellers. NY: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich,
1975.) When Walt Disney began Walt Disney World he sent Card
Walker to the Florida capital to request quid pro quo, and
the governor gave it to Disney. What that meant is that
Disney’s property in Florida was totally controlled under
Disney’s jurisdiction, they had their own laws, their own
police force, their own hospitals, and their own tax rate.
No outside authority would interfere with Disney’s
jurisdiction. DisneyWorld’s finances would be untouchable
and out of sight by the state of Florida. Never had so much
power been given away. DisneyWorld became its own crime
syndicate within the syndicate. Disney amusement parks are
like a city within a city. They have there own security
forces, and the local police allow the Disney security
forces to take care of their turf. Disney has their own
policies (laws). Some of the security forces can be
identified in plain clothes with clean-cut hair styles and
have communication devices. The security forces have a
headquarters room where TV monitors display-live the exit
points at Disney as well as other locations. America ‘s Most
Wanted has a fairly large file on children who have been
kidnapped at Disney Amusement Parks. One mother, who got
separated from her child when getting off a train,
frantically told a guard her child was missing. The guard
took her to the monitor room, where they saw the kidnapper
carrying the child out of the park with the boy slumped over
his shoulder. In that short of a time, the kidnapper had
drugged the child, cut his hair different, and put a
different shirt on him. (This anecdote was mention in Inside
the Mouse, pg. 52) As written before, white slavery is part
of what Disney is all about. This mother was one of the
fortunate few who did manage to find their kidnapped
children. An insider states that the Disney police are
definitely part of those moving and abusing innocent
children brought in for occult rituals. In addition, the
Disney security forces spy on their own employees. Employees
do not enter the theme parks like the visitors, nor do they
move around like the visitors. They have underground tunnels
and underground entrances and facilities for that. One
victim of total mind-control mentioned that a tunnel
entrance was at the Matterhorn mountain at Disneyland. (The
Matterhorn was opened by Walt and his good-friend Richard
Nixon, who rode in the first car down the mountain.) The
Disney productions has given the Illuminati the cover to
bring together Illusionists, magicians, and special effects
artists without anyone being suspicious. Some of these men
were able to apply their talents toward programming
children. As an example of their talents, Disney special
effects artists were able to create 16 realistic-looking
cadavers for the 1989 film Gross Anatomy. Walt Disney, Inc.
has teamed up with Los Alamos and Sandia Labs, two other
groups which are heavily involved in mind-control and people
control to develop body scans, branding and access codes for
the visitors to Disney’s theme parks. Each of the Disney
Theme parks, such as Disneyland, DisneyWorld, EuroDisney
etc.
Page 116 ...
have vast underground facilities. These underground
facilities allow many of the workers to get to the ride
areas via underground passages. Each theme facility also has
a vast infrastructure underground in order to maintain it.
The underground areas contain wardrobe design and repair
units, fitting rooms, restrooms, cafeterias, security units,
computers, freight ramps, utility encasements, and large
connecting tunnels. The underground areas also have
programming rooms. They have their own power plants and
water systems and their own police force. Disney company
employs 71,000 people at several locations, tone recent TV
show used the figure 40,000 Disney employees.] People are
coming and going 24 hours at the Disney theme parks. Three
shifts keep up the 24 hour business. The night crews
maintain and repair the parks for the thousands of people
that will soon arrive in the morning. Disneyland makes a
natural prop for carrying out mind-control. The items they
sell are also natural props--such as the Goofy watch
($19.95) which has hands that move backward to confuse a
slave as to what time it is. Was Walt Disney aware of how
Disneyland was used for programming? There is no doubt.
Disney lived much of nights at Disneyland, and had an
apartment at the firehouse near the train station on Main
St. At night, if he was not doing anything else, he’d roam
the grounds of Disneyland scribbling notes on his own
distinctive blue paper, which he’d leave for workers to
follow the next day. The notes would say such things as
"Replace these flowers," or "Move that bench". (Prince of
the Magic Kingdom, p. 25) Walt Disney knew everything that
went on in his Magic Kingdom. The Epcot Center and the
Disney amusement parks market all kinds of occult triggers,
including crystals, rainbows, wizards etc. that reinforce
the programming. The Epcot Center has two glass pyramids
along with its "Journey into Imagination". Disneyworld has
the Island of Atlantis on its sub tour. Fantasyland is one
of the most used tours of Disneyland for mind-control
purposes. It has carousels, merry music, an incredible
castle, boat rides, story book characters etc. Sleeping
Beauty Castle with its blue turrets and gold spires is the
central visual object of Disneyland. You cross a drawbridge
to get into it. Inside Fantasyland are Illuminati
programming sites such as the Mad Hatter teacups, the King
Arthur carousel horses, and Snow White’s forest. In the far
corner of Disneyland’s New Orlean’s Square is the Haunted
Mansion. This mansion is designed to frighten and scare, it
has an ingenious design and many special effects and
illusions. Realistic ghosts, a screeching raven, howling
voices, and other scary things welcome the visitor. Life
size holograms are created at the Haunted Mansion, and dance
in sync with the music and then fade out at certain points.
There is a hologram of a woman’s head in a crystal ball who
chatters non-stop. A real good laugh for the programmers of
a little child. When you are toward the end, you will have a
chance to look into a mirror where a hologram ghost will
nestle up beside you. Star Speeder is another great
programming location at Disneyland. It was the creation of
George Lucas and the Disney Imagineers. The technology is
borrowed from Star Wars, and is similar to flight simulators
used by the military to train pilots. Disneyland Hotel
offers Character Breakfasts, where children eat breakfast
with Disney characters, to people who make special
arrangements. U.S. Special Forces, which carries out
mind-control, owns two hotels near Disney World, and the
Mormons have one also. Knott’s Berry Farm with its Ghost
Town, Amusement Park, & its Charlie Brown themes and
characters is near Disneyland. One of the Disney executives
began one of the most horrible trauma-based mind-control
programming centers in Los Angeles called Magic Castle a
comedy warehouse. This
Page 117 ...
trauma center had horrible torture chambers. Children
were brought in from South and Central America to be
programmed at the Magic Castle. A brave L.A. policeman
exposed the place--for which he lost his job, and eventually
was able to get the site closed. One of Disney’s recent
ventures in their Disney Institute, which Newsweek labeled
"the Disneyland of the Mind". (Newsweek, Mar. 4, 1996, p.
61) A private club called Club 33 at Disneyland located
upstairs in the New Orleans Square is believed to be
involved in mind-control. Cub’s Den supervises children’s
activities at the Wilderness Lodge Resort at Walt Disney
World. At Disney-MGM studios the major attraction is the
Twilight Zone Tower of Terror. Guests take a strange scary
trip through the hotel, where guests are finally sent into
an elevator that drops out of control 13 stories. The ride
has been advertized on TV. Disneyland now has a Temple to
the Forbidden Eye--which is simply a Temple to the All
Seeing Eye, the Illuminati symbol. Visitors, who have the
patience to wait in line, can strap themselves in for a ride
that is like a jack hammer that jars the rider through a
temple filled with snakes, rats, and mummies. One aerobics
teacher couldn’t walk for three days after the jarring ride,
which comes across as ,,hokey". The experience is more
traumatizing than fun, but then maybe that is what was
intended.
DISNEY VACATIONS FOR THE ELITE
Years ago this author’s newsletters exposed Hilton Head
Island, SC as a watering hole of the powerful elite incl.
retired generals and admirals, and the site for the elite’s
Renaissance Weekend "meat market". Remember, that at one
time Hilton Head Island was private, with imported
alligators in the water around it. A person was only allowed
on the island by going through security gates with a
clearance. In a later newsletter, Disney’s Hilton Head
Island Resort was mentioned. This resort, built by Disney
Vacation Development, Inc., is located on a 15-acre private
island linked to Hilton Head island by a narrow bridge.
Members to the Disney Vacation Club can exchange time for
vacations at Disney and other resorts around the world.
Memberships cost minimum $9,412.
(Chapter 5 Page 4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MELODYLAND
Right smack across from the entrance to Disneyland is the
Assembly of God’s Melodyland Christian Center, the
birthplace of TEN (Trinity Broadcasting Network). The
Assembly of God denomination has been heavily infiltrated by
the Illuminati, and has been heavily used as a front for
programmed slaves. Paul Crouch, president of Trinity
Broadcasting Systems, Inc., was affiliated with Melodyland
in 1973 when TBS was getting started. At that time,
Melodyland was a rich heavily infiltrated charismatic
church, with its share of programmed multiples. In 1973,
closet homosexual minister Jim Bakker, and his wife Tammy
Faye, a programmed multiple were with Paul Crouch in Anaheim
at Melodyland. Paul Crouch had been the assistant pastor of
Bakker’s home church in Muskegon, MI. Crouch’s right hand
man was Alexander Valderrama, a charismatic Roman Catholic.
TBS used an abandoned military base as their TV complex,
using hangers as studios. In the early 70’s, ABC put Bakker
& Crouch’s early shows on their affiliate stations on Sunday
morning. Bakker had already gotten his career kicked off
with Illuminatus Pat Robertson and his 700 Club. Jim Bakker
split and went to the east coast. To help Bakker with his
money, Bill Perkins, who had been a financial analyst for
the World Order’s mind-control research at Sandia National
Labs in Livermore came to help Bakker run his ministry’s
finances. Later, televangelist Bakker began building
Heritage USA, which was to be a big-money resort. Bakker
hired people who had worked for Disney to construct Heritage
USA. Bakker studied Disneyland, Disneyworld, and other
Disney places as a model for Heritage
Page 118 ...
USA. After Disneyworld opened in Florida, Jim Bakker was
a REGULAR visitor to it. Heritage USA’s Ft. Heritage was
modelled after Disney’s Ft. Wilderness, Main St. was
modelled after the Magic Kingdom’s Main St., and Disney’s
wrought-iron fencing was also copied. Most people are aware
of Jim Bakker’s $265,000 payoff to Jessica Hahn to keep her
sexual services to him a secret, his longtime homosexual
relationship with his right hand man David Taggart, and his
prison sentence. James Orson (named after Orson Welles)
Bakker was from Muskegon, the same place that Cathy O’Brien,
a freed Mind-controlled slave came from. He was born
pre-mature, and had some interesting family situations that
make his family suspect. While Cathy O’Brien got programmed
via the Catholics, Jim was part of another denomination
which also was into programming, the charismatic Assemblies
of God. His grandfather, who lived next door to Jim, and
where Jim spent much childhood time with was popularly known
in town as a "huckster", and nicknamed Kingfish after the
manipulative character on Amos & Andy. Tammy his wife grew
up in International Falls, MN in poverty in the home of her
stepfather and mother. Besides having a "shopping demon,"
she has had her share of phobias and mental problems, as can
be expected from someone who has had to suffer through
programming. It would be worth pointing out who has come to
Jim Bakker’s rescue when he was under attack. For instance,
on Thursday, Oct. 4, 1984 when Jim was under attack, Jim
Bakker’s show had six people give endorsements and praise of
Jim Bakker. Those were Ronald Reagan, Dale Evans, Robert
Schuller, Oral Roberts, Billy Graham and Rex Hubbard. Of
those, this author knows for sure that all are masons,
except for Rex, who may or may not be. Robert Schuller,
Billy Graham and Oral Roberts are "Christian ministers" who
participate in using and handling mind-control slaves. These
three ministers all participate in secret Satanic rituals.
The last few paragraphs have given only a sketchy picture of
the intimate relationship between Disney Mind-control and
the charismatic movement and its use of trauma-based total
mind-control.
DISNEYANA FOR THE PROGRAMMED & OBSESSED.
For people who have been programmed with Disney
programming and who are obsessed with Mickey Mouse and
everything else about Disney, and for other people who just
have the collecting spirit for Disney memorabilia, there is
a group called Disneyana. Disneyana, was organized in the
1980’s, and consists of people who are cult-like in their
devotion to anything true Disney. Some of them to express
their devotion outwardly tatoo their bodies with Disney
characters. This group holds their annual convention at the
Contemporary Resort in FL. One Disneyana at the annual
convention said, "We collect to keep the good feeling
inside." Another when interviewed said, "This is why it’s
all about love." The author knows as a fact some of the men
who are obsessed with Mickey Mouse & Disney items are
programmed multiples. One of Kenneth Anger’s occult friends
has had the world’s largest Mickey Mouse collection. Who is
Kenneth Anger? Kenneth Anger, a member of LaVey’s Magick
Circle & later his Church of Satan, is an occultist and an
underground film maker. Kenneth Anger (he choose the last
name Anger) was raised on the Wizard of Oz books. His
biographer Bill Landis writes that the Oz books "laid the
groundwork for Ken’s attraction to Crowley, the occultist
who would rework Rosicrucian thought into his own magical
system." Ken was obsessed with Crowley’s life & magic. As a
child, Ken had danced with Shirley Temple in competition
after she became a child star. Ken Anger loved the OTO’s
solar phallic religion, and was also obsessed with Mickey
Mouse. He spent part of his time studying his friend’s
Mickey Mouse collection. Ken Anger did his
Page 119 ...
casting for his film ,,Lucifer Rising" by telling occult
friends & acquaintances that they could live out their
goddess or god power-trip fantasies by acting for him. The
British government’s National Film Finance Corp. fronted
15,000£ for Lucifer Rising’s production. Famous occult
musician Jimmy Page did the sound track gratis. Ken Anger
acted as the film’s Magus and made his Magus role resemble
Mickey Mouse in the film Fantasia. (The role Fantasia plays
in mind-control programming will follow as the last part of
this chapter.) "Lucifer Rising" also starts with
Fantasia-type volcanoes. Another of his well-known films was
"Invocation of My Demon Brother."
Mind-control features in Disney movies.
The elements within Disney movies that are intentionally
put in for mind-control would take volumes to describe. A
detailed description of how just one Disney movie is used as
a programming script soon follows. Fantasia was selected as
the example. A random sampling of features in Disney movies
for mind-control programming could include:
· Cogworth the enchanted mantle clock in Beauty and the
Beast.
· The character Door Knob, which is a doorknob portrayed
as a person in the Disney cartoon Alice In Wonderland, is
useful for programming door knob alters.
· The Blue Yonder is a Disney movie on time travel of a
young boy. Time travel movies are used for programming to
mess up the victim’s sense of time.
· Disney film "Animated Alphabet" has letters which come
alive, which is useful for programming. And what about the
‘82 Disney movie "Computers are People, Too!" ?
· All the Illuminati members this author is aware of who
have received trauma-based total mind-control were taught to
astrally project and study on the astral plane what they
needed to learn. A Disney movie that portrays this is Goofy
over Dental Health. This is an educational film released by
Disney in ‘91 and again in ‘93, where Goofy places a magical
toothbrush under a child’s pillow, so that the child
astrally projects to a dentist office and while on the
astral plane studies how to have healthy teeth.
· Illuminati alters believe that trees and flowers are
alive. The 1932 Disney film Flowers and Trees is a story
about two trees who fall in love. The film portrays the
occult belief that trees can talk and sing. Internally,
alter systems will be constructed with singing trees and
flowers that represent people and which are alters. The
singing trees give out internal codes to move alters
internally where they need to go. Return to Oz. (1985) This
Disney film begins its story line about a girl who is
thought to have psychological problems because of her tales
of Oz. She is warned not to talk about Oz by her relatives.
She is taken to a psychologist who wears a big ruby ring,
who tells Dorothy that electroshocks won’t hurt her, and
that we are at the "dawn of a New Age." Dorothy is told that
her memories are ,,just dreams" that stem from excess
electrical current in the brain. She is sent to a mental
institution to receive shock treatments for talking about
Oz. A lightening storm allows her to escape the shock
treatments and when she sleeps, she awakes in Oz. In Oz she
goes through many mind-control scenarios, ruby slippers,
mirrors, etc., and toward the end visits with evil Mombi,
Princess of Oz who keeps Ozma (Dorothy’s twin) as a slave.
Mombi eventually casts a spell and enchants Ozma into a
mirror. Sci-Fi author J.D. Vinge in her Return to Oz based
on the screen play writes on pg. 211-212, "Dorothy gazed at
herself in the mirror, seeing her own reflection, and
remembering the moment when she had looked at herself and
seen someone else there, someone so like her that it could
have been her sister." Parts of this film were filmed near
Stonehenge, Eng. Disney has put out several films on the
Wizard of Oz theme, all of which were used for programming.
The original series of Oz books were by Baum. In
Page 120 ...
’39, MGM did the famous Wizard of Oz film. In the Disney
movie Tron (1982), a young computer genius goes into an
altered state where he ends up becoming a computer program.
After defeating the MCP, he returns to the real world. This
is simply a programming script. A special effects team
created a 3-D world, showing how talented Disney special
effects people can be in making something seem real. This
movie should show people their mind-control capabilities.
Mathematical Applications Group, Inc. (MAGI) were one of the
groups that created the graphics. Disney came out with 3
videos of new adventures in Wonderland which are
mind-control programming. In the mornings here 9-9:30, on
channel 21, Disney has a Wonderland Show every morning which
is mind-control programming for children. Within a few
minutes, this author had seen a girl walk through a mirror,
the 3 lives of Thomasina mentioned, and a little ditty "I’m
a little tea-pot" where a person becomes a tea pot. They
also had an "under the umbella" scene. This was all pure
programming, right on TV. Of course, they show the White
Rabbit as a central figure. ABC under the auspices of Disney
produced a lengthy 140 min. film Wild Palms which depicts
Illuminati mind-control and life. One reader of Vol. 2
stated that the Wild Palms movie would have made no sense
except that having read the Vol. 2 book, the movie made lots
of sense in the light of Vol. 2’s revelations. The film
depicts how children are kidnapped, switched at birth,
programmed via TV cartoons, programmed to kill and use stun
guns etc. The film depicts Illuminati bloodlines and
arranged marriages. Although the name ,,Illuminati" is not
used, if viewers substitute in the name "the Fathers" for
Illuminati fathers, they will get an insider’s view of life
at the top. The main controllers are addressed by their
slaves as "Papa" or "Daddy" or "Mother". This is true to
life. A person opposed to the Fathers states, "One day we
will wake up and discover we don’t own this country and no
one will care." The movie states that events are not
happening randomly. The movie shows an underground tunnel
system which has an entrance hidden by a swimming pool.
Quite a few actual programming codes were said during the
film, for instance, "down, down, down through the pool of
tears..." and "we’re going to go down the yellow brick road
now." The movie was created by Bruce Wagner, who obviously
is an insider concerning trauma-based total mind-control.
The fact the movie was made shows the arrogance of the
programmers’ beliefs that their criminal acts in programming
thousands of little children will not be exposed, and that
people will be too stupid to realize that what is put out as
fiction is actually mirroring what is happening. It’s like
they believe their own script that IF people did find out
"no one will care." Because so much of the Illuminati
programming involves the creation and programming of 3
alters linked into trinities, it is not surprising that
Disney has helped such triad programming with a series of
movies about threesomes, including:
3 Blind Mouseketeers
Three Caballeros
3 little pigs
Three Little Wolves
3 Lives of Thomasina
The Three Musketeers
3 Ninjas
Three Orphan Kittens
For Mickey Mouse programming they came out with Thru the
Mirror, where Mickey Mouse steps through his bedroom mirror
and ends up in another world (altered state). Not all of the
Disney movies that have mind-control programming themes got
released to the public. One unreleased cartoon had Penelope
fleeing from a sinister looking Grandfather Clock which is
carrying her to another world, and has another scene where
Penelope tries to hold onto someone who personifies the
Wind. George Lucas, who directed the movie
Page 121 ...
Star Wars, which was a movie planned by the Illuminati &
used for Illuminati programming, also directed Disney’s
movie "Captain EO". Captain EO (who looks like a demonic
entity) goes to rescue the Queen (who looks like the harlot
describes as Mystery Babylon in the Bible). The Queen is in
captivity simply because she and her people believe in black
and white (which represent good and evil). When they
renounce such a belief, they are saved by Michael Jackson
(in actual life a mind-controlled slave) playing Captain EO.
It’s a New Age witchcraft film through & through. By the
way, Michael Jackson has gone to Disney amusement parks many
times, sometimes in disguise. It is public knowledge that
his Jehovah’s Witness family has been very abusive mentally
and physically to their children. Disney has put out several
movies on how the mind works, such as the educational film
The Brain & Nervous System in 1990. Their film Runaway Brain
is a cartoon where Dr. Frankenollie transplants Mickey’s
brain into a monster’s body & vice-versa. A 1994 film,
Puppet Masters shows the govt.’s secret Office of Scientific
Intelligence trying to save the U.S. from aliens who live in
human bodies. In recent years, Bette Midler has been
Disney’s main actress. In the Vol. 2, it was exposed that
she is possibly a Monarch Mind-controlled slave. She is
famous for her "mood swings" (switches in personality), and
she had a "mental breakdown" in 1985. Her eyes and body
gestures are those of a programmed multiple. She has gone
out on tour for Disney without making -money, and she is
best of friends with Jeffrey Katzenberg (second in command
at Disney). Jeffrey Katzenberg by the way is extremely
disliked by his counterpart Sid Sheinberg. Bette Midler
plays Stella in the movie Stella. Stella is an occult name.
In the movie, the script seems tailored for Bette Midler and
for someone who is a programmed slave, rather than the
actress fitting the role. At the movie’s end, Stella (Bette
Midler) attends her own daughter’s marriage by peeking in a
window and watching from the outside. This is the script
they give so many of the parts of a slave, so that they feel
unworthy and feel like they are always on the outside
looking in at life. Many parts (personalities) of slaves
find it hard to connect with real life, because they feel
they are on the outside looking in. And then in true Disney
fashion, Disney had Bette Midler play the role of the lead
witch in Hocus Pocus. The movie Hocus Pocus does some hocus
pocus of its own. While pretending to make fun of
witchcraft, they actually teach witchcraft. They do make the
3 witches look comical. By the way, the 3 witches stand for
the maiden, mother, crone combo that the Illuminati
reverence. Disney subtly works in deep occult things, such
as the all-seeing eye on the cover of the book, the little
girl promising the cat (who is a familiar spirit) that her
descendants would always care for it (true, because the cat
was a generational spirit). The cat is killed in the movie
but can’t die. And Bette Midler as lead witch in her
costume, which has some Mother-of-Darkness symbology on it,
states as she gets ready to take the life force from an
innocent girl, "We want to live forever, so we take
children’s lives." This is wholesome entertainment for
children? The Disney capacity for deception extends to its
own workers. PR men recruit young people for its Disney
College program. They tell the young people what a great
stepping stone it will be for their careers. They have been
known to make it sound like the greatest thing in your life.
Kids come from all over the country due to the slick
recruiting tactics to work for Disney. They are then housed
in Disney housing, given menial jobs, and paid low wages.
Most people in the College Program leave disillusioned. If
the worker happens to think of a great idea, Disney
officials have been known to steal the idea, and because the
worker was working for Disney the worker will find that they
are unable to get any credit or money for the idea that
Disney steals and makes millions off of. One uncredited
creator of a Disney sale item said, ,,iterally, they’re
using everybody for everything." (Inside the Mouse, p. 239.)
>>> Next, will be the script for how the Disney film
Fantasia has been used as a standard programming tool since
the 1940’s by the Illuminati.
Page 122 ...
DETAILED SCRIPT ON HOW THE DISNEY FILM FANTASIA IS USED
FOR PROGRAMMING TRAUMA-BASED MIND-CONTROLLED SLAVES.
During the 1950’s, ‘60’s, and ‘70’s at least 90% of the
Illuminati’s trauma-based mind-controlled slaves were
subjected to watching Disney’s Fantasia film in order for
them to build the foundational imagery of the mind-control.
Child mind-control victims had their eyes taped open, and
then sat one-on-one with their primary programmers so that
the programmers could give the scripts as the child watched
Disney’s Fantasia over and over. What made Fantasia unique
as a programming tool is that it had almost everything the
programmers needed to create the foundational imagery for
their trauma-based mind-control. To build a dependable alter
system means that the worlds need a solid foundation.
Fantasia has provided the means to get a solid foundation
for the internal worlds that the Illuminati slaves build in
their mind. It is also a masterpiece in coordinating color
and music.
The Disney film Fantasia which premiered on Nov. 13, 1940
(at Broadway Theater in NYC) was a financial disaster as a
movie, but was an Illuminati programming masterpiece. The
film was released to theaters in ‘40, ‘46, ‘56, ‘63, ‘69,
‘77, ‘82, ‘85, ‘90 in order to catch every generation of
children. The video was released in 1991. During programming
much of the child slave’s mind will watch the film. One
particular part (alter) will be forced to memorize
everything in the film. This small part (small alter) is
well hidden in each victim’s mind. This small alter, who has
a vivid and total recall of the film Fantasia, is locked
carefully away so that ONLY an access code will pull him/her
up. Watching the videotape Fantasia is not going to pull
this alter up. The programmers pull this alter up when they
have a clean slate alter. When they are taking a clean slate
of the mind, they will pull the clean part up and have the
alter who has memorized Fantasia throw its memory onto an
internal big screen. The internal Outer space (aka Rubicon)
is shaped like an amphitheater, and functions as a big vast
screen for replay. There is an internal ball or sun created
via the lighting effect of the movie Fantasia, so that the
movie appears projected in the mind as on a globe. And the
Fantasia film images hit this internal globe and go circular
in the mind and spin through the system. The programmer will
then say to the new part "THIS IS WHAT I WANT YOU TO CREATE.
THIS IS WHAT WE NEED." In this fashion, Fantasia has
provided the programmers with their primary tool for taking
a dissociated clean slate part of the mind, and manipulating
it to become a new workable part within the system. The
young part that holds the entire Fantasia memory is
strategically placed in the system so that it can be called
up from anyplace in the system. No matter where the
programmer is working in the system, he can access this
small alter whose function is to remember the movie. Most of
the system will go into a trance sleep if shown the movie.
The front (as well as most of the system’s alters) will be
totally amnesic to having ever seen the movie. Since the
programming put in with Fantasia is so fundamental it should
come as no surprise that the programmers have done an
excellent job in protecting this programming from everyone,
including the slave. Abreacting the film for many alters
could rip the system apart, because after the film is
memorized severe trauma begins to be overlaid and attached
to the film. There may be some small alters that still carry
tiny bits and pieces of memory of the movie, but only one
will really remember it.
The following script will be a running account of how
Fantasia has been used as an important preparatory film for
Illuminati trauma-based mind-control to train the
mind-control victim’s mind to be able to visualize the
programming that will be layered in. The
Page 123 ...
time clock will begin when the feature film’s action
begins, and then will run its entire 116 minutes. This will
give the researcher of mind-control a blow-by-blow
description of how a Disney movie is used for programming.
The film was often shown to child victims around 3 to 4
years of age with a wide screen while the child was under a
guided LSD trip. (Prior to the use of LSD some other drugs
were used.) A Grande Dame or Mother-of-Darkness often worked
with the Illuminati programmer as an Assistant Programmer.
The scripts & the programming have already been discussed
prior to showing the child the film, so the programmers know
the direction they want to take the child, & will tailor
some of what is said to the child victim to individualize
the programming. When a three or four year old is shown
Fantasia on a hypnotically-prepared and controlled LSD trip,
the colors & effects of Fantasia are increased about 1,000
times. The film is realer than real to the child. The movie
will not be shown just once, but over and over so that the
scripts are ingrained into the mind. The imagery for the
child’s internal world will be well established, because the
big screen movie enhanced by both the drugs and the bright
colors of the art work will seem more real that life itself.
At this time, the child is a multiple, but the walls between
the various parts of the mind are not solid, but similar to
the walls between ego states in an adult non-multiple. A
large part of the 3 or 4 year-old child’s system will be
allowed to view the system, including the Christian parts.
Then the entire system (with the single exception of the
alter carrying the entire memory of the film) will be
hypnotically told to forget having seen the film. Years
later, the front alters will not remember having seen the
movie, but they may have a strange dislike for the film.
They may find that they can’t identify where their feelings
of dislike of the film stem from. The child victim will
watch the movie with its programmer and assistant programmer
one-on-one, with no other children in the room. The child
will watch the film repeatedly and be grilled about what is
in the movie. The child will see the movie so many times in
such a vivid form and will be tested to the point that the
movie will be memorized. But it will be hypnotically locked
up in the subconscious by the programmers, so that it forms
a base for the mind to begin building programming, but will
remain hidden from the conscious. At the time the Fantasia
film was made, the Illuminati had been creating trained
multiples for years, but they knew they wanted to program
the different personalities in accordance with the best
mind-control techniques of the day. For this reason, the
Fantasia film was planned ahead of time, so that it could
possibly serve as a programming aid. The film is silent
(almost no words) except for music so that it can be used
for hypnotic visualization, so that the Mother of Darkness &
the programmer can fill in the programming script with the
child victim as they watch the movie. As it turned out,
their plans were successful. The New Age author David Tame
states in his book The Secret Power of Music (Rochester, VT:
Destiny Books, 1984, p. 292), that Fantasia is. . . "A
superb marriage between the visual and musical arts. Most of
the sequences.. .are what New Age cinema was intended to
be!" The power of the movie to influence the mind stands
out. In order to make the film, Disney used some strong arm
tactics on a few people. The movie was a box office flop
when first released in the 1940’s, but then it was made for
the occult world anyway. By the 1960’s, the Illuminati had
create a drug culture and had lots of undetectable
mind-controlled slaves running around that had been
programmed with Fantasia. In the 1960’s, Fantasia became a
hit with the drug culture which had its share of Illuminati
slaves deeply involved in it. One more reminder, the
sentences that are "ALL CAPS" in the script are things that
the programmers are saying to the child victim as the child
watches the film. (Bear in mind,
Page 124 ...
that the child watches the film over & over, so not
everything indicated in this script by caps that the
programmer says will necessarily be said in one showing.)
00 minutes. Curtains open. Action begins with an
orchestra. The Conductor upon a step pyramid is the center
of the scene, and is shown to be the center of authority.
Master Programmer Dr. Joseph Mengele liked Fantasia because
he was a musician and a violinist. Mengele (Dr. Green) liked
Bach, Beethoven, and Schubert and orchestra music. He
enjoyed taking what he liked & using this music to make
slaves. He would portray himself during programming as being
the conductor, & all the orchestra were his children. The
film will allow for a repetition of this theme.
00.5 minutes. The instruments begin playing. The
musicians are silhouettes which cast shadows upon the wall.
Alters will often see themselves in this fashion too, as
merely a shadow or merely a silhouette.
01.5 minutes. The MC (named Taylor) begins talking. He
begins grooming the viewer. He says that the film may
suggest to your imagination "geometric figures floating in
space."
02. minutes. The M.C. says there are 3 kinds of music. He
says some music is to create definite stories, some to
create definite pictures, and some music exists for its own
sake.
02.5 minutes. The M.C. introduces us to the "Absolute
music."
03. minutes. He states that ,,Abstract images that might
pass through your mind...music will suggest other things to
your imagination..." The Philadelphia Orchestra begins
playing "Toccata and Fuge" by Bach in the background. As a
cartoon for children (or adults) the film has already lost
the normal audience at this point. (There is no way that
Disney could have escaped realizing that the film starts out
losing the normal audience.)
03.5 minutes. The conductor is standing out and everyone
else is a silhouette with shadow mirror images (like so many
of the alters become). Leopald Stokowski is now standing as
the rising sun rises. This is an allusion to sun worship and
the sun rising in the east. The music is going up and down,
and this music at this point is used to train the child to
go up and down the trance ladder (that is to go deeper or
lighter in trance).
04. minutes. The conductor opens his hands and waves them
in an Illuminati hand signal. The music begins.
06 minutes. A row of violinists play, they are merely
silhouettes with shadows.
06.5 minutes. A harp scale is played in the background
that is used in the programming. Triggers are attached to
this harp scale, or the harp scale is used as a foundation
identifier for a piano scale. More children can be taught
the piano than the harp, so this scale is usually
transferred to a piano scale.
07 minutes. A series of 3 musicians is shown.
07.5 minutes. The conductor (the programmer) becomes
invisible. The Prog. Assistant will ask the child, ,,WHO IS
GREEN? GREEN BECOMES INVISIBLE."
08 minutes. First lines representing bows are shown (the
violinists are invisible), then the Golden Gate Bridge.
"REMEMBER THE BOW, NOT THE VIOLINIST." The bow lines
flashing on the screen represent energy. 08.5 minutes.
Colored disks are flashed onto the screen. The lights are
represented to the child victim ‘THAT’S DR. GREEN’S
ORCHESTRA." Geometric shapes and flashes of lines explode
onto the screen. Concentric rings that will pattern the
concentric worlds appear. (See Vol. 2 p. 196 for an
illustration of this.)
10. minutes. Asst. Prog. will say, ,,YOU ARE HIS STAR."
as stars flash on the screen. Many hidden alters (parts) are
stars. Swirling lines arrive, and then colors and then more
concentric lines.
11 minutes. Worlds within worlds are shown. Water is
shown. Concentric circles that are the pattern for the
worlds are presented. A varying number (5 or 7) of
Castle-like structures materialize and then disappear.
(These will form the pattern for some of the internal
castles.) A quick flowing yellow line comes down the center
of the screen, ‘THAT’S THE YELLOW BRICK ROAD."
11.5 min. Lots of stars emerge.
12 minutes. Various worlds are shown, and an illusionary
castle. Lots of stars are shown, which will be how the
victim will model many of their alter parts after. Lots of
purple stars appear, representing royal star alters.
12.5 minutes. Spiral splotches of cloud-like colors
appear and disappear in dissociative colors. This is the
Kingdom of the Gods during programming. The Asst. Programmer
takes the opportunity to ask, "WHOSE ORCHESTRA?" This scene
is used for the internal heaven where the kings are. Then
the camera shows the conductor finishing.
13 minutes. The programmer has finished building his
basic worlds.
13.5 minutes. The MC talks about Tchaikovsky’s
Nutcracker.
14 minutes. 13 circling lights come into view circling
around and around. (The 13 lights are something like 4
yellow lights, 3 white lights, 4 orange, 2 blue-something
like this. They don’t have to be all the different
programming colors at this point, because that programming
will come in its own time.) Stars turn
Page 125 ...
into fairies. A fairy with lots of fairy dust whirls
around. ("Make a wish" the slave will be told later on,
create what you want.) Flowers grow into butterflies.
Hypnotic music plays as the fairy throws fairy dust. Soon,
the Fairy spins a web.
15 minutes. The cabalistic tree of life is made with
lights, and then the many colors of the ribbons are flashed
up on the screen quickly. A compass image is very quickly
flashed on the screen.
16 minutes. Lights multiply on the screen, and a spider
web appears in the background. There are lots of stars which
shine as lights in a spider web. (Stars will serve as alters
in programming, the spider web serves as a system within the
system, see Vol. 2.) There are several shots of multitudes
of stars on a spider web. 16.5 minutes. There is an
explosion of light which has a splintering effect (which
will fit in well with an electroshock later on to create
alters.) Around and around go 6 big mushrooms dancing, with
a little one trying to participate. The programmer will
point out that the mushrooms are "A FAMILY". When the
splintering effect is done with real electricity in the
future, the mind will splinter into a family.
17.6 minutes. Concentric circles appear in water.
Flashing pedals emerge as if they were dissociation
spreading through the water. The flowers are the top
spinners (see the pages in Deeper Insights on spin tortures
to create spinner families), they dance, & then they float
away in the bubbles (of dissociation). "A FAMILY OF
SPINNERS" the programmer will say. "SEE THEY SPIN YOU INTO
BUBBLES INTO NOTHINGNESS." There is lots of dancing shown by
the spinners. Everyone is dancing to the top. The child
victim’s head will be wobbling back and forth from the
influence of the drugs and dissociation at this point.
19.5 minutes. When the family of fish make a star, the
Asst. Programmer says, "SEE HOW SAD THEY ARE." The fish
dance in circles and they also hide behind veils. "THE FISH
MADE ITS OWN BUBBLES AND YOU CAN MAKE YOUR OWN BUBBLES TOO."
21.5 min. The child is trained to trance at the hypnotic
8’s that appear in the water. This type of scene will put
the deeper alters to sleep of a slave still actively being
used. The movie here is being used to teach symbols, which
will be important in the programming. Asst. Programmer,
"LOOK YOU’RE JUST FLOATING.. ..FLOAT, FLOAT, FLOAT,
SLEEP...SEE SHE WENT RIGHT INTO THE CENTER OF THE TRANCE
STATE.. .YOU DANCE ROUND AND ROUND AND ROUND AND WHERE WE
END UP YOU’LL NEVER KNOW."
22 minutes. Lots of bubbles begin appearing. They will be
used in the programming to assist the child to protect its
mind from the traumas. The asst. programmer may have a
bubble toy to make bubbles in her hand as a game to play
with the child. The child will be trained and programmed to
put its memories into bubbles and let them disappear. ,,WHY
WOULD YOU WANT TO GO INTO THE BUBBLE TO GET AWAY FROM THE
DARKNESS? 1,2,3...NOW THERE ARE MANY BUBBLES, THIS IS WHAT
WE WANT YOU TO DO." At this point the film is showing
different colors of bubbles, for instance gold bubbles. This
trains the child’s mind to identify different colors of
bubbles. The bubble-fish-flower scene is going on. ,,DON’T
YOU FEEL LIKE THAT FISH, ROUND AND ROUND YOU GO"
(dissociation encouraged). The fish continues going in a
dissociative spin. The fish swim in graceful perfect figure
8’s which have a subconscious hypnotic induction message to
the victim. "SLEEPY LITTLE FISH" is said when the music gets
hypnotic. "YOU’RE SLEEPY & YOU’RE TIRED, THIS IS NOTHING BUT
A DREAM." "ALL THE DIAMONDS ARE ALL AROUND, NOT YOU" In
other words, this is teaching the child that their entire
internal world can be around them, but "you don’t know that
it’s you." The child begins to lose the ability to realize
that other parts of itself belong to itself, they are only
stars, etc. The fish changes into anot her character.
flowers are appearing in different colors of the color
coding, red, green, orange, blue, white. . .All of a sudden
it get’s still. "SHH, LISTEN CLOSELY."
22.5 minutes. Eyes shine in the darkness. "EVERYTHING IS
FINE, YOU JUST RELAX."
Silhouettes appear, which represent fish (alters, and
people) who are there but you don’t see them, they are
behind the veil like the silhouettes. ‘THEY AREN’T THERE, IF
YOU SEE THEM THEY AREN’T REAL THEY LOOK LIKE A FLOWER, WHEN
YOU SEE THEM, YOU WON’T SEE A CHILD- YOU WILL SEE A FLOWER."
The silhouette veil gives the sense to the child that he can
sense something but it’s not there. 23 min. Different plants
appear and dance. (This part of movie is very important in
structuring.) The plants separate into many plants and
flowers, and they multiply on the screen, but at the end
they solidity into a solid plant. This is teaching the
,,you-are-one-but-you-are-many" concept. "FAMILIES ALWAYS
WORK TOGETHER. WHETHER YOU ARE BLUE OR YELLOW OR GREEN,
FAMILIES ALWAYS WORK TOGETHER IN HARMONY."
24 minutes. "BUBBLES ALL HAVE A LIFE SOURCE...THERE,
LOOK, WHAT’S IN THAT BUBBLE?" 24.5 minutes. ,,YOU CAN HAVE
YOUR OWN ORCHESTRA". Fruit that hangs on the tree is shown,
which will be the basis for how they hang the programs (the
fruit) in the internal world. Note the colors, orange,
white, yellow, purple, blue, green,...
24.5 minutes. Fairyland appears on the screen. The
Fairies awake and fly through leaves. ‘THERE’S YOUR
Page 126 ...
FAIRIES. SHE IS VERY MAGICAL. SHE CAN CREATE ANYTHING AND
SO CAN YOU." "THE FAIRIES ARE SO MAGICAL."
When the core is being first split, the parts of the mind
that are creative are taken and used to create the fairies.
The programmers will only take these original creative
splits, they will not try to get fairies from any more
torture. The fairies are the creative parts of the child,
how ever many creative parts that the child has splintered
will be the number of fairies created. These parts of the
mind receive very heavy programming. They are core splits.
(If readers remember on page 87 of Vol. 2, it refers to a
Core Protector coded "Creation". That alter was a fairy, a
core split. Not only does this creative part make things
"magically" for the system, it protects the core. Does that
help people to understand how the Core can be so creatively
protected?! (For more understanding about the Core see
Cisco’s very deep article on the Core.) Fairies are assigned
to every part of an alter system. The child of 3 or 4, who
watches Fantasia has had their core locked away at 2 1/2.
The core’s stars have not been locked away yet, & have
access to her energy. When the system is built, the stars
are locked away & become the core’s guardians. They will act
like the core to protect her. The real value of the fairies
comes when the core’s stars are locked away & the
Programmers have to depend upon the creative power of the
fairies.
24 minutes. A vine (which represents a system’s double
helix) lights up one leaf after another. The leaves are
staggered (alternated) and they light up in sequence, which
teaches the child the foundation of how they will create the
DNA helix and its staggered exit permissions.
25.5 min. The leaves are now floating up and down, like
the alters will learn to do. "SOME FALL TO THE GROUND AND
DIE." This is the point where the story of the Oak Tree will
be added in for programming. When the Illuminati programmers
want "to destroy" an alter they can use the chandelier-MT
6:22-23 torture mentioned on page 310 of the Vol. 2 Formula
book, and then have the splintered alters become leaves that
fall to the ground and die. After this, these disobedient
and now "dead" alters can be taken & be dissociated from
their memories. The memories are locked up someplace
permanent within the mind.
26. min. Out of a leaf like "box" come a series of
fairies. The child is taught to put things (such as alters)
in boxes of various shapes.
26.5 min. Leaves blow in the wind. Fairies cover things
and keep them safe.
27. min. Fairies continue flying around. The seasons are
passing in sequence. An internal green-skirted fairy will be
connected to the internal hourglass during the programming.
27.5 min. The fairies quit flying and skate on ice. The
season has turned to winter.
28 min. A winter scene. The four seasons have come to an
end.
28.5 min. A sorcerer is introduced by the MC (emcee). The
sorcerer is shown and then his assistant or trainee who is
Mickey Mouse. Mickey Mouse wants to be creative and magical
like the great wizard. Mickey Mouse sees the power that the
sorcerer has, and wants that power. What is really being
subtly portrayed here is the programmer (the wizard) and the
core & the core’s creative splits (Mickey Mouse). Showing
the programmer as a great wizard is actually right on the
money. The top programmers are all Grand Masters in the
Illuminati and are very much into witchcraft.
29 min. The sorcerer (wizard) is shown again. This time
the wizard,, with his skull beside him, creates from his
witch’s cauldron a big colorful butterfly which is forever
changing. (Is this big yellow, purple, white, and blue
butterfly meant to be a Monarch butterfly? The programmers
will use it that way for this Monarch programming.) The
great wizard magically creates the big colorful butterfly
and then he shatters it into countless splinters!
Disney often portrays Mickey Mouse as a Sorcerer.
30 min. Mickey sneaks around and grabs the magic hat.
(The magic hat is one of the few things in the film that
doesn’t mean anything for the programming. It merely has
witchcraft symbols.) Then a magic broom appears.
30.5 min. The broomstick comes alive. The broomstick
imagery will be used to help create the pancake people
(ribbon alters who will haul the internal computer
messages). The broomstick person in the film hauls buckets
of water. The child is having story after story layered in
over a period of time, which are being skillfully
constructed toward a programming end. Parts of the child’s
mind that see the movie Fantasia will be dissociated clean
slates. They will need to have some imagery given to them so
that they have something to build mentally upon. In Cisco’s
section of the book, in the Truth article it is discussed
how the
Page 127 ...
mind looks at sensory inputs and tries to make sense of a
pattern by comparing it to previous patterns that it has
identified. Learning is a step-by-step building process, and
so is programming.
31. min. Mickey as the apprentice sorcerer (in a sense
the victim who the programmer is training) manipulates the
broomstick person. "THE CHILD (Mickey) CAN DO WHAT THE GREAT
MAGICIAN DID. YOU CAN TELL YOUR MIND WHAT TO DO. YOU GET
POWER BY LEARNING TO BE CREATIVE." Mickey (and the victim)
become mirror images of the Wizard over them.
32 min. Then the sorcerer sits on his throne, and while
on the throne acts like the conductor. Here is a subtle
mental tie-in that Mickey is playing the role of programmer
(conductor) and is sitting on an Illuminati throne (like so
many of the Illuminati Grand Master programmers have
actually done.) Michael Aquino is just one of several
mind-control programmers who have gone by the name of
Mickey. Because Mickey Mouse is substituted for being the
programmer at different points in programming, this scene
will tie in well with other standard programming sessions.
32.5 min. Mickey in the film clearly is shown leaving his
physical body and astrally projecting himself. This is such
a vivid portrayal of occult astral projection, that it is
mind-boggling that many Christians consider Walt Disney
movies to be christian. (See Vol. 2, p. 319, for a
discussion of the scientific methods to understand and
induce astral projection.) This again is laying the mental
foundation for the child to leave its body mentally and
either hover over its body in dissociation or to travel
somewhere via astral projection. Mickey Mouse then begins
conducting lights.
p_starry-sky.gif
These lights represent the alters that the victim will
make for the conductor. The lights (aka stars) are the
conductor’s orchestra. Lightning (such as flashes that come
from electroshock) and stormy weather are being controlled
by Mickey. Notice that the things Mickey is controlling are
fear-based. After the child has viewed the film many times
and memorized it, when the electro-shock is applied during
this time of the film, the child will control it like Mickey
by ‘magically’ creating splits.
33.5 min. Mickey begins conducting waves. Then, for those
who understand the veiled scenes, Mickey begins going
through the different magic spheres conquering the different
spirits. This is Enochian Magic. 34 min. Mickey wakes up
back in his body, and he is in trouble with rising water
i.e. a water trauma. Mickey is thrown into the water. The
child victim will identify this with the drowning tortures
that are given to instill "no talk-no tell" messages. After
Mickey (or in child himself) has done something, and returns
to his body, then the "‘no-talk"’ message will kick in.
Victims of mind-control often get the feeling of drowning
when they trigger a no-talk message.
34.5 min. More water continues to flow.
35 min. All of a sudden without any continuity of action,
Mickey gets an ax and kills the broom by splitting it. The
broom dies and then multiplies when it comes back to life.
This is such a clear picture of what the programmers want
the child’s mind to do. They will traumatize the child
essentially unto death, and then they want the tortured
alter to multiply itself into many more duplicate alters.
Armies of brooms are formed from the broom. This scene here
is a clear red flag that the Illuminati asked Walt Disney to
produce this film. This scene with the trauma death of the
broom, with it splitting in half, and then coming back to
life in a multiplied form, is evidence that this film was
meant to be used for training children in multiplicity. The
assistant programmer will say "IT’S O.K. TO SPLINTER." "YOU
ARE TIRED, YOU CAN ESCAPE THAT BY RESTING AND LET A PART OF
YOURSELF COME OUT." At this point, it is necessary to
explain what is going to be done when they begin to splinter
the child’s mind. After the splitting trauma, the programmer
needs to be able to see what the child has created, so he
wants the child to look at what’s been made. "‘CAN YOU LOOK
AT WHAT YOU’VE CREATED?" However, the part of the child that
looks back at the trauma will then see that the dissociated
trauma was real and that will make the child angry. The
programmers want the child to dissociate what he built, and
when the child looks back at what he has created he goes
into a vortex of dissociation. The child is told if he ever
looks back at the memory he will go into the vortex.
35.5 min. Water is being thrown in by the brooms, while
Mickey throws water out.
Page 128 ...
36 min. All of a sudden a hypnotic vortex sucks things in
during the film.
36.5 min. The brooms all march in an army, while Mickey
reads his magic book. Mickey then uses his magic book as a
lifeboat when he gets whirled into a vortex. A vortex is
often created from that part of the mind that is holding the
high energy that accumulates in the mind just before the
mind splits. It holds the highest energy of the mind. One
way a vortex is created is to place the child on a traumatic
Disney ride--like a rollar coaster. Special electrical boxes
or electrical shoes are outfitted onto the child so that
during the ride, at a particular timed moment when fear is
increasing, that fear has pain of the electrical shock added
to it. A cattle prod of course would be too dangerous to
take up on some type of ride like that with all the motion.
Also bear in mind, a small child doesn,,t take need the
electrical power that an adult needs to take it down.
37 min. At the bottom of vortices in the Illuminati
programming, the programmers place Guardian demons. In
Fantasia, when Mickey gets to the bottom of the vortex, sure
enough, there is a Guardian there to meet him. The Guardian
spirit parts the water as if he were Moses with the Red Sea.
38. min. The Conductor and Mickey Mouse shake hands. The
conductor does something very significant. Mickey
congratulates the conductor and then the conductor
(programmer) in turn says, "Mickey, you’ve done a good job."
(Yes, the core/core splits have done a good job at this
point, they have just created their inner world!) The MC
tells us about the next song the occult Rite of Spring.
Spring rituals are creation rituals and so this music is
ritually connected to what the programmers are going to do
in this segment. The MC states that instead of the viewer
seeing tribal dances (which are by the way witchcraft
dances), that instead Disney has decided to show us scenes
of what went on billions of years ago. (This next part is
also a subtle push for Darwin’s theory of evolution. But
because it is child’s entertainment, people don’t have their
guard up. The theory of evolution is important, because it
allows people including the victim to not take moral
responsibility for their actions, and it is also the basis
of some of the Hinduism and witchcraft teachings that will
be given the deeper alters. This is a backdoor approach to
destroy godliness that is carried out on children in
general.)
39.5 min. The MC says, "Imagine a lonely tormented little
planet spinning in a sea of nothingness." This is exactly
what the programmer will say to the child as they work
together at building an internal world. The "sea of
nothingness" is what the reader will see described in our
books as "Outer Space" or ,,the Rubicon." Also that "sea of
nothingness" is used much later to reinforce the secrecy of
the programmers. Much later as the programmer and torture
has progressed the programmers will say to alters, "LOOK
DOWN ON THE EMPTY SEA OF NOTHINGNESS. THERE IS NO DR. GREEN.
THERE IS NO DADDY THERE."
40 minutes. A swirl of stars in a galaxy appears. Swirls
of comet-like lights flash by. "MANY WORLDS THERE." This
will set the base for the child to build galaxies and worlds
within their mind. "BE LIKE GOD, CREATE YOUR WORLD. BE YOUR
OWN GOD AND CREATE YOUR OWN WORLD" the child is told at this
point.
42 minutes. The face of the planet emerges.
42.5 min. Lots of volcanoes erupt on the screen, setting
the foundation to build realistic internal volcanoes.
45 min. Oceans, and water and fire are coming into being.
The child victim needs to know how a world is created in
order to create their own internal world. Lava begins
flowing as the flute plays the background music. Lightening
flashes. The violence of the fierce weather portrayed will
be enhanced by the child on drugs to a thousand times its
magnitude. This is important because it will take a great
deal of mental energy and external torture to create the
internal worlds. Having such super-vivid pictures will help
when the victim goes to build their internal worlds. There
will be special purpose fragments that will be made into the
elements of fire and water. That’s all these special purpose
fragments will know. Breaking through the layers in the
alter systems will trigger internal earthquakes. This and a
later earthquake scene are used to build the foundation for
the internal violent weather. If an internal earthquake
shakes a slave’s mind, it has the same effect as if a real
earthquake were going off. Everything internally shakes and
shifts. An alter system will also have fire children, who
start internal fires, and will give internal alters the
abreaction or sense that they are burning. The mind gets
very survival minded when it thinks it is burning, and goes
right back into the programming that is linked with the
victim’s compliance for survival during programming. 46
minutes. The oceans continue to form.
47 min. A calm occurs in the action.
47.5 min. The screen gets dark except for an amoeba,
which becomes two amoebas. As the little amoebas multiply,
the asst. programmer encourages the child, "IT’S O.K. TO
MULTIPLY. GOD WANTED YOU TO MULTIPLY" Remember, the
programmers are working with a pre-schooler with clean slate
alters. The programmers must show images that the child can
relate to. The concept of the broom being split in half and
then multiplying and now the concept of the amoebas
splitting are portrayed in a way that the
Page 129 ...
child’s mind can grasp the concept.
48.5 min. "IF GOD CAN MAKE A FISH, YOU CAN MAKE A FISH.
YOU CAN DO ANYTHING, YOU CAN BE ANYTHING."
49 minutes. Dinosaurs appear. The programmers will
reframe the concept of dinosaurs into monsters and demons.
The sea-going dinosaurs will be refrained as guardian demons
which guard the internal rivers. These guardian demons tie
in with Armageddon end-time programming. They also guard the
various worlds.
50 min. Dinosaur-birds swoop down and grab prey. This
imagery will be refrained to lay the basis for the
winged-monkey watchers of the Oz stories. The winged-monkey
watchers are the child alters who are assigned to watch and
guard the system.
51.5 min. Fierce dinosaurs (later ref rained as Dragons)
protect the swamps. Swamps are built into the internal
worlds, so this is very helpful. Demons and alters like
Dameon are set up as guards.
52 minutes- More swamps appear. The swamp scenes will
form the base in the child’s mind for the internal river
Styx. (See more about this in this book’s article
"Programming, foundations, destruction of"). Some dinosaurs
that have long necks that look like snakes begin appearing.
The asst. programmer will reframe these to the child, "LOOK,
THE SEED OF SATAN." "THAT IS A DEMON." While the child
watches, they reframe the hugh dinosaurs as being demons.
Pictures of reptilian looking demons will be shown to the
child too. At that age, the child is not going to see the
difference. (A note for therapists: Some ""demons’" may
actually be important parts to an alter system, and are
being used to protect unauthorized users from entering
important areas of the system.)
54 min.- Fierce Tyrannosaurus Rex chases dinosaurs. This
chase scene is especially frightening to a young child on a
LSD trip. Long-necked snake-like dinosaurs appear. They may
be refrained as a python snake. T Rex is also known as
Leviathan, a demon that inhabits the kundalini spinal column
and causes pain in the victim, he is written about on page
302 in our Vol. 2 book. In the film a long fierce struggle
between T Rex and other dinosaurs ensues.
55 min. The dinosaurs begin dying and soon dies. ,,THE
LORD DOESN’T LIKE THEM."’ This will later be refrained that
if parts integrate they are to die. If someone tries to get
into the system, the alters are to bury themselves deep like
these dinosaurs do on the film.
56 min. Dead bones appear
59 min. Mountains soar out of the ground into eminence.
59.5 min. It gets stormy on the screen, winds & floods
appear.
60. min. Stillness comes as the sun rises.
61 min. The sun sets. (During the programming, this may
be refrained as the moon setting. It can be both or either
or. Remember, the programmer is working with the child’s
creativity.) Various scenes during the film show the moon in
different phases which is important for bringing in
programming concepts like Mr. Moon.
61.3 min. The orchestra is now playing. Music is an
important part of mind-control programming. The affect of
music on the mind and body has been studied. Music can
double the heart beat, accelerate the respiratory rate, make
that rate irregular, enhance perception, lower the threshold
for various sensory stimuli, change blood pressure &
circulation, and alter the muscles in the body. Dance music
and "march" music done by orchestras change muscle response.
Music is also a great way to cause dissociation.
62.5 min. The MC introduces the "‘Sound Track’ who he
says is an important person for Fantasia who can be seen
around the Disney studio. When Mr. Sound Track appears, he
is simply a vertical line. The MC says he is "an important
screen personality." The ground work is being laid for a
person being anything, even a line. The MC states that each
sound creates a picture.
63 minutes. The MC encourages the personified Sound Track
""don’t be nervous."" Then a sound is made like an
electrical shock and the line develops a splotch of color in
it. During the programming at this point an electrical shock
would be applied to the child.
63.5 minutes. The harp is ask to sound. The harp begins
playing a scale and the line becomes double 8’s and
snake-like spirals. The child will be taught to dissociate
when seeing such double 8’s.
64 min. The violin begins going up and down. Each of
these instruments is going up and down the scale, like
do-ray-me-fa-so-la-tee-do. The music is used to teach the
alters to go up and down the helix, which is figured in this
part of the film. As the music goes down, an alter is taught
to go down in trance, and as it climbs higher, the alter
will trance higher. All these instruments (violin, flute,
bass, bassoon) are being used to teach alters how to work in
the system. The MC describes the flute as "very pretty".
64.3 min. A trumpet begins playing and the colors,
yellow, orange, etc. begin showing.
64.5 min. When the bassoon plays, the MC says, "Go on.
Drop the other shoe"-- "Go to the shoe" which translates
"‘go to the ground"" --the deepest trance level. The
following is the double-pyramid, with a helix up the middle
that appears when the bassoon plays: -(This configuration is
very important to all these Illuminati alters systems.)-
page 130 ...
p_rugbyball.gif
65 min. The drum plays and some other percussion
instruments play. These are taught to the child as the
cult’s "HEARTBEAT". They will hear this sound internally for
many years to come. Then some sounds that have a shattering
effect (cymbals) like broken mirrors are made in the film.
65.5 min. As the sounds take place a line is made with a
pyramid at the top. This is laying the groundwork for the
system’s structuring.
66 min. The MC laughs and talks about Beethoven’s
Pastoral Symphony (Beethoven’s 6th) which is next.
66.5 minutes. The screen comes alive with magical
Unicorns of different colors. Then Pan (a satan-like figure)
appears playing his pipes, and soon lots of little Pans
(little demons) are playing their pipes. The little Pans
(demons) play and dance with the unicorns. The orchestra
plays again. (This author, Fritz, remembers when I said that
Pan was an evil demon, I was rebuked by a Christian
minister. He then said Pan a benevolent cheery creature". A
number of books which may be obtained from Satanic
bookstores document that Pan is indeed considered a powerful
demon by occultists.)
67 min. Pegasus (the mythical greek winged horse) flies
in. As a Mother horse she takes care of little ones on the
screen. She is a protector in the programming.
68 min. "FANTASY IS FUN. FANTASY IS A GAME YOU PLAY.
MOTHER TEACHES YOU. SEE HOW MOTHER IS A TEACHER. SEE THE
BLACK AND WHITE HORSE. THEY ALWAYS FLY TOGETHER, BUT ARE
SEPARATE. THEY ARE FLYING OVER THE CLOUDS." "OVER THE
CLOUDS, INTO THE BLUE YONDER." The child is rewarded for
what it has to do with the game of fantasy. "THAT’S YOUR
REWARD FOR DOING WHAT YOU ARE TO DO. YOU CAN LEARN TO FLY
OVER THE CLOUDS." The child feels rewarded by the game of
fantasy. The fantasy scenes in Walt Disney’s Fantasia are
like the Wizard of Oz scenes in Oz, fantasy-land is more
colorful and fun than real life. Vivid colors will be
splashed about during the fantasy-land scenes.
68.5 min. A castle appears as Pegasus flies around. This
and other castle scenes will help the child develop the
imagery for the spiritual castles that the child will build
internally. Then they swim in the water. "SEE THE MIRROR
IMAGES, WATER CAN BE GLASS." During the programming mirrors
are put into the internal system. A mirror can be a piece of
glass, the surface of a pond, or an asphalt runway. When the
programming is complete, underneath the water &/or the
runway lurk demons.
70 min. Waterfalls emerge and issue forth. The waterfalls
are used by the programmers to erase all the slave’s memory
of what was done to them. The child will be told at the end
of watching Fantasia (and this will be said at other
programming events too), "JUST REMEMBER THE GOOD, JUST
REMEMBER THE FANTASY". The fantasy is given so that the
subconscious can rest in peace after the programming. The
child is told "WASH YOURSELF CLEAN."
70.5 min. The little girls appear as girl centaurs (half
girl-half horse). "SEE THE LITTLE GIRLS ARE HORSES."
71 minutes. Then a scene appears where one girl centaur
braids another girl centaur’s long hair. The Illuminati
teach their slaves to braid their memories. They braid their
memories up and then lock them in. All the Daddy memories
will be locked up & braided and then locked for good.
72 min. Male centaurs appear. They are near water and
make mirror images in the water.
72.5 min. A crown is placed on a female centaur and 2
doves. During the Illuminati death, burial and resurrection
ceremonies lilies are used for crowns, and doves are used.
These are significant programming/ritual symbols. The female
centaurs look at the male centaurs. This will be refrained
as a system can have both male and female parts.
73 min. Starting with one female centaur, the females act
seductive to the males, who then respond. For bras the
females have bras of daisies. The Vol. 2 book explained how
the daisy programming is a life-or-death type program. Vivid
colors are used for each centaur. For instance, one may be
purple and another one another color, which sets the
groundwork for alters to have different access color codes.
Alters do not usually see themselves as being in different
colors, although it does happen on occasion.
73.8 min. A marriage takes place between the centaurs.
The programmers catch these nuances of the film and use
them. The marriage here teaches the child to be acquainted
with the arm-and-arm marriage ceremonies. Remember, the
programmers are dealing with clean slates that must be
taught from the ground up. In the next few minutes, the
cherub children will watch sexual body language, and the
child victim is also picking up on enticing sexual body
motions.
74.2 min. The centaurs go swimming. "I FEEL LIKE A LITTLE
GIRL WITH A HORSE’S BODY."
75 min. Little cherubs are dancing and flying around.
When pictured the artists at times single out 3 cherubs who
blow flutes together. The female centaur appears,
Page 131 ...
who is fair haired (blond) and blue-eyed, which is what
the Illuminati like. When she hears the tone (of the flutes)
she goes into a trance state and walks with her eyes closed.
This imagery is used to teach alters that when they hear
certain tones, they are to go into a trance state and do
certain things. The little cherub turns into a heart, and
when no one is watching goes into the tree. In programming,
this part is the Keeper of the Tree. Notice how everything
is veiled. The assistant programmer will point the cherub
out to the child victim, "LOOK AT WHAT HE DID."
76.5 min. A curtain then shrouds the scene. The curtain
appears to be tree-like. More bubbles appear, and more
water. All the mythical creatures on the screen begin to
dance and be merry and have a feast.
77 min. "SEE THE FEASTS, SEE THE BANQUETS, THE FEASTS ARE
O.K. THE BANQUETS ARE O.K."
78 min. "THE LEAVES ARE FALLING." Blood-like wine is
drank at the feast. "SEE THE BLOOD."
"SEE THE LITTLE DEVILS POP UP." The only human in this
Disney scene is honored. This is done to teach the alters
that humans and animals can mix. That they can be accepted
for what they are, even if they think they are an animal or
something else they will be accepted at the cult’s feasts.
These scenes are all for internal programming. By the way,
one of the pretty female centaurs makes a sexual pass at the
fat human, who then chases her. "MUST PLEASE THE MASTER."
80 min. A scary storm comes up, and Zeus, and the greek
gods appear. ,,BETTER FEAR IT. HE’S A GOD YOU’D BETTER FEAR
HIM. HE THROWS LIGHTNING." This demon who throws lightening
is named Furfur. He also makes thunder & strong winds in the
system (alter system’s worlds). Readers can learn more about
this demon, named Furfur, in Cisco’s second part of Deeper
Insights in the article on "Programming, foundations,
destruction of".
81 minutes. Lightening bolts are thrown from heaven.
81.5 min. All the little cherubs run for cover in fear.
82 min. Pegasus the protector flies in to protect
everyone, especially a new born Pegasus. The wind is
personified as a two-headed blowing person. This two-headed
Janus wind comes storming through the heavens. The
programmer will often place his own voice "IN THE WIND." The
greek god (internal demon) throws a lightening bolt.
83 min. "SEE THE GODS". The child is learning what to
make internally. Zeus then relaxes & goes to sleep.
84 min. More vivid colors form. "FAMILIARIZE YOURSELF
WITH ALL THE COLORS." The film at this point is teaching the
child to stay in the framework of the programming for
safety. To go outside of the programming is terror. The
child is learning to fear the godlike demonic guardians.
84.5 min. The fantasy world is coming alive. It is a
happy fantasy world. A goddess in the sky makes a rainbow
emerge. This is the rainbow goddess of the programming.
85 min. All the happy unicorns and cherubs fly ‘"over the
rainbow." (Refer back to the Vol. 2 book p.94 to understand
the significance of going over the rainbow.) The unicorn is
derived from old British paganism where the lion represented
sun worship, and the unicorn represented moon worship. This
is why the Royal Arms of the British Royal Family have a
unicorn on one side, & a lion on the other. Sexually the
unicorn represents androgeny. During programming, the
horses, pegasi, unicorns and centaurs shown in the Fantasia
movie become the foundation upon which the Illuminati
programmers build the Night Mare alters who are beasts of
burden who carry an alter system’s memories. These are
logical no-emotion alters who are early splits & who are
programmed after the child is verbal. See Cisco’s article on
Dream Work for more understanding about the horse alters, as
well as chapter 7 on Structuring.
86 minutes. More rainbows and lots of bubbles come into
view. The film has done an excellent lob of showing how the
Furfur God of thunder protects the Rainbow. Once an alter
has gone over the rainbow, they can not come back because a
demon protects the Rainbow. The rainbow is also protected by
alters who fear the gods. After seeing Fantasia, the
therapist can understand why the little child protector
alters have fear about these gods. The master (who
represents Furfur) in the movie swallows the rainbow. If an
alter looks internally for the rainbow, he or she will only
find stars, because the protector will come up and say, "I
swallowed the rainbow." The rainbow is kept well hidden
internally. This scene is used to teach alters how to go
over the rainbow. ""BEFORE YOU GO OVER THE RAINBOW, YOU HAVE
TO PUT ALL YOUR MEMORIES IN THE BUBBLE. YOU CAN’T TAKE
ANYTHING OVER THE RAINBOW INTO FANTASY LAND."
86.5 minutes. Apollo, the sun god comes out.
87 min. A big mother spirit who fills the whole sky is
now shown by Disney. She hangs over the rainbow. When a
system is built this is indeed what they put in. All go to
sleep in the film.
87.5 minutes. Arrows shoot the stars into the heavens.
This is more programming imagery. When you look for the
rainbow, you see stars.
88 min. The conductor finishes again.
88.5 min. The next setting is a Venetian nobleman’s (a
duke’s) palace. Curtains open. The use of curtains is spoken
about in our previous books.
89 min. Curtains open. An Ostrich begins dancing, and
gets others to ballet dance.
90 min. The Ostriches begin dancing in a circle, this is
Page 132 ...
laying the groundwork for what the cult family does. The
Assistant programmer may tell the child, "SEE IT’S O.K. TO
DANCE TOGETHER. DANCING IS ACCEPTABLE." The programmers will
not directly tell the child that this represents the cult
family.
91.5 min. The Ostriches are eating grapes. They are
playing, looking in the pool & they are seeing bubbles.
92 min. Hippos emerge out of the pool. "IT’S O.K. TO BE
DIFFERENT. IT’S O.K. TO BE STRANGE. USE YOUR CREATIVITY."
The hippos begin to dance and dance.
94 min. Elephants appear and are having fun and blowing
bubbles out of their trunks. The programmers may be having
fun blowing bubbles with the child. The programmers like to
mix love and hate, kindness and sadistic behavior. That way
the victim has a hard time separating love from hate. If you
ask many slaves about "Daddy" they will tell you that they
had fun with Daddy. They are right--they had fun intermixed
with sadistic torture. Bubbles continue to lift off. One of
the bubbles has a fish in it. This is imagery for the bubble
programming. The child victim is trained to dump their bad
memories into bubbles and let them float away. The therapist
will notice that many victims feel like they are floating.
They have an unreal feeling. The bubbles are floating their
bad memories away.
98.5 minutes. A new setting and the hippos are
hypnotically sleeping. 3 sinister alligators that remind one
of the 3 primary programmers appear. The 3 alligators have
robes that hide them, and shadow images of themselves
lurking behind them. The alligators are trying to get the
hippos. The 3 alligators are portrayed like the programmer
is, he is someone to fear, love, & respect all at once. The
hippo is running away and dancing. The alligator dances with
the hippo, but makes menacing attempts to eat him. A flying
hippo lands on an alligator. Elephants, hippos, alligators
are shown. The elephants, ostriches, hippos and alligators
all dance in fantasyland.
100 min. The orchestra is dancing. ‘"DO WHAT YOU’RE TOLD
AND WE WILL HAVE FUN."
101 min. The MC announces the next part as ""the struggle
between the profane and the sacred."’ The conductor stands
in a silhouette that suggests the same pose that the
upcoming Satan takes.
102 min. A high dark mountain with a castle looms in
front of the viewer. A winged fiercesome Satan figure raises
his wings. His wings are sectioned like fingers with claws,
and will form the imagery of the demon Malebrinche, whose
satanic claws hang over the alters and terrorize them. In
the Illustrated Guidebook, the reader will find lots of
these claws in the pictures lurking in the background. A
child victim will be taught to fear the hands of the
programmer, Satan and Malebrinche. The wings (hands with
claws) open. And Satan is portrayed as an awe-inspiring
figure. (By the way,, the word maleficia means evil
misfortune caused by witches. The witch in Disney’s Sleeping
Beauty has the demonic name of Maleficent.)
102.5 min. Satan begins raising the dead skeletons. This
provides a foundation to layer in the Valley of the Dry
bones coming alive with armies of skeletons.
104 min. The film also has some images at this point that
will help with the foundation for the Armageddon
programming. Satan calls everything to himself.
p_satan.gif
104.5 min. The hell pit is shown. This is laying a
foundation for the hell pit with all its demons. All kinds
of vivid colors are shown in hell, to make the scene more
real than real for the child victim. Satan smiles as demons
burn in hell. "NO MATTER WHAT COLOR YOU ARE, IF YOU ARE NOT
GOOD YOU’LL END UP THERE.’"
Fantasia portrays Satan as a terrible powerful being.
105 min. "THAT’S WHAT HAPPENS IF YOU’RE BAD. YOUR THROWN
INTO THE HELL PIT."
105.5 min. Three beautiful lady demons begin to dance in
a circle, all of a sudden these demons take on their
luciferian form, one becomes a goat.
106 min. The demons continue to dance with powerful Satan
watching over them. The hell pit and the demons are
portrayed in vivid scary graphic depictions. The hellish
fire and the ghoulish dancing of its occupants continues for
what seems a long time. "WHEN GOD FINDS OUT HOW BAD YOU ARE,
LOOK
Page 133 ...
AT WHAT HE’LL DO TO YOU."
107 min. Satan is portrayed by Disney in all his evil
dark majesty.
107.5 min. Bells begin to ring, and the demons slink
away, & the dead return to the earth to their graveyards.
108 min. Ghosts return to the graves. Soft music begins
to play. Ave Maria by Schubert, which was written for the
Catholic church, begins playing.
109 min. Satan folds himself into a mountain. ‘"DO YOU
SEE LUCIFER ANYWHERE? NO. YOU ONLY SEE A MOUNTAIN."
110 min. Lights shine as if they are a column of moving
people who are walking with lights, and then some walls
appear.
110.5 min. An arched bridge appears with its mirror
image. The column of silhouetted people who continue walking
have mirror images in the river. The asst. programmer will
be telling the system (which the front parts will hear)
"TIME FOR ALL THE GOOD CHILDREN TO GO TO CHURCH. IT’S O.K.
TO GO TO CHURCH. GO SERVE GOD."
113. min. An opening, a vertical sliver of light comes
from what appears to be doors opening up. There is a mirror
effect in the way the doors open, which will facilitate
making mirror image front worlds. A whole new world opens
up, which will be the front system’s world. Both the front
alters and the deeper ones will be told to forget the movie.
Later when a system is better programmed, the programmers
will pull up the front alters and have them walk through
these doors into the light. When they are hypnotically taken
through these doors into the light and away from the fear
and darkness of the Kingdom of Satan, they are hypnotically
told to close those doors and never look back. The Kingdom
of Satan has been shown in detail and in great length. The
Kingdom of Satan has been shown as powerful and fearful.
Satan is shown as a mighty power that is to be feared. The
Kingdom of Light is only shown as a peace, as a refuge from
evil. It is not shown to be good. It is not shown to have
power or intelligence. It is simply a place to go to escape
the fear of Satan’s power. This is all the programmers
really want the church to be. It will be a stabilizing
balance to let the mind recuperate from the hell of the
programming, but it is not intended to be seen as greater
than Satan and his Kingdom.
115 min. The film ends with a peaceful gaze at heaven.
The child is being told in the last few minutes "THAT WORLD
BELONGS TO YOU. IT’S A BEAUTIFUL WORLD. IT’S THE WORLD WE
WANT YOU TO LIVE IN. IT’S BEAUTIFUL." After all the hell
that is eventually dumped on the child, and the scare that
Satan gives them in this Fantasia film, the child is only
too happy to create a beautiful world to live in.
*******************************************
The effectiveness of Disney’s Fantasia is that it is used
to communicate to & build the unconscious structures within
the child’s mind. The unconscious mind is the seat of our
creative abilities. Then the conscious mind makes
adaptations upon this unconscious thinking.
SUMMARY
Now that the reader has covered so much, the following
quotes (with bold emphasis’s added) take on even deeper
meaning: Joe Flower in Prince of the Magic Kingdom, ,, Walt
Disney was obsessed with creation, driven to build magical
worlds not, as many artists are, out of paint and canvas, or
words, or even film, but physically, out of concrete, wires,
smoke, electricity, and highly programmed employees." (p.
23) Julian Halevy in Nation decries Disney taking this
nation into a "drift to fantasy." He adds, "...one feels our
whole culture heading up the dark river to the source--that
heart of darkness where Mr. Disney traffics in pastel
trinketed evil for gold and ivory." For those who understand
programming Aubrey Menen comments about Disney’s success are
profoundly appropriate, "the strongest desire an artist
knows...to create a world of his own where everything is
just as he imagines it." John Ciardi was not so nice, he
termed Walt Disney as "the shyster in the backroom of
illusion." Eliot said, "While his filmed fairy tales may
have appeared at first glance to be light and dreamlike,
upon closer examination they seemed more nightmares of
deconstructed reality in league with the era’s leading
neo-Freudian Modernists."
· You have now finished reading a never-before-heard,
unprecedented Warning about the Dark Reality of the Disney’s
Magic Kingdom, and how it fits in with Mind-Control. Most
Americans when surveyed say they believe in God, most go to
church, and
Page 134 ...
many believe they are born-again. Because of the
Illuminati’s deception campaign over several generations,
the American public, and the world in general has been led
to believe that Disney was good, and that Walt Disney was a
good man. Because of his image, people suspended judgement
about Disney and Disney movies. They entrusted their
children to him. People had been manipulated into a frame of
mind, a predisposition that whatever comes out of Disney is
good. They entrusted their children to take in what Disney
fed their children’s little minds week after week. The
public’s predisposition of trust was used to introduce
Illuminati beliefs and their political agenda, and to carry
out a vast program of trauma-based mind-control on hundreds
of thousands of tiny little children, whose minds and souls
were stolen from them. Because many of the child slaves, who
are programmed with Disney-themes, are programmed with roles
in bringing in the Anti-Christ, Walt Disney and his family
have played a major role for the Anti-Christ. And now you
can see how accurate the Word of God is when it says, What
is highly esteemed among men, is an abomination to God.
First, there will be an Overview of the types of sources
used, and then will follow a partial Bibliography on this
Disney Section.
TYPES OF SOURCES
People who have worked for Disney and who are getting
pensions and medical insurance have talked about Disney
under the condition of anonymity. This is because the Disney
hierarchy will not permit exposure without retaliation.
Several non-Disney people who helped with discovering facts
for this section were threatened that their children lives
would be taken if they continued to investigate Disney. What
I (Fritz Springmeier) finally have put in this, is solely my
responsibility.
· One type of source for this was books on the Hollywood
Film Industry and books on Disney Films. There were about 20
books of this category which were perused for a better
understanding of who the Disney brothers were and what
Disney Co. was about. One of the best in this type of source
was The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey Mouse to the Magic
Kingdom by Christopher Finch (NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc.,
1975.)
· Another type of source were the standard biographical
reference books,, such as Who’s Who, Who’s Who in the West
(1951), World Biography, Who Was Who,, Current Biography
1952, etc.
· Another type of source was critics of Disney’s movies
such as several articles exposing the Lion King, Media
Spotlight’s article Fantasia, Rush Limbaugh’s comments and
statements concerning how Disney had betrayed its viewers’
trust, the Spotlight’s Feb. 26, ‘96 p. 31 article "Disney
Turns Back on Family Values."’
· Another type of source was magazine and newspaper
articles about Disney such as the Oregonian’s art. on a
Disney director being a convicted child molester. NY Times,
Newsweek and other magazine and newspaper sources. An
important series of extremely good investigative reports
which were written by Harry V. Martin for the Napa Sentinel
in 1989 were very important in learning of some of the
Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running activities in Napa
Valley, CA that Roy Disney is associated with. Harry V.
Martin went into all kinds of records and did an excellent
job of investigative reporting. The magazine Monde 2000,
no.12, had an article on non-lethal weapons that the NWO is
developing. This article was reprinted in Encounter
Chronicles Journal of Scientific Intelligence, and discussed
how Disney has been working with Sandia Labs and Los Alamos.
· Another type of source were victims of Illuminati
mind-control, who have recovered memories of being
programmed at Disneyland and Disneyworld.
· Another type of source has been to watch Disney movies
as an investigative tool to understand how Disney is
programming, how they are skillfully indoctrinating the
American people into witchcraft, etc. This author has also
personally been to both Disneyland, near Anaheim, CA and
Disneyworld, near Orlando, FL.
· Another source was the Walt Disney Co.’s Annual
Reports, and also the reference book Directory of Corporate
Affiliations (1986) published by the National Register Pub.
Co.
· Another type of source were books which specialized in
covering details about Disneyland such as Disneyland And
Beyond the Ultimate Family Guidebook (edited by Ray Riegert,
and printed by Ulysses Press of Berkeley, CA); and Walt
Disney’s Disneyland (by Martin A. Sklar and introduced by
Walt Disney.) AAA had a 27 page booklet "Disneyland Park and
Southern California", which came out in 1996, which provides
information on what is being offered at Disneyland and
vicinity. The book refers repeatedly to
Page 135 ...
"Disney Magic". One has to wonder how Christians and
non-occultic persons can’t see how occult Disney is.
Partial BIBLIOGRAPHY
BOOKS.
AAA. Disneyland Park and Southern California. 1996.
The Walt Disney Co.’s Annual Reports. pub. by the Walt
Disney Co. annually.
Auletta, Ken. Three Blind Mice. NY: Random House, 1991.
Cluran, Richard M. To the End of Time. Rockefeller Ctr,
NY, NY: Simon & Schuster.
Commander M. The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien
Abductions. (subtitle Alien Abductions, or Government Secret
Mind Control Black R&D Programs). 88 pages long. 1990.
Current Biography 1952
Directory of Corporate Affiliations (1986) published by
the National Register Pub. Co.
Eliot, Marc. Walt Disney Hollywood’s Dark Prince. NY, NY:
Harper Paperbacks, 1993.
Finch, Christopher. The Art of Walt Disney from Mickey
Mouse to the Magic Kingdom. NY: Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1975.
Hagstrom, Robert G. Jr. The Warren Buffett Way. NY: John
Wiley & Sons.
Hulteng, John L. The Messenger’s Motives, Ethical
Problems of the News Media. Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice-Hall, Inc., 1976.
Jackson, Kathy Merlock. Walt Disney, A Bio-Bibliography.
Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.
Landis, Bill. Anger, The Unauthorized Biography of
Kenneth Anger. NY: HarperCollins Pub., 1995.
Moldea, Dan E. Dark Victory, Ronald Reagon, MCA and the
Mob. NY, NY: Viking, 1986.
Mosley, Leonard. Disney’s World. Stein & Day: NY, 1985.
Neelands, Barbara. About Ben Sharpsteen. Second
Impressions, No. 1 A Sharpsteen Museum Reprints Project,
Calistoga, CA: Sharpsteen Museum, July, 1990.
Riegert, Ray, ed. Disneyland And Beyond the Ultimate
Family Guidebook. Berkeley, CA: Ulysses Press of Berkeley,
CA.
Schickel, Richard. The Disney Version. NY: Simon &
Schuster, 1968.
Siu, R.G.H. The Craft of Power. NY, NY: Quill, William
Morrow & Co.
Sklar, Martin A. (with intro by Walt Disney) Walt
Disney’s Disneyland. Walt Disney Prod., 1969.
Smoodin, Eric. Disney Discourse Producing the Magic
Kingdom. Routledge: NY, 1994.
Stein, Jeff, ed. The Basic Everyday Encyclopedia. NY, NY:
Random House, 1954.
Sterling, Claire. Thieves World -The Threat of the New
Global Network of Organized Crime. NY: Simon & Schuster,
1994.
Taylor, John. Storming the Magic Kingdom. NY: Alfred A.
Knopf, 1987.
Thomas, Bob. Walt Disney An American Original. Hyperion
(Disney): CA, 1994.
Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace and Amy Wallace.
The Book of Lists. 666 5th Ave., NY, NY: Bantam Books, 1978.
Wallechinsky, David and Irving Wallace. The People’s
Almanac. Garden City, NY: Doubleday and Co., 1975.
Who’s Who, Who’s Who in the West (1951), Who Was Who
World Biography
PERIODICAL SOURCES
Carson, L. Pierce, Who’s Who in the Napa Valley,
Appellation, Oct/Nov. ‘95
George Magazine, ""Here Comes the Son’", Dec. Vol. 1, No.
10.
House & Garden, "Sticks and Stones, Mickey for Mayor?",
Oct. 1, 1996, pp. 61 -68ff.
Page 136 ...
Martin, Harry V. Napa Sentinel. A series of articles in
1989 were very important in learning of some of the
Illuminati/CIA/Contra/Drug Running activities in Napa
Valley, CA that Roy Disney is associated with. Harry V.
Martin went into all kinds of records and did an excellent
job of investigative reporting.
Monde 2000, no.12, had an article on non-lethal weapons
that the NWO is developing. This article was reprinted in
Encounter Chronicles Journal of Scientific Intelligence, and
discussed how Disney has been working with Sandia Labs and
Los Alamos.
Media Spotlight’s article Fantasia,
Mother Jones, May-Ju’, 97, p. 61.
NAPA VALLEY REGISTER, the following articles are samples
of what was used:
"ABC Will Mount An Anti-Drug Campaign’" Friday, Jan. 10,
1997, p.1D
"Children’s Books Get Red Carpet Treatment In Hollywood
Films" May 16, 1996, p. SC
"Disney and McDonalds’" May 24, 1996
"Disney Buys ABC", Saturday, Aug. 19, 1995, D.
"Disney Earnings Up 28 Percent In Third Quarter", Friday,
July 26, 1996, p. 8C
,,Disneyland Expansion Given OK" Wednesday, Oct. 9, 1996,
p.D
‘"Disney Links to McDonald’s May Be Back. Thursday, Apr.
11, 1996, 7A
"Disney World Makes Sure World, Remember the Magic"" (by
L. Pierce Carson), Sun., Oct. 20, ‘96
"Federal Employees Get Disney Tour" Saturday, Dec.
9,1995, p. 5A
"It’s Lights-Out For Main Street" May 14, 1996.
"An Overlooked, Different World Inside Theme Park"
Sunday, Sept. 29, 1996, p. SC
"Mickey Going On The Road", Friday, 7/26/96, p. 8C ‘"Past
and Future In Disney Community’", Friday, Oct. 4, 1996, p.
iD
"Planned Parenthood Benefit On Sunday"--Events of
Interest sect. on p. A2, Sept. 13, ‘96
"Pentagon Still Wastes Money", Mon., 4/15/96, p. 4B
Newsweek
"Power Failure" 12/23/96, p. 34-36; ‘"Sending an SOS at
ABC", 5/12/97, p. 54-55
NY TIMES (the following are samples of what was used:
Articles during the "50’s & ‘60’s were looked at. ,,Disney
Offers Faux Memories of Atlantic City Boardwalk" by Joe
Sharkey, Tuesday, Dec. 10, 1996 "Baptists Censure Disney On
Gay-Spouse Benefits" Thurs. June 13, 1996, p. A10 ,,Disney
to acquire 2 radio stations", 4/15/97, p. C4.
The PRESS DEMOCRAT (the following are example of what was
used:)
"Baptists, Disney Paths Diverge" Saturday, June 29, 1996,
p. D4
"Disney To Buy Stake In Web Company" 2/15/97, p. E6
"Heavy Disney" Sunday, Oct. 20, 1996
"The Ins and Outs of Allen" by Frederic M. Biddle and
Renee Graham, On Q,, Sept. 29, 1996, p. 27
SAN FRANCISCO CHRONICLE (the following are examples of
what was used:)
"Disney, Miramax Bond", May 10, 1996
"Disney Signs Asian Animator"
"Miramax Plans To Make ‘Thoughtful" Films", 4/11/96
SAN FRANCISCO EXAMINER (the following are examples of
what was used:)
"Disney Institute Is A Short Course In Creativity" by
Catherine Watson, Sunday, May 26, 1996, p. T9
"Mouse Matriculation Is A Great Experience" by Catherine
Watson, Sunday, May 26, 1996, p. T9
"Tomorrowland Jumps Into The Future", Sunday, July 14,
1996, p. T3
The Spotlight’s Feb. 26, ‘96 p. 31 article "Disney Turns
Back on Family Values."
Time Magazine, "Job Hunting With Mike [Ovitz]" 2/24/97,
p. 50; ‘"Hilton Has Room For ITT’" 2/10/97,
Wall St. Journal (many issues from several decades.)
SOME OF OTHER SOURCES (used & not used).
· Various Disney brochures.//· Rush Limbaugh’s comments
concerning how Disney had betrayed its viewers’ trust.//·
Interviews w/ Napa Valley residents.
· Interviews with disgruntled insiders to the NWO.
· Interviews with various types of Disney victims.
[Disney has used mafia-type tactics, i.e. death threats,
to intimidate numerous people into selling their property.
Roy E. Disney has been reported involved in these land
thefts. Victims of this type of intimidation are in many
states, but several prominent regions are Napa Valley, CA;
Shenandoah Valley; Virginia, & FL Disney’s land-grabbing
operations could be a book in itself. This author has lots
more research which I HAVE NO PLANS to reveal, which has
been left w/ key others, such as the connections of VaVin,
near Leon,VA, who produce Prince Michel de Virginia, whose
chef & others connect to Belgium. The background of several
key people, like Robert Podesta. Financial records, such as
Fed. Judge Fern M. Smith (Burrows). ETC. This para. is not
indexed.]
Chapter 6
For picture #1 p_6-1.jpg
Chapter 6
For picture #1 - click here!
Page 137 ...
CHAPTER 6
SCIENCE NO. 6-
THE USE OF ELECTRONICS &
ELECTRICITY
Developments in fiberoptics, computers, electronic
communications, nano-technology, bio-chips &
neuro-electrical research have combined to bring mankind to
the point where mankind can be controlled by one centralized
monolithic Beast computer. The ultimate mind-controlled
slavery is now possible. We are in the first stages of its
implementation.
The chapter will be organized in the following sections &
subsections:
Section A. An Overview of the subject.
A1. Where this article is headed
A2. Where the NWO is headed
Section B. An intro to implants
B1. Three typical implant victims
B2. Documentation of implants
B3. GWEN Towers
B4. Body suits
Section C. Specific Implants
C1. Audio implants (a. public. b. secret)
C2. Body manipulation implants
C3. Visual holographic implants
C4. Memex/Brain Link implants
C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants
C6. Tracking & LD. Implants.
Section D. Direct monitoring & manipulation of the
brain/mind
D1. Direct monitoring
D2. Direct manipulation
Section E. Auxiliary uses of electronics &
electromagnetic waves.
E1. hypnotic induction
E2. polygraphs
E3. attacks against people & objects
E4. virtual reality
A1. Where this article is headed
This chapter is designed to cover the complexities of
hi-tech mind-control in simple-to-understand language. To
accommodate those who are more technically literate and who
want more, some clues to more technical sources are given,
but time & space limitations mean that much has gone unsaid.
My deep thanks to the many victims, who placed their trust
in me to get their stories out to the world. I hope that I
have vindicated their trust. There are a number of
disinformation agents that appear to be putting out good
information on implants, but are actually disinformation
agents. We can error by undershooting or overshooting the
truth. The principle topics that these pretend "whistle
blowers" have been discussing are the tracking implants and
remote viewing. (For RV info, see Theta Programming material
in Vol. 2.) Neither topic is any revelation, nor are they
the most dangerous items in the elite’s electronic
mind-control arsenal. If the reader has not skipped chapter
5 on disinformation, then he will be aware how factual
information can be used in disception, such as in chicken
feed & building bona fides. Why is it that the TV program
"The Real X-Files" shown on channel 4 was created by a CIA
operative, Jim Schnabel? And why are all the "private"
Remote Viewing organizations run by what appear to be
entirely all intelligence operatives (such as Ed Dames, et.
al.)? And why do we see mind-control specialists, like
"ex"-Intelligence officer C.B. Scott Jones who gets involved
with several UFO research organizations & disseminating
disinformation? One "researcher", who is publicly exposing"
the NWO, tried to convince this author, "The government has
no secrets." (A word-for-word quote by the way.) He needs to
read a supplement to the National Industry Security Pro
grain manual (Mar. 92 release) where the Air Force teaches
their DoD contractors how to construct cover stories to lie
about the nature of their work for the
Page 138 ...
government. I will not take cheap shots at the World
Order, & I will not intentionally mislead the reader. You
will get the whole truth and nothing but the truth, as well
a single chapter can present it. Vol. 2’s chapter 6 which
was on this same subject was not the final word and neither
is this chapter. Before I start passing on lots of
information, I should clarify one point. Human brain cells
communicate by superconductivity, not electricity.
Electricity travels near the speed of light, while
superconductivity is in the range of the speed of sound.
Government researchers have a device called a SQUID
(Superconducting Quantum Interference Device) which actually
monitors the light flowing from brain cell to brain cell.
This is why over 5% of the brain’s dry matter weight is
iridium and rhodium. However, this does not subtract from
the fact that electromagnetic waves have the ability to
change what the brain experiences and thinks. I must also
provide a small glossary for electronic mind-control terms
that most people are not familiar with.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTRONIC MIND
CONTROL
Bio-medical telemetry--Transmitter-receivers that are
often located at the base of the skull which record body
functions & brain wave activity. Their data is sent to
remote computers for monitoring. A bio-medical telemetry
implant may also function as the primary control implant on
body suits of implants. Early versions were used on
astronauts.
EMF weapons--Electromagnetic Frequency weapons. These
basically are machines that can modulate and beam
electromagnetic waves in such a fashion that they control
biological/mental functions within the victim. Portals to
the central nervous system can be manipulated to create
visual images, project voices into the mind, and create
pain, moods and emotions.
Psychotronics--This word was originated from Soviet
research. The American public have mistakingly thought that
the word is equivalent to psychic activity. A more precise
translation of the Russian term would have been "applied
psychoenergetics". American psychotronics research was
initially done at Stanford Research Institute. This is the
Theta Programming that Vol. 2 described.
Remote Viewing (RV for short)--This means psychic viewing
of something.
Syntel--This is short for synthetic telepathy, which is
the remote sending of voices and thoughts into a victim of
electronic mind-control. The military and intelligence
agencies have successfully achieved this capability and have
carried out countless meetings over their possible uses of
syntel.
A2. Where the NWO is headed
Since 1991, this author has been in contact with various
victims of implants. The natural first reaction of many
initial listeners would be skepticism to the subject. The
psychological profession has had articles in their
professional journals ridiculing these poor victims. If a
fair-minded person will match the experiences of what one
can witness happening to these implant victims (as well as
their evidence) to the cutting edge of what science is
researching and capable of doing, then there is no doubt
that implants are being used on an ever increasing mass
scale. The World Order is using amplifiers, generators,
electronics, listening devices, non-ionizing electromagnetic
radiation, a snapping type sound energy that hits and burns
the body, closed-circuit videos to monitor implant victims,
nanotechnology, and tracking devices that scanners (incl.
mobile hand-held scanners) can pick up-- JUST to name a few.
This chapter will provide an indepth overview of
Page 139 ...
many of these electronic mind-control gadgets.
Unfortunately, the twilight zone of Big Brother is upon us.
People (such as limosine drivers) that have been around the
movers and shakers report that they brag about these
technological controls. The technology described in this
chapter, such as nanobots, and holographic implants are in
the "R&D stage" of use. What is meant by "R&D stage" means
that the World Order is using a large variety of
experimental items, but the reader should be forewarned that
this does not mean that these items are any indication of
where the World Order’s actual secret R&D is at. This author
has worked with enough mind-control victims to have
established several facts:
· Society is getting only the crumbs of what is known by
the World Order’s hierarchy.
· The World Order is releasing technology at a control
rate, much of it through mind-controlled slaves who are
programmed to "discover" a particular "discovery". They are
in reality only disclosing what has been known in secret,
and their discoveries are actually helping cover up where
the World Order’s secret research is at. However, it’s not
difficult to see the direction the World Order is headed.
They are working at making virtual reality (aka cyperspace)
the "in" thing. They are fusing the human mind to computers.
Computers/robots are taking over human jobs, and humans are
becoming more like computers/robots. Sci-fi gurus,
cyberpunks, and establishment scientists are selling and
advertising this technological direction as "freedom", and
the crowds of sheep are accepting things like brain implants
as "survival equipment" and "freedom". The cool"
technological pied pipers of our time are teaching our
children that gadgets that remove their minds from reality
are giving them new freedoms. But this chapter is written
because there are still a few people with the
neural-receptors and the computing capacity left in their
craniums to comprehend the dangers that these
mind-controlling devices have for
humanity. Witnesses have told me that the creation of
"robocop" type cybergs (the fusion of man & other equipment)
has already been experimented on in secret. Indeed, the
government gave out research contracts for cyberg research
back in the 1960’s. And the use of electro-magnetic waves
(esp. Tesla waves), implants, and other electronic devices
by the Illuminati for mind-control is on the increase. How
much of a genuine threat do these things pose humanity?
[I’ll spell it out for the reader, but we must remain calm,
a fear-based response only makes things worse.] Yes, it is
true that the NSA can remotely track people if they know the
specific EMF waves (evoked potentials from EEGs in the 30-50
Hz, 5 milliwatt range) of a person’s bioelectric field. Each
person’s emissions are unique, just like their fingerprint,
paimprint, and their voiceprint. This means that the NSA can
remotely track anyone in public. And yes, it is true that
the NSA’s RNM system can remotely send EMF Brain stimulation
signals which create visual images, subliminal audios, what
appear to be audible sounds, and thoughts into people’s
minds. Yes, it is true that body suits of implants are used
to control people’s minds and bodies, as well as track them.
Yes, it is true they have voice prints of hundreds of
thousands of Americans and can identify & track via their
computers all electronic communications in this nation. Most
phone calls go through about 30 computers before they reach
their destination. The phone companies computers, according
to someone who worked for AT&T and witnessed it, record ALL
phone calls using computers. However, to weed out the
worthless from the worthwhile, the Illuminati’s fronts use a
list of key words, such as names or phrases called THE WATCH
LIST which the computer uses to identify conversations
worthwhile to listen to. Even though the NSA uses
Page 140 ...
supercomputers, it is monitoring most communication on
the entire planet so they have to squeeze the WATCH LIST as
tight as possible. According to Bamford, James. The Puzzle
Palace. NY: The Puzzle Palace, 1983, p. 459, "...according
to Raven, programmers would simply reduce Malcolm X to the
last two letters in his first name (lm) followed by a space
and then the letter X. Then any time an intercepted data
communications containing that particular combination of
letters and spacing (lm X) streamed past the computer’s
reading head, it would automatically be kicked Out for
further analysis. Part of the reason that the computers are
swamped with Watch list submissions is that many items
require numerous entries. When searching for derogatory
references to President Richard M. Nixon, for example,
technicians would have to program a variety of possible key
words, such as "Tricky Dicky". This, according to the former
G Group Chief would be converted to The new technology which
is being implemented in stages includes computer imaging of
a person which makes a "whole body map" of the person’s body
which is stored in the computer. Something that has been
only developed for a narrow use by the NWO is the
downloading of the holographic image of a person’s thoughts
so they can be transmitted to another. (See Appendix 3 on
cloning for more on this.) The majority of the few people
who know this is going on wouldn’t waste time reporting it,
because the public wouldn’t believe it anyway. However, some
prominent scientists are predicting that it is just around
the corner. The three top research institutes in this field,
Stanford Research Institute, MIT, and the Carnegie-Mellon
Univ. all have people saying that this capability is "almost
here". Austrian born Hans Moravec, dir, of the Robotics
Inst. at Carnegie Mellon Univ., is quoted in The
Indianapolis Star, 6/14/1987, in an article entitled
"Immortality", "In an astonishingly short amount of time,
scientists will be able to transfer the contents of a
person’s mind into a powerful computer, and in the process,
make him--or at least his living essence--virtually
immortal." MIT artificial intelligence researcher Gerald J.
Sussman states, "I’m afraid, unfortunately that I’m the last
generation to die. Some of my students may manage to survive
a little longer.’’ But as fantastic as all these powerful
capabilities sound, there are gliches in their electronic
control of humans.
As an outsider looking inside for a number of years, this
author has been able to take note of some of the success and
failures of the New World Order’s electronic mind-control.
First, the NSA picks up so much intelligence information,
they are drowning in their own information. Only so many
people can make decisions, and they can only digest so much
information. They may try to manipulate people and events,
but Christians (who are free of the mind-control) can step
through those manipulations by having the mind of Christ.
Next, if a person understands who they are & believes in
following Christ, outside visions & outside or strange
voices or thoughts do not alter the course that a person
will take. Most of the people this author has met who have
been subjected to remote electronic control over their
mind--HAVE REJECTED the instructions & harassment of their
electronic handlers. Not only is it clear that the voices
are being transmitted from an external source to the victim,
others can also detect that something is amiss. The element
of secrecy is missing. One man spent an afternoon talking to
this author about the World Order had tried to
electronically control his mind, and turn him into a drug
pusher. He had sucessfully foiled them for several years.
Although he has had to flee & try to go into hiding to keep
his own mind. The most powerful mind-control is still
trauma-based mind control built on a foundation of multiple
personalities (dissociated personalities and dissociated
parts
Page 141 ...
of the mind). It appears that electronic mind-control is
being overlaid on top the mind-control based on
dissociation. When this is done, the electronic mind-control
is frightening, because the victim’s consciousness is not
able to think passed the electronic mind-control which
catches their undivided attention. They are too distracted
to deal with the deeper issues of trauma-based mind-control.
Imagine being a programmed multiple, and your handler
doesn’t have to even be near you to relay complicated codes
and instructions. He can use your implant. But again, how
serious is electronic mind-control? Let me relate to you
about a guided tour that a civilian friend of mine took
through a NWO’s major beast computer center in Alaska back
in the 1970’s. The engineer, who was in charge of building
and getting the center operational, gave him a tour of the
site’s capabilities. At that point, the NWO had built a
massive computer center in Alaska, one in So. Africa
(believed to be located at the U.S. embassy in
Johannisberg), and one in Pine Gap, Australia. These three
sites were very specific, because they formed a triangle on
the globe, and couldn’t be located anywhere else, due to the
naturally occuring lines of force of the planet. These Beast
Computer Centers consist of aisles and aisles of big state
of the art computers. They each have several dozen people to
run them. Even in the ’70’s, an operator could speak into
the computer and it would answer. For instance, if you asked
the computer about anyone on the planet, it could usually
pull up all kinds of information about that person. If you
asked the computer how could you get that person to kill
someone? or how can I isolate this person? The computer
would spill out a plan almost instantly, telling you all the
people around that subject who could be manipulated and in
what fashion those people need to be manipulated to cause
the end result. This is the end result of years of "BLACK
PSYCHIATRY--which means applying psychiatric techniques to
manipulate people and nations. These computers
electronically connect to some of those people who are
electronically controlled, so that the controllers can
actually control the world from a computer. These computers
also store vast amounts of personal information about
people’s thought processes and thinking. It is possible that
electronic surveillance is being done to read the thoughts
of people and that the computers are actually able to store
this information in some usable fashion. Because this is so
secret, they can’t give any hints of their vast ability to
monitor thoughts, as well as organize and store those
thoughts. This sounds like science fiction, but from people
who invent & work at state of the art technology, this is
actually said to be old technology. They are limited in how
they use this technology because they want it to remain
secret. Meanwhile on the surface, the public system has
automated fingerprint identification with the AFIS system,
and has automated birth certificates electronically too.
This all ties in with the intense desire of the World System
to use the potential of their computers’ memories. Large
Neural computers that have artificial intelligence using
neural processing which is a type of learning similar to
learning done by the human brain are being used. Recently,
the world champion chess player was beat by a computer. This
author’s friend, who toured the Alaskan computer center, was
shown how a war could be created between any two nations.
The operator merely asked the computer what it knew about a
certain country and then ask it how could a war be created
with a neighboring country. This is the end result of
countless studies such as the U.S. military reference book
Basic Psychological Operations Study (BPS) which outlines
country by country, specifying where each country is
vulnerable for PSYOP operations (psychological warfare).
Page 142 ...
This kind of thing has a long history. For instance in
W.W. II, the Office of War Information and the 0SS
cooperated in psychological warfare projects. What this
author’s friend saw was a network of Cray-type computers,
perhaps similar to the EMASS system of Cray computers that
E-Systems developed. Such a system can store 5 trillion
pages of text and work with that data base with lightening
speed.
The reason this author’s friend was allowed to see this
technology, was that he happened to be at the right place at
the right time, and the Engineer operator of the Beast
Computer said that this system was obsolete. Which is true,
today’s 9 Beast computers are much better at speech than the
computers at these three control sites were in ’73. The
Beast computers can (according to another eye witness who
used it) hear human voices and determine what language is
being spoken and then can listen and answer in that
language. These computers link directly to thousands of
mind-controlled slaves and can-- via various methods--
almost instantly control the behavior of numerous people.
This, along with good old fashioned phone calls, allows the
elite to manipulate events very fast. Anchorage is the site
of a National Security Agency NSA listening post(LP). The
Beast computer was located northeast of Anchorage, and so is
the HAARP project. The HAARP facility is near Gakona, a
hamlet about 140 miles north of Prince William Sound and its
signals travel on a field line to Australia. The Beast
Computer is also linked to Australia as well as satellite
systems. The HAARP site took a 4-wheeled truck to reach, and
the Beast Computer site in 1973 was even more remote. The
University of Alaska Fairbanks (which has its own super
computer) and the Alaskan Poker Flat Rocket Range also were
involved with the HAARP project. 30% of the U of A’s
supercomputer’s use was for DoD projects. HAARP uses 3
powerful transmitter sites in Alaska. Somewhat on the flip
side, the human brain which they control can, IF it has a
memex implant, interface with the Beast computer which acts
as a vast repository of human knowledge as well as answering
questions to essentially all previously answered questions
instantaneously. If the human brain has some type of virtual
reality holodeck attachment, the computer can even walk the
slave through a realistic setting indistinguishable from the
real world. Robocop or robo-soldier has an incredible
advantage with such extended memex/remote viewing
capabilities. The World Order has experimented in
memex/remote viewing along several divergent paths. One
method has been psychic (demonic) method, where the
"natural" mental facilities of the human are trained. The
other route has been high-tech. According to eye-witnesses
both methods have yielded positive results, although it
sounds like they are still refining their capabilities. The
word telematics has come into use to denote the
interconnection between computers and telecommunications.
France has a National Telecommunications Research Center,
which works with groups such as CII-Honeywell Bull
(Jean-Pierre Brule, Pres., & Emmanuel de Robien, Sec.-Gen.).
CII-Honeywell Bull did telematics and implant research, and
so has IBM France. IBM’s subsidiary SBS developed
satellite-based communications. In Britain, their National
Physical Laboratory NPL has been active in
telecommunications research. Professional computer groups
have umbrella groups such as the British Computer Society,
which help determine policies. In the U.S. the National
Center for Supercomputer applications works on virtual
reality interface with humans. Meanwhile SCAN (Swinburne
Centre for Applied Neurosciences, Hawthorn, Australia 3122)
has been working on how to monitor human thoughts. These are
just a few of a vast network of research groups applying
their efforts to the types of things you will read about in
this chapter. Around 1973, TRW began designining
Page 143 ...
a satellite that would allow the CIA to communicate with
its assets/agents in "denied areas". This was code-named
Pyramider, and used frequency hopping. The signals can be
hidden among random urban radio transmissions. (See Robert
Lindsey, The Falcon and the Snowman. NY: Simon & Schuster,
1979, p. 218) Some people who are related (in some fashion)
to the CIA have been receiving Syntel implants that are
communicating to them using signals that frequency-hop. So
the proof is in the pudding, the CIA used Pyramider to
contact implant victims. The World Order does not use every
technological gadget they have in every situation. Use of
secret weaponry is restricted so that the weaponry remains
secret. This is one reason why victims of mind-control
display such a wide variety of symptoms and control
mechanisms. But what is scary is that any bozo can already
purchase on the public market a frightening array of
electronic mind-control devices. Information Unlimited puts
Out a catalog that any bozo on the street can order from
which advertises 200,000 volt stun guns, laser ray gun,
compressed air guns (Alr Tasers) that knock people down with
probes that attach instantly to the human target and jam
their nervous system with T-waves, laser listening devices
to listen at long range via their windows, implants along
with the tracking system to keep track of people, animals or
objects. They also sell other novel devices. While this
author has that catalog that advertises for sale computer
chips to implant people with, the psychiatric profession is
helping cover-up Big Brother’s implant technology. For
instance the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Sept.
1995, Vol. 183 (9), pp. 603-604, has a story about two males
(aged 33 and 53 years old) who were labeled delusional
because they complained of implants hidden in their fillings
in their teeth. The article is entitled, "Delusional
electronic dental inplants: Case reports and literature
review." The shrinks concluded the two men were obviously
mentally ill and needed treatment with drugs because they
are claiming that they have electronic dental implants. The
psychiatrists wrote, "neither had any insight into the
implausibility of the delusion." The doctors gave
antipsychotic drugs, and physically intervened to "prevent
an inappropriate dental extraction." According to the
article, for some unknown reason, the two men "responded
poorly" to anti-psychotic drugs. It never occurs to the
psychiatrists that the reason the anti-psychotic drugs
didn’t work is possibly because the men’s complaints were
legitimate. The two shrinks were E. Sherwood Brown and
Michael T. Lambert. There are other cases too, where people
complaining of implants have been labelled "delusional" by
psychiatrists. The Amer. Psychiatric Assoc. is guilty of
refusing to seriously review evidence that harassment &
mind-control may be impacting people mentally. DSM-IV
reflects this continuing refusal to accord victims of
electronic mind-control any official recognition by the
therapeutic community. Based on research by Drs. W. Fry & R.
Meyers, the Network has learned how to make brain lesions of
a minute controlled size with ultrasonics, rather than doing
a lobotomy. In 1963, Dr. Peter Lindstrom at the Univ. of
Pittsburgh was able to use a single unfocused sonic beam to
destroy fiber tracts in the brain without damaging the nerve
cells near them. Sonic beams (sound waves) can be used to
control human thought. (We’ll discuss sonic beams some more
later, now let’s delve into a key part of their electronic
control--implants.)
SECTION B. AN INTRO TO IMPLANTS
B1. Three typical implant victims
Let’s look at three victims who suffer from of
mind-control implants & body-control implants, who are known
by this author. We can refer to them as "Amy", Victim No.
1001..., "Betty", Victim No. 1002..., and "Cathy", Victim
Page 144 ...
No. 1003... --
"Amy" determined by using a spectrum analyzer that she
had waves of 750 mhz targeted on her. "Betty" determined
that she had the entire spectrum of radio-microwaves hitting
her in a Morse code pattern. The transceiver
(transmitter/receiver) for the signals was a fiber optic
receiver made to look like a pubic hair that repeatedly
burned holes in her underwear. Apparently, this side effect
is a "bug" they haven’t gotten out of the technology.
"Cathy" has ELF & VLF waves of 435 & 1080 Mhz signals
targeted on her. When she’s active both types of waves come,
and when she remains still the 1080 signal fades. (435 is in
the 400-450 Mhz band which is the window to the human
consciousness, and 1080 is in the 1000 to 1200 Mhz band.)
They are also using a Nitrogen particle beam, which produces
"nitrogen narcosis" (like the bends) in targeted victims.
Xenon lamps can affect the mind and body, too. 435 Mhz is
converted to 1080 by interaction with the high-atmosphere
HAARP project. The 1100 (1000-1200) Mhz frequency can affect
genetics. Implant RF frequencies have been damaging the eyes
of implant victims. Although this gives us a starting point
in our discussion, these are not the only frequencies that
threaten mind-control victims. (See Section Dl for direct
monitoring /manipulating frequencies.) Author W.H. Bowart in
his Vol.1, No. 1, pg. 1 Freedom of Thought newsletter quotes
Brian Bard of Glendale, CA who wrote, "I failed to discuss
the utilization of power in modern mind control implants.
Like Delgrado’s stimoceiver, no internal power source is
necessary. The same electro-magnetic energy which is
collected through induction by such relays produces an
internal electrical charge of equal energy. Utilizing a
capacitance circuitry design, the charge is stored as a
mechanical distortion of the crystalline lattice and
discharged as a focused pulse of electro-magnetic energy at
a lower frequency. Higher frequency E-M has a higher energy
state than lower frequency. Thus, the effective output of
photons may be twice or thrice the potential of the relays.
"A more advanced design in use utilizes 50 or more distinct
channels for various functions. Not only the encrypted
primary input signal utilized for signal output, but several
channels are reserved for supplementary energy induction.
With integrated switching, both passive and active
surveillance of brainwave activity may be enhanced.
Contrawise, signal output may be boosted and focused on
specific neural pathways. The devices remain active,
programmable signal relays with multiple selectable channels
so long as electro-magnetic induction continues to occur."
Modern microchip implants will have 250,000 components.
Certain electrical freks will trigger certain
neurochemicals. The frek 7.83, which is the elec. field
resonating between the planet & its ionosphere, makes the
subject feel in one with all creation. But it isn’t quite
that simple, because a 7.83 frek can be sent in numerous
different wave shapes, such as the rolling sinusoidal
pattern, jagged sawtooth waves, rectangular (flat on top,
flat on bottom) waves, and they all have a different effect
on the brain. (Mega brain, pp. 108-109) One can imagine the
potential power an implant that could create the proper
frequencies could have over an individual.
B2. Documentation of implants.
On the following pages, are the startling anechoic
chamber results when two victims of syntel implants were
examined. (Synthetic telepathy implants give thoughts &
voices.) These two pages document that they were receiving
signals, in fact, the anechoic chamber results helped to pin
point what building those signals were coming from!
Page 145 For picture #2 p_6-2.jpg
Page 146 For picture #3 p_6-3.jpg
Page 147 For pictures #4-6 p_6-4.jpg p_6-5.jpg p_6-6.jpg
Page 148 For picture #7 p_6-7.jpg
Page 149 For picture #8 p_6-8.jpg
Page 150 For picture #9 p_6-9.jpg
Page 151 For picture #10 p_6-10.jpg
Page 152 For picture #11 p_6-11.jpg
Page 153 For picture #12 p_6-12.jpg
Page 154 For picture #13 p_6-13.jpg
Page 155 For picture #14 p_6-14.jpg
Page 156 ...
REFERENCE PAGE FOR UNDERSTANDING ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES &
MIND-CONTROL
The best way for people to understand electromagnetic
waves is to think of the ocean’s waves. Some waves in the
ocean are big, and some are small, size is amplitude. Some
beaches have waves that come quickly and some have waves
that come slowly, this is called the frequency that the
waves comes. Researcher figured out how they could change
the amplitude or the frequency of electromagnetic waves in a
controlled way, and this is called amplitude modulation or
frequency modulation. Because all electromagnetic energy
beams travel the same speed 3 x 10¹º cm/sec, an energy beam
with a short wave must have many more of those short waves
pass in a given time such as a day than a long wave. The
shorter the wave the greater the frequency that a wave will
arrive. While our image of an ocean is that it moves up and
down in relation to the surface. In other words, the ocean
wave moves (vibrates) up and down in relation to the surface
(a mathematical plane). Electromagnetic waves vibrate in 3
dimensions (relative to 3 planes), generally they are only
drawn as one-dimensional waves. Our brains operate on waves
that are very low frequency (from one cycle per second) to
about 50 cycles per second. A cycle per second is called a
Hertz (Hz). Due to the wide range of different amplitudes
and frequencies it has been more practical to induce various
measuring units. It would be nice if all the measuring units
could be done in feet or meters or whatever, but the range
in size from the very tiny to the very large means that they
use different measuring units. Just like you use different
measuring units to get a quart of milk and 3 gallons of gas.
The milk could be called a quarter-gallon but it isn’t. In
measuring frequency they use the following measuring terms:
1,000,000 cycles per second = Megahertz (MHz)
1,000 cycles per second = Kilohertz (KHz)
1 cycle per second = Hertz (Hz)
In measuring amplitude they measure the length of the
waves with kilometers, meters, and centimeters. The very
small waves are measured in angstroms, microns, and
nanometers. What is an angstrom. A nanometer is one
billionth of a meter. That is a very tiny fraction written
as 1/1,000,000,000 of a meter or for short an nanometer. A
micron is one millionth (1/1,000,000) of a meter. Ten
nanometers are said to make up an angstrom. (In other words
an angstrom is 1 ten-billionth of a meter.)
After they measure radio frequencies, the waves of
different lengths are given other names. They could just say
‘waves from 30,000 to 300,000 MHz", but instead they shorten
things by having a special name for these waves EHF
(Extremely High Frequency waves.)
This names are as follows:
Extremely High Frequency EHF
EHF 30,000 to 300,000 MHz
Superhigh Frequency SHF
SHF 3,000 to 30,000 MHz
Ultrahigh Frequency UHF
UHF 300 to 3,000 MHz
High Frequency VHF
VHF 30 to 300 MHz
Medium Frequency MF
MF 300 to 3,000 KI-Iz
Low Frequency LF
LF 30 to 300 KHz
Very Low Frequency VLF
VLF 3 to30KHz
Extremely Low Frequency ELF
ELF Below 3 KHz to 1 Hz or less
Page 157 ...
BRAIN FREQUENCIES (FREKS) RELATE TO STATES OF ACTIVITY
The lower brain frequencies pertain to sleep and dream
states. The middle brain frequencies pertain to normal
wakeful activity. The higher brain frequencies pertain to
aroused, or concerned or states of anxiety. No brain waves
means a person is "brain dead", even though some body
functions may continue. Naturally occurring phenomena, such
as lightning in a thunderstorms, sunny days that soak a
person with extra positive ions, can all affect the thinking
of brain.
CHART GOING UP THE FREQUENCY SCALE
These frequency no.s are in Hertz which is cycles per
sec. (However the first part of the scale are non-linear,
asymmetrical waves, which are mistakingly called Hertzian by
many people.)
1 Approx. beginning of brain waves
6.66 Theta brain waves
7.85 Alpha brain waves
15.7 Beta brain waves
30-30.56 Government VLF stations
32-33 Government VLF stations
34-42 Government VLF stations
50 Approx. Upper limit of brain wave frequencies
60 Produces an audible sound
62-254.1 CTCSS (Continuous Tone Coded Squelch Systems).
These tones CTCSS tones are broadcast continually
interspersed on a frequency, which allows several different
users to broadcast separately on the same frequency and only
pick up the message that has their CTCSS tone. Post Office
Tones are 82.5, 91.5, 97.4. & 100.9. U.S. Customs & border
patrol is 100 Hz. U.S. Secret service is 103.5 Hz. EPA is
114.8. IRS & BATF is 123.0. Veterans Affairs, GSA, & Dept.
of Energy is 127.3. Fed. Aviation Admin. & U.S. Marshall
service is 136.5. Coast Guard Intell. is 141.3 Hz. Dept. of
State & Border Patrol is 151.4 Hz. Drug Enforcement Agency,
Fed. Aviation Admin., & Nat. Marine Fisheries is 156.7.
Justice Dept., FBI is 167.9.
10² (10 x 10) Ultrasonic
10³ Lower range of true Hertzian waves, waves in cycles
per sec lower than this such as the human heart beat or
Brain alpha waves are not Hertzian.
104 (10,000)
16,000-32,000 Range of Frequencies used in European
implants to signal the implant.
54,900,000 Hz (54.9 MHz) Cellular phones (Also 435 MHz,
750 MHz, & 1080 MHz have been discovered being targeted on
victims of implant mind-control.)
10¹¹ to 10¹² Far infra-red
10¹³ "Raman" I.R.
10¹4 Near Infra-red
10¹4 to 10¹5 Visible light spectrum
Page 158 For picture #15 p_6-15.jpg
Page 159
Section C. Specific Implants
Cl. Audio implants (a. public. b. secret)
C2. Body manipulation implants
C3. Visual holographic implants
C4. Memex/Brain Link implants
C5. Torture/Nerve & Muscle Stimulation Implants
C6. Tracking & I.D. Implants.
C1. AUDIO IMPLANTS
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
The concepts used in audio implants had been discovered
in the first half of the 20th century, but the refinement of
technology to take advantage of what had been discovered
waited until the second half of the century. The development
of audio implants ran on two tracks, one was the public
medical research and the other was the secret
Illuminati/Intelligence Agencies’ research. Audio implants
began to be publicly placed into people in the 1960s. The
Illuminati was experimenting on some victims at this stage,
and the military in the Vietnam war used auditory implant
devices to aid communicating to their men who were sent into
tunnels and who were placed into forest situations where
audible noise would compromise their locations to the enemy.
The Illuminati/Intelligence/& Military consortium was
keeping the experimentation secret. It appears from looking
at the worldwide research on audio implants that the
Illuminati realized that the field was so ambiguous, and
open to so many different approaches, that rather than
straightjacket the research community by a specific
strategy, they encouraged a wide variety of approaches in
the research. Consequently, research by one group would
overlap or duplicate research by another. Much to their
credit, a few researchers rejected offers to get involved
because they saw the sinister ramifications. By the 1970s,
the intelligence agencies were willing to start using
hundreds of people
to experiment operationally with the implants. People in
every state of the U.S. were selected as victims. Many of
these implant victims had programmed multiple personalities
already. The controllers were very heavy handed with the
people they implanted, and they used the full force of the
Illuminati/Intelligence agencies power to keep these people
under their control at all times. These innocent victims
have had their lives totally destroyed. Some tried to fight
back, spending thousands of dollars to get out from
underneath the incessant audio messages that the implants
sent, but the system was too big and too powerful to fight.
Police, congressmen, psychologists and many other people
turned their backs on these victims. Some victims who
initially fought back gave up resisting, some committed
suicide, and some continued to fight. Meanwhile, on the
public track during the 1970s & 1980s, medical researchers
kept putting more and more audio implants into deaf and
hard-to-hear persons. Hundreds of people in the U.S. and
many hundreds in other nations such as the U.K., Germany,
Austria, Israel, Australia, France and other countries began
to receive the cochlear implants. Australia was so proud of
their audio implant research/development they issued a
postage stamp showing an implant device ("bionic ear")
developed in Australia. The question begs asking, if
thousands of people have publicly received audio implants,
isn’t obvious that the secret societies and secret
intelligence agencies have done at least as much if not far
more?
BRIEF CHRONOLOGY OF AUDIO IMPLANTS
1790--first known attempt by Volta to electrically
stimulate the ears. He shot approximately 50 volts of
electricity into his auditory system, and experienced the
sensation of a blow to the head followed by a sound like the
boiling of viscous liquid.
1850--Electro-otiatrics was begun by otologists
Page 160 ...
who hoped electricity could help ear diseases in various
ways.
1925--Sounds were created in people by radio engineers by
placing electrodes near the ear with a modulated alternating
current.
1930--Weaver & Bray discovered the principles used later
in the cochlear microphonic implants.
1937--By passing an alternating electrical current in the
audible frequency range from an electrode to the skin,
Steven, Jones, Lurie and Flottorp found they could have
people hear sounds. For a number of years these men studied
this phenomena.
1957--Djourno and Eyries in France woke the world up
concerning the ability to electrical stimulate the auditory
nerves and produce sound with their reports. A patient from
France reportedly gets William F. House, MD interested in
developing an implant device.
1961--William House implants two patients with short-term
audio implants. One patient receives a multiple electrode
implant.
1960s--intense research for audio implants is conducted
in California in places like Sanford, the Univ. of Calif.,
in L.A. etc. The military uses audio implants operationally
to be able to talk to soldiers in situations where external
noise would compromise the location of the American
soldiers, such as exploring tunnel system.
1970s--Various researchers around the world begin
publicly implanting audio implants into people. The
Illuminati and intelligence agencies begin to secretly
implant people, this is known because many of the early
victims can pin point at time in the 1970s when they got
their audio implants.
1980--The FDA establishes Federal regulations regarding
cochlear audio implants.
1984--By this year, 369 people have publicly received the
House Cochlear Audio Implants, which have been implanted by
36 different clinics. The 3M Cochlear Implant System! House
Design for use in adults, which is already in hundreds of
adults, receives FDA approval in Nov.
1990s--Audio implants along with other implants begin to
be used more aggressively by the mind-control programmers.
Successful intelligence operations are carried out with the
aid of audio implants.
BASICS OF HOW THE IMPLANTS CAN FUNCTION
Thousands have publicly received audio implants, and
thousands have received audio implants without their
permission by the New World Order. The implants (whether
secret or public) basically have to contain A. a
receiver(s), B. a processor, C. a transmitter, D. electrodes
or electrical stimulating device. When sound waves arrive to
the human ear, the sound causes biological reactions all
along the auditory pathway--from the cochlea, the auditory
nerve, the brain stem nuclei and the primary cortical
projection areas. Each of these areas are fair game for
machinations of the mind-control researchers. There are
brain stem potentials which originate in the auditory brain
stem nuclei--primarily in the inferior colliculi. The public
auditory implants produce a small electrical stimulus that
bypasses damaged hair cells and directly stimulates the
remaining auditory neural elements. This means that for the
secret implants, the electrical impulse that is generated to
stimulate the person to hear a sound or sentence is totally
unnoticed by everyone but the victim. As mentioned before,
psychologists are being used to shut victims up, by
declaring that they are crazy for claiming to hear voices.
How do these psychologists know that the person isn’t
hearing voices from an implant? Some psychologists are
declaring the implant victims are "crazy", "delusional", &
"insane", because audio implants supposedly don’t
exist--therefore it is useless to give any credence to the
complaints of victims. In other words, psychologists are
being used as the establishment’s witch doctors to cover up
the
Page 161 ...
mind-control activities of the New World Order. What’s
new? Establishment shrinks helped cover up the programmed
multiplicity for decades by labelling the
programmed-multiple slaves "paranoid schizophrenics". During
experiments, it was discovered that the skin of a person can
pick up auditory vibrations, so tests were run to see if
implants in other parts of the human body could be used for
auditory implants. The vibrotacticle system of the skin has
an upper limit of sensitivity to 400 to 500 Hz. In contrast
the auditory system had a frequency range between 20 to
20,000 Hz and an optimum range of 300 to 3,000 Hz. The
auditory system had a dynamic range of 130 dB (decibels)
which the vibrotactile had only a 30-35 dB range. In other
words, using the skin like on the chest to send auditory
vibrations to the brain was a very limited way to create
sound. For most purposes it isn’t a viable approach, even
though some experimental auditory implants were placed in
places like the chest. The ones that were tested only
reconfirmed the suspicions that the best results are by
using the inner cochlea and the auditory canal area. Dr.
Begich’s and later others showed that a nonlinear function
will translate one frequency to another frequency, but
although it does jump, this method is inadequate for the
current mind control signals, and a linear function is used
which operates simply on the energy that the implants have.
Originally single channel devises were used, but then
multichannel devices were soon found superior. The
processing units of a device, had to have an extraction
method to determine the pitch of the signal and then would
present a square wave at the rate of that frequency. Soon
the miniature computers that made up part of the audio
implant were made so that they were programmable. Some of
the publicly implanted people (for instance some who got a 4
mm. cochlear auditory implant), who thought they were
getting medical help, were later followed up a decade later
by the intelligence agencies for their own agenda, and
instead of just hearing the world, they got to hear
mind-control drivel from some handler communicating via the
implant. As sound waves come into the public implants, they
are fast Fourier transformed into many channels lying
between say 100 and 4000 Hz. Each channel may be assigned to
a specific electrode located on an array of electrodes. The
electrodes are stimulated for instance at 300 pulses per
minute. The transmissions go to receiver/stimulators that
then stimulate the subject to hear something. (Fourier
transforms have also been identified being used by human
brains to encode memory.)
In order to keep their signals to their implanted victims
secret, the Network employs a tactic called piggybacking
where they piggyback their own audio transmission onto
standard FM frequencies.
CANAL is the acronym for an system that is used
simultaneously for transmission and reception via the use of
a double-frequency shift keying (DFS). Radio transmitters
that send quick signals are variously called BURST, SQUIRT,
SQUASH, or high-speed transmitters.
USES OF THE IMPLANTS
a. by themselves, b. with other implants, and c. in
conjunction with other mind-control devices.
TYPES OF AUDIO IMPLANTS--
Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants. Part.
B. Secretly implanted audio implants.
Part A. Publicly admitted audio implants. The entire
world has gotten involved in audio implant research. The
British Cochlear Implant Group has been setting up
"implanting centres" for the UK. Not all the publicly known
implants will be listed here, for instance, some of those I
chose not to list include some developed in Spain by Bosch &
Colomina, the ones created in Thailand by upgrading american
made implants, and
Page 162 ...
several made in East and West Germany before the wall
went down, and the Swiss implant which was simply the
Austrian audio implant used with their own processor.
3M COCHLEAR IMPLANT SYSTEM/HOUSE DESIGN--MODEL 7700 (AKA
ALPHA)
BANFAI, EMG --Several models developed by Banfai in
Cologne-Dueren, West Germany. It is digital, with a
pulsatile signal and a programmable memory. The implant can
be communicated with using an interface device hooked to a
computer. The patient has a keyboard. It was first implanted
in 1977 and has 8/14 and 16 channels. It has been implanted
into hundreds of people.
BRITISH, for instance UCH-- Developed by Douek, Fourcin
and Moore in London and implanted with a single electrode in
1978 and multiple electrodes in 1990. The implant has
bioglass, and promontory grooves for the electrode, and
neural network programming in its computer memory.
CHEN AUDIO IMPLANT--developed in Guangzhoi, mainland
China and first implanted in 1984. It was said by the
chinese that 20 people received this implant.
CZECHOSLOVAKIAN--Implants were created by Volvoda and
Tichy in Prague and implanted in the 1980s into a few
people.
FRASER--Developed in London, and first implanted in 1983.
It was notable because it had a round window in the implant.
In the first few years it was implanted into 56 people. The
encapsulated the implant in a high-grade Silastic rather
than an epoxy, as some other European researchers had done
FRAYASE--Developed in Toulouse, France, this audio
implant was implanted with its receiver in the chest. It was
first implanted in
1981, and 22 people were said to have received it.
GOA--developed in Shanghai, China by Lee and Lin.
INERAID- (fka Symbion) produced by the Richards Company,
USA. In the Journal of the Acoustical Society of America,
Mar. 1994, vol. 95, pp. 1677-1678, they have an article
about a woman who had an implant in one ear and not the
other. She was asked to compare the pitch signals from
natural sources versus the right ear audio implant. The most
apical implanted electrode was not as accurate as the more
basal located electrodes using an Ineraid implant.
IMPLEX COM 12--Comes with an interfacing computer and a
Syncom patient self-tester
LAURA--Developed at Antwerp, Belgium. These were first
implanted in 1986, and had an internal canal antenna, a
microphone entirely internal in the auditory canal, a
pre-amp, an antenna, and a data control circuit. Only a few
subjects got this implant. It comes with a computer, and an
interface unit. It does have a programmable memory.
MED-EL --Developed in Austria at Vienna and Innsbruck by
Hochmair, and first implanted in 1977. Hundreds of people
were implanted with this audio implant. Some were implanted
externally with it and some internally inside the ear canal.
It has one channel and a multitude of electrodes stimulating
the audio channel. It is analogue, and sends an analogue
signal. It does not have a programmable memory.
MXM- -Developed by Chouard in Paris and first implanted
in 1974. It had been implanted by 1990 into 179 people.
NUCLEUS 22, NUCLEUS MINISYSTEM 22,
and other NUCLEUS AUDIO IMPLANTS
Page 163 ...
(aka CLARK’s Implants)--At least two models developed in
Australia at Melbourne. This audio implant was first
implanted in 1978. The implant is programmable from the
outside. It has been implanted into many hundreds of people.
It has a multitude of electrodes that stimulate the audio
system. It is digital, sends a pulsatile signal, and has a
programmable memory. The implant comes with a diagnostic and
programming interface computer. The Australian government
heavily subsidized with millions of dollars research into
audio implants and got the Cochlear Corporation (Nucleus)
going. Nucleus uses what is called MULTIPEAK which provides
high-frequency information from 2000 to 7000 Hz. With this 4
electrodes are stimulated in rapid succession, and special
algorithms are used which change the relationship between
the pulse amplitude and the pulse duration in order to allow
4 pulses to occur within a single frame. The Nucleus
Minisystem 22 was approved by the FDA for implantation in
both adults and children.
Storz Instrument Co.’s Implant--developed at Univ. of
Calif, San Francisco.
Part. B. Secretly implanted audio implants. There were
several profiles of people that were used in the World
Order’s selection of secret victims to implant. The
following were criteria that they liked in the selection
process, a. vulnerable, such as single women, b. people who
were already programmed with trauma-based mind-control, c.
psychics, who had already told people they heard or saw
things ordinary people don’t, d. people, not highly regarded
by society such as minorities, criminals, street people,
mentally insane, who would not be able to find a support
system to help them fight the experimentation. They also did
the audio implants into some of their own intelligence
agents, apparently to some who were getting somewhat
difficult to their superiors. Because of this type of
profile, and
some other things this author learned, it appears that
the initial two decades were used more for experimentation
and development than they were for actual operations.
However, with more than 2 decades of experience, they are
now fully operational. From watching their interaction
(messages) with victims of audio implants, it is clear that
they are not in the testing stage, but are fully
operational, and have a full cadre of trained operatives
(men & women) to staff the secret bases from which the
monitor and broadcast signals to their slaves. The staff
their bases with 3 shifts and the graveyard shift leaves
approx. 6 a.m. In other words, from what we can tell they
are using standard shift times for the audio implant control
staffs.
COCHLEAR IMPLANTS--There are Cochlear implants for
auditory control secretly implanted without permission. A
rubber molding skin color covers the outer lining of the ear
canal. There are tiny slits in this lining, which when
pushed to the side would show the presence of coils and a
plastic rod/wire embedded in the area. Sometimes burn marks
occur on sides of face due to intense heat generated by
implants, which is painful.
DENTAL AUDITORY IMPLANTS--At least a dozen victims have
complained that after their teeth were capped they began
hearing voices. Other sources indicate that during the
filing process implants are being put into people. This is
the type of implant placed into J. Z. Knight and left
dormant for many years until they decided to activate her as
New Age guru.
RIDGE IMPLANTS-- These implants can produce Theta waves
and even voices. They are designed to suppress a particular
type of thinking. The body may be sent into paralysis or
given various stimulus-response stimuli in order to suppress
certain thought patterns. If the slave begins to have
certain thought patterns that threaten the programming and
programming structures, these implants kick in
Page 164 ...
to divert the person’s mental activity to something else.
C2. BODY MANIPULATING IMPLANTS
The subject of body manipulating implants could have been
placed in chapter 8, however the desire was to keep all the
information on implants together. Mankind has placed objects
into the human body for thousands of years in the hope that
it would produce some type of change. So the history of this
type of implants is volumous. Reader’s Digest had an article
about how to give to paraplegics the use of their arms and
legs with implants. Implants are being placed into the human
body to effect growth changes, to change hormone levels
(such as to stop estrogen), to change DNA growth, to carry
out behavior modification, etc. Several papers have
recommended that sex offenders get implants. The Rambo chips
that have been put into many men have been linked to some
big crimes. In recent times, the following body manipulating
implants have been written about:
CRYSTALLINE CORTICOSTERONE IMPLANTS-- These implants
affect the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) activity
when there is stress or basal activity. It was placed into
the medial prefrontal cortex (MpFC) to regulate the response
to certain types of stress. Journal of Neuroscience, Sept.
1993, Vol. 13, pp. 3839-3847.
NORPLANT--a contraceptive implant placed into hispanic
and black teenagers using the Mantel-Haenszel procedure.
Written about in Journal of Adolescent Health, May 1995,
Vol. 16(5), pp 389-395 by Nancy Campbell-Heider, John Glantz,
Sandra Glantz, Eric Schaff, et al.
POLYMERIC BRAIN IMPLANT--These implants are
ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer matrix disks and are used
to release into the brain dopamine for a period of a number
of weeks. The testing of this has been done at Yale Univ.
School of Medicine. Written about in the Annals of
Neurology, Apr. 1989, Vol. 25, pp. 35 1-356. Written by
Matthew During, Andrew Freese, and Bernhard Sabel, and Mark
Saltzman, et. al.
PROTO-32 IMPLANT--Designed by Dr. McDaniels and a Dr.
Paul Hod. This implant with a 32-bit microchip memory
affects DNA growth within a person. The two doctors who
developed the device are claimed to have died after they
created the chip. The FDA has approved the use of the
implant in the brain. It’s believed that there is a patent
on the chip.
SILASTICMELATONIN-FILLED IMPLANT- Used to alter the speed
of resynchronization of the circadian rhythm in birds, and
implanted by the Max-Plank Institute fur
Verhaltensphysiologie, Andechs, Germany. Although this was
for birds, mention of it is done here to point out the type
of research done at the Max-Plank Institute. It was written
about in the Physiology and Behavior magazine, July 1995,
Vol. 58, p. 89-90 by Michaela Hau and Eberhard Gwinner.
TESTOSTERONE IMPLANT--used to release testosterone into
the subject.
C3. VISUAL/HOLOGRAPHIC IMPLANTS
BACKGROUND.
Hollywood has given us movies where visual and
holographic implants are shown, but what about the real
world? Yes, it does happen in more than the movies.
Publicly, the establishment has only experimentally placed
visual implants into a few volunteers. On the real life side
of the NWO, there have been a number of victims who have
been subjected to visual implants without their consent. One
victim in Massachusetts labels her visual
Page 165 ...
implants "visual prosthetics’, but mentions "I use this
term loosely because they are more so attachments than
replacements of my own vision. Every now and then the public
is made aware of where the World Order wants people to think
research is at. In the Jan. 13, 1997 issue of U.S. News &
World Report (p. 52), the unveiling by researchers of the
retinal chip that could potentially
their own conclusions as to what soul interjects
are--whether merely a deception, a new technology, or
magical demonic manifestation. Hermetic magic is a nasty
form of magic from ancient Egypt. There are a few of the top
Illuminati Grand Masters who believe they are capable of
carrying out rituals to raise the dead and create interjects
onto interject disks. Specialized magic is performed on the
dead to raise zombies in order to splinter the zombie’s
soul. The Grand Master then believes he can place the
splinters of the soul on interject disks, and place these
interjects into live slaves. Interestingly, humans claiming
contact with "aliens" have claimed that the aliens can
separate a human soul from its body, keep it captured,
recondition that soul, and finally implant the soul into
another body. Some researchers are claiming that they have
evidence of a holographic energy template that is associated
with a physical body. Is this the soul? They believe that
this template works with cellular genetic mechanisms. There
is certainly more to learn about what humans are, perhaps
some day these claims about zombie souls will have some
scientific merit, but for now they lay in the realm of
Illuminati Grand Master high magic.
I have reported upon Illuminati beliefs and practices.
Likewise, an anthropologist will report on the practices &
customs of a people, whether or not the anthropologist
personally practices or believes like the people he
observes. Of course, these luciferian (or should one say
satanic practices) are abhorrent and the author has never
practiced them, so the author can’t speak from the viewpoint
of a witness, but he can describe as a reporter the views of
Illuminati witnesses. One Illuminati belief is that they
have managed to design equipment that can catch the soul of
a dying person. This capability will play a role in the
reign of the anti-Christ. When the Anti-Christ dies, his
soul will be captured and he will be resurrected with demons
animating the body. When a very high ranking Illuminati
adept goes berserk, the Illuminati will insure that they
preserve the soul of the man by killing him with equipment
that is portrayed in
Page 265 ...
the recent movie Lord of Illusion. This is a mask-brace
that fits over the portals of the head and then is screwed
into the head to capture the soul as it tries to escape the
dying body. Then demons are called in to live off the soul
matter. Normally, according to Illuminati occult knowledge,
the demons can only live a short time within a body, but by
the mask-brace capture of a body’s soul, the demons can
inhabit a body for a longer length of time and create the
walking dead. This is that "line between heaven and hell"
that the movie refers to. The Illuminati believe that the
highest gift they can give Lucifer are captured souls. They
will place souls into jars. This is the highest most secret
magic of the Illuminati. Notice, that during the Lord of
Illusion movie, jars are smashed during the ritual where a
soul is captured. Interviews with alien abductees reveals
that some of them believe that the aliens are stealing the
souls of mankind. The similarity of the Illuminati beliefs
about demons, and the perceived actions of the aliens by
abductees are remarkably similar. Also the Illuminati have
secretly used special tubing during millions of abortions
performed by their abortion clinics to capture the souls of
the aborted children. (This is author is not making any
claims that they do or don’t succeed, but they believe they
are succeeding.) The movie Lord of Illusion is full of
Illuminati/high level Masonic symbology. The movie begins
with programming concepts, first the galaxies & stars, then
the yellow brick road, then a dust storm... An Illuminati
phrase "Flesh is a trap, magic sets you free" is mentioned
in the movie. In contrast with the movie, these things are
not written to entertain the reader, but with the
good-natured intent that therapists and victims may gain
something by knowing better what is going on to these
Illuminati mind-control victims. The Illuminati believe that
they can suck the life spirit out of a person through
intercourse with what they call the Eye of Horus (the anus).
This is why the leaders of this World Order (such as George
Bush, Bill Clinton, and tens of thousands of others) are
into sodomy, they are trying to vampirize all the years of
life out of the victim to gain a longer life. Some of the
sad child victims, who have been kept exclusively for this
purpose do look like the life force has been sucked out of
them. Sodomy has its own secret chamber on the cabalistic
tree of life. A metaphysical UFO type magazine entitled WE
Walk-Ins for Evolution puts out articles on how souls
walk-into a body and how souls braid themselves to other
souls. For instance, there was an article "Soul Braiding" in
the April-June, ‘96 issue of WE. This appears to be a
refraining of various practices that the Illuminati carry
out to demonize and control the minds of their people.
Rather than speak of a demonization or an interject, front
alters of slaves who are not Christians can use metaphysical
terms like "soul braiding". The words soul and spirit, and
concepts attached to those words are important in
programming. Programmed Mormon children will think they have
the "Spirit of Elijah" in them, and will robotically sing
their programming, "Follow the Prophet, follow the prophet."
WHITE GOLD, other information
Since writing about powdered white gold’s ability to make
a person clairvoyant, in Vol. 2, it’s come to my attention
that Nexus magazine has had a recent article on this. For
those who are interested in crystal travel, crystal travel
is an OBE also known as astral projection and is covered in
the Vol. 2 book as astral projection. Besides the silver
cord, some victims have mentioned a supernatural dark red
violet umbilical that connects them to the AntiChrist.
Page 266
picture 1 p_10-1.jpg
information about the picture
This is a masonic drawing cailed "The Second Portal". it
shows nude boys facing a throne undergoing some type of
magical rltuai. The drawing appears In The Hidden Life in
Freemasonry after pg. 198. in 1926, Charles W. Leadbeater, a
33º Freemason, printed his book The Hidden Life in
Freemasonry. This book was written for people involved in
Luciferian rituals In the higher more occult rites of
Freemasonry. in the preface, Leadbeater talks of butterflies
(pp viii-ix), which has the double meaning in the occult of
souls (spirits). in the last chapter, chapter 10, he gives
masonic rituals to Invoke angels (demons) through egyptian
magic. In these Masonic temples, the checkerboard square is
used in a similar fashion as a magic circie for a coven.
This picture is given as a paper trail to show the sex-magic
rituals that take place within various masonic groups.
The iliuminati Sisters of Light alters rarely appear in
therapy because they are used in horrendous masonic rituals,
and must be buried very deep in the system. Typically, a
Sister of Light would be blindfolded and taken down many
flights of steps and through tunnels and would end up in an
elaborate underground masonic temple. She would be used as a
nymph. in one ritual, for example, she’d be given a golden
circle band for her forehead, a cloak with a red lining, and
a tunic of black silk with golden rays. The hall would have
important masons of society who would be sitting in a
semi-circle. The Sisters of Light are given to Beelzebub in
an excruciating marriage ceremony. There is a veil which
fails into 4 equal parts, which mean the 4 corners of the
world. The sisters take oaths around the compass, so that
the victim feels locked in no matter what corner of the
world they go to.
picture 2 p_10-2.jpg
p_11-1.jpg
about the picture
This was some early art work by Cisco to convey what her
mind felt as a mind-controlled slave. What the picture shows
is the hand of the puppet master controlling his puppet. The
puppet is floating--not grounded in reality, but dissociated
from the external world in order to survive. All the cities
and internal worlds are grids. Everything attaches to grids.
The color programming can be seen in the Green, Blue,
Silver, Gold, Red, and Yellow colors of the grids. The
puppet is totally in the hands of the puppet master and its
hands are in a submissive hold, while the puppet master has
his fingers covertly wrapped around the left side of the
puppet's head.
Chapter 11
Click here for picture
Page 267 ...
CHAPTER 11
SCIENCE No. 11- INTERNAL CONTROLS
A. TEACHING OCCULT PHILOSOPHIES
This is an important ongoing aspect of the mind-control.
Vol. 2, introduced this subject: "Learning plays an
important part in perception. The Programmers try to get
their victims to subscribe to philosophies and ideas that
will make it hard for them to rebel against their
controllers. This is what is termed indoctrination. The same
methods of teaching that others [any other educator would]
find useful are employed. Ways of thinking are incorporated
by the slave via handlers, programmers, and the cult they
belong to. "Everyone tries in their own way to make sense of
life. This is a natural brain function, so that the human
mind can understand how to deal with the future. The mind
takes raw data, and then applies some type of logic, and
comes to conclusions. Once accepted these conclusions can be
as hard as nails, and they will defy any attempt to change
them, even in the light of new evidence. If the Programmer
is smart enough, he can get an alter to logically believe
anything. Once the belief is embedded, it will remain there
tenaciously." In the previously book, it was discussed how
indoctrination is done. I will provide more of the details
on how indoctrination is accomplished, because it is not
being done via rational logical thinking. Rather, the
programmer or cult leaders want to access a person’s
non-logical imaginative right brain. In order to do that he
must distract the left brain. Bill Clinton, an Illuminati
handler of slaves, and a good liar, has his speeches
prepared in such a way that they take advantage of the
brain’s natural functioning to manipulate it. Bill Clinton,
when he gives a speech will initiate it by pushing
everybody’s green buttons. He will say a number of things
that everyone wants to hear and will agree with. This is
called "generating a YES SET’. There will be a number of
these, the number of these often desired is 3. Then the
second stage is to bring in TRUISMS that are facts that
after the audience has already been mentally saying yes, the
audience will probably accept these facts without any
disagreement. Finally, after the approx. three YES SETs, the
approx. three TRUISMS, Bill will plant the suggestion, such
as "support me in such and such." On important points, Bill
will move his left hand, to help imbed certain commands to
his viewers. He will also use some subtle hand signals/codes
to trigger mind-controlled slaves too. He will ask during
his talks for people to imagine or visualize what he wants
for them. Again this is manipulation directed at the right
brain. One of the most crucial things that protects the
mind-control of the Illuminati is the frame-of-reference and
world-view they build into people from the cradle to the
grave. Our previous experience and the information we have
available directly influences how we assign meaning to
information we receive. The Illuminati’s control over so
much of society allows them to create people’s
frames-of-references. Fragments of information that people
receive which do not relate to the person’s
frame-of-reference will be discarded. A person needs a place
in his frame-of-reference to hang information on. The person
may puzzle over the tidbits of incongruent fragments, but
being unable to relate them to his world view, he finds
himself unable to file the fragments away in a meaningful
manner. Some of the front alters of very well controlled
slaves have had world views (frames-of-references) that
believe, a. there is no such thing as Satanic Ritual Abuse,
b. there is no such thing as a conspiracy, c. there is no
such thing as absolute truth, d. there is no such
Page 268 ...
thing as sin. e. There is no connection between God,
living a moral life, and finding Truth. f. there is no such
thing as Multiple Personality Disorder. g. My religious
organization can do no wrong. Making a fundamental change in
our frame of reference is a frightening task. This is why
victims of total mind-control who have been A. programmed
not to believe that a New World Order conspiracy exists, and
not to believe Satanism and SRA exist, and then they are B.
placed in a culture that reinforces this programming, end up
being extremely hard to break free of their mind-control.
Conferences where mind-control victims can begin to see the
significance of all the fragments of clues that they
discarded are very valuable. This author has met a number of
mind-controlled victims who didn’t know what their problem
was, but had countless clues in their life. But these clues
were useless fragments of information until they were given
a framework to use them. For instance, one victim of
Illuminati total mind-control knew nothing about the
significance of the Illuminati bloodlines, nor who the
bloodlines were. She stated that her relatives were so and
so, and it was then pointed out to her that she was from
Illuminati bloodlines on both sides, and the significance of
the bloodlines was gone over. Now a meaningless piece of
information (her genealogy) had been given a framework of
meaning. But this was just one area of many which the
establishment has carefully controlled us to have
misunderstandings about. Understanding her heritage, allowed
her to understand why she was selected for mind-control,
when it seemed to her that others might have been better
candidates. Occult philosophies by their very nature create
frames of references that make it hard to see reality and to
see the Truth in Jesus Christ of Nazareth. The New Age,
Witchcraft, and Hindu idea that all paths lead to God, is
utter nonsense. The idea that Christians are narrow minded
is nonsense, but is a common idea taught by many people. It
is narrow minded to insist that Christians must go to the
same place Hindu’s end up, if Christians seek truth. The New
Agers see only one track for truth seekers, since they hold
all paths lead to God. The concept is even illustrated by
the wheel in India’s flag. All spokes on the wheel lead to
the same center point of the circle. The Biblical Christians
see two tracks for truth seekers--some don’t find God and
Truth, but rather find an imitation of the truth and end up
eternally lost, while some do find God and Truth. Perhaps at
this point the reader is getting slightly upset because he
or she is thinking, "Fritz is preaching what he believes,"
and is also thinking "there is no absolute truth." That is
exactly my point. By accepting the lie--the programming
lie--the frame of reference--the paradigm that there is no
absolute truth, then every time a fragment of absolute truth
comes to you, you will reject it. When I showed evidence to
two followers of J.Z. Knight (J.Z. Knight was/is a
mind-controlled slave, who has set up an Illuminati front
religion in Washington State where converts are subjected to
mind-control techniques) that children were being sacrificed
by Satanic covens and that this was evidence of Satanic
ritual abuse, their world view could not accept the concept
of absolute wrongs and sin. They responded, "These satanists
may well be killing their babies, but that is not abuse,
that is only your idea. It’s just your idea that it is
abuse. It’s not abuse to these people." In review, one of
the hardest shells protecting the programming of a total
mind-controlled slave is when the front part of their
system, which holds the body regularly, has been
indoctrinated into a frame-of-reference that will not allow
them to see the reality of what is being done to make and
keep them in slavery. A final example of this, are the
zealots of the False Memory Syndrome Foundation who are
mind-controlled zealots. These zealots, who are launching a
counterattack
Page 269 ...
against books like this, have had their world-views
carefully constructed by a combination of several techniques
of persuasion, a. mass indoctrination, b. subliminal
messages via the T.V. and other places in their lives, c.
controlled education, and Neuro-Linguistic Programming, in
addition to all their regular trauma-based programming. It’s
like their world-view is the hard varnish that is first seen
& heard, protecting people (even themselves) from realizing
that the underlying motivation of these zealots is not their
world-view, but Total Mind Control Programming. Within
witchcraft, the cosmology that is taught is that a person
was originally swirls or vortexes of energy. This coupled
with a belief in reincarnation, allows the mind-controlled
victim’s witchcraft alters to believe that they began with
some molecules of energy forming, and that death is nothing,
because everything continues on a vast wheel of
reincarnation. The beliefs that are inserted into people via
witchcraft are conducive to locking the person into their
servitude. European culture, which has been based on
Christianity, has had a respect and value on life way beyond
the oriental view. For centuries europeans have marvelled
about how little value human life has in the oriental view.
This is because these Oriental views are identical with what
is now called New Age beliefs, which are also about the same
thing as witchcraft. Gnostism/ witchcraft philosophy
justifies seeking and having power. Persons, who are power
hungry, gravitate to this philosophy. Persons who are
inculcated with the desire for power rationalize their
behavior with the witchcraft philosophy which they are
raised in, or programmed to believe, or "discover" to set
their minds at ease.
B. INTERNAL COMPUTERS
Internal computers are elaborate arrangements of
dissociated parts and memories built into the slave’s mind
to cause the victim’s mind to have mechanical computer-like
responses.
For years, the internal computers escaped the detection
of the therapeutic community. The illustrated Guidebook
introduced the subject to readers and the Vol. 2 gave the
first major & so far to date the only comprehensive expose
of these computers. This Deeper Insights book will provide a
number of pages to deepen the readers understanding of this
important subject. This is all fresh (never been exposed)
material so don’t write and ask what book it came from. You
may have to refer back to our previous books for a complete
understanding.
Installation of the Standard Programming.
The Illuminati take a screen about 6’ by 6’. On the
screen is a grid with a Greek or English letter. In front of
the screen are colored flashing lights. The flashing colored
lights prevent the conscious mind from seeing the screen,
but the subconscious mind sees the grid. An Alpha symbol or
capital A with tails at the base will be shown on the grid
screen for Alpha programming. A Beta or B will be shown for
the Beta Programming screen. The programming that is placed
in using the different programming associated with various
Greek and English alphabets can be read about in Chapter 4
of the Volume 2 Formula book and Chapter 4 in this book. The
victim is strapped into a chair with their head locked in
place and their eyes forced open. They must endure the
flashing lights and the subliminal grid and letter on the
screen.
There is a paper trail that they are using flashing
lights for hypnotic control of a subject in order to place
in messages at the subconscious. One of the pieces of the
paper trail was an article "New Device To Induce Hypnosis
Developed" in the Chicago Tribune (June 7, 1959). The
article was about a Dr. William Kroger, who had tested the
use of flashing lights on 200 obstetric patients at the
Edgewater hospital in Chicago. Interestingly, this Dr.
Kroger lived in Beverly Hills, CA and worked with a Sidney
Schneider of Skokie, IL.
Page 270 ...
Schneider was skilled in electronics and Kroger was an
obstetrician. The article said, "The pulsing pattern in
reality an electronic brain wave ‘achieves control’ of the
brain’s alpha rhythm, thus inducing a drowsy state,
according to Dr. Kroger." "The apparatus...operates on the
principal of subliminal and photic stimulation of brain
waves...about 30 per cent of the subjects who had received
no explanation or had no knowledge of what the brain wave
synchronizer would do were hypnotized to various degrees."
Now these type of machines are available to any bozo who
knows where they are sold.
Another piece of the paper trail is a government study by
the Defense Intelligence Agency of July 1972, entitled
Biological Effects of Electromagnetic Radiation (Radiowaves
and Microwaves) --Eurasian and Communist Countries,
ST-CS-01-169-72. DIA,, July, 1972, pp. 77-86. This study, of
which this author has a copy, in part VI is written about
"Light and Color as a Means of Altering Human Behavior."
Although the report claims the communists are the ones who
are using flashing light and color to alter human behavior,
the real inventors were the Illuminati, and both the
Americans and Russians are using flashing colored lights for
programming. This DIA study also reports on an American
symposium held in the at Tulane Univ., Covington, LA in 1957
concerning the effects of flickering light on the brain. The
participants of the 1957 American symposium drew up a paper
with 11 conclusions, which included a. flickering light
interferes with the human nervous system, b. flickering
light can put a person to sleep or into a trance, c.
flickering light can interfere with the brains s alpha
waves, and d. "photo driving of the EEG by periodic flicker
is a well known phenomenon although many subjects do not
show the effect..." During the ’50’s through at least the
’70’s, the Illuminati used flickering lights to place into
the subconscious the grids used for the various computers.
Each block on the grid would have codes, programs, memory
and alters attached to it. In other words, dissociated parts
of the mind become parts which are built into computers. The
mind of victim is hijacked by the programmer.
To fully understand what the computers are, we must
understand the mind-set of the programmers. The programmers
are looking to Lucifer for their inspiration. An imitation
of God’s Book of Life for people, is for Lucifer to
construct an internal computer that will contain all the
history of all the alters. It might be helpful if some items
that were in the illustrated Guidebook and in the Vol. 2
book were briefly touched upon again, as we discuss how the
internal computers are made. Remember, that a computer is
placed one per layer (section) and that they also build in
back up computers, and that the computers have coded
memories stored in them, as well as coded programs. The
deepest computer is called the Beast computer, and it has an
eye (the all-seeing-eye) that opens and shuts like a camera
lens. It can go behind the veil, and this is in mockery of
the rent veil of the Holy of Holies. When the internal
computers are built, the Illuminati use a doll house with
different colored rooms for the child to visualize what is
being done. Each room in the dollhouse has a different
color. Each family of alters (a group of alters that are on
the grid together) has the exact same color code. In the
Vol. 2 book, we showed the color coding differently--we
showed the color coding running diagonally across the grid,
it can be done in any fashion, but generally the color code
for a single family (alters a-through-in on the chart) is
the same, and the cover program to hide it is that the
colors run diagonally. What that means is that an entire
family of alters, say alters Mary 1 through Mary 13 will all
be connected by a color
Page 271 ...
ribbon alter (who works just for them) back to that same
color of computer room. All the family get the same
programming, although they hold separate memories. This will
help therapists understand the behavior & programming
patterns of various alters. The Beta and Delta alters, who
as the readers realizes live in entirely a deep trance
imaginary life, have entirely negative programming in their
computer section. The Betas and Deltas have two ribbons per
alter, which is an exception to the rule. This is so they
can function together--espionage, seduction, and
assassination all go together. Another type of alter who
gets two ribbons are the 13th alters which connect two
levels. These poor alters have so much programming going
off, and mixed signals, that they are real basket cases.
When a system is seen in its entirety, the more powerful
system hierarchy and illuminati hierarchy alters will be
coded with Platinum, Gold, White, Purple, Bronze & Silver.
Front alters who will be helpful will be coded pink and
yellow. Orange alters will be perceived as helping alters,
but they are actually guards, protectors, and they protect
sections of the system below them, which they usually can’t
see, and often don’t know that they guard. Alters coded
brown, tan, grey, or clear will give the therapist & support
team fits, because they are full of deceptions & cover
programs, and illusions. Host alters or key front alters may
have a clear or white diamond as their gemstone. Alters who
cover things up may have obsidian as their gemstone. Other
alters who play along with the programming may have such
gemstones as Fire Opal, Topaz, and Turquoise. (Also see Vol.
2 , p. 328-29.)
Front Programs of Front Computer.
The front computer that is linked to the front section
will be different than the deeper computers. It’s big
difference is that its programs (which are linked to all the
front alters) are logical. The logical programs of this
level provide the alters with logical reasons and excuses to
believe the lies, and to reason their life out. Of course
they draw false conclusions from good logic using faulty
information.
Misinformation Computers.
Misinformation computers are laid in on the 3, 6, 9 and
12 levels. Thousands of demons are placed into the
Misinformation computers to not only run them, but to
dispense misinformation. Since the demons are not under
drugs or hypnosis, they are under full awareness and are
very crafty in their deceptions. When memories are too clean
and too complete, the therapist should suspect that they are
getting a demonic false memory. Bear in mind the child is in
a drugged state during much of the programming and has
blurry eyes and may have their eyes rolling in the back of
their head. They have their short term memories splintered
by electro-shock, and are fed lies about their memories via
hypnosis. Real memories are in bad shape when retrieved.
(This is why some persons apply "hypnotic correction
programs" to restore the memories back closer to the
original event, such as reversing the hypnotic
air-brushing/blurring of faces that was programmed into
deeper alters. The mind put in the distortion program and
seems in some cases to be able to reverse the distortion
program.)
Beast Computer.
End time names such as Gog, etc. are believed to be given
to some of the computers within recent years, to represent
the names of the 10 countries that will make up the global
government of the New World Order. For years the computers
have been called "Beast" computers with the big important
Beast computer laid in at the bottom of the mind in the hell
pit. Remember that the core is at the bottom of the mind
below the hell pit--but she is almost always never connected
to the Beast computer. This is because the core receives
very little programming. The core is told she is
Page 272 ...
sleeping beauty and that her father Lucifer, who she is
married to, will someday return for her and wake her up.
Lucifer wanted the purest virgin bride he could get, so he
marries as his top bride within the system the innocent
core. The core is told she belongs to Lucifer. The core is
protected by the false trinity in the pyramid and the Grand
Druid Council. The core is linked to the Grand Druid
Council, but not the carousel. In the VoL 2 book, we
reported the cover program, which is that the core is in the
carousel. If therapists want to take out computers they need
to take them out from the first computer that was laid in,
the Beast computer (at the bottom of the mind), and take
them out in the sequence they were put in.
Programmer Access to the Computer Areas.
When the external programmer wants to put information
into the computer he opens up the various "rooms" (areas or
programs so to speak) and then the internal programmers take
over. The story line used to build in access to the computer
is the King’s Chamber story in Alice In Wonderland. The king
comes to the chamber and he has the right to make 3 wishes
(the 3-part access code). If he doesn’t make 3 wishes,
everything disappears like in the Alice In Wonderland story.
3-part access codes are usually DATE, COLOR, ALPHA-NUMERIC
CODE. But they could be three objects within the room, or
they could be a sound, a touch, and a third-sight signal.
Generally, the Illuminati have used the actual date that an
alter (a part) or a family of alters was created as the
actual code for that chamber of the computer. That chamber
will then be linked to all the alters of that family. So
lets say a family of alters was created on 4-30-64. This
would normally be written on the charts as 43064 or because
the Illuminati often work with things backward, some
programmers will write it 46034. Which ever method, forward
or backwards, will then be used consistently as the first
part of the access to that family’s computer chamber.
There are 26 rooms in the dollhouse, or in other words,
13 families of alters on a grid with 13 mirror images to
mirror those 13. This was very standard for years. When the
programmer places the information in it is put on a mental
imaginary "computer disk" or in the older models "spools".
The reader needs to remember back to the hypnotic surgery
that we discussed in the Illustrated Guidebook and the Vol.
2 book, to remember that the victim has their insides
hypnotically removed and the spools or computer disks placed
inside of them. Let’s say a therapist touches one of the
misinformation computers, which are the most assessable.
These computers will then activate mirror images and lots of
demonic activity. The therapist may end up integrating
demons, and working with constructs and mirror images, and
the proper excitement by the real alters is even programmed
in. These are what may be termed "FALSE HOPE PROGRAMS". The
system will rest and relax and the therapist will declare
everything finished. (For years, the two authors have tried
to explain this, but it seems to be a hard subject for
therapists to understand.) Finally, a very important
warning, tampering with the computers is serious business,
from the co-authors experience in working with therapists,
we strongly advise them not to tamper with the computers,
because the self-destruct programs are so strong. The
self-destruct programs will turn the person into a
vegetable, or into pure insanity if the victim survives the
suicide programs. The skill level among the therapeutic
community is not yet at the level needed to tamper with the
computers, but we hope with the publication of this book and
with more experience that that will someday become a
reality. This author, Fritz, is aware of therapists that
have tried to tamper with the computers, but the programming
has beaten both them and this author. For instance, it took
lots of work to discover that this author’s week of work
with a front computer actually was only
Page 273 ...
playing with a misinformation computer and its
FALSE HOPE PROGRAMS.
C. INTERNAL HIERARCHIES
OVERVIEW.The internal structuring of alter systems are
built with alters being arranged in hierarchies. Often the
hierarchal arrangement is a mirror of the group carrying out
the programming. The CIA and other intelligence groups use
SECTIONS. You will find the grids of alters arranged in
SECTIONS. The Illuminati have a Grand Druid Council and
other councils, which will be mirrored within the system.
Alter families will be set up as mini-covens within the
system, often with 13 to an alter families. HUBS will be
created in reflection of how Satanic groups are organized
into hubs.
THE INTERNAL HIERARCHIES form RATIONALES
Some of the structures within the programmed alters
reflect the philosophies of the ancient occult world. The
structures are buttressed by the occult beliefs that are
connected to them. Cisco, who has helped me co-author two
books on mind-control, pointed out how the ancient world had
a god which could only be adored by one family. Each city
had its own gods, and religion was tied to the family and
the city units. This was the Religion of the Hearth, as some
have called it. The Roman Gens was an extension of this, the
Gens were political associations of several families who
collected into a religious union, as the Illuminati families
have done. When we see how the ancient religious customs
were, we see how the internal Illuminati structuring
parallels this thinking. Each internal city or world is
assigned a god (demon) during the programming. The
Illuminati families have collected themselves into a Gen.
This is an example of how the internal structuring is
buttressed by some occult philosophy which will in turn
buttress itself by its claim to antiquity, as if length of
practice makes a mistaken superstition valid. The myths of
the occult world and their symbology are very extensive. The
programmers have many items to choose from as they construct
the deeper internal worlds of an Illuminati slave. There is
a twisted logic to many of the names they give. The Magna
Mater is the sybil, the symbol of truth, a goddess who can
take the form of a city in the occult world. To apply the
name MAGNA MATER to a part of the mind then creates a triple
or quadruple pun--we have something that can be truth, a
city, a goddess, and a sybil. The programmers thrive on
puns. The personification of the stages of spiritual life
which are called fairies are named White Ladies, Green
Ladies, and Black Ladies. Dissociated parts of the mind can
be given the name Green Ladies, and then the secret meaning
attached that they are fairies that connect to the system’s
spiritual development. The possibilities seem endless. Since
cabalism is behind much of the Illuminati programming, and
double images are so important--some systems may incorporate
the dual being known as Metatron on top, and Samael on the
bottom. This is the occult concept that all phenomena has an
essential ambivalence. This is the Gemini concept. Another
Cabalistic concept that appears in programming is the silver
palace also known as the silver thread that connects man to
his origin and to his end. The palace in the occult world
was to have secret chambers (dissociated areas in the
subconscious) which hold treasure (programming truths). In
the occult world’s beliefs, it has been said that the palace
of glass represents the magically appearing ancestral
memories of mankind from the Golden Age. In Druidism, the
horse was linked to the solar wheel, which had more wheels
within itself.
During programming: Concepts are linked in series,
Concepts are mirrored, and Concepts are related to the
whole. The function of occult symbols lends itself to such
applications.
p_11-2.jpg
p_12_1.jpg
about the pic
Barbie Dolls are used for the mind-control programming.
Interestingly in 1995, while fighting over Barbie dolls a
6-yr. old girl in Modesto, CA stabbed a 7-year-old playmate
with a knife while telling her she was going to kill her.
Police did nothing with the girl who had used the knife
except to have the parents take her. One wonders what was
this all about. Meanwhile Barbie Dolls have drastically
changed and are now very occultic.
Chapter 12
Click here for picture
Page 275 ...
CHAPTER 12
SCIENCE No. 12-
EXTERNAL CONTROLS
Advertizing & Trauma-based programming.
The Oregonian newspaper, Sat. Mar. 9, 1996, (p. E1) ran a
story about women entitled, "She sells, She purrs, she
percolates, she’s a power player: Ads reflect society’s view
of women." At the top right is a ad with a Marilyn Monroe
type of model with puckered lips selling cigarettes. Below
her is a picture of a girl with the caption, "You were born
a daughter. You looked up to your mother. You looked up to
your father. You looked up to everyone. You wanted to be a
princess. You thought you were a princess." The themes in
this article match the thinking within Monarch type
programming scripts. Is this coincidence, or just a sign of
the times, that so much in our lives echoes programming
scripts? Some of the ads in today’s magazines are obvious
manipulations of the Monarch trauma-based mind-control. For
instance, Royal & Sun Alliance Insurance Group controlled by
the Rothschilds had an add in a recent popular magazine
which has nothing but an entire page of violet-blue haze
with an eye [an allusion to the All-seeing eye] staring out
of the haze along with the big caption "YOU HAVE OUR
ATTENTION." This would reinforce many of the mind-control
programs. Ostensibly, the ad was for insurance.
Another ad that is an obvious manipulation of
mind-control programming is an Aveda ad placed in Vogue &
Vanity Fair magazines, where a woman’s face is broken up
into 4 pieces and put into a glass bottle along with a white
daisy type flower & a yellow flower. The caption reads ‘You,
bottled." the subcaption reads "what would you be if you
came back as a pure-fume?" Notice the play on words that the
programmers love. Another more subtle example is a Virginia
Slims ad which is designed to hit the subconscious of the
Monarch slave. This ad has three thrones across the top of
the page. In front of the three thrones is the Virginia
Slims lady. The first two thrones have a chubby queen
sitting on them & the third on the far right is vacant. The
3 queens are an allusion to the 3 hierarchy queens and the
maiden-mother-hidden crone sequence in programming. The
queen holds a scepter which adds some more power to this as
a subconscious trigger. The caption reads, "Virginia Slims
remembers the shortest reign of a female monarch. Queen
Katrina of Valenski was crowned at 10 past the hour, lit a
cigarette at 12 past the hour and was dethroned at 13 past
the hour." The hidden meaning behind this is that the front
woman, remembers on a subconscious level the threat that if
you don’t remember the authority & power (thrones), and the
power structure (the triad), then you shall remember the
programming threat. This ad subtly reinforces the
programming threats to slaves. Other ads that manipulate
programming. use Wizard of Oz, Alice In Wonderland and Star
Wars themes. They use allusions to the programming scripts
and show subtle occult symbols. The hypnotic eye is very
popular in ads. Some ads simply seem to be a reflection of
how our culture has become part of the programming, for
instance a Sportsman device that is sold by an add with a
big caption "Split personality", or a Merit cigarette ad
that sells its product with the caption "Split personality."
A watch ad for Bulova has an empty chair with a banner over
it "Personality of the year’ and the caption "Is your watch
making you a missing person?" During the programming, shifts
in time certainly do make certain alters disappear, so
although this ad is may not be a direct attempt to
manipulate programming, it certainly is a product of today’s
mind-controlled society. >>>On the next pg. is an ad
appealing directly to the thinking of a programmed
multiple.>>
Page 276/277
p_12_eve1.jpg
p_12_eve2.jpg
Page 278 ...
ASSET CONTROL
SURVEILLANCE.
Over the years of watching the Illuminati manage their
slaves, it is clear that they like to have their slaves
under constant surveillance. Often times they use friends of
the slave to keep tabs. For instance, the teams that they
put together are great for using to monitor other team
members. If they find that the acquaintances and friends of
the slave are not contributing enough, they will send out
people to keep tabs on the slave. Surveillance of a slave is
done either to let the slave know that he or she is being
watched (obviously as an intimidation device), or is done in
line with common intelligence/police type tactics. Many
times the Illuminati surveillance is so obvious, that this
author has to conclude that it is intentionally so. For
understanding undetectable surveillance, Hollywood movies
are not teaching manuals. To watch someone’s house the
people working for the Illuminati will often try to maintain
about 2 blocks distance. If they have to they can use
battery operated bugs or bugs installed using the wiring in
the house. If they want to get high-tech they can use fiber
optics or even go to satellite-ground antenna monitoring of
what a person is doing. If you are looking for a bug, get a
counter that will go up into the higher ranges, & expect
them to stick bugs away from equipment like refrigerators
and air conditioners which make a lot of noise. They also
have directional microphones called bionic ears which can be
used to pick up outside sounds from a distance.
Sophisticated filters can be placed on their listening
devices to screen out background noise. Lasers beamed onto
windows can be used to listen to conversations within a
building, but these have the drawbacks of picking up
building noises, & noises from the street. Laser listening
devices are going to function better at night. Telephone
taps are commonly done by the Network to control and monitor
their slaves. There are low-tech and high-tech ways to do
this. The bottom line is that all telephone conversations in
this nation (U.S.), all CB-radio traffic, all radio traffic
has been totally monitored since before the 1970’s. It is a
given that anything you say on the telephone will be fed
into a large computer which has words to watch for. Unless
you believe you are a high-profile person, who is monitored
24-hours a day, it is best to stay away from mentioning
trigger words in your conversation. Often times, the people
monitoring slaves team trail the slave. Teams of people can
track a person on foot or in a car. Using a team is the best
method in many situations. Often they tag team follow a
person. They also have team formations that are used to keep
track of a person, such as one person on the opposite side
of the street, and one immediately behind and one far
behind. Having a distant tracker allows the close one to
avoid being caught if the slave tries to take evasive action
or to ambush the stalker.
If the person watching the slave gets really concerned
they may end up using special headlights called "blackout
lights" to shadow the slave at night, which are shielded to
keep the beams of light from showing in front or to the side
of the car. These special lights light up the road in front
of the car only, so the car remains unseen by the stalked
mind-controlled victim. There are a number of secret devices
to aid the abusers in their control over environment that
the slave must live in. The intelligence groups often use a
radio device called AGENT ALERT which looks like a ballpoint
pen which sends out a continual beeping when it is
activated. Besides their Global Positioning Satellites,
intelligence has Pegasus, a ship that can monitor & record
electronic transmissions while sailing offshore. After
reading the mind-control significance of Pegasi, it clearer
the Navy picked an appropriate horse to record electronic
transmissions. Even though all slaves have Reporting Alters,
& are tracked in other ways, the Illuminati often has
redundant safety features to monitor their "human assets".
Because the slave is monitored from so many different unseen
methods, it does begin to seem hopeless to some to ever be
free of Big Brother. If you add to all this, that the slave
has been programmed repeatedly that there is no escaping
their All-seeing eyes, then it is easy to see why so many
slaves acquiesce & just comply. A Vol. 2 reader, who caught
onto to what the book is about, pointed out how the new film
The Juror reflects their approach to control. The movie
shows a controller who is obsessed with who he is
controlling. This holds true in real life for the
programmers too. Even though Dr. Mengele programmed
thousands of people in his lifetime, he had his "pets"
(Lieblings), pet slaves that he was obsessed with. In the
movie, the controller says, "Do what I say." and "If I can
keep you scared, I can save your life." These could have
come straight out of a programmer’s mouth. He picks out a
juror who is creative & intelligent to control, which are
the criteria for selecting victims in real life. The movie
illustrates some of the concepts which actually happen that
this chapter 12 is trying to describe.
HARASSMENT
One of the things that the Network does to any slave that
tries to break free, and the Illuminati does to any of their
hierarchy slaves (like this book’s co-author Cisco) who
tries to get free is to harass them constantly. Stephen
Knight who researched the Freemasons wrote a chapter in his
book The Brotherhood, The Secret World of the Freemasons
about how they harass any opposition. (See chapter 16, pp.
140-149). When Knight interviewed
Page 279 ...
ex-Masons they were in abject fear of the Masonic system.
They didn’t even want to talk about how much power the
Freemasons have to ruin careers, spy, and harass people.
Since Knight’s book is available for the reader, and since
there are a number of books (like those from Loompanics)
that are very detailed on harassment techniques, this book
will only briefly touch on the subject. However, just
because it is only briefly mentioned please don’t
mistakingly think this is a minor topic. The Illuminati and
their co-workers the Freemasons, the Mishpucka, and CIA put
outrageously great amounts of efforts into harassment. It is
not unusual for a recovering victim of mind-control to find
their favorite pet killed, or human faeces in their oven,
and other bizarre harassments that show the warped character
of the controllers. The CIA, the Masonic leaders, and the
Mishpucka keep extensive files on everyone for purposes of
blackmail, and coercion. The masonic leadership of
Freemasonry in a given area will have thousands of
"blackmail" files on essentially everyone of importance in
their area. Upper echelon people such as judges, lawyers,
and politicians are generally controlled via IRS
infringements, and many of the lower echelon people are
controlled through weird sexual items. This is where the
Delta and Beta Monarch slaves are so helpful to the
Illuminati. The Freemasons can have a sexual alter seduce a
man, contrive a scene, and then an alter that is in a death
trance takes the body so that the target of blackmail thinks
he has killed the woman. It works great for blackmail. (This
information comes from several witnesses who are informed
about the blackmail files & the their methods for
blackmailing.)
CAR COLORS
The Vol. 2 book apparently neglected to relate how the
colors of cars are used to access victims. Some victims
around the U.S. are programmed to red & white cars. Autos
with both colors will arrive. Red & White are the great
mystical colors assoc. with the 2 headed eagle & Janus.
White cars are for high ranking slaves. Very specific sexual
slaves are picked up in red and black cars. In N.Y. brown
volkswagons were frequently used for accessing slaves. Two
tone cars will be used to trigger particular alters to come
out. Another common practice that is occurring across the
U.S. is for the draconian enforcers to borrow cars from
dealerships so that they can’t be traced. The license plates
of cars are also used as access triggers for some slaves.
TELEVISION
The all pervasive television, which has been so common
place in the lives of Americans, is used a great deal to
manipulate trauma-based mind-controlled slaves. Tests by
researcher Herbert Krugman have shown that TV watchers used
their right brain twice as much as their left brain and
released Beta-endorphin into their brains. In other words,
TV watching trains the mind to go into an altered state. If
a blank black frame is interjected every 32 frames on a
show, a 45 beat/minute pulsation is created that puts a
person into a hypnotic trance. In Vol. 2, it was brought out
how the Lawnmower Man movie, displayed the symbols used to
program many of the slaves. The movie was advertized with
the slogan "God made him simple...Science made him a god."
This is a slogan fitting for an Illuminati member who has
been programmed to think he is a god, and yet he must serve
his superiors.
BUILDING FAMILIES AND COMMUNITIES THAT HAVE INTERWOVEN
PROGRAMMING
The Illuminati has increasingly wanted to keep their,
members within Illuminati family settings. They have had
more problems with placing their members into families which
are not part of their mind-control than they have had with
children which are raised within Illum. or cult type
settings. If one or both of the parents have programming,
the Illuminati often weaves the programming together so that
the entire family becomes one programmed dissociative
mechanism. For instance, on a ritual night the child as it
is being tucked in bed will say to the mother, "MAY I HAVE A
DRINK OF WATER." This is the code trigger for the mother to
give a drug in a drink. The child is say another trigger to
the parent when they get the drink, then is programmed to
drink the drug. The second trigger causes the parent to
switch to a personality that feels compelled to get the
family into the car and drive. The family all mechanically
click into a series of alter switches and end up at a
ritual. They mechanically trigger and reinforce each others
programming as they return from the ritual, and end up at
home with everyone’s front alters not knowing what the
family has been involved with. Here we have an entire family
whose testimony could reinforce each other that they did
nothing but sleep at home that night! There are some
locations, for instance, two entire towns in southern Utah
that are a strict offbeat shoot of Mormonism, which are
entirely programmed multiples. There have been some
television shows about entire towns being caught up in
secret satanic rituals. It is true, but they also have
occult mind-control programming along with those rituals.
Here we see how an entire city can trigger each other’s
programming and all be involved in the insanity of all this
without full awareness. This is in fact, where the entire
world is headed very rapidly.
ISOLATION
While control mechanisms are put into place world-wide,
the Illuminati still must keep their children isolated from
the world. To successfully raise a child
Page 280 ...
slave, the mind-control’s success depends upon isolation.
Children involved in cult rituals do not talk to other
children. If they are caught talking, the standard
punishment is to tie the child to a dead child. They want
their children to shut down, and only do what they are told.
They want the child to respond only to the Programmer and
its Mother of Darkness. They heap lots of guilt upon any
child that breaks the rules of no communication. Children
still manage to learn to speak with their eyes and fingers.
They become skilled at this even though they know the
punishment will be severe if caught.
BOARDING SCHOOLS & BODY PROGRAMMING.
Most people would naturally think that this topic would
belong to this chapter. Actually, this topic DOES NOT belong
here. But it was placed here on purpose, because its
placement here will emphasize its point, while not
detracting from the Cranial Manipulation and Genetic
Manipulations sections of Chpt. 8. Boarding schools not only
give the elite a chance to isolate, educate, and
indoctrinate their children, but it is also a great way to
layer in body memories that instill a subconscious ethic of
elitism. It is an attitude of elitism that allowed the
Pharisees to crucify Christ, the Nazis to kill Jews, and
Moslems to kill Hindus, etc. How does this layering of body
memories happen? The memories of our bodies are buried
within the cells of our bodies. Therapists have known about
body memories for some time now. Cellular level body
memories are way beyond the grasp of the consciousness.
Buried into a deep unconscious repression are the body
memories of the social values (elitism) that are contained
in how the social elite walk, hold a spoon and knife, how a
person must stand up straight with good posture, and how the
person holds and uses their facial muscles. The boarding
schools teach an entire world of elite mannerisms such as
"keep a stiff upper lip" to "don’t hold your knife in your
left hand." West Point performs the same programming of body
memories, to insure that their West Pointers develop an
elitist attitude. The effect of these body memories is to
subconsciously encourage the mind into thinking that it is
elite. The erect posture and military gait that this author
was taught carry with them the implication of superiority.
While the conscious awareness of this elitist indoctrination
can be gotten in touch with and defused, there are
none-the-less buried elements of body memory that resist
tampering. This author would ask his fellow West Pointers,
how do they feel if they walk like a general around
civilians? This type of body programming contributes to an
ethic of elitism. How it is created and how it works has not
escaped the detection of the elite bloodlines. This is why
the British boarding schools are so strict about "good
manners." Through a plebe year of bracing, the mind develops
body memories of how to stand in a military brace. Some
cadets are so traumatized by their first year, they never
return to a normal posture. A military brace has been proven
to not be the healthiest posture. It’s this author’s
contention that the military brace is insisted upon for
mind-control, and not for health reasons. Victims of
mind-control have been placed in many humiliating body
positions, as well as many painful body positions. It takes
years of slow subconscious work as well as deep massage to
pull these up and work with these body memories. For
instance, during the tortures to create cat/kitten alters,
the children often crouch like cats. Kitten alters will
retain their body memories of crouching (hunching the
shoulders) like a cat. Sometimes when their masters begin to
beat on kitten alters, they will reflexively crouch like a
scared kitten. And what’s with the woman called Queen Sheri
who has been managing the two professional wrestlers Macho
King and Randy Savage? Both of these professional wrestlers
are part of a "family" called the New World Order. Queen
Sheri walks around in a cat costume and facial makeup that
makes her look like a real wild cat. Is this wildcat a
Monarch wildcat?
When controls fail, THE FINAL SOLUTION.
The World Order can send out teams of professional
killers. (What’s new?) These killers often emotionally
distance themselves from their victims by thinking of their
"targets" as inferior forms of life that they are
"liquidating", "terminating", "cleansing from this planet",
etc. In 1996, a 4-member hit team took out the entire Bill
Mueller family (Bill, Nancy, and 8 yr. old Sarah). Bill was
a member of the Special Ops Group SOG of the Navy Seals. He
had become a Patriot and a big gun dealer living in
Arkansas. Someone decided he was too much of a threat and
sent a team in to take not just him but his entire family
out. Booz-Allen & Hamilton, Inc has been hired by the NWO to
infiltrate the militias. This author has known in this area
several disobedient slaves, and one therapist who lost their
lives to assassins, as well as another one who committed
suicide according to programming. But anymore what isn’t
dangerous? Crossing the street and eating at a restaurant
can kill you too. The reader knows this. This author also
knows of several who were going to be killed but escaped.
One troublemaker was to have been sacrfficed but broke free
and hid, another was ritually tortured, buried alive, and
left for dead, but managed to survive.
The Programmers
p_lewis.jpg
Page 281 ...
APPENDIX 1 - PROGRAMMERS/RESEARCHERS
The Illuminati set up the Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation to
direct some of the mind-control its research, and its
financial affairs. Harold Abramson became one of its
leaders. One of the Macy Foundation’s directors has been
military intelligence chief and relative to Winston
Churchill, Gen. Marlborough Churchill. Both Winston and
Marlborough are of the corrupt Illuminati Marlborough
family.
DIRTY PSYCHIATRISTS involved with MIND CONTROL
Dr. Van O. Austin, Utah
Dr. George Brock Chisholm, Tavistock
Dr. Lawrence D. Ginsberg
Dr. Robert G. Heath
Dr. Paul Hoch, Scot. Rite Mason
Dr. Robert Howell, Utah
Dr. Nathan Kline, Columbia Univ.
Dr. Nolan D.C. Lewis, dir NY State Psyc Inst. & Scottish
Rite Mason
Dr. Amedeo S. Marrazzi, Missouri Inst. of Psychology
Dr. Sudha Tayi
DIRTY RESEARCHERS
Dr. Ross Adley, formerly of the Brain Research Center at
Univ. of So. CA, now at Loma Linda Univ. Med. School, CIA,
worked on ELF waves and the brain, and EM radiation.
Dr. Emmanuel Donchin, head of Psyc. Dept. at
Urbana-Champaign’s Univ. of IL, worked on thought-controlled
machines.
Dr. Wayne O. Evans--U.S. Mil. Stress Lab, Natick, Mass
Dr. Dave Morgan, Lockhead-Sanders, worked on the syntel
Dr. Arthur Upton, head National Cancer Inst.
DIRTY TAVISTOCK CONTROLLERS
W. R. Byon
Richard Crossman
H. V. Dicks
Ronald Lippert
Brig. Gen. Dr. John Rawlings Rees
SOME OF FREEMASONRY’S MIND-CONTROL PEOPLE
Dr. Robert Hanna Felix--33°, dir of psyc. research for
Scott. Rite, oversaw the Lexington KT programming facility
Dr. Franz J. Kailman-jewish Nazi who did research at NY
State Psyc. Inst. while at Columbia Univ.
Seymour Solomon Kety- exec. of Scot. Rites psychiatry
experiments, & nat. dir. of American Eugenics Soc.
Winfred Overholser- overall leader of Masonic research
into mind-control, sup. of St. ‘Elizabeth’s Hosp. a mental
hospital in Wash. D.C.
REMOTE VIEWING MIND-RESEARCH
Private organizations doing research into RV in the U.S.
are run by ,,retired" intelligence people.
Joe McMoneagle -- "retired Intelligence officer" left
govt.’s Stargate to set up "private" RV research.
ODDS & ENDS
· Hillary Clinton, who is a Grand Dame in the Illuminati,
started in the early 1960s a group of
Page 282 ...
mind-controlled slaves which is called Royal Project. She
reportedly exercises power in the White House via 16
staffers who have been given authority over the different
departments of government. One mind-control victim claims
that one of Clinton’s talks gave triggers for him to kill.
One of Clinton’s never mentioned cronies, who works closely
with him, and travels to meet him at various locations is
Charles Whitmore of Arkansas.
· One of the big areas where a great number of
mind-controlled slaves congregate are MUFON meetings. An
example of a slave handler, who is also a programmed slave
is Dea Martin, who tells people she has worked for the
government and who does aura readings. She controls her
sidekick Jim Courant, a commercial airline pilot. An example
of a programmed multiple with "alien" programming was serial
murderer Robert Moody. Film taken of Moody in jail shows his
MPD (DID).
· Kleinknecht was National Director of NASA during the
Moon Flights when lots of mind-control programming was being
done by both the Masonic lodges and NASA. C. Fred
Kleinknecht was not only director of NASA but the Sec.
General of the Scottish Rite 33°.
· The Doors Singer Jim Morrison used the occult code name
Lizard King and The Exterminating Angel. He was involved
with mind control.
· Col. John Alexander, (also called Doctor) who has been
living in Arizona, and who has been in charge of making
psychic warriors for the U.S. Army, has the inside
reputation of being the Illuminati’s top mind-control
programmer.
· James Monroe. It turns out that there have been two
James Monroes involved in programming. The first one was bn.
perhaps in the 1920’s, was 6’ tall, and he was the CIA man
who set up the Society for the Investigation of Human
Ecology, a CIA front for mind-control, He had a very polite
front in spite of being a sadistic programmer. The second
one was James Monroe Martinez, bn in 1938, 6’ tall, who was
busy setting up underground bases such as the one at Los
Alamos under the cover of working for GE. One report said he
died in 1965. His mother owned a Catholic half-way house in
Albuquerque, NM.
· There are all kinds of events happening around us that
show evidence of mind-control. One example, is the case of a
Catholic mm quitting the monastery and becoming a NASA
physicist.
· Part of the success of the mind-control lays within
their child procurement abilities. The’ corrupt Finders
group, which consisted of FBI/CIA men who helped procure
children, were led by Marion Pettie, who was called "the
Stroller" and "the Game Caller" by Finder members.
* The establishment allowed CIA programmer Dr. Louis
Joyon "Jolly" West to examine Jack Ruby in his jail cell.
When Ruby refused to admit to insanity, West labelled him
"paranoid and mentally ill" and Ruby was placed on pills,
which were called "happy pills". Ruby believed he was being
poisoned by the establishment.
· Part of the success of the mind-control lays in the
fact that there is such a widespread network of pedophiles.
On Channel 5, May 6, 1996, during a show "Priestly Sins," it
was stated that "at least 3000 [catholic]priests are sexual
abusers of children." The program stated that 600 priests
have been reported to law enforcement within the last few
years for complaints of sexual abuse of children. The show
stated that catholics are silenced and punished if they
speak up. Priests who speak out are penalized. For instance
in 1985, a
Page 283 ...
senior official at the Vatican’s embassy in Wash. D.C.
discovered rampant sexual abuse and wrote a report on how it
should be dealt with responsibly. The church promptly buried
the report.
LIST of PROGRAMMERS (continuation from the list given in
Vol. 2)
Stephen Aldrich
Morse Allen
Dr. Charles L. Brown
Col. Campbell
Dr. Cleghon
Hillary Clinton
Jack F. (Uncle Jack) & Jill Coogan
Sen. Alan Cranston
"Gen." Earman
Don Ebner
Dr. Charles Evans
Dr. Tom Fox
Floyd & Mildred Frost & dau. Carol Frost Buls
Dr. George S. Glass
Dr. Goldshe
L. Wilson Greene
Dr. James Hamilton
Dr. Robert G. Heath
Richard Helms
Dr. Paul Hoch
Dr. Hyde
Dr. Korim (sp. not known)
Dr. Lowenstein
Mateland
Dr. Gary E. Miller
Dr. Moore
Dr. Martin Orne
Dr. Rosenberg
Dr. Woolsworth Russell
Cpt. George White (nickname/cover name Stormy)
Dr. Robert E. White
A FEW random CIA/INTELLIGENCE MEN involved WITH
MIND-CONTROL
John Bacon
Tennant (Pete) Bagley
Col. Matt Baird
Bill Brown
Richard L. Conolly, Jr.
Burt Courage
Cong. Bud Cramer
Jerry Droller
Robert Feldman
Jim Ferguson
J. Peter Grace
Cynthia Hausman
Richard Helms
William J. Hood
Jack Kindschi
John McCone
Charles McKay
Cord Meyer
Comm. John R. Miller
Herbert Quinde
Wade Thomas
Anton LaVey--Profile of a trauma-based mind-control
programmer
When someone coined the phrase "dynamite comes in small
packages" the phrase was an apt description of Anton LaVey.
(Released photographs of LaVey prevent people from realizing
how short his is.) In a personal letter which Anton LaVey
wrote, "With my swastika, I’m strong. My Satanic amulets
give me power. I’m not a misfit anymore, with pimples and a
heart murmur and flat feet." Anton LaVey is famous for
having started the Church of Satan. He chose Walpurgisnacht,
April 30, 1966 to start the Church of Satan in San
Francisco. Previously he had began holding midnight magic
seminars in 1960. He and his occult friends held Magic
Circle meetings until he founded the Church. His Church of
Satan is officially recognized by the U.S. government and
the military. He turned an old Victorian House, at 6114
California St., San Francisco into what has been called "the
Black Castle". It was for years indeed black on the outside,
and LaVey would drive a hearse. Anton LaVey kept a full
grown 400 lb. nubian lion named Togare from Ethiopia at his
house (which was allowed both inside & outside) that scared
the neighbors when it roared. He also has kept a black
leopard. LaVey loves to play his Hammond organ music in his
black castle as if his house were a stereotypical horror
house. Inside the house are rooms used for rituals, occult
books including books on cannibalism, coffins, a maze of
secret passageways, and LaVey’s private saloon called the
Den of Iniquity. He called his satanic covens "Grottos."
This author is aware that the Church of Satan got Grottos
going in the following cities: Amsterdam (Magistralis
Grotto, Neth.), Boston, Chicago, Dayton, Denver, Detroit,
Edmonton (Can), Indianapolis, Kansas City, Las Vegas, London
(Eng.), Los Angeles, Louisville, New York, Paris (Fr.),
Phoenix, Portland (OR), St. Petersburg, Seattle,
Page 284 ...
Silverton (OR), and Vancouver (Can). Undoubtedly, there
are other groups, as well as a scattered following of
individuals. The Church of Satan has had many Ph.D.’s. The
church has had a high percentage of professionals such as:
doctors, lawyers, teachers, former FBI agents, IBM
executives. Cult underground film maker Kenneth Anger was a
member of the Church of Satan. An ex-high priest of the
Church of Satan told this author how he was recruited for
the position of high priest. He was promised anything he
wanted in life, any woman, any money etc.--and they made
good on much of that promise. As high priest, he
micromanaged everyone’s lives in his grotto. His people came
to him for permission and advice and orders for everything.
It wasn’t just mind-control, it was total control of their
lives. But giving orders and micromanaging the lives of many
people became a drag. One of Cathy O’Brien’s abusers was
LaVey’s High Priest Merle Kilgore, father of Steve Kilgore.
LaVey (bn. April 11, 1930) comes from a Rumanian bloodline
from Translyvania. As he grew up he love the story of
Frankenstein. As a teenager he loved the occult. He dropped
out of high school to be part of the Clyde Beatty circus.
LaVey likes to work from dusk to dawn. Like his ex-right
hand man Michael Aquino, another mind-control programmer,
both LaVey and Aquino are fascinated with the Nazis.
(Michael Aquino’s wife Lillith Sinclair was formerly the
head of the Church of Satan’s NY Lillith Grotto.) LaVey
sports a Van Dyke beard, and a head shaved in the same
fashion of executioners during the middle ages. Most of his
followers never see him. Although LaVey has gotten wide
press coverage, thanks to William Randolph Hearst’s
newspapers and his publishing companies like Avon, LaVey is
a very secretive person and very rarely shows himself to
even his high priests, or even talks to them. His Church is
a collection of self-sustaining dictators. He exaggerates
the numbers of his church, apparently by claiming people who
come in contact with his church. Before we discuss more
about his organization and their rituals, let’s touch on his
role as a trauma-based mind-control programmer. Anton LaVey
has openly advocated the creation of android humans. Even
more startling is a music video shown on TV in which Anton
LaVey personally gives a graphic description of how Anton
LaVey intends to make the listener into his "mind-controlled
sex slave". The audacity of this is mind-boggling. But then
LaVey has tended to be more frank than other occult figures.
The approach seems to be "I’ll shock you so boldly, that you
will not believe what I am saying, but will think its an
act." Taking inspiration from Orwell’s 1984 LaVey wrote, "Up
is down, pleasure is pain, darkness is light, slavery is
freedom, madness is sanity..." This is actually the language
that is used at times in the mind-control programming! Anton
LaVey has been the mind-control handler/programmer of a
number of Hollywood actors & actresses, including Jayne
Mansfield and Marilyn Monroe, who both serviced him as
sexual slaves. Jayne Mansfield, who was a High Priestess in
the Church of Satan, shocked people when on a USO tour in
Vietnam she asked for a satanic religious service. Sam
Brody, one of Mansfield’s handlers, had a bitter struggle
over who would control Jayne, and one of LaVey’s followers
claimed to have tampered with Brody’s car. Anton LaVey has
also been the programmer of his daughters such as Karla and
Zeena and his son. An ex-member of a satanic cult in the
Ozarks said, "If LaVey says jump, you jump." Some of his
followers call him ‘‘Uncle Anton" as if they were programmed
by him. LaVey’s cover is that he is simply a showman, a
buffoon. His cover has fooled many people, the truth is the
man is not to be trusted and has a lot more evil power than
people have realized. LaVey has always had what some
describe as a "warm relationship" with police.
Page 285 ...
In fact, he was on the police force in the 1950’s as a
photographer. The police were reluctant to question LaVey
about the death of Jayne Mansfield (4/19/33-6/28/67) who was
one of LaVey’s high priestesses and slaves in his Church of
Satan. Her color was pink. Anton LaVey has been seen going
onto military programming bases, and was at the NORAD area
in Colorado for a while.
Dick Russell interviewed Anton LaVey with his approval.
Russell wrote up the interview in "The Satanist Who Wants To
Rule the World", (Argosy, June 1975, p. 41) that the Anton
LaVey believes that he and an elite force of Satanists will
rule the world. LaVey took an obscure occult tract from the
30’s and some thoughts from HG. Well’s book The Island of
Dr. Moreau for a ritual. From this, he came up with a ritual
which includes these stanzas:
"Man is God. We are men. We are gods. God is man."
When the reader is done reading this book, he will see
how this ritual can fit in perfectly with trauma-based total
mind-control. In fact, when people attend the Church of
Satan’s secret rituals, once people enter the ritual room
two hooded guards prevent people from exiting prematurely
through the closed doors. The rituals have been reported as
being very disgusting. It well publicized that LaVey uses
naked human altars for rituals, after photos were published
of his satanic baptism of his 3 year old-daughter Zeena in
May 1967. Does the Church of Satan involve summoning demons
and worshipping Satan. Yes, most definitively. For instance,
here are the some of the words of an important invocation
used by his satanic rituals:
In nomine Dei nostri Satanas Luciferi excelsi! In the
name of Satan, the Ruler of the earth, the King of the
world, I command the forces of darkness to bestow their
Infernal power upon me!...By all the Gods of the Pit, I
command that these things of which I speak shall come to
pass! Come forth and answer your names by manifesting my
desires! Hail Satan!" LaVey’s book The Compleat Witch (NY
Dodd, Mead, 1971) p. 266 advocates that one achieve
self-understanding and "embrace and cherish the demon within
him." In LaVey’s book The Satanic Witch (LA: Feral House,
1969) he states that a witch to be successful must make a
pact with the devil. His church loves to chant "Hail Satan".
They like Crowley’s law, Do What thou Wilt. LaVey & some of
his members teach that at the core of each person is a demon
waiting to be released. LaVey loves Black Masses and
desecrating anything sacred to Christians. LaVey urges
people in his books and talks to bring out their "darkest"
urging. He hints at human sacrifice in his Satanic Bible, by
having a section on it, but is careful not to go too far out
on a limb publicly. He always publicly denies that satanists
should do human sacrifices. One of the doctors of the San
Francisco Church of Satan is said to have brought LaVey’s
church a severed human leg from the hospital he worked at,
which was basted in Triple Sec and eaten by LaVey and his
group. Most of the rituals are done in secret, there are no
way to confirm rumors that they eat human flesh, but knowing
the mentality of some of his church members, they would do
it just to check it out as a new experience.
Illuminatus William Randolph Hearst gave Anton LaVey some
big help. His Avon Publishing published his Satanic Bible in
1969 (it was first released in Dec. ‘69). Since then it has
reportedly gone through over 30 printings. LaVey’s next book
The Satanic Rituals also was published by Hearst Avon in
1972. It talks about the power that blood sacrifices give
the magician. Hearst’s papers also gave him publicity.
LaVey is always thinking of ways of promoting his
theology. Years ago, he had a
Page 286 ...
topless witches sabbath on San Francisco’s North Beach.
In 1990, the Church of Satan went into the Heavy Metal music
business. The Church of Satan puts out a monthly magazine
The Cloven Hoof which for most members is their main
indirect communication from Magus LaVey.
WHAT TO LOOK FOR.
One of the most asked questions is, "Fritz, what does one
look for?" One of the best covers for Illuminati kingpins is
religion. Another is philanthropy. Philanthropy ties in with
Illuminati beliefs that your good deeds must balance your
evil deeds to gain power--it’s a gnostic cabalistic view
point. The Illuminati kingpins are great philanthropists
even though much of their philanthropy is self-serving.
Perhaps giving an example of a family that is suspect due to
their circumstances would help illustrate this point. There
is such a family which has gone almost undetected for years,
and although some people fear them, they have not been
reported on. Just because the police place a person on the
suspect list, does not mean that the person is guilty.
Everyone deserves the right to treated as innocent, until
proven guilty. One of the groups that concern this author
are the rich ultra-secretive ultraconservative Talmudic
jewish groups. This exclusive group keep their children away
from contact with the outside world and send them to
exclusive, semi-secret schools. An example of this would be
the Reichmanns of Canada, who are billionaires, and have had
some connections to the Rothschilds of England. It’s not
that this author has problems with people observing their
religious beliefs strictly (or in the ultra-conservative
Talmudic groups, "ultra-strictly" better describes their
extreme strictness). It’s great that people have standards
of belief and conduct. However, the author sees the same
patterns of legalism and secrecy that pervade Old Order
Amish groups, -- except in the case of families like the
Reichmanns, the potential for mischief is great, because
they are not involved with milking cows, but international
banking. While most people are simply ignorant about the
Amish but are not fearful of them, people who know rich
billionaires like the Reichmanns scared to death of them and
a heavy cloak of secrecy envelopes them. Renée Reichmann was
the great matriarch of the Reichmanns of Canada who are
Talmidim Chakham, followers of the Talmud. They are not
hasidic. She is a descendent from King David, and King
Solomon. She lives in Toronto. Her great-grandfather, a
Gestetner, was one of the wealthiest men in Hungary. Most of
her family lives in Montreal, two of her sons live in
Toronto. Her children are Eva, Edward, Louis, Albert, Paul &
Ralph. Samuel Reichmann is the father of the dynasty in
Canada. In 1929, his egg business made him rich. He learned
how to work finances and currency exchanges between
different countries to make money by tricks to circumvent
legalities. Their family has also gotten Rothschild
financial help, and during W.W. II they worked with Koppel,
who ran the Rothschild’s City Bank in Gibraltar. Their
family did a great many things during W.W. II from the
trading center Tangier in North Africa. Tangier was located
in a position to trade between the Axis and the Allies. Also
during W.W. II, under the direction of the Bank of Spain the
Reichmanns and others kept the Spanish currency artificially
high, by creating an artificial demand for the currency. The
Reichmanns made perhaps millions of dollars on currency
exchanges during the war years. Don Eduardo Reichman was the
administrator of del Real Estate & Commercial Bank of
Tangier. Eva Reichmann married a British merchant banker.
Albert Reichmann is President of Olympia & York Developments
Ltd. Paul sits on the board of the Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce (CIBC) & on the board of Rockefeller Center
Properties, Inc. (a real estate investment trust for some of
the Rockefeller properties in Manhattan.) Albert sits on the
board of the
Page 287 ...
Mt. Sinai Hospital in Toronto, and on the board of
Landmark Lands Co., Inc. which owns some of the great golf
courses in Palm Springs, CA. The Ontario Ministry of
Consumer & Commercial Relations has offices in buildings
owned by them. They tried to buy banks in Israel. Their sect
of Judaism has a Yesodeh Hatorah school for ultra-orthodox
boys. Their children have very little exposure to outside
world. Their children do not have access to newspapers,
television, or radios. Ralph and Paul were privately
educated in England at Gateshead. It’s a perfect setup for
trauma-based mind-control. Shmuel Reichmann is known among
his kind of Jewish sect as a philanthropist who supports
Torah institutions. These talmudic families consider
pedigrees and genealogies very important, which is very much
in line with the Illuminati’s mind-set. The reason that this
family is mentioned is that the Reichmanns haven’t been
mentioned in my previous books, and the circumstances that
pervade the family have the earmarks for what this book is
about. It may be that this family of billionaires consists
of only wonderful people, but it is a given that most of the
readers would be considered animals by these strict
talmudists, who would never allow any of us of the wrong
bloodlines to be accepted into their "in" group. Obviously
the Rothschilds are of the right bloodline. Likewise,
international bankers tend to be a Machiavellian clique,
(that is not this author’s opinion, but the opinion of
honest hearted person who have ran in those circles.) Why
has this clique accepted a family like the Reichmann’s from
such a narrow-minded judgemental sect into their fold? This
paragraph is not written toward anyone specifically, it
simply calling our attention a family of billionaires that
no one knows about, which lives in veil of secrecy, and a
religious setting that would make mind-control as easy as
imaginable. (The Reichmanns would deny what’s been written
here.) There are victims of mind-control coming in to
therapists from conservative jewish groups, and at least
some of these are Illuminati. The religious front could just
as easily be Christian. Some of the readers of Vol. 2
reported back that the book helped them unveil the religious
fronts that had helped derail their suspicions of puzzling
situations that don’t add up. The next programmer to be
written about uses the front of being a leader of a Satanic
Cult. I say front, because Michael Aquino has created a
public image for his satanic cult, and hides behind that
public image. Anytime someone wants to reveal the ugly truth
about him, he hollers to the effect that he is being
persecuted by a wild witchhunt. He hollers that people are
just having a knee-jerk reaction to his satanic occultism,
and that he is really safe.
MICHAEL AQUINO, a military/cult mind-control programmer
An OVERVIEW. Michael Aquino has been a trauma-based total
mind-control (Monarch) programmer for the DIA Psychological
Warfare Division. He is also a prominent public satanist. A
photo of Aquino in his military uniform is in the center
picture section of Carl A. Raschke’s Painted Black (San
Francisco: Harper & Row, 1990.) Other books contain various
pictures of him in satanic garb with ritual items. Most of
the programmers have chosen to remain in the background,
Aquino with his enormous ego, has chosen otherwise. Senator
Byrd (KKK leader & Freemason) and Aquino have done a great
deal together over the years, and have been like a team.
With the legal expertise of U.S. Sen. Robert C. Byrd, Aquino
established the Temple of Set, a satanic cult as a legal
religion recognized by the U.S. government and the U.S.
military. This exclusive cult was designed to give these
unchallenged criminals of the Network A. a legal
organization whose membership consists of a mixed group of
slaves and handlers, B. a market outlet for their illegal
drugs and porn, C. a good public, legal, openly satanic
front with which to attack
Page 288 ...
all media coverage of ritual abuse. The controlled media
could now excuse itself from covering ritual abuse, by
saying that they had been threatened to be sued by the
Church of Set. Although the Church of Set has had the entire
power of the establishment protecting it from investigation
and criminal prosecution, the climate of control over the
United States is still not complete enough for satanists to
openly get away with their mind-control. By identifying
itself so intimately with the Church of Set, U.S. military
intelligence has given the world an open trail of clues to
help whistle-blowers expose the mind-control that has been
going on throughout most of this century. Michael Aquino
openly associated with men like President Ronald Reagan at
the White House, again giving us the leverage to expose the
secret satanic philosophies of America’s leadership. Most of
these men lead double lives, and due to the mind-control it
has been hard to establish (except for eye-witnesses) that
they are secret satanists.
HIS CAREER
The army has known about Michael Aquino’s satanism from
the beginning, clear back in 1968. Aquino (and some of his
satanic lieutenants) received a High security clearance
(reportedly level 6), and he served with the World Affairs
Council. A dozen leaders within the Temple of Set were
Military Intelligence officers (for instance, Capt. Willie
Browning and Intelligence Officer Dennis Mann). Aquino wrote
"From PSYOP to Mind War: The Psychology of Victory"
published in the establishment’s prestigious Military Review
magazine. Aquino writes in this "From PSYOP to MindWar..."
article, "...we shall create MindWar. The term is harsh and
fear-inspiring, and so it should be: It is a term of attack
and victory..." Aquino is a sadistic programmer, who loves
to inflict pain on others. Aquino has a doctorate in
political science. He has two masters degrees (one is in
political science, Univ. of CA, Santa Barbara, where he also
got his doctorate). Aquino is Airborne qualified. He studied
at the U.S. National Defense University. He was in Military
Intelligence in Vietnam & Germany, and the Presideo. He was
a Defense Intelligence Agency attache, and taught political
science on the university level. He reported directly to the
Joint Chiefs of Staff and worked one on one with the
Secretary of Defense Cheney. He is a pseudo-intellectual
whose ego and astronomically-large pride gets in the way of
real learning. He was the former national commander of the
Eagle Scouts Honor Society. (The Boys Scout system is
heavily influenced by Freemasons and contains unfortunately
some perverts that try to take advantage of the system for
their own perversions.) There was a massive coverup in the
Presideo Day Care scandal in which Aquino was involved in.
There were hundreds of witnesses of the abuse. The military
and intelligence put strong pressure on the San Francisco
police to get them to back down from doing anything to
Aquino. During that time period, the Pentagon transferred
Aquino from the Presideo back to the National Defense
University, Wash., D.C. (And later he wound up in the St.
Louis area.) During the investigation of the Temple of Set,
the FBI claimed they had no record of such an organization.
The military at the Presideo, had a spokesperson tell the
press that Aquino was a good soldier who did his job. Aquino
hides behind his religion. In his Scroll of Set Aquino
accuses the father of the girl who pointed him out as her
abuser as persecuting him because he is a satanist. Aquino
writes, "Also relevant is his profession as a Christian
clergyman; I certainly doubt that he would have made such an
outrageous accusation against any Lieutenant Colonel who was
not known to be a prominent Satanist." (p. 4 Oct. XXII) The
truth that everyone will realize on their own is that any
loving, caring father when he discovers some pervert has
severely sexually molested and tortured his
Page 289 ...
daughter is going to go to the police no matter what
religion the villain belongs to. In 1985, U.S. Army major
Grady McMurtry of Berkeley, CA and Kenneth Grant’s OTO got
into a legal battle over who was the actual chartered OTO
lodge in the U.S. Col. Michael Aquino of U.S. Military
Intelligence watched the legal battle, and wrote these
comments in the Scroll of Set Vol. XII no. 5, Oct. ‘86,
"While sitting in the courtroom watching Judge Legge preside
sternly over the slug-out, I couldn’t help wondering if he
had any idea he was ruling on which group had legal claim to
anal sex as the supreme religious sacrament in the United
States." Witnesses report that one of Aquino’s favorite
types of sex is necrophilia, which of course can also be
carried out with alters that are in a death state.
PERSONAL HISTORY.
Michael’s father was an Italian Catholic. A canadian
police document that this author has indicates that
Michael’s mother was Betty Ford. Michael’s wife is Lillith
Sinclair. Besides being a Satanic High Priest & Ipsissimus,
and an Military Intelligence Officer in Psychological
warfare, Michael was a stockbroker for a while. In 1970, he
joined the Church of Satan, and led a grotto in Kentucky.
Michael gave lectures on Satanism at the University of
Louisville, and used his house in Louisville for rituals.
Aquino claimed to be anointed as the Second Beast, the one
that Aleister Crowley prophesied in The Book of the Law.
(See Aquino’s The Book of Coming Forth by Night.) While
LaVey shaved his head and wore horns to look the part,
Aquino cut his hair in a widow’s peak, plucked his eyebrows,
and had a 666 tattooed under his scalp.
UNDERSTANDING ThE CHURCH OF SET
His Temple of Set was set up using ranks borrowed
straight from the secret Illuminati--Priests or Priestesses,
Adepts, Masters (Magus or Maga), and Ipsissimus or
Ipsissima. (The Order of the Golden Dawn also uses the rank
of ipsissimus. His cult uses new terminology such as Setian
for Satanist. It’s a common tactic of cults to use new terms
to separate the cult followers from the external world. In
Aquino’s bi-monthly periodical The Scroll of Set (Vol. XIII,
No. 5, Oct. XXII, 1987, pg. 2 Aquino states, "Christianity
is finished as a serious contender for the minds of
intelligent humans." Aquino’s brand of Satanism attempts to
pre-date Christian ideas and goes make to Egyptian Hermetic
magic and mythology for its symbolism. Aquino also studied
the Black Order and the SS in Germany and attempts to
incorporate Nazi occultism and symbology into his satanic
orders. The Temple of Set advertised in occult magazines,
computer bulletin boards, and ads in the San Francisco
Yellow pages. When the Temple of Set expanded to Britain,
David Austen from Kent, England, became Aquino’s High Priest
in Britain. To let the reader see just one more example of
collaboration behinds the scenes of the Network, a Jesuit
member of the Temple of Set continued teaching at a Catholic
School after he joined the Temple. Aquino coined the word
Xeper (pronounced keffer) to mean the process of evolving a
higher consciousness. Scientifically conducted research by
Graphoanalysts has determined that a preoccupation with x’s
means a preoccupation with death. Aquino and some other
satanists show their preoccupation with death by their
fascination for words that begin with the letter "x".
Aquino’s girlfriend Linda Blood has supposedly left the
Church of Set and was at a conference that this author
attended. She was very antagonistic toward the victims of
mindcontrol at the conference, and acted in every way like a
cult plant. She was very disruptive of what the victims of
mind-control were trying to gain at the conference.
Page 290 ...
He has written in favor of black magic and left hand
path, but since most people don’t know what black magic &
left hand path is, buzz words. Aquino stated on Ophray’s
show that Satanists work "for the good of humankind." How?
By exploring the "freedom of the will." The undercurrents of
his writings in his publication The Crystal Tablet of Set is
that he and his followers have power while the rest of us
are basically wimps. Witnesses report how actual human
sacrifices have been alternated with faked sacrifices in the
Temple of Set so that it is difficult for witnesses to tell
the real from the fantasy. The Temple of Set, like the
Illuminati have strict rules that members are not allowed to
keep incriminating items. Their precautions to go undetected
resemble the Illuminati’s precautions.
UNDERSTANDING SOME OF AQUINO’S PROGRAMMING.
Like so many programmers, Aquino flies all over the
country, and has victimized people in numerous states and
military bases. Michael Aquino’s programming is standard
military-type programming. Aquino puts in his own spirit
guide into people. He likes to use his own version of Star
Wars, with himself as Darth Vader, for his programming
scripts. He programs in sexual and death (suicide)
programs--such as the Rivers of Blood suicide protection
program, and all the rest of the various types of programs.
His Temple of Set functions as a programming vehicle. The
rituals are designed to break the practitioners gripon
reality and logic and take them into the world of
visualization, and creativity. Members of Set take on a
magical name, they attempt in rituals to become another
persona, which is a magical double of the person called
"KA". And this ka work is done on the astral plane. Aquino
is friends with Paul Kantner who is part of the mind-control
scene and who put out an obvious programming song entitled
White Rabbit. In the Vol. 2 book, the significance of
Leviathan was covered. The Church of Set has an Order of
Leviathan headed by James Lewis VIº of Baxley, GA. Michael
Aquino is familiar with all the standard programming, the
Wizard of Oz and the other fairy tale themes. He is very
proficient at programming, having many years of experience.
In 1981, he used Cathy O’Brien to make two HOW TO films for
training military officers in the skills needed to program
slaves. These two training films were entitled "How to
Divide a Personality" and "How to Create a Sex Slave." (See
Cathy O’Brien’s monograph "Dick Cheney and Reagan’s
‘Hands-On’ Mind Control Demonstrations" written/released
6/92.) President Reagan respected Aquino and encouraged the
military to learn his programming techniques.
Aquino likes to work with Catholic mind-control victims.
He is proficient at manipulating the concept of hell and of
doing satanic reversals like the Black Mass.
On the following pages are a little of the paper trail on
Mind-control Programmer Michael Aquino:
· Some favorite photos of Michael Aquino in satanic garb.
· A two page letter of Aquino showing his fascination
with Darth Vader. He rewrote his own version of Star Wars to
use as a programming script. Programmers are given the
freedom to decide what scripts
they want to use.
· last page of a letter by Michael Aquino showing his
preoccupation for Hitler and Nazi things.
· two pages showing the trauma that therapists discovered
in children that Aquino had sexually traumatized at the
Presideo Day Care Center. As readers are aware the Judicial
system never pursued the case
against Aquino.
· A page from the police report where the girl who
claimed she had been sexually molested by Aquino was
interviewed.
Page 291
p_aquino.jpg
Page 292
p_xeper-2.jpg
Page 293
p_xeper-2.jpg
Page 294 ...
....... of women, is as much an act of violence as it is
a sexual violation, it is argued here that the abuse
reverberates in a chain reaction of violence-related
responses in the child victim, in his or her family, and in
the mental health system that is meant to serve the child.
The Presidio case was made particularly poignant by the
sctting (the U.S. Army) and by the necessity for the
victims’
families to face simultaneously the abuse of their
children and the failure of goodness of the government that
serves them.
BACKGROUND
At the Presidio Child Development Center. in 1986-87. a
single incident of suspected child sexual abuse led to a
full-scale investigation during which all the parents were
informed that their children may have been victims of sexual
abuse at the Center and were invited to come to the army’s
Letterman Medical Center if they observed any unusual
physical or emotional symptoms in their children. Here the
children received medical and psychological evaluations by
U.S. Army representatives. Over time, the army, the FBI, and
the San Francisco Police Department became involved in the
investigations. Accusations of ritualistic abuse were made
against a teacher (G) and a lieutenant colonel ("Shamby")
and his wife (Mikey’): Shamby was also a high priest of a
satanic sect. It was attested that children had reported
group sexual activities with other children and with a doll:
playing ‘games" in Mr. G’s bed: and being brought to a house
with a black room, where sexual activities of an occult
nature ensued with Shamby and Mikey. Both boys and girls
reported acts of fondling and penetration by Mr. G. their
teacher. Clearly, this was a newsworthy event and it was
quickly picked up by the media across the country. Three
years later, the army had made out-of-court financial
settlements with the families of the alleged tims and the
teacher was reported dead of AIDS. This case-study analysis
is based on the author’s participation as an evaluator of
and psychotherapist for the girls (boys were assigned to
male therapists) who were alleged victims. The author’s in
vol vement began two years after the occurrence of the
alleged events. when a team of lawyers was filing suits
against the army on behalf of alleged victims and their
families. Using process notes and evaluation records from
the assessment and treatment of two of the girls (aged 3-4
when they were allegedly abused) and their families, along
wish anecdotal evidence from other cases, this ar-tide
addresses the consequences and sequelae of institutional
molestation for the child, the father, the mother, and the
family system (consultation with therapists of the male
victims revealed similar overall findings). More
specifically, it underscores the unique features of sex and
violence in the nursery when the perpetrator of the abuse is
that historic symbol of patriarchal protection, the military
establishment.
SEQUELAE OF ABUSE
Finkelhor and Browne (1985) proposed that the experience
of sexual abuse should be analyzed in relation to four
trauma-causing factors: traumatic sexualization. betrayal,
powerlessness, and stigmatization. In addition, they
recommended assessing both the preabuse and postabuse
situations in determining the psychological effects on the
child victims. In the case of extrafamilial abuse, this
model is applicable to the victims’ families, as well as to
the victims themselves. According to Finkelhor and Browne’s
model, the preschool child who is a victim of sexual abuse
is at risk of severe levels of trauma, of which, in addition
to the obvious
· All the victimized children who received a medical
evaluation tested negative for the IIIV virus at the time of
their initial evaluation. Recent research, however,
indicates a possible incubation period during which negative
test results can be found.
Page 295 ...
sexual traumatization. betrayal and powerlessness are
particularly salient factors. Often, when a child enters a
day care center, it is his or her first contact with the
institutional world outside the family. At a young age, the
child is asked to trust a stranger for care, succor, and
daily guidance. The child relies on the parents’ assurance
that this unfamiliar situation is safe and healthy. Given
such assurance, the child typically allows an attachment to
develop with the day care provider or teacher and literally
puts him- or herself in that person’s hands. At the
Presidio, it was that very person who victimized the
children, first by violating them sexually and then by
warning them that, if they ever told their parents. great
harm would come to them and their families, and that they
would probably never see their parents again. The majority
of the children did not tell their parents, who did not find
out about the situation until the Center sent a letter
warning them that their children may have been abused. As
with incest, the preabuse situation in which the child has
trusted an adult who then accosts that child creates great
emotional and cognitive confusion ("If this person is caring
for me and I am totally dependent on him, he couldn’t
possibly be doing anything bad"). In addition, it engenders
strong feelings of betrayal when the child comes to
recognize that this person did do something bad to him or
her and that mother and father did nothing to stop it. The
severity of the trauma for children at the Presidio was
immediately manifested in clear-cut symptoms. Before the
abuse was exposed, parents had already noticed the following
changes in their children: vaginal discharge, genital
soreness, rashes, fear of the dark, sleep disturbances,
nightmares, sexually provocative language ("Go down on the
doll-69." "Get it up the butt," "Lick the doll’s twat,"
"Hump on the doll"), and sexually inappropriate behavior (a
four-year-old girl grabbing her older male cousins
genitals). In addition, the children were exhibiting other
radical changes in behavior. including temper outbursts,
sudden mood shifts, and poor impulse control. All these
behavioral symptoms are to be expected in preschool children
who have been molested (Haugaard & Reppucci. 1988:
Mac Vicar. 1987: Sink. 1988). Of particular note were the
children’s responses when they were first asked by their
parents if something bad had happened to them at the day
care center. One child screamed and ran out of the room.
Another whimpered, "They’re going to hurt you if I tell,"
and still another said, "I can’t tell, or they’ll kill you."
Only later, after they were reassured that they would be
protected, were the children able to report that "Mr. G
touched my private parts," "Mr. G had me touch his penis,"
"We passed around a doll and were told to touch the doll in
certain parts," "Mr. G took me to his house to see his
beds," "I had to do something embarrassing in front of all
the kids." These responses highlight the second salient
feature of the children’s trauma: their sense of
powerlessness. The children had felt powerless to tell their
parents because of the grave harm they believed would coma
to their families if they did. This was not paranoid or
fabricated fear a trusted adult, a representative of the
U.S. Army, had actually told them so. But, left to the
deviccs of their own fantasy lives at the age of magical
thinking, the children elaborated on these rears, sometimes
to a bizarre degree. Their only choice was to channel the
anxiety and trauma into formation of symptoms, until their
parents, on the basis of the warning letter, began to
question them on the matter. Only later, once the children
entered the mental health system, did the full cycle of
trauma, terror, and rage unfold. This phenomenon can best be
understood by tracking the children and their families
through the postabuse process, from discovery to treatment.
Page 294
p_presidio.jpg
Appendix 2
Page 379 ....
APPENDIX B.
THE PROGRAMMING SITES
Some MAJOR MIND-CONTROL PROGRAMMING SITES with
explanations of their programming. (Fritz Springmeier
originally exposed many of these sites in 1993, so it is
possible they have made some changes since they were
originally exposed. Most of these operated for years, and
may still be operating. We are aware of that some of their
programming bases have been moved after exposure.) Besides
these major programming sites, there are countless minor
ones. For instance, some of the programming sites for
water-beach tortures have been visited by the co-authors,
but are not listed. The massive Boeing Plant in the Seatle,
WA area with its large amount underground tunnels has been
used for programming, as well as the ARCO Beaver Valley
Plant in Pennslyvannia. So has the chapel at the Coast Guard
Academy at New London, Conn. which was built by A.W. Mellon
of the Mellon Illuminati family via their Mellon Foundation.
This list is not put forth as comprehensive. Without
question, this list is only the tip of the iceberg.
29 Palms, CA-
Area 51 (Dreamland, Groom Lake), NV--Area 51 is also
known as Dreamland. There are a number of extensive
underground facilities in the area. This was one of the
first genetic research facilities in the U.S. and perhaps
the first major genetic research facility. The
people/workers & victims are brought in by airplane and tube
shuttle. The worst cases of UFO/alien type of Monarch
programming is coming out of Area 51. The eggs from slaves
are being harvested and weird genetic creatures are being
developed from human eggs which have been genetically mixed
with other things.
Bethseda, MD--The Bethesada Naval Hospital
Bingham, UT--A red brick house, which was a closed House
of Prostitution. The building was used for KKK programming.
Child porn was produced in the basement, and upstairs
programmed child slaves serviced KKK members. The KKK
activity in the area connects in with the Illuminati
controlled Kennecott Copper Co. (aka Utah Copper Co.)
Russell G. Frazer, head of Bingham’s Klavern & doctor for
Kennecott Copper Co. did the electro-shock to split
personalities.
Black Forest, Germany--Because the U.S-U.K. and Germany
do so much programming, and some of the people in the U.S.
were programmed in the U.K., Germany or Russia, it is
worthwhile to mention some of the German programming sites.
A number of witnesses report about castles in the Black
Forest which are used for programming & ritual. Basal, Sw.
on the border with Germany is a important Illuminati center.
Frankfurt, Berlin and Zurich are all important
programming/ritual sites. The Jesuits and the Catholic
churches are very active in programming in Germany.
Boulder, CO--The headquarters for EMC, a type of
electra-magnetic mind control that is being broadcast to
modify the thinking of Americans, and to control slaves.
Butner, N.C.--Center of Correctional Research, all types
of mind control are carried out and experimented with on the
inmates.
Camp Peary, VA--The CIA’s The Farm is located on a narrow
strip of land between the York & James Rivers near
Williamsburg, VA, used for programming CIA slaves. It has
red brick buildings, and looks similar to a small college.
The official crytonym was ISOLATION. People who are brought
in who don’t know where they are for training are called
Black Trainees.
China Lake Naval Research Base (Inyokern), CA--
This facility had a country store, and hangers, and a
hospital (address for the hospital is the code- 232 Naval
Air Weapons Station) which all provided sites for
programming. This site has been operational since the early
1950s. Large numbers of children (batches of 1000 or 2,000
or 3,000 children were run through this facility at a time.
This facility did much of the original traumas and
mind-splitting tortures that created the MPD. Other
facilities then specialized in further programming that was
then layered in on top of the original China Lake
programming. A great deal of dehumanization in cages was
done to large numbers of tiny children at China Lake Naval
Facility. Nimitz Hospital did drug testing of the children
prior to their programming.
Colorado Springs, CO--The ALEX system programming and
end-times Military programming is coming out of Colorado
Springs and is connected to
Page 380 ....
NORAD. One of the Colorado sites is doing alien
programming with mock UFOs.
Dillsboro Nike Base--Monarch programming of many kinds
Disneyland, CA--Disneyland has been an off hour site for
Illuminati and satanic rituals for years.
Programming has gone on using Disneyland as one big prop
for programming. Many of the Disney movies are used for
programming, and some Disney scripts are especially tailored
for Monarch slave programming. The Peter Pan programming can
use the ship. The space programming can use the space props.
The satanic programming can use the castles. Lots of mirror
programming is done at Disneyland, and Disneyworld. There is
also Magic Mountain programming, and programming using the
Around the World Dolls, and its theme song. Some of Wizard
of Oz and the Cinderella programming was also done at
Disneyland using costumes. Preverbal children are taken to
Disneyland to get them ready for the scripts.
Disneyworld, FL--Disneyworld was created as the eastern
counterpart to the Disneyland programming site. One of the
rides in Disneyworld plays "It’s a small, small world" which
is Disneyland developed programming theme.
Ft. Campbell, KT--Base programs are placed in here.
Ft. Detrick, MD--involved with medical/biological
experimentation
Ft. Holabird, MD--This site is no longer in existence,
but was the Army Intelligence School. CIC used the school.
The place was known as "the Bird."
Ft. Hood, TX--programming involving military uses of
Delta Monarch slaves was done here.
Ft. Huahuachua, AZ--HQ for Army Intelligence.
Ft. Knox, KT --The 1st Earth Batt. was developed here.
Ft. Lewis, WA--involved with the Psychic warfare part of
the Monarch Programming.
Ft. McClellen--Ft. Meade, MD--The National Security
Agency was created on 4 Nov 1952. Its headquarters were Fort
Meade, VA. The National Security Agency (NSA) employs tens
of thousands of employees and has a budget larger than the
CIA. It has also been kept far more secret, while the CIA
has been used as the fall guy to protect the National
Security Agency’s reputation. In the late 1960’s, under
Operation Minaret and Program Shamrock, the NSA and its
British counterpart GCHQ began monitoring much of the
communication within the USA and UK. The NSA monitors all
american calls via computers using trip words, specific
names, specific addresses, specific telephone numbers, etc.
NSA has several computer to record all the millions of
conversations which the computers have examined and deemed
worthy of recording. How the NSA can get any use out of
millions of recorded telephone conversations is beyond me?
What intelligence agency could adequately process so much
information?
These organizations now monitor all communications within
both countries. At least one congressman got upset that his
phone was bugged by the NSA. (see David Corn’s article, "The
case of the bugged senator" in Nation, Feb. 6, ‘89, p. 152.)
The NSA has developed a fiberoptics network called
Internet computer network. An orange book is used to specify
some of the NSA’s security levels.
An informant in the National Security Agency states that
establishment newspapers like the Wall Street Journal and
the New York Times are used to communicate secret messages
which are placed within want ads, buzz words in editorials,
and via other methods. Because of some of what this person
told me, I have given some possible examples in this
newsletter of how people might be using the papers for
secret messages. For instance using Michael Jackson with his
hands making some type of sign might be a signal. Manfried
Adler and the US Senate Committee investigating the CIA
found that 90% of the CIA’s secret messages are transmitted
via the media, with the aid of coded texts and pictures.
A raised forefinger or two raised forefingers while a
speaker is talking means that the message is a masonic
message coming from a masonic speaker.
The Illuminati uses code words within the large
establishment papers to warn their people what they are
going to do with the economy. In this way, people in the
Illuminati can take appropriate responses.
Goddard Space Flight Center--NASA mirror-theme
programming
Grissom AFB, IND--
Hollywood, CA--One of the programmers/handlers in the
Hollywood area is surprisingly Anton LaVey. This
Page 381 ....
is one reason Anton LaVey has followers who will carry
out his very wishes. LaVey’s children of course were
programmed too. His own girls have been participating in the
nude in satanic rituals since little children.
Homestead AFB, FL--
Kirkland AFB, NM--Lampe, MO--This has been the site of a
CIA near-death trauma center where slaves are programmed. It
is an R&R center for the CIA where they can have any sexual
perversion or drug they want. This has been a large cocaine
supply depot also. Hal Meadows was director of this center
which is deep in the woods surrounded by cabin chalets
overlooking a small deep lake. A gravel road leads to the
site which is fenced and well-guarded. Hal Meadows address
was Box 27, Lampe, MO 65681.
Langley, VA-- Slaves for the wants of intelligence.
Las Vegas (sites in and around Las Vegas), NV--MGM’s
Grand Hotel and Theme park were built for programming, but
there are also some sites outside of the city used. In the
general area of Las Vegas in remote sites, the elite gather
for slave auctions once a year where Monarch slaves are sold
and traded. One of the favorite slave auction sites was 20
miles out of Las Vegas and 10 miles off the main road into
the site. The Mob is involved with Monarch slaves in Las
Vegas. A blue-eyed 11 year old girl will go for $50,000.
Toronto, Canada is another regular site for Monarch slave
auctions.
McClellan AFB, CA - Very bad Child and adult porn using
Monarch victims is distributed through this base as well as
the other bases listed in this list. A T.W. Sanderson worked
with Monarchs at this base.
MacDill AFB, FL --Near Tampa, FL
Maxwell AFB, AL --
Montreal, Que., Canada -McGill Univ., McGill Psychiatric
Training Network, Allan Memorial Inst., St. Mary’s Hosp.-
The Zombie Room (Sleep Room) in the basement, the Isolation
chamber and the Grid Room at St. Mary’s Hospital were used
for programming.
Mt. Shasta, CA--Underground facilities around this hugh
mountain in the Lake Shasta area are putting out Monarch
programming that makes the people think they are in
communication with aliens. This facility is for torturing &
reprogramming captured runaway Monarch slaves. People are
brought into the area via helicopter, plane, or flying
saucer. This site is probably the largest mind-control
programming center. It is in a remote wooded area. It is
heavily guarded, has fences, and a large contingent of black
helicopters. Mt. Shasta is equipped with state of the art
high tech programming equipment. Mind-controlled slaves who
are soldiers are programmed and trained at the Mt. Shasta
facility.
Nashville, TN--These sites work with the Country Western
Music Industry which is actually a CIA front for moving
drugs to finance their dirty black activities. Fiddler’s
Inn, Nashville fits in with the Monarch
Programming.
Papillion, NE--
Patrick AFB,--Portland (Old OMSI, New OMSI, Bldg. Near
Monarch Hotel at 8800 SE Sunnyside Rd., Mormon Temple,
etc.), OR. The Old OMSI building had a back door on the west
side in which slaves were taken in to the bottom floor and
reprogrammed. Although security guards aren’t visible, they
are there with electronic surveillance. The people running
OMSI are tied in the Illuminati. The DC-3 airplane outside
of the building was used in the programming as a hypnotic
trigger. The submarine docked outside of the new OMSI
building is also used as a programming hypnotic tool. The
new Mormon Temple has an extremely high tech underground
tunnel facility for programming built underneath it.
Witnesses have collaborated their testimony on this high
tech programming site under the Portland Mormon Temple.
Although building plans are to be public information, the
city of Lake Oswego makes it very difficult to view the
temple’s building plans. The plans show that the foundation
walls are far thicker than any conceivable earthquake would
ever call for. The reason is that the foundation helps house
an underground arena for the Illuminati & and their guests
to watch perverse shows.
Presideo, CA (incl. Alcatraz, San Francisco)-- The
Illuminati and various Satanic cults used the Presideo for
their programming. Split-brain & other programming was done
at Letterman hospital. Fort Point was used for Illuminati
ritual & programming, as well as a number of churches,
underground gun emplacements and the large circular Greek
column art building at the Presideo. Alcatraz, abandoned as
a prison, was used for water tortures and other
Page 382
programming. Tunnels connected buildings, and the
Mule/Horse buildings and the cemetery also were used. This
is one of the older programming sites. Psychic warfare
activity also was experimented on in this area. Letterman
Hospital has been used for the initial drug testing of the
infants before programming. Lots of isolation programming in
damp cold places was done at the Presideo. Lots of porn and
military programming have also been done here. Redstone
Arsenal, AL-- San Antonio, TX-- Salt Lake City (Mormon
Temple)--This underground facility works in conjunction with
the Mormon hierarchy who are allowed to create slaves. The
Illuminati put in base programming that still gives them
ultimate control beyond the control that the Mormon
programming has.
Scotty’s Castle, Death Valley, CA-Mengele (Dr.Green)
programmed in some of his "internal boxes" as well as other
Illuminati programming was done at this site. Mengele had a
large circular red bed in the castle which he stocked with
his little girl slaves, who already had kitten sexual
alters. Scotty’s Castle is a castle located in Death Valley
CA. It has a very interesting history. To reach the castle
one is required to drive through many miles of desert. If
one drives to lnyo County, CA, the same county that has
China Lake Naval Testing Grounds, and Inyokern, and then you
drive on Hwy. 190 into Death Valley National Monument (it is
not a park or forest, dead valleys are called monuments),
next you go north on a road after Stove Pipe for 35 miles.
The man who built Scotty’s Castle was Walter Perry Scott
(1872-1954). Walter P. Scott was the son of an alcohol
distiller and horse breeder in Kentucky. Walter did not get
any formal education. He left home and went west where he
worked as a mule driver, and a water boy. From there he
became a horse wrangler. Because of his talent with horses
Buffalo Bill made him the feature rider along with Annie
Oakley in Buffalo Bill’s family show. The show travelled and
Scotty was with it eleven years. During this time, Scotty
made many important friendships with men of power and
wealth. In 1900, Walter married and left the show. He got a
loan from Julian Gerard, a NY banker, to go prospecting for
gold which he failed to pay back. Julian Gerard was
repeatedly sending people to hassle Scotty to get his money
back. In 1905, Walter Scott ("Scotty") scattered gold
nuggets and $100 bills from N.Y. to L.A. Where he got all
this gold and $100 bills is a mystery, but it wasn’t from
prospecting. The idea of finding a secret mine was very
obviously a cover for however Scotty managed to get his
money. Scotty is well-known for his penchant to throw away
$20 gold pieces as if they were candy wherever he went.
Nobody believed he had a mine, strangely the IRS never got
interested in Scotty. Why? The IRS went after Charles
Caughlin who was exposing the elite, the bankers, the
Freemasons, etc. in the early 1930’s on his radio show.
There was no reason to suspect Caughlin of any cheating on
his Income Tax, and the audits found the IRS actually owed
Caughlin money. However the national papers printed front
page stories of the IRS investigation, and practically
ignored that the man was exonerated. Yet, the IRS left
Scotty alone. Hmmm. Although Scotty was married, he became
intimate friends with Albert Mussey Johnson (1872-1948), a
Chicago millionaire, who was v.p. from 1906 to 1926 of the
National Life Insurance Co. Albert M. Johnson was born in
Ohio, and lived in Arkansas and Missouri before moving to
Chicago. Johnson came out and stayed in Death Valley. The
stay helped his health, and he and Scotty remained close
friends. In 1924, construction secretly began on a castle in
Death Valley. The best of materials were used and the
materials had to be hauled clear out in the desert by truck
to Grapevine Canyon where the castle sits. Hundreds of
workers were hired. The castle got its kitchen tiles from
Spain. Special rugs were made on the European island of
Majorca for the castle. Tiles for the incompleted pool came
from the Mediterranean. Many of the furnishing of the castle
came from cathedrals and palaces in Spain and Morocco.
Draperies made for the castle were hand-tooled in selected
sheepskin leather. Sixty hand-carved panels, each of a
different design, were installed in the music-room ceiling.
A Welte Mignon organ reported to have cost $160,000 --the
finest of its kind in Western United States was placed in
the music room, even though Scotty could not play the organ.
Twelve bathrooms were installed. Several kitchens were
installed. Tunnels and secret rooms were built under the
buildings. Around $2 million (dollars of that time period)
were spent on building the castle, supposedly from Scotty’s
"gold mine." The castle became known as Scotty’s Castle. It
is ideal as a Satanic ritual site. It can accommodate
numerous people. It is remote. It has hidden rooms and areas
and tunnels. Tavistock, England--This has been the primary
programming center for England. The Rothschild programmers
work out of Tavistock. A large number of slaves in America
have been programmed there.
Page 383 ....
Tavistock has been doing mind-control since before
W.W.ll. Under the supervision of London’s W Board & 20
Committee MI6 and MIS’s Section BIA ran double agents and
mind-controlled spies/couriers during W.W. II. MI6 has had
an office at Century House, No. 100, Westminster Bridge
Road. MI5 offices have been in part on Curzon St. MI5 has
operated behind a number of fronts, incl. their fake travel
agency Casuro Holidays. MI-5’s address for mail is Room 055,
The War Office, London. Special Intelligence Service (SIS)
dealt with all types of mind control. Tavistock was under
SIS. The British government has had their own telephone
exchange with a 222 prefix, which was later linked to
another secret exchange YTAN. Outsiders could dial 222 8080
to get into the secret govt. exchange. Men like mind-control
expert/hypnotist Eric Trist worked for Tavistock. A six-man
team which wore black berets also helped w/ mind control at
Tavistock. Two people who became terrorists after their
visits to Tavistock are Angela Davis and Stockley Carmichael
who went to a conference at Tavistock entitled Dialectics of
Liberation in 1967. It’s main building is a bland 6-story
building. The address is The Training Office, The Tavistock
Clinic, 120 Belsize Lane, London, UK NWs SBA. Tel. no.
071-435 7111. The chief exec. is Anton Obholzer. The Chair
of Prof. Comm. is Nicholas Temple. Both are skilled in
psychology. The Tavistock Clinic was founded in 1920, and in
1946 the Tavistock Institute was created as an independent
body to assist the Tavistock Clinic. The Institute does more
of the research. The Royal Free Hospital at the University
of London works with Tavistock Clinic, as well as the
Science Policy Research Unit (SPRU) of Sussex University. A
large number of Britian’s psychologist, social workers and
police get their training at Tavistock. Tavistock has set
themselves up as the authority on ritual abuse and MPD
(DID). In other words, the primary programming site, is
pretending to be the leading institution trying to solve the
problem! That’s a good cover.
Tinker, AFB, OK--Tinkerbell programming is carried out
here. This programming makes alters think they are like
Tinkerbell in that they will never grow up or age.
Titusville, FL--At the Kennedy Space Center. Mind control
testing is done, and base programming such as the Wizard of
Oz programming is done here. Also NASA high tech programming
is done here.
Tulsa, OK—Believed to have an Alice In Wonderland theme
to their programming. Oral Roberts University is used for
programming. The programming to infiltrate and capture the
Christian church via the healing/charismatic movement has
centered around Tulsa and Oral Roberts University.
Utah State Prison--The prison has carried out mind
control for over 30 years on their inmates for the
intelligence agencies with the help of the U.S. government’s
power to cover it up.
Versailles, IL—Brain implants are put into Monarchs here.
Washington, D.C. area--The basement of the Pentagon and
other facilities around Washington D.C. such as the Jesuit
Georgetown Univ. Hosp. are involved with Mind-Control.
Presidential Models are moving in and out of Washington,
D.C. carrying messages and performing their sexual acts for
the lusts of politicians. There is also a NASA Mind-control
Programming Center in Washington D.C. Secret tunnels connect
the White House to other buildings. These tunnels are used
to bring in slaves. Some secret rooms in the lower White
House are set aside for rituals.
Wright-Patterson AFB--Near Dayton, OH, Virtual reality
programming is carried out here.
Youngstown, OH--The Youngstown Charm School has been run
by Illuminatus Prosser Seward Mellon along with a U.S.
Congressman named Jim Trafficant. The old stone building
originally belonged to one of the railroad elite. This
school is for Beta models and gives them advance sexual
charm training. This school produces about 6 new Monarch
slaves every three days. Mafia deals are carried out on the
second floor of the charm school. A slave who is being
trained/programmed at the Charm school will take a course
that last a few days. The first day may be spent hanging in
a dungeon which was once a basement wine celler. The torture
dungeon has all the traditional torture devices, a
stretching rack, whips, hanging chains, etc. In the dungeon
rooms were a black Nubian goat "Satan", a small donkey
"Nester’, and a small white pony "Trigger", as well as dogs
and snakes. The slave is taught silence in the dungeon as
they are subjected to bestiality.
Click here for picture 1
Click here for picture 2
Click here for picture 3
Click here for picture 4
Click here for picture 5
Click here for picture 6
Click here for picture 7
Click here for picture 8
Click here for picture 9
Click here for picture 10
Click here for picture 11
Click here for picture 12
Click here for picture 13
· We have just touched the surface of the vest network of
programming sites. Two examples of an entire series of
programming sites--1. the Coast to Coast campground resorts
& 2. the Jesuit-run institutions, which are often
programming sites incl. Jesuit College, WV. An example of
the former is the Park City Diamond Caverns. KT Coast to
Coast resort, which has had a sensory deprivation tank,
headphones for state of the art harmonic programming. etc.
These membership camp sites are used to program children.
Nor have we touched upon the large numbers of programmed
Russians & Eastern Europeans that are coming Into this
nation. When this book was written more people immigrated to
the U.S. from Russia than anywhere else. Europe is teeming
with prgmg sites. incl. the Vatican. Sebulun Zuflucht in
Marienheide, Ger. is about the only european attempt at
deprogramming.
p_cloning.jpg
APPENDIX 3
Click here for picture
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX 3. CLONES,
SYNTHETICS, ORGANIC
ROBOTOIDS AND DOUBLES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 307 ...
PUBLICLY ANNOUNCED GENETIC EVENTS
1890-- A rabbit embryo was successfully transplanted to a
foster mother rabbit’s uterus.
1944-- A human ova was fertilized in vitro, that is in
layman’s terms an egg was artificially inseminated in a test
tube.
1952-- Briggs & King in Indiana University clone a frog.
1970s-- Rand Corporation predicts that "para-humans" will
be genetically created to do menial tasks in the future. In
a totally different affair, Lord Rothschild, who is a
physiologist who has studied genetics, warned that
self-centered fanatics might set up cloning shops privately.
Lord Rothschild suggested to genetic scientists that a clone
controlling organization with world wide jurisdiction to
license cloning be set up to protect the world from evil men
who might want to clone people for evil purposes. He called
his suggestion ‘Commission for Genetical Control."
1977-- Announcement of the first successful cloning of a
person, which was done for someone very wealthy. This whole
affair came under strong attack by the establishment. The
book giving the shrouded details came out in 1978. The
author went into hiding, and our Congress had a parade of
establishment research doctors testify at a hearing to
debunk the book and to reassure the public that medical
researchers were too concerned about ethics to clone people.
The author was convinced of the veracity of the cloning
event, although the media/establishment doctors claimed the
author wrote the book merely as fiction.
1980-- Twinning (bisection of an embryo), which is a form
of cloning was successfully done with horse foals, sheep and
cattle had -already been cloned in this fashion in the
previous years.
1981-- Mice are cloned. And embryo transfer for cattle
becomes a thriving business.
1983-- A water buffalo embryo was successfully
transplanted to a foster mother buffalo.
1984-- A human embryo was successfully transplanted and
born with a human foster mother.
1997--A successful human clone is publicly announced.
Scientists working in secret got serious about cloning in
the early 1960’s. Abortions began to be performed wholesale
at this time to provide fetal tissue for their cloning work.
The young generation of Americans are asking, ‘When will
cloning of people take place?" The answer is that it already
has long ago. An article recently written by Andrew Kimbrell
that was placed in many leading daily papers across the U.S.
is quite revealing. He comes right up to almost telling
people what has been going on. The article was entitle,
"Science is about to Deliver." (June 22, 1993) "...most
Americans are unaware of the real-life exploits of current
genetic engineers, science facts which in many cases are as
chilling as any science fiction....Pigs have been
genetically designed to contain human-growth genes in the
hopes of creating "super pigs" that would have more meat.
"...U.S. government and private researchers have expended
billions of taxpayer dollars in the creation of tens of
thousands of genetically engineered animals never before
seen....One prominent scientist predicts that we may soon
see "five-ton cows and pigs 12 feet long and 5 feet tall.
"Genetic engineers.. .have cloned higher mammals, including
cattle....One writer notes that "genetic engineering has the
potential to create a vast army of identical clones, each
produced to some preset specification. Canon fodder,
scientists, opera singers, all could be manufactured to
order..." "The New York Times has editorialized, ‘Life is
special, and humans even more so, but biological machines
are still machines that now can be altered, cloned, and
patented.’ " --(WOW! Readers do YOU REALIZE THAT BETWEEN THE
LINES THEY ARE TALKING ABOUT BIONIC ROBOTOIDS--the robots
that are now being created to take the place of people in
high places. And the chilling idea that human-like machines
will be produced that will not be treated as anything but
machines--that is a chilling idea too.
In this author’s September, 1993 newsletter there were
two article by this author on cloning, one entitled "Clones,
Synthetics, Organic Robotoids, and Doubles" and the other
article "Dulce Genetic Research/Cloning Facility." In the
month following my September ‘93 newsletter’s release, the
establishment came out with stories about humans being
cloned. [I felt that this was confirmation that God’s had
directed me to publish the information I had on cloning 1/2
months before the secular media came out with their stories
about the "first" laboratory duplication of a human embryo.]
This ‘93 cloning was the first publicly revealed & publicly
accepted human cloning, but the truth is that it had already
been done for about 30 years secretly. In December, 1993’s
newsletter I had a followup article on cloning where I
reviewed what the media was telling
Page 308 ...
people about cloning after the ‘first" human cloning had
been announced. My article also discussed the novel Multiple
Man which is about how exact copies of the President are
made. The book has some surprising similarities with what
they actually did with President Carter! Finally in
September of ’96, this author’s newsletter came out with its
fourth article on cloning. This appendix is not the final
word on the topic. The whole topic about clones, synthetics,
robotoids and doubles could have a great deal more said.
This appendix is merely a review of what those four articles
contained. Cloning also relates in a big way to the
cranial/body manipulation that was introduced in this book.
It also relates to the group mind/proxying that is being
done. Perhaps at some point this author can go into the
deeper intricacies of cloning, but for now this appendix
will provide its information in the following format:
Section A. The "Future Shock" that this topic subjects
the
common person to.
Section A. Instructions on how to clone a person.
Section B. The four types of "clones" that are used by
the
Illuminati,
1. actual clones,
2. synthetic people,
3. organic robotoids,
4. doubles (look alikes)
Section C. How the memory of a person is transferred for
the organic robotoids.
Section D. Secret cloning sites (See also Appendix B,
where D.U.M. bases are listed.)
Section A. The "Future Shock" that this topic subjects
the common person to.
What happens when a technologically backward people are
suddenly confronted with a technologically advanced people?
What happens is that people are called on to change, in many
cases the stress is what Alvin Toffler described and called
"Future Shock". The overstimulation of new ideas, new
decisions, new ways of looking at things can cause great
distress to the mind and body. Radical changes to adapt to
the new situation are demanded. In the case of the Navajo,
one can see pickups parked beside hogans. In Nepal where I
lived, the Nepalese had never gone through a horse and buggy
era, so they had no word for drive in their language. When
cars suddenly appeared--the first was carried into Katmandu
on the backs of porters, they had no word for "drive", so
they used the words they had "sit and go." So where we say
"Let’s drive to town." They would say literally, "Let’s sit
and go to town."
The American people have in general been kept in the dark
about the limits of scientific developments. The known
reasons people have not learned are varied. The Cold War was
one reason. Capitalist corporate advantage is another
reason. They call it trade secrets. Scientific pride and the
ability to outstrip other researchers is another, and for
the public just their technical jargon is enough to prevent
people from closely watching the level of research going on.
But underlying most of the coverup is this: that the overall
satanic plan is to keep people ignorant of these scientific
advances BECAUSE they are being used quite often to control
and manipulate the world. What has developed is a situation
where the American people are no longer in touch with where
the elite’s secret technology is. It is clear that the elite
know this and are aware that some of the "Future Shock"
needs to reduced if they don’t want to self-destruct
society. You need to be aware (mentally prepared) that most
of the readers of this will experience future shock when
they read that cloning of humans is possible & has gone on
for decades. The elite had a dilemma. If society isn’t moved
forward to match their secret scientific advances, it will
soon be like cave-men meeting modern-day men. Society won’t
be capable of adjusting--only self-destructing. On the other
hand they certainly can’t tell us what they are already
doing, because they are using this technology against us to
control us. For this reason they are giving us movies that
show us things that they have already invented--but these
are put forth as fiction in these Hollywood films. They hope
to lesson the Future Shock, which their own secrecy has
greatly contributed toward creating, while maintaining
control over the general population.
SOME OF THE FILMS THAT SHOW EXISTING TECHNOLOGY:
Clone--cloning; Jurassic Park--cloning
Genesis II--underground genetics laboratories that are
connected by tube shuttles.
Terminal Man--brain stem implants
Star Trek--various items. In addition to some of today’s
secret technology being shown, the attitudes and beliefs
shown on the two series, especially Star Trek the Next
Generation are the attitudes the Satanic elite want people
to have.
READERS PREPARE FOR FUTURE SHOCK
The Scriptures give strong indications that genetic
monsters, the half-breed Nephalim will exist in the end
times. God’s Word also forecasts that the mark of beast will
be needed for buying & selling.
One item conveyed by the Bible’s book of
Page 309 ...
Revelation is that totally unexpected sudden change will
characterize the end times. Christians need to be prepared
for unusual big changes. So great will these changes be that
the nations will be distressed, and men’s hearts will fail
them for fear (LK 21:25-27). The Bible predicted that
knowledge shall increase in the last days before Christ
returns. (DN 12:4) But that knowledge will be used for evil,
because the Bible also says that the world will be totally
corrupt as in Noah’s time (MT 24:37)--which was a time of
the genetic monsters, the half-bred Nephalim. It also says
men and horses will be out of work. (ZEC 8:10) And it is
believed that Nahum 2:3-4 must be describing automobiles,
and that Isaiah 31:5, and 60:8 are describing and
prophesying airships in the last day. The description of the
"mark of the beast" is startlingly accurate in describing
the microchip which is being inserted into people’s hands
and foreheads. The information that is allowed out for the
public to access has been heavily censored. Still in spite
of all the intense secrecy, if a person takes the time to
dig and to find key items written by scientists, enough of a
shadow picture develops to allow a person to realize that
they already can produce several things the public is
unaware of. Many times the articles will discuss only a tiny
aspect of a larger process, or will say we have the
knowledge to do such and such but the actual doing is years
away. And somehow people swallow that we could have the
capability to do it, but aren’t. For instance, in a book
that was published in 1979, Robert Gilmore McKinnel,
Professor of Genetics and Cell Biology, College of
Biological Sciences, University of Minnesota, wrote "It has
been reported that mice and some large domestic animals have
been cloned. Humans have not. Because the reproductive
biology of humans...is similar to that of mice and other
mammals, it is likely that humans could be cloned." Some of
the men who know what is actually being done, are afraid to
tell what they know. However, I do not have neither a
professional reputation nor a job to guard. I have never
taken any oath of secrecy to any of these organizations of
the establishment. I can simply tell you the truth without
fear.
Section B. Instructions on how to clone a person.
For those who want the medical description of just one
way that cloning of people can be done (and this capability
has been around for at least a decade--and much longer
secretly.) The idea that we don’t have the knowledge to do
it is simply a myth for public consumption. Any
microbiologist worth anything knows that we have the
knowledge and the means--they can only claim that cloning of
humans hasn’t happened because supposedly no one wants to do
it.
A TECHNIQUE--INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO CLONE A HUMAN:
The ovulation and ovaries of the woman can be monitored.
Just before natural ovulation, there is an increase of
luteinizing hormone which is called the luteinizing hormone
surge. This can be detected by either blood or urine
samples. The growth of the follicle can be monitored by
visualization with ovarian ultrasonography. Ultrasound
diagnosis will reveal on which side of the woman’s ovaries
the ripening follicle is found. This procedure will allow
people to know when the follicle is ripe for the retrieval
of the oocyte. When the time is appropriate a hollow
aspiration needle is inserted into one or several ripe
follicles under visual guidance of the laparoscope. The
oocyte is removed with some follicular fluid. Experienced
laparoscopists have a success rate over 90% in recovering
the oocyte. Prior to this, it is likely that the woman will
have been given Clomiphene citrate, or this drug used in
combination with another drug so that there will be several
eggs that can be retrieved at one time. The oocytes obtained
from the ripe ovarian follicles are not fertilized when
retrieved, although another process would be to fertilize
first, before extracting. If they don’t fertilize first,
then they can take the harvested oocytes and incubate them
in a culture medium for several hours to get maturation.
They need maturation because they have been taken from the
ovary before ovulation, and are not as mature as
spontaneously ovulated ova. Thawed or fresh semen is washed
and certifuged so that it will be diluted to the proper
concentration to fertilize in vitro. The in vitro
fertilization is carried out. After some amount of hours,
(about 12) both pronuclei are identifiable for enucleation.
The enucleation is accomplished with either one of two
well-established methods. One method is to surgically
enucleate it with a micropipette, another is with a bleb of
cytoplasm containing both the male and female pronuclei.
Either method has worked fine. These nuclei by the way have
been obtained from the inner-cell mass of an early human
embryo. This again is a well established practice. Let us
digress slightly and explain the method to obtain the
nuclei. The zona pellucida must be removed from a cultured
embryo, the trophectoderm separated from the inner cell
mass, and then, the cells dissociated with an appropriate
enzyme in a calcium-and magnesium-free salt solution. Going
back to the cloning process, there are several methods for
joing a donor nucleus (obtained from its source using the
just mentioned method) with enucleated cytoplasm (obtained
from the woman’s in vitro fertilized ovum). One might be to
surgically implant it with a micropipette, another is fusion
with an inactivated Sendai virus. Whichever way is
considered most viable by those performing this will be
used. And then the human nuclear transplant will be cultured
until it can be placed into a human foster mother. When the
Page 310 ...
clone has reached the 8 - to 16 cell stage it will be
transferred into the foster mother. If needed, the transfer
can be done later, and the clone is simply frozen. When the
transfer takes place, the clone is drawn into a fine plastic
tube (a catheter) which, then in turn, would be introduced
through the cervical canal into the interior of the uterus.
--- This is just one process for successfully cloning
humans. Other more refined techniques may well be in use.
Section C. The four types of ‘clones’ that are used by
the Illuminati:
Cl. Actual Clones. This is a person who has been grown
from a test tube (called "in vitro") or implanted womb,
which has the identical genetic makeup to another person--an
identical twin so to speak in terms of genetic makeup. The
genetic coding has reproduced, and a new person who is an
identical twin is now in existence.
C2. Synthetic People. These are "persons" who look
everybit as real as a real person, but simulate human
beings. Certain tissues extracted from cattle are the
starting point. (This is part of the reason for cattle
mutilations.) The process is an advancement of a process
discovered in the late 1950’s. This 1959 experiment was
reported in a book in 1968 called The Biological Time Bomb
by Gordon Rettray Taylor. Taylor describes the experiment
done in France, "They had extracted DNA from the cells of
the khaki Cam phells and had injected it into the white
Pekins, thinking that just possibly the offspring of the
latter might show some character derived from khaki
Campbells. To their astonishment the actual ducks they
injected began to change. Their white feathers darkened, and
their necks began to take on the peculiar curve which is a
mark of the khaki Campbell." The scientists working under
the auspices of the Rothschilds, (who are directed by Satan
himself) developed this process by working at secret
breakneck speed. They developed an advanced development of
the process they discovered with the DNA chicken experiment.
By the late 1970’s, synthetic people could be produced by
the Illuminati.
C3. Organic Robotoids. This is an "artificial life" form
that is created through processes that are totally different
than cloning or synthetics. Organic robotoid technology is
being made to make exact as possible copies of important
people such as Presidents and some of their staff. For
instance, the Jimmy Carter who came to Portland a few years
ago who I stood two feet away from and examined visually was
not the Jimmy Carter that had run for President. On Easter,
1979 the first robotoid model of Jimmy Carter replaced the
man Jimmy Carter. By the time "Carter" was seen by me, they
must have been on at least robotoid no. 100. This is why a
friend of mine who was recently in Washington D.C. almost
bumped into President Clinton jogging. My friend was
surprised by the lack of security. Kaiser Aluminum News
which is put out by Kaiser Aluminum & Chemical Corporation
put out a series of articles to a specialized audience in
the 1960’s. This material was also published under the book
title The Dynamics of Change (Prentice-Hall: Englewood
Cliffs, N.J., 1967). Under the title heading "GENETIC
MANIPULATION" we read, "The ability to control the formation
of new beings may be one of the most basic developments of
the future. Recent discoveries about the nucleonic acids,
the basic building blocks of life, have led to the belief
that man may some day be able to treat genes in such a way
that desired characteristics can be realized..." Under the
heading "MAN-MACHINE SYMBIOSIS" we read, "...Computers exist
which can learn, remember, see, seek goals, reason, walk,
sing on key, talk, be irritable, play games, grasp, adapt to
an environment and even design improvements in themselves..
.man-like computers may one day contain plasma circulating
through a viscera-like envelope, allowing them to be
self-healing." Under the heading "HUMAN ROBOTS" we read,
"...An electronic circuit that imitates two neurons, the
cells of the human brain, has been built, and has enabled a
robot to deal with some unexpected situations, but the
neuron structure was bulky. The brain has billions of
neurons, meaning an incredible miniaturization job will be
necessary before truly ‘human’ robots are developed." As the
reader knows since the 1960’s when this was written an
incredible miniaturation job has been done in computers.
What the public knows of that minituration is incredible and
that is only part of what has actually occurred. In fact,
scientists are now able to manipulate DNA to create
computers. A basic thing that is needed to create a computer
is material that will consistently change given some type of
"signal". This is because the computer works off of base
two--or what is simply an on--off switch system, or a 0 or 1
system of numbers. Living biological material is superior to
other material for making computers because the heat created
by the methods in conventional computers slows the speed.
For super-computers to work at great speeds they need to use
biological material that will not heat up. This type of
miituration has already been done. It creates computers far
beyond what we are familiar with. Organic robotoids are
amazingly humanlike, so humanlike that it is hard for the
scientists who have created them to get used to the idea
that they are not humans. Biological computer brains for the
robotiods
Page 311 ...
came as a result of research into holograms. If you tear
up a conventional photograph you ruin it, but if you tear up
the film that produces a hologram, each piece still contains
almost all the same image. This is why part of the brain of
people can be removed and the brain regain what it had lost.
A holographic image of a person’s brain is made, and then
when the brain of a robotoid is made, the biological
computer in its head is caused to form according to the
holographic record of a person being copied. Some deviations
from the holographic record are needed, because the "person"
is a robotoid and not a person. The brain of the robotoid
has almost all of the correct memory of the person
reproduced, but the robotoid brain is really a computer made
from biological material which is programmed, it is not a
human brain. First, "Clinton" has the energy to jog because
it may well be a robotoid, and second thing, an
assassination of a robotoid is not so serious. These
robotoids have a biological computer-brain that is
programmed. They can think in the sense a computer thinks,
but secret advances in understanding the human brain, have
allowed the makers of organic robotoids to have the memory
of a person at a given point in time transferred to an
organic robotoid. The key then for making what appears to be
a clone--but they are not a real clone--is to capture the
person to be copied and make a holographic copy of the brain
memory and transfer that to the robotoid.
C4. How the memory of a person is transferred for the
organic robotoids. In order to successfully make human
organic robotoids--in a sense to make bionic robots--the
ability to simulate the personality of the person being
copied was necessary. The only viable solution was to learn
how the brain coded memory and duplicate that process. The
brain is entering into its memory about 10 million bits of
information a second. The incredible storage capability of
the human brain which weighs on the average 3.25 lbs in
human males and 2.9 lbs in human females is incredible. The
brain can easily store 100 million billion bits of
information. It’s no wonder we don’t use it all. All the
computers in the world put together do not compare with one
intelligent person’s brain. Numerous tests and experiments
from many different angies all showed investigators that the
brain stored information as a hologram. The place in the
brain where a memory is stored isn’t in just one location.
Memories are stored in synapses in sequence, but they are
stored in a holographic method. From what I understand,
rhythmic pulses radiate from a small area of the brain like
a stone creates ripples in a pond. Waves go through the
cerebrum, in the way that laser light is used to create a
hologram. Different frequencies are used by the brain and
different neuron impulses are used to reference (tag) the
different details. These tags are the brain’s own codes or
reference standards for cataloging information. The brain
has to be able to access the encoder/decoder (holographic
code standards) for a particular piece of information to be
retrieve for the conscious. Brain injuries can destroy one
decoder, and leave other decoders for a memory intact. When
a multiple (a person with MPD/DID) is created layers and
layers of amnesia walls (actual walls) are built into the
brain, and then specific codes are created which cause the
mind to bring these compartments of memory to the surface.
Each compartment is built into an alter (personality) or a
functioning part of the System (built somewhat like a series
of computers). Where a normal person may be aware of a
conscious and a somewhat subconscious track running
simultaneously, the mind of a multiple runs several tracks
at once. On a local level within the brain, researchers have
called a memories storage unit an engram. Polypeptidenucleic
acid holds a piece of information, such as a trauma memory.
Proteins and other substances are involved in the memory
process. How a person eats can influence their mental
abilities. But it must be born in mind that a memory is
retained holographically in countless locations in the
memory storage area of the brain, just as the ripples of a
stone dropped into water flow throughout an entire pond. The
mind will have a number of reference points from which a
particular memory can be decoded. The information that is
stored in the brain is both dynamic and holographic. It is
not stored like a book. If the dynamic impulses of the brain
cease, so do the memories. Freezing and reviving a human
brain will serve to erase its memory. I will try to explain
things in clear terms if the reader will bear with me. The
reason that we recogmze objects so quickly is that the brain
performs what is similar to what researchers call a Fourier
transfer. Messages are transmitted through Fourier-transform
messages. What is a Fourier-transform message? A Fourier
transform is a mathematical method where a complex wave, or
a complex pattern is broken down and converted into a
basically longer, but precise signal of simpler frequencies.
In other words a squiggly line is hard to communicate, but
via the Fourier transform it becomes a string of numbers
which is quite easy to transmit. In other words, a complex
squiggly line and a straight line after the conversion are
both just as easy to record. The brain stores information in
a form similar to a Fourier transform, so that when it must
look for similar patterns, it can quickly overlook
everything but another identical Fourier transform pattern.
A mental comparison is done so quick that it gives the
ability to the brain to "instantly" recognize people who one
hasn’t seen for years. The Holograms of memory that the
brain makes
Page 312 ...
are transmitted through Fourier-transform messages.
Holograms are hard to destroy, for each piece contains the
whole. Rip a holograph in half and you still have the same
picture. Rip it in half again and the same picture remains.
After a great many cuts in half the holograph begins to get
a little fuzzy, as it loses some of its detail, but the
entire picture is still there. That is why memories begin to
get somewhat fuzzy, because we are only puffing up a small
piece of brain that recorded the memory. However, if we can
pull up more of the holographic image of the memory we get a
more distinct detailed picture. It was secret research into
holograms that gave Illuminati scientists the ability to
copy the memory of an entire brain. A holographic image is
made of the host’s brain and that is transferred into the
biological matter functioning as a brain of the robotoid.
Since the body and brain of the robotoid are not identical
to the original person being copied, adjustments have to be
taught and programmed into the mind of the robotoid. The
entire process is sophisticated, but then so are many
manufacturing processes today.
C5. Doubles (look alikes). There is an ongoing program to
find look alikes for prominent people, as well as a program
to create secret identical twins (which are separated at
birth and never see each other). George Bush’s double was
promiscuous, while George Bush is a pedophile. His double
was living in France after Bush was no longer President. By
the use of doubles, (or one of the synthetics or organic
robotoids) the elite are able to sneak away and perform
satanic rituals. On certain occasions, if Clinton or Bush
only needed to do low level tasks in front of the public,
they could have their double substitute for them. The
Illuminati working with several organizations has had a look
alike operation where doubles of certain key people are
found and then used. In the book Desert Shield and The New
World Order pub. by Northpoint Tactical Teams, Topton, NC,
if you look on page 32 you will see a picture of the
original FDR who had a mole over his eyes and then you will
a see a picture of the double of Roosevelt who they used,
who had no mole and had different ear lobes. Roosevelt may
have died prior to when it was actually announced. Over the
years I have seen numerous photos exposing either the
Robotoids or the doubles that they use. This author’s
previous S' ’93 article had some pictures about the dead
Pope Paul VI, who my Be Wise As Serpents book said was
murdered. This recent Pope was replaced with a double who
had had plastic surgery. As a double gets older the plastic
surgery will not look as convincing, because time changes
people differently. One ex-Catholic said the whole thing
sounded like science fiction. It does sound far out at
first, but the evidence is there for people to see. For
myself, the ex-Illuminati have told me about the double’s
program. From what I understand the double or look-alike
program has been more successful than the robotoids and
synthetics. The reason is that people live longer and are
more dependable in some ways. The project to find look
alikes for prominent people has been very successful.
Plastic surgery has also been done to help touch up the
doubles.
Section D. Secret cloning sites (See also Appendix B,
where D.U.M. bases are listed.)
Ada, Oklahoma’s underground facility is being used to
clone humans. The other cloning facilities are turning out
weird creatures. Due to the processes involved they give off
lots of gamma radiation (Gamma is at the far end of the
electromagnetic wave spectrum--it is even a longer wave than
ultraviolet). Because they give off Gamma radiation, these
facilities must be dcep underground. The cloning is done at
level 7. The average depth (according to one of the men who
built these Deep Underground Facilities - D.U.M.) is 5,600’.
The secret government has been building them no stop since
W.W. II. I personally have only been in an underground city
in Oahu, HA, but I have spoken to others who are wanting to
save humanity and stop the NWO, and these witnesses know a
lot about the underground facilities. One of the men who
betrayed the human race and helped with the cloning was
Austrian born Simon Wiesenthal. Simon Wiesenthal, was a US
intelligence agent with a photographic memory (perhaps a
scarred brain stem). Wiesenthal seriously hunted Nazis that
were not on the CIA’s payroll or CIA associated groups.
Simon Wiesenthal, under the disguise of being a great Nazi
hunter, actually assisted protecting the FBI’s and the CIA’s
agents who were Nazi criminals. Wiesenthal tried to stop CBS
from doing a show exposing the FBI-Nazi connection. Jewish
Intelligence (the Moussad) knew all about the hundreds if
not thousands of Nazi War criminals that worked for American
Intelligence and the FBI, but never went public about it.
Instead they occasionally used the information as leverage
against American intelligence. One of the code no.s for
Simon Wiesenthal given by a Monarch slave was something like
063 097. If someone else knows the full and correct code for
him, go ahead and share it. Unholy Trinity is a book written
about how the Vatican, the US State Department, and MI-6
smuggled Nazis out of Germany at the end of WW II. An entire
book could be written about the thousands of die hard Nazis
who have been working for American intelligence, however
Simon Wiesenthal’s name is mentioned here because he helped
start the cloning for the worst elements of the NWO.
OREGON’S UNDERGROUND SECRET CLONING FACILITY
Page 313 ...
In at least one of my newsletters, the secret cloning
facility at Bull Run near Mt. Hood, OR was discussed. Bull
Run is a large tract of forested land with some water
reservoirs/lakes that is set up to help provide water for
the Portland Metro area. My house on Lincoln St. was also
near 8 reservoirs that were built at nearby Mt. Tabor. These
reservoirs at Mt. Tabor were for Portland drinking water
too. The Mt. Tabor reservoirs have simple single fences on
their perimeter, and people are able to throw garbage into
these reservoirs if they want to be nasty. However, the Bull
Run water supply which is very isolated is extremely well
protected. It is rare that people would stray up into the
area anyway. People are told that this large tract of land
is simply for Portland’s water supply, and yet several years
ago a Patriot military unit reconned the area after getting
info from me. They were able to identify 3 strongiy guarded
rings of defense at the Bull Run reservoir. The area has
lots of electronic surveillance, etc. It is either the most
valuable water on God’s green earth, or there is something
else in the vicinity of Larch Mountain (south of the famous
Multnomah Falls which sit on I-84)--something besides a
water reservoir. Of course, those in the know, know that
it’s an underground facility which the CIA use. It’s not an
accident Tektronics here in the Portland area does
work/research with holograms.
FURTHER INVESTIGATIONS AT DULCE’S UNDERGROUND CLONING
FACILITY
My article about Dulce [which I investigated in person on
foot] also sparked a small group of dedicated Christians to
try to retrace my steps and find the Duke facility. They
reported back to me that they found nothing and that the
reservation police and the local people claimed they’d never
even heard of any underground facility. All I can say is
that, doesn’t that strike you as fishy that all kinds of
people have been up in that area looking for the site,
interviewing the Jicarilla Apaches that live in the area for
years, talking about Dulce over Art Bell’s Radio show, etc.
and locals have never heard anything about it?? At the very
least they should know that other people looked for the
site. The reservation and town of Dulce, NM have a small
population. There is little that everyone doesn’t know about
what goes on in the area, and yet they are surprised by the
topic of an underground facility? The whole thing smells
like the key people in the area have been convinced to keep
their mouths shut & pretend they know nothing. My comments:
sometimes when you’re looking for a rat, you’ll smell it
before you see it. According to someone who has worked in
the Dulce Underground Facility the openings on the north and
SW face (Aztec Cliffs) are still in use. Actually the cliff
that has a face that looks like an Aztec on Mt. Archeleta
has been cemented shut because hikers kept straying into the
area. A deep needle detector which could detect metal or
magnetism deep down could reveal the Dulce Underground
Facility--but people who get this close often disappear.
SUMMARY OF THE FOUR METHODS.
This Appendix covers 4 different methods that have been
used to make copies of people, these were cloning, creating
synthetic duplicates, creating organic robotoids, and
finding look alike doubles. [Programs for all four of these
methods have had almost unlimited funding by the
intelligence/Illuminati elite.] Next, the basic principles
for creating a synthetic human were covered. Synthetic
humans were in some ways found to be superior to the
robotoids that were created. The first few years of
robotoids were fraught with problems. [Since my inside
information is somewhat dated, I cannot give readers the
status of current robotoid abilities, however, I believe
from what I’ve seen that the program continues.] The
synthetics were people who had their genes altered to look
more like the person they were to copy. The robotoids were
the formation of new beings that look human but are actually
bionic robots. Their memories were created by using living
"brain tissue" which is some type of programmable living
biological matter, and programming this material as a
sophisticated computer. In order to get the memory of the
person being copied, a holographic image of the person’s
brain is made and transferred to the robotoid. Because the
robotoid "brain" is not functioning like a human (although
the end result is nearly identical so that viewers have to
know what differences to look for), there are of course some
adjustments that have to be made after the holographic image
of the host is transferred to the living biological matter
that will function as the brain of the robotoid. Lord
Willing, this author may write some more on this topic
later. The ability of the Illuminati to copy people using
the 4 methods listed above, are not going to be the deciding
factor in their moves to control the world, but it does give
them a great deal of flexibility in their operations. This
author frequently reflects on the words of the Illuminati
Grand Master who told Cisco, who was then a child, while
touring a cloning facility, "Never, never think you are
seeing who you think you are seeing.’
Page 314 ...
FINAL NOTES. As this author’s reflects back on what’s
gone into this first part, he can’t help thinking about how
God will reveal all things that are secret. (See Dan, 2:22
and other verses). The prophet Daniel called him the
revealer of secrets." The secrets which are revealed in this
book are minuscule compared to what God Almighty will reveal
in His day. And as this author reflects back he realizes
that there is so much more that could be said. This author
has neglected to get my information about the Clintons into
this. For instance, this author interviewed a woman who went
to school with Hillary, and two of Hillary’s mind-control
victims. Our establishment media have neglected to tell the
American people about Bill Clinton’s roots & ties in Hot
Springs, Ark. Hot Springs is a city that has forty-seven
thermal springs which have brought the jet set from all over
the world. The mafia syndicate & their nightclubs made Hot
Springs a hot bed of vice, gambling, prostitution. During
the 1920’s the territory so popular with organized crime,
that they classified the territory "neutral ground" like
they did Hollywood. In the early 1960’s, Hot Springs had the
largest illegal gambling operations in the entire U.S.
Billy’s uncle Roy was a politician in Arkansas’s legislature
connected to all this mess. And Bill Clinton’s uncle Raymond
Clinton, who had a Buick dealership, was tied to all this
corruption. Bill & his brother Roger’s cocaine habits are
well known by those familiar with them, as well as their
wild parties at the Coachman’s Inn, Little Rock, Ark. What
are not known are Hillary & Bill’s membership in the secret
Illuminati. And for some reason some of their more intimate
associates are also not known, such as Charles "Chip"
Whitmore, a Satanist & programmer. Chip & Bill have met
often on a weekly basis over the years. This continues, for
instance when Bill was in England so was Chip, when Bill
went to florida so did Chip. Chip played drums with
mind-control programmer Jerry Lee Lewis. He was also a
friend of Jack Ruby. (It’s a small world at the top of
corruption.) Chip owns Cash McCool’s Tavern. He is 5’6,
glasses for his poor eyesight, has good hearing, and has a
filthy mouth. He changes the car he owns & drives every 3-5
months. Chip had a programmed girl murder a man, and then
the Network got him off of his murder charges. Chip’s
family’s Villa Mare in Little Rock was pictured in the
opening shots of Designing Women. Chip Whitm ore has been in
charge of assassinations in his area, and controls the local
law enforcement in Arkansas. Jack Stevens, said to be the
largest investment banker in Little Rock, is CIA/part of the
Network. He exchanged information with Chip via their mutual
black cleaning lady. Further, Whitmore & Stevens tie in with
a string of corruption that extends into the Assembly of God
churches & other parts of Churchianity. Over Chip is a Dr.
Paul Palmer. The media just gives us glimpses of the depth
of occult corruption. For instance, Insight magazine Feb.
26, ’96, page 48, in an article by Suzanne Fields had a
photo of Hillary’s backside wearing what appeared to be a
golden dragon on her black coat when she went to court to
talk about the Rose Law Firm billing records. She has
sometimes been called the Dragon lady for good reasons. Will
today’s modern equivalents to shamans, our psychiatric
community help protect us from murderers like Chip Whitmore?
Not likely. The Biographical Directory of Fellows and
Members of the American Psychiatric Association reveals that
in 1957 there were 7,104 American members in the American
Psychiatric Association. Of those 7,104, a total of 1,253
had moved to America from Germany and Eastern Europe. This
helps us understand the enormous influence Operation
Papercip had on America. Operation Papercip was the CIA’s
project to smuggle Nazi criminals into our nation, some of
which have now made Penn’s campus infamous. No wonder the
False Memory Spindrome got started at Pennsylvania
University. We were warned by a psychiatrist in a Weekly
World News story of Jan. 9, 1996 about a strange new
sleeping disorder where people die after seeing a hooded
robe figure chase them. This new "Deadly Dream Syndrome"
sounds strongly like mind-control. Perhaps there is no way
to have given the readers anything but a drop in the bucket.
Some of the details that got left out on the way include:
the Seventh-Day Adventist church’s secret cooperation with
the government to supply young men (1,500) for government
experiments called Operation Whitecoat; how the Dept. of
Energy set up hotlines for victims of radiation experiments,
in other words the fox is in control of where the victim
goes for help; Peter A. Petito, "Mr. Intelligence" in Italy,
and his connections to the Network; William Randolph
Hearst’s costume parties and his half dozen homes like San
Simeon; Torrance, CA’s Penthouses and Disney’s mind-control;
the Masonic peace sign of uplifted hands with wrists crossed
in the film 1984; the movie Army of Darkness with its mirror
image programming, "London Bridges falling down" programming
ditty, etc.; how FEMA works with the 6th Army that Aquino
was part of, how Voodooism uses Waterfalls for healing such
as at Sardo, Haiti; how Mothers of Darkness alters are
trained to love a marble, fed the marble, care for it, and
then to shatter it with a hammer until its fine like salt
and then to repeat the process and only split the marble but
not crush it as part of their training to program; how a
certain torture is done to make the victim think they have a
butterfly as a head with the head of the butterfly in their
third eye area; how scribbling is used to anchor programming
in child victims; programmed soul-ties to aliens; Mr.
Greenjean’s (of Capt. Kangaroo) talk of Mr. Moon & how it
was used for programming; the blood sacrifices under the
Temple Mount on March 13th this year; the Masonic corruption
in Arcadia, FL and the G. Pierce Wood Memorial Hospital; how
secret meetings of the CIA have studied how UFOs could be
used as "clever hostile propaganda" trick to take advantage
of the populace’s gullibility; how Mengele’s family never
claimed his bones--they knew they weren’t the real ones, and
how the International Red Cross gave him an I.D.S. to travel
with; South Africa’s occult Shu Shung Palace... maybe
someone else will pick up where this author has left off,
the mind-control is all around us!
Part 2
Educate-Yourself
The Freedom of Knowledge, The Power of Thought ©
|
|
|
|
|
|